Catálogo Manómetros ASHCROFT PDF

PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE
ASHCROFT OH-1
INSTRUMENT ORDERING
HANDBOOK
Global Headquarters
Ashcroft Inc.
®
250 East Main St.
Stratford, CT 06614-5145
Phone: 203-378-8281
For access to our global web sites,

additional products/specifications
and a complete list of our operations,
sales offices, distributors & reps visit:
www.ashcroftinc.com
CONTENTS PRODUCT TYPE
PRODUCT TYPE Product Type / Model Type/Numbers PAGES 1
Introduction PAGES 3-8
QUICK GUIDES Digital Gauges PAGES 11

Test Instruments PAGES 13-15
Process Gauge PAGES 17-18
Stainless Steel Case & Industrial Gauges PAGES 18-26
Sanitary Gauges PAGES 27
Commercial Gauges PAGES 29-32
Diaphragm Seals & Instrument Isolators PAGES 33-37
Pressure Transducers PAGES 39-44
Temperature Instruments PAGES 45
Pressure and Temperature Switches PAGES 47-50
PRESSURE GAUGES Digital Gauges PAGES 51-56 2030, 2089, 2086, 2084, 2074, 2174, 2274, DG25
Test Instruments PAGES 57-72 A4A, 1082, 1084, ATE-2, ST-2A, 1305D, 1327D, 1327CM, PT, AVC-1000
Process Gauges PAGES 73-84 1259, 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462
Stainless Steel & Industrial Gauges PAGES 85-118 T5500,T6500, 1008S, 1009 , 1109, 1010, 1017, 1220, 1020S, 1038, 1339, 1125, 1125A, 1127, 1128, 1130, 1131, 1132, 1133, 1134, 5503, 5509, 1150H, 1122, 1187, 1188, 1189, 1490, 1495
Sanitary Gauges PAGES 119-124 Series, 1032, 1036, 1037, 2030
Options for Process, Stainless Steel, Test & Industrial Gauges PAGES 125
Commercial Gauges PAGES 127-140 1005/1005P/1005S, 1001T, 1001TXOR, 1008A/AL, 1005MXRG, 1005PXUL, 1007PXOR,
1000/2071A, 23DDG, 12/15DDG, MFX
DIAPHRAGM SEALS Introduction & Selection Information PAGES 141-143
Specification Matrix PAGES 144-151
Diaphragm Seals PAGES 152-163
Iso-Ring, Iso-Spool PAGES 164-165 100-108, 105/205, 200-207, 300-304, 310, 311/312, 315, 320, 321, 330, 500/501, 510/511, 740/747,702/703
Line Assemblies, Engineered Assemblies PAGES 166-167 1115A, 1115P
Seal Options, All Types PAGES 168-169 80, 81, 85, 86
Table A – Min./Max. Operating PAGES 170-171
Seal Style Chart PAGES 172 -177
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55 PAGE 181-184 GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55
T2 Series - High Performance PAGES 185 T2
G2 Series - Tough OEM PAGES 186 G2
A2, A2X, A4 Series - Heavy Industrial, Hazardous Location PAGES 187-189 A2, A2X, A4
KM 15 Series - Compact OEM PAGES 191 KM15
K1, K2, K8 - High Pressure PAGES 192-194 K1, K2, K8
KX for Pulp & Paper Applications PAGES 195 KX
KS for Sanitary Applications PAGES 196 H2
H2 PAGES 190 KS
GC30, GC52 PAGE 197-198 GC30, GC52
XLdp Series - Low Pressure PAGES 199-203 XLdp, IXLdp, RXLdp, DXLdp, CXLdp
Duratran® Pressure Transmitter PAGES 204 2279
Panel Meter PAGES 205 DM61 (Digital Panel Meter)
Pneumatic Transmitters PAGES 206 4080, 4480
THERMOMETERS Bimetal Thermometers PAGES 209-213 EI, CI, EL, Case Dimensions
Duratemp Thermometers PAGES 217-223 600A-01, 600A-02, 600A-03, 600A-04, 600H-45, 600B
Case Dimensions, Thermowells, Options PAGES 224-228
Accessories PAGES 229
PRESSURE AND Selection Information PAGES 233-236

TEMPERATURE SWITCHES A Series – Pressure PAGES 237-238 A-Series Miniature Watertight Brass Body, Stainless Steel Miniature Watertight or Explosion Proof
B Series – Pressure, DP Pressure, Temperature, Exp. Proof PAGES 239-242 B-Series Type 400 Watertight Enclosure, Type 700 Explosion Proof
F Series – Pressure PAGES 243 F-Series Anodized Aluminum, Compact, Explosion Proof
G Series – Pressure, Temperature PAGES 244-245 G-Series Watertight, 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
H Series – Pressure Hydraulic PAGES 246 H-Series Hydraulic, Watertight Enclosure
L Series – Pressure, DP Pressure, Temperature PAGES 247-248 L-Series Watertight Enclosure
N Series – Electronic Pressure Switch PAGES 249-250 N-Series Type 700 Explosion Proof, Watertight or Explosion Proof Type 400 Watertight with Pressure Indications
P Series – Pressure, Temperature PAGES 251-252 P-Series Watertight Enclosure or Explosion Proof Enclosure, Dual Chamber
Deadband Ranges & Options PAGES 253-257
DDS Series – Differential Pressure PAGES 258 DDS-Seris Differential Pressure
ACCESSORIES Accessories & Options PAGES 261-268
APPLICATION DATA Application Data PAGES 271-277

MODEL TYPE/NUMBERS
11
How To Use Your Ashcroft Ordering Handbook

If you are uncertain which product is best suited to your application first refer to the
Product Quick Guides on pages 11 through 49. The Quick Guides provide a brief overview
of product specifications and some common applications. You can then refer to the page
number noted on the bottom of each column for more information. The Quick Guides
and the corresponding product pages are colored coded for easy reference. Please visit
ashcroft.com for more information on our products.
2030, 2089, 2086, 2084, 2074, 2174, 2274, DG25

A4A, 1082, 1084, ATE-2, ST-2A, 1305D, 1327D, 1327CM, PT, AVC-1000
1259, 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462
T5500,T6500, 1008S, 1009 , 1109, 1010, 1017, 1220, 1020S, 1038, 1339, 1125, 1125A, 1127, 1128, 1130, 1131, 1132, 1133, 1134, 5503, 5509, 1150H, 1122, 1187, 1188, 1189, 1490, 1495
Series, 1032, 1036, 1037, 2030
1005/1005P/1005S, 1001T, 1001TXOR, 1008A/AL, 1005MXRG, 1005PXUL, 1007PXOR,

1000/2071A, 23DDG, 12/15DDG, MFX
100-108, 105/205, 200-207, 300-304, 310, 311/312, 315, 320, 321, 330, 500/501, 510/511, 740/747,702/703
1115A, 1115P
80, 81, 85, 86
GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55

T2
G2
A2, A2X, A4
KM15
K1, K2, K8
KX
H2
KS
GC30, GC52
XLdp, IXLdp, RXLdp, DXLdp, CXLdp
2279
DM61 (Digital Panel Meter)
4080, 4480
EI, CI, EL, Case Dimensions

600A-01, 600A-02, 600A-03, 600A-04, 600H-45, 600B
A-Series Miniature Watertight Brass Body, Stainless Steel Miniature Watertight or Explosion Proof
B-Series Type 400 Watertight Enclosure, Type 700 Explosion Proof
F-Series Anodized Aluminum, Compact, Explosion Proof
G-Series Watertight, 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
H-Series Hydraulic, Watertight Enclosure
L-Series Watertight Enclosure
N-Series Type 700 Explosion Proof, Watertight or Explosion Proof Type 400 Watertight with Pressure Indications
P-Series Watertight Enclosure or Explosion Proof Enclosure, Dual Chamber
DDS-Seris Differential Pressure

22
INTRODUCTION
Ordering Handbook introduction.............................3
Exclusive Ashcroft® Features............ ......................5
PowerFlex™
True Zero™
FlutterGuard™
PLUS!™ Performance Option ............................. 6-7
33
Ordering Handbook Introduction
The Ashcroft® Ordering Handbook is Ashcroft Inc. Service Marks ISO 9000 Certification
a guide for ordering Ashcroft pressure, ActionLine®
temperature and control instruments, Ashcroft ActionLine® The company-wide commitment
accessories and options. Each product Ashcroft Gold ServiceSM to world class quality standards at
is represented with a description of its Gold ServiceSM Ashcroft Inc. has been recognized
general characteristics. For each major Heise ActionLine® by the International Standardization
product there are selection tables for the Heise Gold ServiceSM Organization ISO 9000 system audit
important variables that must be consid- procedure. All Ashcroft Inc. instrument
ered when selecting an instrument. Other Trademarks operations worldwide have received
Each product line description contains These non-Ashcroft trademarks are ISO 9001 or ISO 9002 certification for
an example of a simple ordering code used throughout the book and are the their procedures. These worldwide
that will make it easier for you to order property of their respective owners: manufacturing operations have made
Ashcroft products. the ISO Standard their guideline for
AMINCO® Iso-Spool® doing business.
Ashcroft Gold Service SM
Bendix® Kalrez® With world-class quality systems in
Ashcroft Gold ServiceSM guarantees Buna N® Kynar® place at all operations, customers can
shipment of specific Ashcroft instru- Carpenter 20® Monel® be assured that their buying decisions
ments in five working days or less. Cherry Burrell® Neoprene® can be made every day with a higher
Those products are identified through- Dacron® Nicrobraze® level of supplier confidence.
out this catalog by a Gold Service Seal. Decrin® Noryl®
For recent additions to the Ashcroft Gold Duratherm 600® Syltherm®
Service Program, contact Inside Sales. Grafoil® Teflon®
Halar® Tri-Clamp®
Ashcroft Inc. Trademarks Halocarbon® Ultrafil®
Ashcroft maintains a variety of Hastelloy VCO®
globally Registered Trademarks and Hirschmann® VCR®
Service Marks, many of which appear in Inconel® Viton®
this Ordering Handbook. The following Iso-Ring®
Trademarks and Service Marks are the
property of Ashcroft Inc. and should not Product Information
be used without its permission on any For additional product information
product or service: contact us at:
Ashcroft Inc.
Ashcroft® Inside Sales
Duradrive™ pressure gauge 250 East Main Street
Duragauge®PLUS! pressure gauge Stratford, CT 06614-5145
Duragauge® pressure gauge Phone: 203-378-8281
Duralife® pressure gauge email: [email protected]
Duralife®PLUS! pressure gauge or call the Ashcroft® ActionLineSM
DuraShield™ instrument assembly at 1-800-328-8258 or visit our web
Duratemp® thermometer site at: www.ashcroft.com
Duratran® pressure transmitter
Duratran®PLUS! pressure transmitter
Duratube™ system
Easy Zero™ adjustment
Everyangle™ connection
FlutterGuard™ option
Heise®
Maxivision® dial
MicroSpan™ adjustment
MiniGauge® pressure gauge
PLUS!™ Performance option
PowerFlex™ movement
Quick-Select™ calibrator
Si-Glas™ sensor
SpoolCal™ actuator
True Zero™ indication
Weksler®
Willy®
44
55
Features Found Only In
Ashcroft® Gauges
PowerFlex True Zero FlutterGuard

™
™ ™
Unlike ordinary gauge movements,

which may not stand up to rough Not “Almost Zero,” “Nearly Zero,” Regular gauges on high vibration/
handling and demanding applica- or “Around Zero” pulsation applications have a lot of
tions, the patented PowerFlex™ pointer flutter. So much, in fact, that
movement has the power to perform sometimes it’s hard to get an accu-
under pressure. Independent lab rate reading. And all that extraneous
testing has shown that the PowerFlex motion puts excessive wear on gauge
movement is more shock resistant internals. So what’s the answer?
than conventional movement gauges. Ashcroft commercial gauges with
In addition its superior vibration and FlutterGuard. FlutterGuard provides
pulsation resistance translates to smooth, steady pointer motion that
another big benefit: a longer-lasting makes our gauges easy to read and
gauge, hence less replacement costs. “True Zero” means longer lasting. You benefit from a
“True Confidence!” performance similar to a liquid- filled
gauge, without the worry of potential
leakage. And no fill reduces weight
Just because a gauge reads zero, and shipping costs. That’s why we say,
it doesn’t mean there isn’t any pres- with FlutterGuard, it’s…
sure on it. For example, a damaged
conventional gauge might read zero, “No fill, no flutter . . .
CONVENTIONAL MOVEMENT ASHCROFT POWERFLEX MOVEMENT even in a pressurized system. The
dial pin won’t allow the pointer to fall
no foolin’ ’’
below zero. With True Zero, there’s no
dial pin. So when a gauge with True
Zero reads zero, that’s just what there
is – zero pressure. This gives you big
benefits, including increased safety,
reduced manufacturing and replace-
ment costs.
66
PLUS!™ Performance Option
The Problem… How’d They Do That?… Benefits vs. Dry Gauges…

Applications where heavy vibration The Patented Ashcroft® PLUS!™ • Dampens vibration and pulsation
and pulsation were present required Performance option utilizes a unique • Steady pointer – Easier to read!
the use of either a conventional dry cartridge to surround the pinion with • 100% longer life
gauge with a hard to read pointer and an engineered dampening agent to • Reduce purchases by 50%!
a limited life costly liquid-filled gauge dynamically dampen the pointer and
and all the head-aches that come movement, thereby providing a dry
with them. gauge which acts liquid-filled.
Benefits vs Liquid-filled… Improved Plant Safety…

• Dampens vibration and pulsation Safety is a critical issue and the
without the headaches of liquid- PLUS!™ Performance can improve
The Solution... filled gauges. the safety of your plant. Industry
An exclusive, breakthrough technol- • No liquid – no leaks! surveys indicate that 20% to 30% of
ogy developed for Ashcroft pres- • Easier to read…no fill lines! customer’s gauges are misapplied
sure instruments providing virtually • Easier to recalibrate and prematurely fail due to pulsa-
liquid-filled performance in a dry • Wider temperature range vs tion and vibration. If a bourdon tube
gauge, the Ashcroft® PLUS!™ glycerin-fill fails due to excessive pulsation, the
Performance option. • Eliminates costly specialty fluids. process media will escape causing
possible environmental damage,
process contamination and more
importantly, possible injury, fire or
explosion.
PLUS!™ Performance improves
safety and saves money by allow-
ing facilities to standardize on a
convenient dry PLUS!™ gauge that
performs virtually like a liquid-filled
gauge. This saves 20% to 30% annu-
ally by reducing misapplied gauges,
as well as reducing the risk of spills,
injury and damage to their facility.
77
PLUS!™ Performance Option
Any Questions?
A. Are PLUS!™ Performance gauges “new” gauges?

A. No. We simply enhanced the industry leading Ashcroft products you’ve grown to trust
with a fluid clutch dampener. The mechanical system is unchanged.
Q. Does PLUS!™ Performance affect accuracy?
A. No. The only difference is that the response time is similar to liquid-filled gauges.
Q. Can these gauges be oxygen cleaned?
A. Yes. Our process cleans the system to meet AMSE B40.1, Level IV.
Q. What process range is possible?
A. –40°F to 250°F, –40°C to 121°C
Q. Can I use PLUS!™ Performance instead of Halocarbon fill?
A. Yes!
Q.Can this be used in paint applications or others requiring no silicone?
A. The standard PLUS!™ Performance cannot be used in silicone-free applications.
However, PLUS!™ is available in a silicone-free version.
Order as XNZ for silicone-free.
Q. Does the throttle plug do all the work?
A. No. Throttle plugs are designed only to fight pulsation. Vibration requires either a
liquid-filled gauge or PLUS!™ Performance.
Q. Does our competition have anything similar?
A. No. Some competitors use a liquidless gauge with poor results. Their design
utilized a dashpot which caused premature failures versus even dry gauges.
Gauges with PLUS!™ Performance utilize a completely different approach over
coming their design problem.
Q. Will this gauge last forever?
A. No gauge will last forever under conditions of severe pulsation and vibration.
The PLUS!™ Performance gauges simply last significantly longer than traditional
dry gauges with the benefits outlined above. There are a few applications, chiefly
severe high frequency pulsation, where a liquid-filled gauge or a remote mounted
gauge is necessary. With a few exceptions, customers have found the performance
to rival liquid-filled gauges in life expectancy without any of the headaches of liquid-
filled gauges.
Q. How Do I Order?
A. The product variation “XLL” designates PLUS!™ Performance in
all Duragauge,® 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462 and Duralife® 1009,
1008S type pressure gauges and Duratran® transmitters.
88
10
ASHCROFT® PRODUCT QUICK GUIDES
COMMERCIAL TRANSDUCERS &

GAUGES TRANSMITTERS
Type 1005P, 1005, 1005S ............................. 29 GC31 Pressure Sensor .................................. 39
Type 1001T Panel Gauge.............................. 29 GC35 Pressure Sensor .................................. 39
Type 1008A/AL General Service Gauge........ 29 GC51 Transmitter .......................................... 39
Type 1005M, XRG Agricultural Ammonia ..... 29 GC55 Transducer........................................... 39
Type 1005P, XUL Sprinkler Service Gauge ... 30 A2 Explosion Proof Transmitters ...................40
Type 1007P, XOR Refrigeration Manifold ...... 30 A2X Explosion Proof Transmitters .................40
Type 2071 Contractor Gauge........................ 30 A4 Explosion Proof Transmitters ...................40
Type 23 DDG Minigauge ............................... 30 H2 Precision Pressure Transducer ............... 40
Type 12/15 DDG Direct Drive Gauge............. 31 T2 High Performance Pressure Transducer . 41
G2 OEM Pressure Transducer....................... 41
KM15 OEM Transducer ................................. 41
DIAPHRAGM SEALS K1/K2 Series Industrial Transducer.............. 41
K8 Series Transducer w/mV Signal .............. 42
THREADED KX/KS Series Sanitary Transducers ............. 42
Type 100/200/300 ........................................ 33 GC30 Differential Sensor ............................... 42
Type 101/201/301 ........................................ 33 GC52 Differential Transmitter ........................ 42
Type 400/401................................................ 33 CXLdp Series ................................................ 43
Type 500/501................................................ 33 DXLdp Series ................................................ 43
Type 740/741................................................ 33 RXLdp Series ................................................ 43
Type 510 ....................................................... 34 XLdp Series .................................................. 43
Type 510HP .................................................. 34 IXLdp Series ................................................. 44
Type 511 ....................................................... 34 2279 Duratran® Pressure Transmitters ......... 44
Type 511HP .................................................. 34 DM61 Digital Panel Meter .............................44
Type 311 ....................................................... 34 Type 4080, 4480 Pneumatic Transmitter......44
Type 312 ....................................................... 35
Type 310/315................................................ 35
Type 330 .......................................................
Type 320/321................................................
35
35
THERMOMETERS
Type 104/204................................................ 35 Industrial Bimetal Thermometer .................. 45
FLANGED Duratemp® Thermometer ............................ 45
Type 102/202/302 ........................................ 36
Type 103/203/303 ........................................ 36
Type 106/206................................................ 36 PRESSURE &
Type 402/403................................................
Type 702/703................................................
36
36
TEMPERATURE
IN-LINE SWITCHES
Type 105/205................................................ 37 B-Series Single Setpoint Watertight ............ 47
Type 107/207................................................ 37 B-Series Single Setpoint Explosion Proof .... 47
Type 108/208................................................ 37 L-Series Dual Setpoint Watertight................ 47
Type 80/81.................................................... 37 P-Series Dual Setpoint Explosion Proof ....... 47
Type 85/86.................................................... 37 G-Series Watertight Stainless Steel ............. 48
F-Series Compact Explosion Proof Pressure 48
A-Series Miniature Watertight
Pressure Switches..................................... 48
A-Series Miniature Explosion Proof
Pressure Switches .................................... 48
N-Series Electronic Pressure Switches ....... 49
Differential Pressure Switch Actuator.......... 49
ATEX Approval for Hazardous Locations ...... 49
U.L. Listed Steam Limit Control .................... 49
U.L. Listed Pressure Limit Control ................ 50
DDS Series DP Switch Diaphragm
Sensing Element ........................................50
ASHCROFT® PRODUCT QUICK GUIDES
DIGITAL GAUGES STAINLESS STEEL

Type 2089, 2086, 2084 Test Gauge .............. 11
Type 2074, 2174, 2274 Industrial Gauge ..... 11
CASE & INDUSTRIAL
Type DG25 General Purpose Gauge ............. 11 GAUGES
Series 2030 Digital Sanitary Gauge ..............11 Type T5500 & T6500 Stainless Steel Case ... 19
Type 1008S Pressure Gauge
TEST INSTRUMENTS, 40 & 50mm ................................................ 19

63 & 100mm.............................................. 19
TEST GAUGES & Type 1008S/SL Center Back
EQUIPMENT Connect Gauges .........................................19

Type 1009 Duralife® Pressure Gauge ........... 20
Type 1084 Test Gauge .................................. 13 Type 2008S/SL 63mm Panel Gauge............. 20
Type 1082 Test Gauge .................................. 13 Type 1009 Stainless Steel Case ................... 20
Type 2089, 2086, 2084 Test Gauge .............. 13 Type 1109 General Service Gauge ............... 20
Type ATE-2 LCD Digital Calibrator ................ 13 Type 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
Type ST-2A LCD Digital Indicator.................. 14 Hydraulic Gauges ...................................... 21
Type 1305D Deadweight Tester ................... 14 Type 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
Type 1327D, 1327CM Gauge Comparator .... 14 Receiver Gauges ....................................... 21
Type PT LCD Digital Indicator ....................... 14 Type 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220
Type AVC-1000 & 3000 Volume Controller ... 15 Refrigeration Gauge .................................. 21
Type A4A Precision Dial Pressure Gauge ..... 15 Type 1010 General Service Gauge ............... 21
Type 1017 General Service Gauge ............... 22
PROCESS GAUGES Type 1220 .................................................... 22
Type 1020S Xmas Tree Gauge ...................... 22
Type 1279 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge ..... 17 Type 1038, 1039 Duplex Gauge.................... 22
Type 1377 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge ..... 17 Type 1125, 1125A Differential Gauge........... 23
Type 1379 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge ..... 17 Type 1127, 1128 Differential Gauge ............. 23
Type 2462 Pressure Gauge .......................... 17 Type 1130 Differential Gauge ....................... 23
Type 1259 Pressure Gauge .......................... 18 Type 1131 Differential Gauge ....................... 23
Type 1279,1379,1377, 2462 Receiver Gauge . 18 Type 1132 Differential Gauge ....................... 24
Type 1133 Differential Gauge ....................... 24
Type 1150H Reid Vapor Gauge ..................... 25
Type 1122 Movementless Gauge ................. 25
Type 1187, 1188, 1189 LP Bellows Gauge ... 25
Type 1490 LP Diaphragm Gauge .................. 26
Type 1495 LP Receiver Gauge...................... 26
Type 2074, 2174, 2274 Industrial Gauge...... 26
Type DG25 General Purpose Gauge ............. 26
SANITARY GAUGES
Series 2300 Digital Sanitary Gauge ..............27
Type 1032 Fractional Sanitary Gauge.......... 27
Type 1032 Sanitary Gauge ........................... 27
Type 1036 w/1037 Instrument Fitting ......... 27
11
Quick Guide
Digital Gauges
TYPES 2089, 2086, 2084 TYPES 2074, 2174, 2274 TYPE DG25 TYPE 2030 SERIES DIGITAL
PRECISION DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GENERAL PURPOSE SANITARY GAUGE
TEST GAUGE DIGITAL GAUGE DIGITAL GAUGE
Direct
Mount
*Protective Boot Optional Remote Mount
ACCURACY ACCURACY: ACCURACY ACCURACY

±0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% of span ±0.25% of span ±0.5% of span or ±0.25% span ±0.25% of span terminal point accuracy
CASE SIZE CASE SIZE CASE SIZE DIAL SIZE
3˝ 3,˝ 41/2˝ 21/2˝ 3˝
CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL/FINISH
300 Series stainless steel (3˝) 300 series stainless steel Polycarbonate/ABS (3˝) 300 series SS, electropolished
(41/2˝) fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic
WETTED MATERIALS (41/2˝) black painted aluminum WETTED MATERIALS WETTED MATERIALS
316 stainless steel 17-4 PH stainless steel sensor; 316L stainless steel
WETTED MATERIALS 316 stainless steel socket
SOCKET SIZE 17-4 PH stainless steel sensor; TRI-CLAMP CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT, 1/8 NPT 316 stainless steel socket SOCKET SIZE Direct, in-line 1.5˝, 2.0˝; Ashcroft remote
(others on application) /4 NPT, 1/8 NPT, G1/4A, G1/4B, 9/16-18 UNF
1
in-line (XRE)
SOCKET SIZE Others on application
CONNECTION /4 NPT, 1/2 NPT (41/2˝ case only)
1 RANGES
Lower (6 o’clock), top, side Others on application CONNECTION 15 psi thru 1000 psi including metric,
Lower compound and vacuum
RANGES CONNECTION
Vac., 5 psi thru 7000 psi including compound Lower (6 o’clock), top, side RANGES POWER SOURCE
and absolute Vac. thru 25,000 psi, including compound 2032 Battery
RANGES 2132 4-20mA loop powered
POWER SOURCE Vac. and 15 psi thru 20,000 psi including POWER SOURCE 2232 12-36 Vdc
Three AAA alkaline batteries compound Two AA alkaline batteries
BATTERY LIFE
BATTERY LIFE POWER SOURCE BATTERY LIFE 500 hrs.
1000 hrs. Battery 2000 hrs.
( 3˝) Two AA alkaline batteries OPERATING TEMPERATURE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (41/2˝) Two C alkaline batteries OPERATING TEMPERATURE (Media) 14°F/140°F (–10°C/60°C)
Temperature corrected from 0/150°F Loop powered 4-20mA –4/176°F (–20/80°C)
(–18/63°C) Line powered, (12-36 Vdc, 1 amp) STORAGE TEMPERATURE
STORAGE TEMPERATURE –4°F/158°F (–20°C/70°C)
STORAGE TEMPERATURE BATTERY LIFE (Batteries Removed)
–40/180°F (–40/82°C) (3˝) 500 hrs. –4/140°F (–20/00°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS (41/2˝) 2500 hrs. AGENCY APPROVALS
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA OPERATING TEMPERATURE CE, EN 61326 (1998)
14/140°F (–10/60°C) CE, EN 61326 Annex A (heavy industrial)
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS UL-61010-1
STORAGE TEMPERATURE LOOK FOR THIS MARK ON OUR PRODUCT
FM –4/158°F (–20/70°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997) optional, FM, CSA
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Refer to page no. 54, 62 Refer to page no. 55, 99 Refer to page no. 56, 117 Refer to page no. 53, 121
With total error band accuracy including tem- Available with optional (1) or (2) SPDT switch- This product is an excellent choice for a wide Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food appli-
perature from 0/150°F (–18 to 63°C) applica- es and 4-20mA output, this gauge is ideal for variety of pressure measurement applications. cations requiring Tri-Clover type fittings and
tions include metrology labs, gas distribution many industrial applications. This product When compared to mechanical gauges the highly polished stainless steel surfaces.
and transmission and analog test gauge users. eliminates the need for unnecessary piping, DG25 offers overall enhanced value.
switches and transducers.
12
13
Quick Guide
Test Instruments
TYPES 2089, 2086, 2084

1084, 3˝ 1082, 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ TYPE ATE-2 LCD
PRECISION DIGITAL
TEST GAUGE TEST GAUGE DIGITAL CALIBRATOR
TEST GAUGES
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY

MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY

ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 3A (±0.25% of span) ±0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% of span ±0.025, 0.05 and 0.1% of span
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE CASE SIZE PRESSURE RANGES
3˝ 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ 3˝ 0/0.25 in.H2O through 0/10,000 psi
CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL PRESSURE TYPES
300 series polished stainless steel Aluminum, phenolic, polypropylene 300 Series stainless steel Gauge, compound, vacuum, absolute and
differential
MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIALS
316 stainless steel Bronze/brass, Monel 316 stainless steel TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
20-120°F
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SOCKET SIZE
Bourdon tube Bourdon tube 1
/4 NPT, 1/8 NPT TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
(others on application) Supports most common RTD-type tem-
CONNECTION CONNECTION perature probes and thermocouples
1
/4 NPT lower only 1
/4 NPT (standard) and CONNECTION
1
/2 NPT lower or back (optional) Lower (6 o’clock), top, side DIMENSIONS
RANGES 8.7 in. (L) x 5.1 in. (W) x 3.8 in. (H)
Vac. to 1000 psi RANGES RANGES
Vac. to 10,000 psi Vac., 5 psi thru 7000 psi including compound WEIGHT
and absolute Max. 2.4 lbs. w/2 pressure modules
TEMPERATURE ERROR installed
<.005% per degree F above or below refer- POWER SOURCE
ence temperature of 68°F (20°C) Three AAA alkaline batteries CASE MATERIAL
High impact PC-ABS
BATTERY LIFE
1000 hrs. SENSOR MODULE CAPACITY
2 bays for Ashcroft AM2 sensor modules
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Temperature corrected from 0/150°F DISPLAY
(–18/63°C) 1.5˝ x 2.5˝ graphic LCD display with
backlight. Can display readings from 2
STORAGE TEMPERATURE simultaneous modules
–40/180°F (–40/82°C)
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
AGENCY APPROVALS 4mm banana jacks (one set of test leads
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA provided with each ATE-2)
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS UPDATE RATE
100 ms (nominal) with one module installed
FM RESOLUTION
±0.0015% of span, 66,000 counts (max)
DAMPING
Programmable filtering levels one through 16
SERIAL INTERFACE
Type: USB
AGENCY APPROVALS
Standard: CE, UL, FCC
Optional: FM, CSA, ATEX
Refer to page no. 61 Refer to page no. 60 Refer to page no. 54, 62 Refer to page nos. 63 and 64
Ideal for use when a quality analog pocket test 1
/4% full scale accuracy for test and laboratory Superior accuracy for test and laboratory Field or laboratory precision pressure standard
gauge is required. applications. applications. for calibrating or setting other instruments and
devices. Also used for high accuracy tempera-
ture or pressure measurement in critical pro-
cesses.
14
Quick Guide
Test Instruments
ST-2A LCD TYPE 1305D TYPE 1327D, 1327CM MODEL PT, DUAL DISPLAY
DIGITAL INDICATOR DEADWEIGHT TESTER GAUGE COMPARATOR LCD DIGITAL INDICATOR
PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY ACCURACY OPERATING PRESSURE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY

±0.025, 0.05 and 0.1% of span ±0.1% of reading 0-10,000 psi (maximum) (0-60,000 kPa) ±0.025, 0.05 and 0.1% of span
PRESSURE RANGES OPERATING PRESSURE OPERATING MEDIA PRESSURE RANGES

0/0.25 in.H2O through 0/10,000 psi 15 psi to 10,000 psi Std.: SAE 20 weight automotive or 0/0.25 in.H2O through 0/10,000 psi
machine oil
PRESSURE TYPES OPERATING MEDIA Opt.: Phosphate-based or glycol fluids PRESSURE TYPES
Gauge, compound, vacuum, absolute and 1305D: SAE 20 weight automotive or Distilled water for oxygen service Gauge, compound, vacuum, absolute and
differential machine oil differential
O-RING MATERIAL
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION 1305DH Standard: Buna N (D Series) TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT
20-120°F Phosphate-based or glycol fluids Optional: Ethylene Propylene Supports most common RTD-type
(DH Series) temperature probes
TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT O-RING MATERIAL
Supports most common RTD-type tem- 1305D: Buna-N (D series) RESERVOIR VOLUME DIMENSIONS
perature probes and thermocouples 1305DH: Ethylene Propylene (DH Series) Approximately 1.5 pints (0.7 liter) 7.72 in. (L) x 6 in. (W) x 2.95 in. (H)
DIMENSIONS PISTON AND CYLINDER MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327DG PANEL CUTOUT
10.9 in. (L) x 6.74 in. (W) x 4.0 in. (H) Stainless steel 5.4 in. x 2.68 in.
ACCURACY
PANEL CUTOUT WEIGHT MATERIAL ±0.25% F.S. WEIGHT
6.56 in. x 3.53 in. Non-magnetic die cast zinc Depending on configuration
GAUGE TYPE Max. <4 lbs. w/2 sensors and battery pack
WEIGHT RESERVOIR VOLUME Ashcroft 41⁄2 inch Type 1082 gauges with
Max. 4.08 lbs. w/2 pressure modules Approximately 1.5 pints (0.7 liter) temperature compensation CASE MATERIAL
installed High impact ABS
Special ‘‘CD-5” Certification package Special ‘‘CD-4” Certification package avail-
CASE MATERIAL available (see Price Sheet TE/PS-1) able (see Price Sheet TE/PS-1) SENSOR CAPACITY
High impact ABS 2 bays for Ashcroft PPT sensors
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327CM
SENSOR MODULE CAPACITY DISPLAY
2 bays for Ashcroft AQS “Quick Select®” ACCURACY 5 digit, 2 line LCD, 0.38 in. height per line.
sensor modules ±0.1% F.S. Can display simultaneous readings from 2
modules.
DISPLAY GAUGE TYPE
2 line LCD, 0.37 in. height per line. Can Ashcroft 6-inch Type A4A with temperature OUTPUT
display simultaneous readings from 2 compensation Full function RS-232
modules.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION OPTIONS
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION –25°F to +125°F (will maintain Backlit Display; Built-in NiCad Recharge-
Standard banana jacks ±0.1% F.S. accuracy) able Batteries; Handle; Panel Mounting
Brackets
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
32° to 120°F OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
32° to 120°F
UPDATE RATE
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
20-120°F
RESOLUTION
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max) UPDATE RATE
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS
0-20 mA or 0-30 Vdc RESOLUTION
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max)
Refer to page nos. 65 and 66 Refer to page no. 67 Refer to page no. 68 Refer to page nos. 69 and 70
Laboratory precision pressure standard for Primary deadweight pressure standard and Primary deadweight pressure standard and Laboratory precision pressure standard for
calibrating or setting other instruments and hydraulic pressure source for calibration of hydraulic pressure source for calibration of calibrating or setting other instruments and
devices. Also used for high accuracy tempera- other pressure instruments. other pressure instruments. devices. Also used for high accuracy tempera-
ture or pressure measurement in critical pro- ture or pressure measurement in critical pro-
cesses. cesses.
15
Quick Guide
Test Instruments
TYPE AVC-1000 & 3000 TYPE A4A PRECISION

VOLUME CONTROLLER DIAL PRESSURE GAUGE
TYPE ACCURACY
AVC-1000 / AVC-3000 ±0.10% of span – ASME B40.1, Grade 4A
RANGE (psi) CASE
vacuum-1000 / vacuum-3000 Cast aluminum solid front
RESOLUTION (psi) DIAL SIZE
0.00025 / 0.0005 6˝, 81/2˝, 12˝ & 16˝
VOLUME CHANGE (cubic inches) POINTER TRAVEL
3.5 / 2.5 350° (15-30,000 psi)
300° (40,000-50,000 psi)
MECHANICAL ROTATION (turns) 270° (60,000-100,000 psi)
31 / 61
BOURDON TUBE
PROOF PRESSURE (psi) Bleeder tipped
3000 / 6000
RANGES
BURST PRESSURE (psi) Gauge, compound, vacuum & absolute
6000 min / 12,000 min 0-15-0/100,000 psi
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
20-120°F / 20-120°F
OPERATING MEDIA
Clean, dry noncorrosive gas such as com-
pressed air or nitrogen
CONSTRUCTION
Aluminum body, stainless steel, brass
Teflon, Delrin and Buna N
Refer to page no. 71 Refer to page no. 59

Added to any pneumatic calibration system,
the VC works as a ‘‘fine tune” device to achieve
specific test points not easily attained with the
use of a regulator alone. Used in the calibration
of any pneumatic pressure instrument up to
3000 psi.
16
17
Quick Guide
Process Gauges
1279 DURAGAUGE® 1377 DURAGAUGE® 1379 DURAGAUGE® 2462 DURAGAUGE®

PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE
ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE
41/2˝ 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ 6˝
CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL
Phenolic Aluminum Aluminum Polypropylene
WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, Monel 316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, Monel 316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, Monel, 316 stainless steel, bronze/brass, steel, Monel
Inconel
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube Bourdon tube SENSING ELEMENT Bourdon tube
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION
1
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back 1
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back CONNECTION 1
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back
1
/4 NPT (optional) 1
/4 NPT (optional) 1
/2 NPT (standard) lower or back 1
/4 NPT (optional)
1
/4 NPT (optional)
RANGES RANGES 1
/4˝ HP connection over 30,000 psi RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 30,000 psi, compound Vacuum, 15 to 30,000 psi, compound Vacuum, 15 to 30,000 psi, compound
RANGES
Vacuum, 15 to 100,000 psi, compound
Refer to page nos. 76 and 81 Refer to page nos. 77 and 81 Refer to page nos. 78 and 81 Refer to page nos. 79 and 81
Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in Usage requiring 1/2% full scale accuracy in
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil prodution, chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil prodution, chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil production, chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil production,
other process, power and general industry. other process, power and general industry. other process, power and general industry. other process, power and general industry.
18
Quick Guide
Process Gauges
1259 PROCESS 1279, 1379, 1377, 2462

PRESSURE GAUGE RECEIVER GAUGES
Type 1279
Type 2462
ACCURACY ACCURACY
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZES
41/2˝ 1279AS-XPR – 41/2˝
1377AS-XPR – 41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝
CASE MATERIAL 1379AS-XPR – 41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝
Polypropylene 2462AS-XPR – 6˝
WETTED MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL
316 stainless steel, Monel 1279AS-XPR – Phenolic
1377AS-XPR – Aluminum
SENSING ELEMENT 1379AS-XPR – Aluminum
Bourdon tube 2462AS-XPR – Polypropylene
CONNECTION SENSING ELEMENT
1
/2 NPT (standard) lower Bourdon tube
1
/4 NPT (optional)
CONNECTION
RANGES 1
/2 NPT (standard)
Vacuum, 15 to 20,000 psi, compound 1
/4 NPT (optional)
CONNCTION LOCATION
1279AS-XPR – Lower/Back, Back
1377AS-XPR – Back, Lower/Back
1379AS-XPR – Back, Lower/Back
2462AS-XPR – Lower/Back, Back
RANGES
3-15 psi & 3-27 psi

Usage requiring /2% full scale accuracy in
1
For use with pneumatic transmitters.
chemical, petrochemical, refinery, oil production,
other process, power and`general industry.
19
Quick Guide
Stainless Steel Case &
Industrial Gauges
T5500 & T6500 1008S 40 & 50 mm 1008S/SL 63 & 100mm 1008S/SL 63 & 100mm CENTER
PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE BACK CONNECT GAUGES
T6500
T5500

Std. Class 1, 1% full scale ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span) 1.6% F. S. ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
100mm, 160mm 40mm, 50mm 63mm, 100mm 63mm, 100mm
304 stainless steel, 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
MOVEMENT WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL
304/303 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 316L stainless steel 316L stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Bourdon tube
CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION
T5500 – lower or back, open front 1
/8 NPT lower or back 1
/8 NPT lower or lower back 1
/4 NPT center back
T6500 – lower only, solid front 1
/4 NPT lower or lower back
1
/2 NPT lower (100mm) RANGES
RANGES RANGES JIS, DIN, BSP sockets available Vac. to 20,000 psi
Vacuum, compound, pressure Vac. to 15,000 psi
psi: –30in. Hg–0, 0-36,000 psi RANGES
Available dry and glycerin filled Vac. to 15,000 psi
bar: –1-0, 0-2500 bar
Available dry and glycerin filled
Refer to page no. 88 Refer to page no. 89 Refer to page no. 90 Refer to page no. 91
The Ashcroft® T5500 and T6500 all stainless Applications include industrial compressors, Applications include industrial compressors, Applications include industrial compressors,
steel process pressure gauge is one of the valve indicators, firefighting equipment, mea- firefighting equipment, measurement/control, firefighting equipment, measurement/control,
finest production gauges on the market for surement/control, metal working and hydraulic metal working, hydraulic equipment and panel metal working, hydraulic equipment and panel
industrial use where precise indications are equipment. Especially suited for pneumatic builders. Can be supplied EN837 compliant. builders requiring center back connections.
required controllers and transmitters located in
corrosive environments.
20
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
1009 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝ DURALIFE® 2008S/SL 63mm 1009 41⁄2˝ & 6˝ 1109 41⁄2˝
PRESSURE GAUGE PANEL GUAGE STAINLESS STEEL CASE STAINLESS STEEL CASE

ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) 1.6% F. S. ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
21/2,˝ 31/2˝ 63mm 41/2,˝ 6˝ 41/2˝
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL
316L stainless steel, Bourdon tube 316L stainless steel Bronze, 316 stainless steel, Monel 316 stainless steel
Inconel
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Bourdon tube SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube
CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION
1
/4 NPT only lower back 1
/4 NPT lower or back CONNECTION
1
/2 NPT lower or back /2 NPT lower, 1/4 NPT lower (optional)
1
1
/2 NPT lower (31/2˝) RANGES /4 NPT lower high pressure
1
JIS, DIN, BSP, tube stub Vac., Compound 0-15,000 psi RANGES
Vac. to 30,000 psi RANGES
RANGES Available dry and glycerin filled, with Vac. to 1500 psi / 2000-20,000 psi
Vac. to 15,000 psi PLUS! Performance 50,000-100,000 psi
Stainless steel and aluminum bronze sockets

For use on fluid power equipment The Ashcroft 2008S/SL was designed spe- Refer to page no. 94 Refer to page no. 95
in oil and gas production, construction, min- cifically for the rugged requirements of panel Stainless steel case Type 1009 applications Stainless steel case Type 1109 applications
ing, machine tools, logging, pulp and paper, installation. Oil, gas, offshore, environmen- include boilers, compressors, water blasting include water jet or water blasting equipment,
general industrial applications and panel tally and process challenged applications are equipment, pharmaceutical and food process- offshore platform, etc.
builders. the target for these gauge markets. ing equipment.
21
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
1009, 1010, 1017, 1220 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220 1009, 1010, 1017, 1220 1010 41⁄2,˝ 6,˝ 81⁄2,˝ 12˝
HYDRAULIC GAUGES RECEIVER GAUGES REFRIGERATION GAUGE GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE
1220 GAUGE SHOWN 1010 GAUGE SHOWN

1010 GAUGE SHOWN

ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)

1009 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ 1009 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ 1009 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝
1010 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝ 1010 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝ 1010 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2,˝ 12˝
1017 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ 1017 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ 1017 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ CASE MATERIAL
1220 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ 1220 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ 1220 – 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic
CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL

Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic Bronze, stainless steel, Monel
TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL SENSING ELEMENT

Bronze, 316 stainless steel, Monel Bronze, 316 stainless steel, Monel Bronze, stainless steel Bourdon tube
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT CONNECTION

Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Bourdon tube /4 NPT lower or back
1
/2 NPT lower or back

1
CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION(1)

1
/4 NPT lower or back RANGES
1
/2 NPT lower or back Vac. to 30,000 psi
RANGES RANGES RANGES

Vac. to 30,000 psi 3/15 and 3/27 psi 30 in.Hg Vac/150 psi, 30 in.Hg
Vac/300 psi
(1)
1017 back connect only
Uniquely designed for rigorous hydraulic For monitoring pneumatic systems requiring For use on refrigeration equipment utilizing General industrial applications requiring larger
services. percentage and/or square root readings. ammonia, freon or other refrigerants. dials. Applications include oil monitoring,
repair and compressors, etc.
22
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
1017 41⁄2,˝ 6˝ 1220 41⁄2,˝ 6,˝ 81⁄2˝ 1020S 41⁄2˝ 1038, 1339 31⁄2,˝ 41⁄2,˝
GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE XMAS TREE GAUGE DUPLEX GAUGE
1038 GAUGES SHOWN

ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
41/2,˝ 6˝ 41/2,˝ 6,˝ 81/2˝ 41/2˝ 31/2,˝ 41/2˝
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic Stainless steel, aluminum, phenolic Stainless steel Aluminum, cast iron
TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL
Bronze, stainless steel, Monel Bronze, stainless steel, Monel 316 stainless steel Bronze
Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Bourdon tube
/4 NPT back
1
1
Lower Lower/back
/2 NPT back
1
1
RANGES RANGES
RANGES RANGES Up to 20,000 psi – 1/2 NPT, 1/4 NPT 1038A – 31/2,˝ 41/2˝– 1/4 NPT 30/1000 psi
Vac. to 30,000 psi Vac. to 30,000 psi 1339A – 41/2˝ – 1/4 NPT 30/1000 psi
Back conn. only

Uniquely designed to meet rugged oil field Uniquely designed to indicate two related pres-
General industrial applications, large dials for General industrial applications, large dials for applications. sures on the same dial.
easier readings. used on pumps, air or oil easier readings. used on pumps, air or oil
monitoring, etc. for panel mount applications. monitoring, etc.
23
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
1125, 1125A 41⁄2˝ 1127, 1128 41⁄2,˝ 6˝ 1130 2,˝ 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝ 1131 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
OF OF
ION PRO ES ION PRO ES
EXPLOS O S U R EXPLOS S U R
ENCL LE ENCLOLE
SWITCH
AVA IL A B SWITCH IL A B
AVA

ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span) ±2% ascending ±2% ascending
41/2,˝ 6˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝ 2,˝ 21/2,˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝ 21/2,˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝
Aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel Stainless steel
TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL BODY MATERIAL BODY MATERIAL
Bronze 316 stainless steel Aluminum, brass, stainless steel Aluminum, brass, stainless steel
Bourdon tube Bourdon tube Piston Rolling diaphragm
Lower/back Lower In-line, lower, back In-line, lower, back
RANGES RANGES RANGES RANGES
1125 – 41/2,˝ 6˝(1) – 1/4 NPT 20/1000 psi 1127 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ – 1/4 NPT 10/1000 psi 0-5 psid to 150 psid 0-5 psid to 100 psid
1125A – 41/2,˝ 6˝(1) – 1/4 NPT 10/0/10 psi- 1128 – 41/2,˝ 6˝ – 1/4 NPT 10/0/00 psi-
500/0/500 psi 400/0/400 psi
(1)
Lower connect only
Application include filter monitoring, flow, leak Application include filter monitoring, flow, leak Applications include filter monitoring, flow, Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
and level measurements. and level measurements. leak and level measurement. High pressure, leak and level measurement. High pressure,
high differential with migration. high differential, no migration.
24
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
1132 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝ 1133 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝ 1134 41⁄2˝ 5503 100mm &160mm
DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE
OF
ION PRO ES
EXPLOS UR
ENCLOS
SWITCH
AV A IL A B L E

±2% ascending ±2% ascending ±3% ascending ±1.6% of span
21/2,˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝ 31/2,˝ 4,˝ 41/2,˝ 6˝ 41/2˝ 100mm, 160mm
Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel
BODY MATERIAL BODY MATERIAL BODY MATERIAL SENSING MATERIAL
Aluminum, brass, stainless steel Aluminum, stainless steel Glass filled nylon 316 stainless steel
Convoluted diaphragm Convoluted diaphragm Convoluted diaphragm Diaphragm
In-line, lower, back In-line, lower, back Dual (In-line or back) Lower
RANGES RANGES RANGES RANGES
0-1 psid to 60 psid 0-1 IWD to 25 IWD 0-0.6 IWD to 60 IWD 0-16 IWD to 400 psid
(including inches of water ranges)
Applications include filter monitoring, flow, Applications include filter monitoring, flow, Applications include fume hoods, air handlers, Applications include filter monitoring, flow,
leak and level measurement. High pressure, leak and level measurement. High pressure, filter monitoring, flow and level. Inches of leak and level measurement requiring high
high differential, no migration. high differential, no migration. water with no migration. recovery, all stainless steel.
25
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
5509 100mm &160mm 1150H 41⁄2˝ 1187, 1188, 1189 LOW

DIFFERENTIAL GAUGE REID VAPOR GAUGE 1122, 21⁄2˝ GAUGE PRESSURE BELLOWS GAUGES
1188 GAUGE SHOWN

±2.5% of span ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
Available with optional ASME B40.100
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE Grade 1A (1% of span)
100mm, 160mm 41/2˝ 21/2˝
DIAL SIZE
CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL 1187(1) – 41/2˝
Stainless steel Aluminum Stainless steel 1188(1) – 41/2˝
SENSING MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL 1189(2) – 41/2,˝ 6˝
TUBE MATERIAL
316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Stainless steel CASE MATERIAL
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT Aluminum, phenolic
SENSING ELEMENT
Diaphragm Bourdon tube Bourdon tube TUBE MATERIAL
CONNECTION CONNECTION Brass, 316 stainless steel, Monel
CONNECTION
Lower 1
/4 NPT lower 1
/4 NPT lower SENSING ELEMENT
RANGES RANGES Bellows
RANGES
0-10 IWD to 400 psid 15/600 psi 15/1000 psi CONNECTION
1187 – 1/4, 1/2 NPT back
1188 – 1/4, 1/2 NPT lower or back
1189 – 1/4, 1/2 NPT lower
RANGES
10 in.H2O to 10 psi including vacuum and
compound
(1)
Back connect only
(2)
Lower connect only
Applications include filter monitoring, flow, Uniquely designed for testing petroleum prod- Applications include compressors, pumps Low pressure monitoring for general indus-
leak and level measurement requiring high ucts with the Reid vapor process. and turbines. trial applications on air, liquids or gases.
recovery, all stainless steel.
26
Quick Guide
Industrial Gauges
1490, 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2˝ LOW 1495, 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2˝ LOW TYPES 2074, 2174, 2274 TYPE DG25
PRESSURE DIAPHRAGM GAUGE PRESSURE RECEIVER GAUGE INDUSTRIAL DIGITAL GAUGE GENERAL PURPOSE
DIGITAL GAUGE
*Protective Boot Optional
ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY: ACCURACY

ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span) ±0.25% of span ±0.5% of span or ±0.25% span
Available with optional ASME B40.100 Available with optional ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (1% of span) Grade 1A (1% of span) CASE SIZE CASE SIZE
3,˝ 41/2˝ 21/2˝
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE
21/2,˝ 31/2˝ 21/2,˝ 31/2˝ CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL
(3˝) 300 series stainless steel Polycarbonate/ABS
CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL (41/2˝) fiberglass reinforced thermoplastic
Polysulfone Polysulfone (41/2˝) black painted aluminum WETTED MATERIALS
17-4 PH stainless steel sensor;
WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIALS 316 stainless steel socket
Copper, Brass, Polysulfone, RTV, Silicone Copper, Brass, Polysulfone, RTV, Silicone 17-4 PH stainless steel sensor;
316 stainless steel socket SOCKET SIZE
SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT /4 NPT, 1/8 NPT, G1/4A, G1/4B, 9/16-18 UNF
1
Diaphragm Diaphragm SOCKET SIZE Others on application

/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT (41/2˝ case only)
1
CONNECTION CONNECTION Others on application CONNECTION

1
/8 NPT lower or center back 1
/8 NPT lower or center back Lower
1
/4 NPT lower or center back 1
/4 NPT lower or center back CONNECTION
Hose barb Hose barb Lower (6 o’clock), top, side RANGES
Vac. thru 25,000 psi, including compound
RANGES RANGES RANGES
0/10 in.H2O to 0/15 psi including vacuum and 0-100%, 0-10 sq rt Vac. and 15 psi thru 20,000 psi including POWER SOURCE
compound 0/10 sq rt /0-100 linear compound Two AA alkaline batteries
POWER SOURCE BATTERY LIFE

Battery 2000 hrs.
( 3˝) Two AA alkaline batteries
(41/2˝) Two C alkaline batteries OPERATING TEMPERATURE (Media)
Loop powered 4-20mA –4/176°F (–20/80°C)
Line powered, (12-36 Vdc, 1 amp) STORAGE TEMPERATURE
BATTERY LIFE (Batteries Removed)
(3˝) 500 hrs. –4/140°F (–20/00°C)
(41/2˝) 2500 hrs. AGENCY APPROVALS
OPERATING TEMPERATURE CE, EN 61326 (1998)
14/140°F (–10/60°C) CE, EN 61326 Annex A (heavy industrial)
UL-61010-1
STORAGE TEMPERATURE LOOK FOR THIS MARK ON OUR PRODUCT
–4/158°F (–20/70°C)
AGENCY APPROVALS
CE, EN 50082-1 (1997) optional, FM, CSA
FM
Refer to page no. 116 Refer to page no. 117 Refer to page no. 55, 99 Refer to page no. 56, 117
Low pressure monitoring of gases including Low pressure monitoring of pneumatic or air Available with optional (1) or (2) SPDT switch- This product is an excellent choice for a wide
ovens, burners or medical applications. handling systems requiring linear or square es and 4-20mA output, this gauge is ideal for variety of pressure measurement applications.
root readings. many industrial applications. This product When compared to mechanical gauges the
eliminates the need for unnecessary instrument DG25 offers overall enhanced value.
T’s, when switches and/or 40-20mA output is
a requirement.
27
Quick Guide
Sanitary Gauges
TYPE 2030 SERIES DIGITAL TYPE 1032 FRACTIONAL TYPE 1032 TYPE 1036 SANITARY GAUGE
with TYPE 1037 SANITARY
SANITARY GAUGE SANITARY GAUGE SANITARY GAUGE INSTRUMENT FITTING
1036 GAUGE SHOWN
Clamp not provided.

User installed.
DIRECT
MOUNT 1037 FITTING SHOWN
REMOTE
MOUNT
ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY TYPE 1036 SANITARY GAUGE

±0.25% of span terminal point accuracy ±3% upscale accuracy; up to ±5% downscale 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝ – ±1.5% F.S. for pressure ACCURACY
accuracy ranges 100 psi and above. ±2.0% F.S. for ±1.5% F.S. for pressure ranges 100 psi and
DIAL SIZE vacuum, compound and ranges below 100 psi
3˝ DIAL SIZE above. ±2.0% F.S. for vacuum, compound
2˝ only DIAL SIZE and ranges below 100 psi
CASE MATERIAL/FINISH 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝
(3˝) 300 series SS, electropolished CASE & RING MATERIAL DIAL SIZE
300 series stainless steel CASE & RING MATERIAL 31⁄2˝
WETTED MATERIALS 300 series stainless steel
316L stainless steel TUBE & SOCKET MATERIAL CASE & RING MATERIAL
316 stainless steel TUBE & SOCKET MATERIAL 300 series stainless steel
TRI-CLAMP CONNECTION 316 stainless steel
Direct, in-line 1.5˝, 2.0˝; Ashcroft remote WETTED PARTS TUBE & SOCKET MATERIAL
in-line (XRE) Electropolished 12 to 20RA surface finish WETTED PARTS 316 stainless steel
316 stainless steel Electropolished 12 to 20 RA surface finish WETTED PARTS
RANGES 316 stainless steel
15 psi thru 1000 psi including metric, MOUNTING CONNECTION Electropolished 12 to 20 RA surface finish
compound and vacuum Lower (3/4˝ Tri-Clamp®) only MOUNTING CONNECTION 316 stainless steel
Lower and back (11/2˝ or 2˝ Tri-Clamp®) MOUNTING CONNECTION
POWER SOURCE RANGES
2032 Battery 30# thru 600#, including compound RANGES Lower, back (11/2˝ Tri-Clamp®)
2132 4-20mA loop powered 15# thru 1000#, including compound and RANGES
2232 12-36 Vdc Meets EN 10204 : 2004 3.1 requirement for vacuum
material traceability; documents provided as 15# thru 1000#, including compound
BATTERY LIFE standard Meets EN 10204 : 2004 3.1 requirement for and vacuum
500 hrs. material traceability; documents provided as TYPE 1037 INSTRUMENT FITTING
standard
OPERATING TEMPERATURE CONSTRUCTION
14°F/140°F (–10°C/60°C) 316 L stainless steel
STORAGE TEMPERATURE WETTED PARTS
–4°F/158°F (–20°C/70°C) Electropolished 12 to 20RA surface finish
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

MOUNTING CONNECTION
ON OUR PRODUCT (1/2˝ thru 2˝ Tri-Clamp®)
HEAT NUMBER
Stamped on fitting
Meets EN 10204 : 2004 3.1 requirement for
material traceability; documents provided as
standard
Refer to page no. 53, 121 Refer to page no. 124 Refer to page no. 122 Refer to page no. 123
Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food appli- Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food appli- Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food appli- Sanitary pharmaceutical, biotech or food appli-
cations requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings and cations requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings and cations requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings and cations requiring Tri-Clamp® type fittings with
highly polished stainless steel surfaces. highly polished stainless steel surfaces. Can be highly polished stainless steel surfaces. Can be zero deadleg and highly polished stainless
autoclaved. Standard window glass. autoclaved with polysulfone window. steel surfaces.
28
29
Quick Guide
Commercial Gauges
TYPE 1001T TYPE 1008A/AL TYPE 1005M, XRG

TYPE 1005P/1005/1005S
PANEL GAUGE GENERAL SERVICE GAUGE AGRICULTURAL AMMONIA

ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span) ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
11⁄2,̋ 2,̋ 21⁄2,̋ 31⁄2˝ (41⁄2˝ available with steel 11⁄2,̋ 2,̋ 21⁄2,̋ 31⁄2˝ 63mm (21⁄2˝), 100mm (4˝) 21⁄2˝
case/ring and plastic window, Type 1000)
CASE MATERIAL CASE & RING MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL
CASE MATERIAL Black painted steel 304 stainless steel, dry, liquid filled or field Black painted steel
1005P – ABS, black fillable
1005 – Black painted steel WETTED MATERIAL WETTED MATERIAL
1005S – Stainless steel (11⁄2˝ & 2˝ only) Bronze/brass. WETTED MATERIAL 316 stainless steel/steel
Optional, color other than black, vent hole, panel Bronze/brass
mount sleeve for 1005P back connect SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™ SENSING ELEMENT Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
WETTED MATERIAL movement Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™ movement
Bronze/brass. Optional sockets, nickel plated, movement
Teflon taped, top or side CONNECTION CONNECTION
1⁄8 NPT back, 1⁄4 NPT back (11⁄ 2˝ not available CONNECTION 1⁄ 4 NPT lower
connections, throttle plugs 1⁄ 4
in 1⁄4 NPT) NPT lower and back Optional, 0.020”orifice stainless steel
SENSING ELEMENT Optional, metric and SAE connection throttle plug
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™ RANGES
movement Vac.-6000 psi and compound* RANGES RANGES
Vac.-15,000 psi and compound 0/60 psi, 0/150 psi, 0/400 psi
Note: For panel mount refrigeration gauge (recovery,
CONNECTION recycling) specify 1001T, XRR gauge
1⁄8 and 1⁄4 NPT back and lower (11⁄ 2˝
1005S available in 1⁄8 NPT back only; 11⁄2˝ *All ranges may not be available in all ranges/connec-
1005/1005P available in 1⁄8 NPT lower and tions. Please consult individual spec sheets.
back; 41⁄2˝ Type 1000 available in 1⁄4 NPT only)
RANGES
Vac.-6000 psi and compound*
*All ranges listed may not be available in all sizes/
connections. Please consult individual spec sheets.
Refer to page no. 129-131 Refer to page no. 132 Refer to page no. 135 Refer to page no. 134
Applications include compressors, filter Applications include instrument panels, Applications include hydraulic systems, This product was designed to withstand
regulators, medical equipment, automotive air-conditioning equipment, air and gas machine tools, pressure washers/sprayers rugged agricultural applications. Features
diagnostic, beverage dispensing, industrial compressors, machine tools and a variety and a variety of other applications. include stainless tube and socket, in
machinery and a variety of other applications. of other applications. addition to glass window, necessary for
anhydrous ammonia applications.
30
Quick Guide
Commercial Gauges
TYPE 1005P, XUL TYPE 1007P, XOR TYPE 2071 TYPE 23DDG MINIGAUGE®
SPRINKLER SERVICE GAUGE REFRIGERATION MANIFOLD CONTRACTOR GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE
™
rGuard
Flutte feature
rd
standa product
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS of this
ON OUR PRODUCTS

ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span) ±1% at zero, ±2% three fourths ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span) ±5% of span
of scale, ±5% last fourth of scale
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE
31⁄2˝ DIAL SIZE 41⁄2˝ 23mm (0.906˝)
21⁄2˝
CASE MATERIAL CASE & RING MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL
ABS/polycarbonate blend CASE MATERIAL Aluminum with back-flange case, painted ABS blend, black
ABS, red (high pressure) black; chrome plated ring
WETTED MATERIAL ABS, blue (low pressure) WETTED MATERIAL
Bronze/brass Optional, black, ABS WETTED MATERIAL Bronze/brass soldered, Beryllium copper tube/brass socket
siphon required for steam service
SENSING ELEMENT WETTED MATERIAL SENSING ELEMENT
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™ Bronze/brass SENSING ELEMENT Spiral wound Bourdon tube
movement Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
SENSING ELEMENT movement CONNECTION
CONNECTION 1⁄ 8 NPT back with 15mm (9/16˝) wrench flats.
Bourdon tube; Ashcroft patented PowerFlex™
1⁄ 4 NPT lower
movement with FlutterGuard™ CONNECTION Optional, throttle plugs, PT 1⁄8˝ (JIS) and R
1⁄ 4
NPT lower 1⁄ 8˝ (BSPT) threads
RANGES CONNECTION Optional, throttle plugs
0-300 psi (water), 0-80 psi retard 1⁄ 8 NPT lower RANGES
to 250 psi (air), 0-600 psi RANGES 60 psi-100 psi (180° dial arc)
Optional, dual and triple scale metric dials RANGES Vac-600 psi and compound 160 psi-300 psi (235° dial arc)
Vac/0/120 psi retard to 250 psi, 0/500 psi
Vac/0/500 psi retard to 800 psi, 0/800 psi Consult factory for high cycle life applications
Optional, alternate refrigerant ranges
Note: for panel mount refrigeration gauges (recovery,
recycling) see Type 1001T gauge. Specify 1001T,
XRR gauge
These gauges are UL-393 listed, UL of Typical applications include checking or These gauges are designed to meet the These gauges are perfect for a multitude
Canada listed and FM approved for fire servicing refrigerant levels in automotive, needs of heating, ventilating, plumbing and of applications where a 11/2˝ conventional
protection sprinkler service for either water residential or industrial air-conditioning units; air-conditioning contractors. size gauge is too large, such as mini-FRL’s,
or air systems. refrigerant recovery and reclamation units; pneumatic stack valves, air compressors
refrigerant transport systems and large scale and accessories.
air-conditioning and chilling equipment.
31
Quick Guide
Commercial Gauges
TYPE 12DDG/15DDG
DIRECT DRIVE GAUGE
ACCURACY
Standard: ±2% at setpoint
(setpoint is normally 50% of range)
UL listed: ±3.5% of span of middle
three-fifths of scale
DIAL SIZE
11⁄4,̋ 11⁄2˝
CASE MATERIAL
Stainless steel, sealed
WETTED MATERIAL
Beryllium copper tube/brass socket
SENSING ELEMENT
Spiral wound Bourdon tube
Optional, silicone dampened tube,
silicone-filled tube
CONNECTION
1⁄ 8 NPT back, safety plug in 1500 psi-4000 psi
ranges. Optional, 1⁄4 NPT back, throttle plugs
RANGES
0/60 psi (180° arc)
0/100 psi, 0/160 psi, 0/200 psi,
0/300 psi, (235° arc)
0/700 psi (200° arc)
0/1,200 psi (180° arc)
0/1,500 psi 0/2,000 psi, 0/3,000 psi,
0/4,000 psi (165° arc)
Consult factory for high cycle life applications
Refer to page no. 139

Applications include pumps, air compres-
sors, portable tire inflators, portable oxy-
gen equipment, self-contained breathing
apparatus, portable industrial gas cylinders
and a variety of other applications.
32
33
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
Specification Matrix
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals &
Pressure Instrument Isolators
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Threaded w/Flushing Threaded or Threaded Threaded or Threaded Low Pressure Threaded or

Process Connection Type Threaded Connection w/Flushing Connection w/Flushing Connection Threaded w/Flushing Conn.*
Model No. Code 100/200/300(1) 101/201/301(1) 400/401(1) 500/501(1) 740/741(1)
Process Connection Size Female Male
1
⁄4 25 02 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
12 ⁄ 50 04 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
34 ⁄ 75 06 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
1 10 08 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
1⁄
12 15
2 20
3 30
4 40
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials
316L stainless steel S 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
304L stainless steel C 100 & 200 101 & 201
Monel 400 P 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Nickel N 100 & 200 101 & 201
Carpenter 20 D 100 & 200 101 & 201
Tantalum U 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Hastelloy B G 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Hastelloy C 276 H 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Teflon T 200 & 300 201 & 301
Viton Y 200 & 300 201 & 301
Kalrez K 200 & 300 201 & 301
Titanium TI 200 201 • • •
Halar Coated Monel R 100 101
Bottom Housing Materials
Steel B • • •
304L stainless steel C • •
316L stainless steel S • • • • •
Hastelloy B G • • • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J • • • • •
Hastelloy C 276 H • • • • •
Carpenter 20 D • • •
Monel 400 M • • • • •
Inconel 600 W • •
Nickel N • •
PVC V Only 1⁄4 or 1⁄2 NPT
Kynar KY Only ⁄4 or ⁄2 NPT
1 1
Titanium TI • • • • •
Pressure Ratings (1)
500 psi Viton or Kalrez diaph. Viton or Kalrez diaph. •
2500 psi Metal & Teflon® diaph. Metal & Teflon® diaph. 750 psi
4400 psi •
5000 psi HP 100 & 200 metal diaph. 101 & 201 metal diaph. 401
9000 psi HP 400
Instrument Connection Size
14 ⁄ 02T • • • •
12 ⁄ 04T • • • • •
Filling Fluid
Glycerin CG • • • • • (4)
Silicone (direct to 10´ capillary) CK • • • • •

Silicone (over 10´ capillary) DJ • • • • •
Halocarbon CF • • • • •
Syltherm HA • • • • •
Food Grade Silicone CZ • • • • •
Distilled Water FJ • • • • •
Ethylene Glycol & Water CT • • • • •
Propylene Glycol CV • • • • •
(1)
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility. (4)
Glycerin not recommended for vacuum, compound or
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal. inches of water.
34
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Diaphragm Seal Diaphragm Seal Female & Male

Process Connection Type Diaphragm Seal Diaphragm Seal
(w/Flushing Connection) (w/Flushing Connection) Threaded
Model No. Code. 510 (1)
510HP (1)
511 511HP 311
1
⁄4 25 02 F/M
⁄
12 50 04 M M M M F/M
34 ⁄ 75 06 F/M
1 10 08 F/M
11⁄2 15
2 20
3 30
4 40
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials
304L stainless steel C
Monel 400 P • • • •
Nickel N
Carpenter 20 D
Tantalum U •
Hastelloy B G
Hastelloy C 22 J
Teflon T
Viton Y
Kalrez K
Titanium TI
Halar Coated Monel R
Steel B
Hastelloy B G
Hastelloy C 22 J
Carpenter 20 D
Monel 400 M • • • •
Inconel 600 W
Nickel N
PVC V
Kynar KY
Titanium TI
500 psi
1000 psi •
1500 psi • •
2500 psi
5000 psi HP • •
9000 psi HP
14 ⁄ 02T •
12 ⁄ 04T • • • • •
Filling Fluid
Glycerin CG • • • • •
(1)
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal.
(2)
Type 300 series not available with metallic diaphragms.
(3)
Type 302/303 not available with 1˝ process size.
35
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Female Threaded Male/Female Threaded Mini 1˝ Male In-line

Process Connection Type Quick Connect
(w/Flushing Connection) (w/Flushing Connection) Flush Mini Threaded
Model No. Code 312 310/315* 330 320/321 104/204
1
⁄4 25 02 F F/M F
1
⁄2 50 04 F F/M F
3
⁄4 75 06 M
1 10 08 M M
1 ⁄2
1
15 •
2 20 •
3 30
4 40
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials
304L stainless steel C •
Monel 400 P • •
Nickel N •
Carpenter 20 D •
Tantalum U • •
Hastelloy B G • •
Hastelloy C 22 J •
Hastelloy C 276 H • • •
Teflon T 204
Viton Y 204
Kalrez K 204
Titanium TI •
Halar Coated Monel R 104
Steel B •
Carpenter 20 D •
Monel 400 M • •
Inconel 600 W •
Nickel N •
PVC V
Kynar KY
Titanium TI •
500 psi Viton or Kalrez diaph.

1000 psi • •
2500 psi • Metal & Teflon® diaph.
3000 psi •
5000 psi HP
9000 psi HP
14 ⁄ 02T • • • • •
1
⁄2 04T • • • 2˝ only •
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)
36
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– F L A N G E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
F = Female • = AVAILABLE
M = Male
Raised Face Flange Raised Face Flange Low Pressure Flanged

Process Connection Type Raised Face Flange In-Line Flanged
w/Flushing Connection *w/Flushing Connection *w/Flushing Connection
Model No. Code 102/202/302 (1,2)
103/203/303(1,2) 106/206 402/403* 702/703*
Process Connection Size
1
⁄4 25
1
⁄2 50 • • • • •
3
⁄4 75 • • • • •
1 10 • • • • •
11⁄2 15 • • • • •
2 20 • • • • •
3 30 • • • • •
4 40 •
6 60 •
8 80 •
Diaphragm Materials
304L stainless steel C 102 & 202 103 & 203 •
Monel 400 P 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Nickel N 102 & 202 103 & 203 •
Carpenter 20 D 102 & 202 103 & 203 •
Tantalum U 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Hastelloy B G 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J 102 & 202 103 & 203 • •
Hastelloy C 276 H 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Teflon T 202 & 302 203 & 303 206
Viton Y 202 & 302 203 & 303 206
Kalrez K 202 & 302 203 & 303 206
Titanium TI 202 203 206 • •
Halar Coated Monel R 102 103 106
Steel B • • •
304L stainless steel C • • •
Carpenter 20 D • • • •
Monel 400 M • • • • •
Nickel N • •
PVC V 1, 11⁄2, 2
Kynar KY 1, 11⁄2, 2
Titanium TI • • • •
500 psi
2500 psi
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500 • • 150 • 150, 300, 600
14 ⁄ 02T • • • • •
1
⁄2 04T • • • • •
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)
37
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– I N - L I N E –––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Saddle In-line Socket Weld In-line Butt Weld Iso-Ring Iso-Spool

105/205 107/207 108/208 80/81 85/86
Process Connection Size Pipe Size (inches) Pipe Size (inches)
14 ⁄ 25 • • 2.0 Type 80 only 1.0
1
⁄2 50 • • 3.0 12.0 1.5
3
⁄4 75 • • 4.0 14.0 Type 86
1 10 • • 16.0 only
5.0
11⁄2 15 • • 18.0 2.0
6.0
2 20 • • 8.0 20.0
3 30 3˝ 10.0
4 40 4˝ and larger
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials Inner Flexible Wall Inner Flexible Wall
316L stainless steel S • • • Buna N (E) Buna N (E)
304L stainless steel C • • • Teflon (T) Teflon (T)
Monel 400 P • • • Viton (Y) Viton (Y)
Nickel N • • • Natural Rubber (NP) Natural Rubber (NP)
Carpenter 20 D • • • Silicone (S) Silicone (S)
Tantalum U • • •
Hastelloy B G • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J • • •
Teflon T 205 207 208
Viton Y 205 207 208
Kalrez K 205 207 208
Titanium TI 205 207 208
Bottom Housing Materials Ass’y. Flanges / Code Ass’y. Flanges / Code
Steel B • • • Carbon Steel (B) Carbon Steel (B)
304L stainless steel C • • • 316 SS (S) 316 SS (S)
316L stainless steel S • • • CPVC (CP) CPVC (CP)
Hastelloy B G • • • Teflon Enveloped (CT) Teflon Enveloped (CT)
Hastelloy C 22 J • • • Polypropylene (P) Polypropylene (P)
Monel 400 M • • •
Inconel 600 W • • •
Nickel N • • •
PVC V
Kynar KY
Titanium TI
Pressure Ratings (1) Pressure Rating Type 85
500 psi Viton or Kalrez diaph. only Viton or Kalrez diaph. only Viton or Kalrez diaph. only 2000 psi
2500 psi Metal & Teflon diaph. ®
Metal & Teflon diaph. ®
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500 150 or 300 150 or 300
14 ⁄ 02T • • • 1/4 NPT (02T) 1/4 NPT (02T)
1
⁄2 04T • • • 1/2 NPT (04T) 1/2 NPT (04T)
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)
38
39
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
MODEL GC31 TYPE GC55

ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL MODEL GC35 ULTRA-COMPACT TYPE GC51 RANGEABLE WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SENSOR DIGITAL PRESSURE SENSOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
ACCURACY: ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±0.25% Span (URL)0 ACCURACY: ± 0.5% Span
ANALOG OUTPUT: (1-5Vdc) ANALOG OUTPUT: (4-20mA) ANALOG OUTPUT: 4-20mA (2-wire) ANALOG OUTPUT: (4-20mA or 1-5Vdc)
DISPLAY TYPE: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED DISPLAY TYPE: 4 digit, 8mm LED DISPLAY TYPE: 4 digit, 10mm LCD with DISPLAY TYPE: 31⁄2 digits
STANDARD RANGES (Gauge): STANDARD RANGES (Gauge): LED backlight
STANDARD RANGES (Differential):
50 to 1500 psig 50 to 7500 psig STANDARD RANGES (Compound): 75 to 300 psid
STANDARD RANGES (Compound): STANDARD RANGES (Compound): –15 to 15psi thru –15 to 50psi Pressure Range
−15 to 15 psig thru −15 to 300 psig –15 to 75 psig thru –15 to 300 psig STANDARD RANGES (Gauge): Proof Burst
Proof Pressure: Proof Pressure: 50 to 7500 psig All 2X Span (URL) 10X Span (URL)
2X range: 500 psi & below Ranges 1500 psig & below: 4X range Overpressure (Span): Proof Burst Static (Line) Pressure Effects: None
1.5X range: 1000 psi & above Ranges 3000 psig & above: 2.5X range 1500psi and below 200% 500% Single Side (Differential Limits):
Burst Pressure: Burst Pressure: 3000, 5000psi 150% 300% Pressure Range
10X range Ranges 1500 psi & below: 10X range 7500psi 120% 150% Proof Burst
SWITCH CONTACTS: Ranges 3000 psi & below: 5X range ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: All 2X Span (URL) 10X Span (URL)
(2) NPN or PNP open collector outputs Ranges 5000 psi & above: 3X range IP65 / NEMA 4X
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with SWITCH CONTACTS: MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with 304SS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS
304SS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS (2) NPN or PNP open collector outputs 316SS and pH17-4 stainless steel (sensor diaphragm)
(sensor diaphragm)
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP40 304SS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP66
(sensor diaphragm)
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP40 LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCT
This ultra-compact pressure sensor is used Ultra-compact digital pressure sensor, ideal Compact pressure transmitter used to Compact high-differential pressure
on a wide variety of applications where for monitoring pressures within hydraulic monitor wet/dry media pressures within transducer for filter monitoring on HVAC
consistent, reliable pressure measurement presses/stamping equipment and lifts, process automation, hydraulic systems, hydronic cooling/heating systems and
is essential. The GC31 features an integral water/wastewater pressure control and compressors, pumps and tank level pump controls. Model contains two
display, user scalable analog ouput and cooling / lubrication systems. This versatile applications. polysilicon thin film sensors with welded
two independent switches. Ideal for sensor offers a highly visible LED display Stainless Steel wetted components to
monitoring and control of pneumatic and for local indication. Product features allow accommodate wet or dry pressure media.
hydraulic systems where high cycle life and the user to configure the analog scaling to The product features a bright LED front
functionality is required. any range within the full scale of the sensor panel display for local indication and button
range while integrated switches offer actu- to allow the user to select between the
ation and deadband to any points within dP value and line pressure readings from
the full scale range. either sensor.
40
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
A2 HEAVY INDUSTRIAL AND A2X EXPLOSION/FLAME PROOF A4 INTRINSICALLY H2 PRECISION

EXPLOSION PROOF TRANSMITTERS PRESSURE TRANSMITTER SAFE & NON-INCENDIVE PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
ACCURACY: ±0.25, ±0.5, ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±0.25, ±0.5, ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±.25, ±0.5, ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±0.15, ±0.20% Span
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, OUTPUT: 4-20mA OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc
1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric) 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
STANDARD RANGES: STANDARD RANGES:
STANDARD RANGES: 15 to 7500 psi absolute, 1.5 to 10,000 psig, Gauge: 15 psig to 25,000 psig,
STANDARD RANGES: 15 to 7500 psi absolute, 1.5 to 10,000 psig, compound to 100 psig Vac/15 psig to Vac/300 psig,
15 to 7500 psi absolute, 1.5 to 10,000 psig, compound to 100 psig Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range) Absolute: 15 psia to 150 psia
compound to 100 psig Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range) Proof: up to 2 x Span
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range) Proof: up to 2 x Span Burst: up to 4 x Span ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
Proof: up to 2 x Span Burst: up to 4 x Span IP65: %300 psi
Burst: up to 4 x Span ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP67: Ranges >300 psi
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: Basic IP65, NEMA 4X
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: Ingress Protection Rating: IP65; NEMA 7,9 AGENCY APPROVALS:
All Welded* IP67, NEMA 6 (varies with CE Compliance: EN61326-1 2006,
IP65, IP67*, NEMA 4X, 6, 7, 9 pressure range)
AGENCY APPROVALS: EN61326-2-3 2006
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE Explosion Proof – cUL (USL/CNL): *(w/o Z/S)
EU RoHS Compliance
Flame Proof – ATEX: AGENCY APPROVALS: CE
*varies with pressure range Intrinsically Safe – FM (4-20mA) Non-Incendive – FM/CSA: LOOK FOR THIS MARK
– CE ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
ON OUR PRODUCT
FM FM
A highly configurable transmitter designed for The Ashcroft A2X is ideal for a broad
®
The Ashcroft® A4 pressure transmitter The Ashcroft® H2 precision pressure trans-
hazardous location and heavy industrial appli- spectrum of pressure sensing applications is ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure ducer is ideal for measuring and controlling
cations. High performance accuracy and ther- where explosion/flameproof hazardous sensing requirements where Intrinsically Safe challenging hydraulic and pneumatic opera-
mal capability over –20/85°C (–4/185°F) with location ratings are required. The A2X or Non-Incendive hazardous location ratings tions. The high accuracy and performance,
additional option of zero and span pots. pressure transmitter offers all 316L SS are required. Designed / manufactured to combined with rugged construction, provides
316L SS wetted materials are standard. wetted materials and features excellent provide the user with accurate, reliable, a highly reliable and safe sensor platform.
accuracy and stability for reliable and stable output data using an on-board
measurements over the life of the microprocessor programmed during a
instrument. unique digital compensation process;
providing a product that supplies extremely
linear and precise performance. 316L SS
wetted materials are standard.
41
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
T2 HIGH PERFORMANCE TYPE G2 KM15 HIGH VOLUME K1/K2 SERIES

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER OEM PRESSURE TRANSDUCER OEM PRESSURE TRANSDUCER INDUSTRIAL TRANSDUCER
Cable
Connection
Hirschmann Connection
Metri-Pack
Connection
Flying Lead
Connection
ACCURACY: ±0.25% of Span ACCURACY: ACCURACY: ACCURACY: ±0.5%, ±1.0% Span

±1% Span: through –20/85°C (–4/185°F) ±0.5% Span, 100 psig and above
OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, ±1.5% Span: through –40/–20°C and ±1.0% Span, 75 psig and below OUTPUT:
1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric) (–40/–4°F) and 85/125°C (185/257°F). K1: 4-20mA, 1,5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 1-11Vdc
OUTPUT: 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, K2: 2, 3, 10, 20 mV/V
STANDARD RANGES: OUTPUT: 4-20mA, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric)
Pressure Ranges (Span): 30 to 20,000 psig, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0.5-4.5Vdc (ratiometric) ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
compound to 300 psig ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP67 NEMA 1, NEMA 4X
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range) ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
Proof: up to 3 x Span NEMA 4X, IP65 and IP67 STANDARD RANGES: STANDARD RANGES:
Burst: up to 10 x Span Pressure Ranges (Span): 15 to 7500 psig/s, Pressure Ranges (Span): 15 to 20,000 psig,
STANDARD RANGES: compound to 300 psig compound to 60 psig
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: Pressure Ranges (Span): 30 to 20,000 psig, Overpressure (Span): Proof Burst Overpressure (Span): Proof Burst
NEMA 4X, IP65 compound to 300 psig ≤ 3000 psig 2 x Span 5 x Span ≤ 2000 psig 2 x Span 8 x Span
Overpressure: (Varies w/pressure range) 5000 psig 1.5 x Span 5 x Span 3000 to 5000 psig 1.5 x Span 3 x Span
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE Proof: up to 3 x Span 7500 tpsig 1.2 x Span 5 x Span 7500 to 20,000 psig 1.2 x Span 1.5 x Span
Burst: up to 10 x Span
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE AGENCY APPROVALS:
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT AGENCY APPROVALS: CE Intrinsically Safe – FM (consult factory)
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCT FM ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 185 Refer to page no. 186 Refer to page no. 191 Refer to page no. 192/193
A robust pressure transducer designed for A robust pressure transducer designed for An economical transducer designed for the A versatile and proven industrial transducer
industrial applications featuring Ashcroft’s OEM applications featuring Ashcroft’s proven high volume OEM. Product features include with an extensive installed base. Wide range of
proven polysilicon thin film pressure sensing polysilicon thin film pressure sensing ele- voltage outputs, a variety of pressure ports pressure fittings and electrical terminations
element. Product features include voltage and ment. Product features include voltage and and electrical terminations to international along with FM hazardous area approvals.
current outputs, a variety of pressure ports current outputs, a variety of pressure ports standards with excellent accuracy and per-
and electrical terminations to international and electrical terminations to international formance over –30 to 120°C (–25 to 250°F).
standards with excellent accuracy and perfor- standards with excellent accuracy and perfor- IP67 ingress rating and 100V/m EMC
mance over –40 to 125°C, (–40 to 257°F). mance over –40 to 125°C, (–40 to 257°F). immunity.
42
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
K8 SERIES KX/KS SERIES MODEL GC30 TYPE GC52 RANGEABLE

ULTRA-COMPACT DIFFERENTIAL WET/WET DIFFERENTIAL
TRANSDUCER w/mV SIGNAL SANITARY TRANSDUCERS PRESSURE SENSOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
NEW!
KX KS
ACCURACY: ±0.5%, ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±1.0% Span ACCURACY: ±1.5% Span ACCURACY: ±0.50% Span (URL)
OUTPUT: Varies from 6-18 mV/V at Span OUTPUT: ANALOG OUTPUT: (1-5Vdc) OUPUT SIGNAL: 4-20mA (2 Wire)
ratiometric KS: 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc; 2, 3, 10, DISPLAY TYPE: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED DISPLAY TYPE: 4 digit, 10mm LCD with
20 mV/V ratiometric
STANDARD RANGES: STANDARD RANGES (Gauge): LED backlight
KX: 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc
Pressure Ranges (Span): 45 to 20,000 psig 0.25˝ I.W.C. to 25˝ I.W.C. STANDARD RANGES
Overpressure (Span): Proof Burst STANDARD RANGES: STANDARD RANGES (Compound): (Bi-Directional, Inches W.C.):
≤ 2000 psig 2 x Span 2 x Span Pressure Ranges (Span): ±0.25˝ I.W.C. to ±25˝ I.W.C. ±4 to ±200 i.w.c.
3000 to 5000 psig 1.5 x Span 3 x Span KS: 30 to 1000 psig, compound to 100 psig
7500 to 20,000 psig 1.2 x Span 1.5 x Span Kx: 100 to 5000 psig MEDIA: Clean, dry air/gases compatible STANDARD RANGES
Overpressure (Span): Proof Burst with Aluminum, ABS, Ceramic, Silicon, and (Uni-Directional, Inches W.C.):
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 4X ≤ 2000 psig 2 x Span 8 x Span Silicone RTV 0 to 4 thru 400 i.w.c.
3000 to 5000 psig 1.5 x Span 3 x Span SWITCH CONTACTS: STANDARD RANGES
(2) NPN or PNP open collector outputs Static (Line) Pressure:
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 4X
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: IP40 Pressure Range Proof Burst
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE All 300 psi 800 psi
Static (Line) Pressure Effects:
LOOK FOR THIS MARK Pressure Range Effect
ON OUR PRODUCT $20˝W.C., ±8˝ W.C. ±0.3% Span/100psi
8˝W.C., ±4˝ W.C. ±0.7% Span/100psi
4˝W.C. ±1.5% Span/100psi
Single Side (Differential) Limits:
Pressure Range Proof Burst
#8˝ W.C., ±4˝ W.C. 30 psid 130 psid
$20˝ W.C., ±8˝ W.C. 100 psid 130 psid
MEDIA: Fluids and gases compatible with

316SS, Viton and Coramic
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING:
IP65 / NEMA 4X
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCT
Refer to page no. 194 Refer to page no. 195/196 Refer to page no. 197 Refer to page no. 198
A pressure transducer for applications that For use in sanitary, waste-water, food process- Ultra-compact pressure sensor is Uniquely compact wet/wet differential
can incorporate an unconditioned mV/V out- ing and pharmaceutical applications. The KS exceptional when monitoring differential pressure transmitter, ideal for flow and
put and require the proven benefits of the Series features a 316L stainless steel electropol- pressures in clean rooms, filters, fan speed tank level applications where reliable,
polysilicon thin film pressure sensing ele- ished Tri-Clamp style diaphragm while the KX control and vacuum/suction pressure low dP measurements are required. This
ment. A broad range of pressure fittings allow Series features several options designed for sensing & control. Consistent, reliable instrument can be adjusted to rearrange the
the user design flexibility in packaging. harsh applications – flush mounted diaphagm, pressure measurement is provided due transmitter and offers flow measurement/
PMC adapter or weldnuts. The polysilicon thin to the highly reliable SiGlas™ Sensor. The square root extraction where the flow rate
film pressure sensing element offers proven GC30 offers an analog ouput with two can be displayed and analog signal can be
performance and stability. independent, user configurable switches. output. Equipped with the patented SiGlas™
316 Stainless Steel isolated sensor, it can
monitor a wide variety of wet or dry media.
43
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
CXLdp SERIES DXLdp SERIES RXLdp SERIES XLdp SERIES

NEW!
DIN/PANEL/WALL MOUNT DIN MOUNT REDUCED SIZE HIGH PERFORMANCEL
3 YEARY 3 YEARY 3 YEARY 3 YEARY

NT
WARRA
NT WARRA
NT WARRA
NT WARRA
ACCURACY: 0.8% or 0.4% Span ACCURACY: 0.25%, 0.50% or 1.00% Span ACCURACY: 1.00% Span ACCURACY: 0.25% or 0.50% Span
OUTPUT SIGNAL: OUTPUT SIGNAL: OUTPUT SIGNAL: OUTPUT SIGNAL:
4-20mA, 0-5, 0-010Vdc (24Vac/Vdc) 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc 4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.) PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.): PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.): PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.):
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 0/25 I.W.C. Unidirectional: 0.10 to 100 I.W.C. Unidirectional: 0.10 to 50 I.W.C. Unidirectional: 0.10 to 100 I.W.C.
Bidirectional: ±0.10 to ±15 I.W.C. Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±100 I.W.C. Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±50 I.W.C. Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±100 I.W.C.
Overpressure Overpressure Overpressure Overpressure
Proof Pressure: 15 psi Proof Pressure: 15 psi Proof Pressure: 15 psi Proof Pressure: 15 psi
Burst Pressure: 25 psi Burst Pressure: 25 psi Burst Pressure: 25 psi Burst Pressure: 25 psi
Max. static (line) pressure: 25 psi Max. static (line) pressure: 25 psi Max. static (line) pressure: 25 psi
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1
MOUNTING: DIN rail mount: MEDIA MEDIA
MOUNTING: DIN rail or panel mount EN50022 Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
MEDIA: Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas EN50035 (consult factory for use on other media) (consult factory for use on other media)
EN50045
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1 ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1 ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 2
MEDIA
AGENCY APPROVALS: CE Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas AGENCY APPROVALS: CE (optional) AGENCY APPROVALS: CE (optional)
(consult factory for use on other media)
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 1 LOOK FOR THIS MARK
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
LOOK FOR THIS MARK ON OUR PRODUCT
ON OUR PRODUCT
ON OUR PRODUCT
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCT
Static or velocity pressure measurement for Designed for ease of installation and system A compact transmitter for comfort control and High performance dp transmitter with proven
flow stations, ducts, building pressure, filter calibration, the DXLdp is ideal for pharmaceu- other HVAC applications. reliability and stability. Excellent for air han-
efficiency, van boxes or room pressurization. tical plants and other installations where large dling applications including fume hood control
numbers of air flow and dp measurements are and room pressurization.
being monitored.
44
Quick Guide
Transducers &
Transmitters
IXLdp SERIES 2279 DURATRAN TYPE DM61 TYPE 4080, 4480

INDUSTRIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DIGITAL PANEL METER PNEUMATIC TRANSMITTER
3 YEARY 3 YEARY
WARRA
NT NEW NT
WARRA
ACCURACY: 0.25% or 0.50% Span ACCURACY: ±0.50% of span ACCURACY: 0.10% of span OUTPUT RANGES, PSI: 3-15 & 3-27 (see
note below for vacuum application)
OUTPUT SIGNAL: OUTPUT SIGNAL: 4-20mA DISPLAY: 6 Digit
4-20mA, 1-5Vdc, 1-6Vdc, ±5Vdc, ±2.5Vdc SUPPLY AIR REQUIREMENTS:
PRESSURE RANGES: POWER: 12 or 24 V Power Supply 18-20 psi for 3-15 psi range;
PRESSURE RANGES ( Inches W.C.): Vacuum and compound, 12 to 20,000 psi INPUTS: Field Selectable: 0-20, 4-20mA, 30-35 psi for 3-27 psi range
Unidirectional: 0.10 to 200 I.W.C. ±10 Vdc, 0-5 Vdc, 1-5 Vdc, 0-10 Vdc,
Bidirectional: ±0.05 to ±100 I.W.C. DIAL SIZE: 41⁄2˝ analog AIR CONSUMPTION SCFM: 0.1
Modbus PV (slave)
Overpressure SPEED OF RESPONSE: Time constant of 4
Proof Pressure: 20 psi CASE MATERIAL: Phenolic BUTTONS/DISPLAY & MIN/MAX VALUES: seconds per 500 ft of tubing
Burst Pressure: 50 psi User-Programmable and User-Defined
SENSING ELEMENT: Bourdon tube AIR CONNECTION: 1⁄4 NPT Female
Max. static (line) pressure: 100 psi ENVIRONMENTAL:
WETTED MATERIAL: 316 SS, Monel Operating Temperature Range: ACCESSORIES: See optional features and
MEDIA accessories
Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas –40°C to 65°C (–40°F to 149°F)
AGENCY APPROVALS: FM Storage Temperature Range:
(consult factory for use on other media) TRANSMISSION DISTANCE: 1000 ft
–40°C to 85°C (–40°F to 185°F)
NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS LOOK FOR THIS MARK Relative Humidity: 0-90% R.H. non-condensing MOUNTING WEIGHT:
FM ON OUR PRODUCT Approximate weight 9 lb
ENCLOSURE: 1/8 DIN, high impact plastic,
ENVIRONMENTAL RATING: NEMA 4X REPEATABILITY % OF SPAN: 0.15
UL 94V-0
AGENCY APPROVALS: FM CONNECTIONS: ACTUATION: Bourdon Tube
Removable screw terminal blocks accept INPUT SENSING ELEMENT MATERIAL:
LOOK FOR THIS MARK 12 to 22 AWG wire, RJ45 for external 316 SS
FM ON OUR PRODUCT relays, digital I/O, and serial communica-
tion adapters AMBIENT TEMPERATURE EFFECT:
1
⁄2% per 50°F
ALARM POINTS: 2 or 4 SPDT (Form C)
internal and/or 4 SPST (Form A) external PROCESS CONNECTION:
1
⁄2 NPT (ordering code 04L)
ALARM DEADBAND: 0-100%, User-
Selectable Note: Vacuum application: The transmitted
OPTION: air pressure increases as the measured
Expansion Modules For Relays, Digital I/O vacuum approaches zero
and USB, RS-232 and RS-485 Communi-
cations Adapters
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCT
A rugged low pressure transmitter in cast Product combines a reliable, local, analog The new Digital Panel Meter is a multi-pur- The Ashcroft transmitter is a self-nulling
300 series stainless steel enclosure. A good pressure indication with 4-20mA transmit- pose meter used to control and/or monitor motion- balance instrument, using a pneu-
choice for dp monitoring in pollution con- ter. The wide selection of system materials transmitter applications involving level, matic relay operating on the nonbleed force
trol, combustion control, and other applica- and corrosion-proof housing meet a variety flow or pressure. The user-friendly/field- balance principle for converting input pres-
tions where precision sensing is needed in a of demanding applications including those programmable device offers a 6 digit LED sures into proportional low air pressure
tough environment. with vibration and pulsation. display, min./max. capability, relay/alarm signals for transmittal to remote indicators
functions and password protection; all or controllers.
which complement the expanding Ashcroft
transducer line.
45
Quick Guide
Temperature
Instruments
EI, CI & EL INDUSTRIAL 600A & 600B DURATEMP®

BIMETAL THERMOMETERS THERMOMETERS
ACCURACY ACCURACY
ASME B 40.3 Grade A (±1% of span) ASME B 40.3 Grade A (±1% of span)
DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE
EI, CI 2,˝ 3,˝ 5˝ (EL 3,˝ 5˝) 600A – 41/2˝, 6˝
600B – 41/2˝
STEM/BULB DESIGN
Rigid stem 0.250˝ dia. STEM/BULB DESIGN
Rigid stem 0.375˝ dia. (600B)
RECALIBRATOR Bendable 0.375˝ dia. (600A)
(EI, EL external), (CI none)
RECALIBRATOR
SEALING DESIGN Adjustable pointer
Hermetically sealed; EL liquid filled
SEALING DESIGN
DAMPENING Weatherproof
Silicone-dampened bimetal coil;
EL liquid filled DAMPENING
Silicone-encapsulated helical Bourdon tube
CONNECTION LOCATION
EI rear, lower, Everyangle™ mount CONNECTION LOCATION
CI rear, lower 600A – rear, lower – remote mount
EL rear, Everyangle mount 600B – Everyangle – direct mount
CONNECTION SIZES (NPT) CONNECTION SIZES (NPT)
Plain 1
/2˝ fixed or union
1
/4 (2˝ sizes only)
1
/2 and 1/2 fixed or union (3,˝ 5˝ sizes only) STEM LENGTH
6˝-36˝ – 600B
STEM LENGTH
21/2˝-60˝ CAPILLARY LENGTH
5´-80´ – 600A
RANGES
–80°F to 1000°F, –50°C to 500°C RANGES
EL –40°F to 550°F, –20°C to 300°C –320°F to 1200°F
–200°C to 650°C
CASE/RING MATERIAL
Stainless steel CASE/RING MATERIAL
Stainless steel, aluminum, phenol
CASE/BULB MATERIAL
Stainless steel CASE/BULB MATERIAL
Stainless steel
WINDOW
EI, CI glass (EL Polycarbonate) CAPILLARY MATERIAL
600A– 300 Series stainless steel
WINDOW
Glass
Refer to page nos. 209-213 Refer to page nos. 217-223

General industrial temperature applications Rugged applications including gases, liquids
including gases, liquids, and other processes. and other processes. Wide temperature ranges
All stainless steel construction. including remote monitoring.
46
Quick Guide
Temperature
Instruments
47
Quick Guide
Pressure and
Temperature Switches
SINGLE SETPOINT SINGLE SETPOINT EXPLOSION DUAL SETPOINT DUAL SETPOINT EXPLOSION
WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES PROOF ENCLOSURES WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES PROOF ENCLOSURES
B-SERIES B-SERIES L-SERIES P-SERIES
FEATURES FEATURES FEATURES FEATURES

Enclosure: Enclosure: Enclosure: Enclosure:
Watertight epoxy-coated aluminum NEMA Explosion proof, NEMA 7/9, IP66 Watertight epoxy-coated aluminum Watertight epoxy-coated aluminum explo-
4, 4X, IP66 NEMA 4, 4X, IP66 sion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66
Switch Function:
Switch Function: Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT (or) Switch Function: Switch Function:
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT Single setpoint, fixed deadband, (2) SPDT Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT
(or) (DPDT action) contacts (or) contacts (or)
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, (2) SPDT Single setpoint, fixed deadband,(2) SPDT Single setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT
(DPDT action) Wetted Materials: contacts (DPDT action) (or) contacts (DPDT action) (or)
Stainless steel, Buna, Teflon® or Viton® (or) Single setpoint, adjustable deadband, SPDT Single setpoint, adjustable deadband,
Wetted Materials: All-welded stainless steel (or) contacts (or) SPDT contacts (or)
Stainless steel and Buna,*Teflon® or Viton® All-welded Monel Dual setpoint, fixed deadband, (2) SPDT Dual setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT
(or) contacts, (DPDT action) contacts, (DPDT action)
All-welded stainless steel (or) Ranges:
All-welded Monel Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi Wetted Materials: Wetted Materials:
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F Stainless steel and Buna, Teflon® or Viton® Stainless steel and Buna,Teflon® or Viton®
Ranges: Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru (or) (or)
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi 600 psid All-welded stainless steel (or) All-welded stainless steel (or)
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F All-welded Monel All-welded Monel
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru U.L. or CSA LISTED, ATEX and IECEx models
600 psid for Hazardous locations now available. Ranges: Ranges:
H-Series Pressure: 1000 – 7500 psi Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi
Dual Seal Rating now available Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
U.L. and CSA LISTED LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru
400 psid 400 psid
*Registered trademark of E. I. DuPont
FM U.L. and CSA LISTED U.L. or CSA LISTED
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS Dual Seal Rating now available
FM LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
FM
Refer to page nos. 239-240 Refer to page nos. 241-242 Refer to page nos. 247-248 Refer to page nos. 251-252
General purpose switches for most indus- Ashcroft 700 series has been developed Easy-to-use L-Series switches are spe- More varieties and more features are
trial and process applications. Models are for most applications found in process cifically suited for the OEM seeking more available in the highly reliable P-Series
available for steam and fuel pressure-limit plants U.L. or CSA LISTED. features in a snap-acting switch. Single or switch which is especially suited for process
controls on boilers and burners. Ideal for All models have similar performance dual setpoints and fixed or adjustable dead- and refinery applications. Dual chamber
compressors, turbines, filters, blowers, etc. characteristics to the popular Ashcroft B400 band models with many wetted materials design allows setpoint changes to be made
Series switch line, which has been used and electrical ratings are offered. This snap- safely, even with power connected. Features
throughout the world’s plants and mills for acting switch also replaces older mercury include NEMA 4X/ NEMA 7/9 enclosure,
over 25 years. They feature rugged, reli- models and is cost effective. with single or dual setpoints, fixed or
able diaphragm-sealed piston actuators, L-Series switches are ideal for blowers, adjustable deadbands, with many wetted
snap-acting contacts and all-popular wetted generators, scrubbers, precipitators, com- materials and electrical ratings. Dual Seal
materials and process connections. Dual pressors and turbines. Rating models available. Optional, all-welded
Seal Rating models available. Optional her- stainless steel or Monel actuators are ideal
metically sealed contacts, Monel or fire-safe for applications requiring NACE or fire-safe
actuators and scores of options allow you conformance. Optional UL listed, hermeti-
to choose a model for any application. cally sealed switch contacts improve safety
and reliability.
48
Quick Guide
Pressure and
WATERTIGHT STAINLESS COMPACT EXPLOSION MINIATURE WATERTIGHT MINIATURE EXPLOSION

STEEL ENCLOSURES PROOF PRESSURE PRESSURE SWITCHES PROOF PRESSURE SWITCHES
G-SERIES F-SERIES
A-SERIES A-SERIES

Enclosure: Enclosure (Body): Enclosure: Enclosure:
Watertight 316 stainless steel NEMA 4, 4X, Explosion-proof, anodized aluminum NEMA 4X watertight, IP67 NEMA 7/9 explosion proof, IP66
IP65 NEMA 7/9, IP66
Switch Function: Switch Function:
Switch Function: Switch Function: Single setpoint, fixed deadband, factory set Single setpoint, fixed deadband, factory set
Single setpoint, fixed deadband, SPDT Single setpoint, field-adjustable fixed dead- SPDT or DPDT contacts, not field adjust- SPDT or DPDT contacts, not field adjust-
contacts (or) band, SPDT contacts (or) able (or) able (or) Single setpoint, fixed deadband,
Single setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT Single setpoint, field-adjustable fixed dead- Single setpoint, fixed deadband, field- field-adjustable SPDT or DPDT contacts
contacts (DPDT action) (or) band, (2) SPDT contacts (DPDT action) adjustable SPDT or DPDT contacts
Single setpoint, adjustable deadband, Wetted Material:
SPDT contacts (or) Wetted Materials:
Wetted Material: Stainless steel
Dual setpoint, fixed deadband (2) SPDT 316 stainless steel pressure connection and
316 stainless steel piston w/Buna N (Buna N, Viton® or welded diaphragm
contacts (DPDT action) choice of:
or Viton® or 316 stainless steel welded actuator)
Buna N, Teflon® or Viton® diaphragm and
diaphragm actuator) Single Switch – SPDT
Wetted Materials: O-ring (or)
Single Switch – SPDT Dual Switch DPDT (not available with “S”
Stainless steel and Buna, Teflon® or Viton® All-welded 316 stainless steel diaphragm
Dual Switch DPDT (not available with “S” actuator) with <100 psi range
(or)
Ranges: actuator) with <100 psi range
All-welded stainless steel (or)
All-welded Monel Pressure: vac. thru 4000 psi Ranges:
Ranges: Vac thru 7500 psi.
Ranges: U.L. and CSA LISTED Vac thru 7500 psi.
Pressure: vac. thru 3000 psi U.L. and CSA LISTED
Temperature: –40°F thru 750°F
LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS U.L. and CSA LISTED
AM, ATEX, IECE, SIL 3 capable
Differential Pressure: 30 in.H2O diff. thru SIL 3 capable
400 psid LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
U.L. and CSA LISTED

CRN CRN (Stainless Steel Enclosure)

(Stainless Steel Enclosure)
Refer to page nos. 244-245 Refer to page no. 243 Refer to page no. 237 Refer to page no. 238
The stainless steel enclosure offers Compact size facilitates mounting in You should consider Ashcroft A-Series You should consider Ashcroft A-Series
greater corrosion protection for this high- panels and other installations where space pressure switches for use on heavy pressure switches for use on heavy
performance switch in breweries, dairies, is a premium. vehicles, engines and compressors, elec- vehicles, engines and compressors, elec-
chemical and petrochemical plants, offshore Standard hermetically sealed switch tronics processing and medical equipment, tronics processing and medical equipment,
rigs and pulp and paper mills. Our standard element and sealed conduit connection food and beverage processing equipment, food and beverage processing equipment,
diaphragm-sealed piston actuators and a eliminate the possibility of condensation garbage compactors, machine tools, or any garbage compactors, machine tools, or any
variety of wetted materials are available in entering the enclosure from the conduit. equipment where space is a consideration. equipment where space is a consideration.
these pressure, temperature and differential Standard 1/ 2 NPTF pressure connection This series is especially suitable for OEM This series is especially suitable for OEM
pressure switches. makes retrofit on existing installations configuration. configuration.
quick and easy.
49
Quick Guide
Pressure and
ELECTRONIC PRESSURE STANDARD DIFFERENTIAL ATEX APPROVAL U.L. LISTED STEAM

SWITCHES PRESSURE SWITCH FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATONS LIMIT CONTROL
N-SERIES
FEATURES Small size and high overpressure capabil- ATEX is a European designation that deals The Ashcroft steam-limit control switch
ity make our differential pressure switch with standards for equipment and protec- is designed for use on boilers equipped
Enclosure: ideal for most process and industrial appli- tive systems intended for use in potentially with electrically operated burners. The limit
NEMA 4X watertight or NEMA 7/9 cations. Minimum static working pressures explosive atmospheres. This approval is control is an adjustable pressure-operated
explosion proof, IP66 of 500 psi allow use on the most difficult required for switches intended for use in switch set to stop burner operation when the
filter applications. hazardous locations, especially important to recommended safe boiler working pressure
Switch Function: We use a unique combination of dia- OEMs who export to Europe and contrac- is exceeded.
Single setpoint with adjustable deadband phragm-sealed piston actuators to get our tors specifying or purchasing products for We recommend a stainless steel diaphragm
high static pressure performance in European applications. for steam service. A pigtail siphon should
Wetted Material: 12 ranges. XCN option adds special features to also be used to reduce the possibility of high
Stainless steel For inches of water ranges, we use a large Ashcroft 700-Series switch enclosures that temperature affecting switch performance.
diaphragm for sensitivity which results in meet the requirements for the highest levels This listing is available for setpoints up to
Ranges: lower, more conventional working pressure. of security and danger, such as: 300 psi.
60 thru 20,000 psi. Deadbands as low as Consult the factory for application assistance • Special locking device requiring an Allen
0.1% of range. on differential pressure switch selection. wrench to remove cover
• Special vents that blow out should the dia- LOOK FOR THIS MARK
Optional process and setpoint indication phragm rupture, thus preventing pressure ON OUR PRODUCTS
and 4-20mA transmitter ouput now build-up in the enclosure

available. • Special conduit plug requiring an Allen
wrench for removal
• Available on pressure, temperature and
d/p models
• Meets explosion class Ex d IIC T6
• IECEx models available
• Dual Seal Rating models available
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCTS
Refer to page no. 249-250 Refer to page nos. 239 Refer to page nos. 241-242 Refer to page nos. 239-240
The Ashcroft N-Series electronic pressure

switch combines the popular K-Series poly-
silicon thin film pressure transducer sensor
and rugged, epoxy-coated enclosures. The
result is a highly reliable pressure switch
that is ideal for high cycle, high pressure,
or difficult deadband applications.
Typical applications include: machine
tools, injection molding machines, presses,
pumps, hydraulic systems, turbines, and
compressors.
50
Quick Guide
Pressure and
U.L. LISTED PRESSURE DDS-SERIES DIFFERENTIAL

LIMIT CONTROL PRESSURE SWITCH
DIAPHRAGM SENSING ELEMENT
250 psi DDS-Series

Differential Pressure Switch
15000 psi DDS-Series

Differential Pressure Switch
The Ashcroft medium-pressure gas and FEATURES

oil limit control switch is designed for use Ranges:
with air, LP gas, natural gas, #1 and #2 0-6 IWD TO 0-150 IWD
fuel oil and #6 oil preheated to 240°F. This
limit control is an adjustable pressure- Static Pressure Ranges:
operated switch with a secondary chamber 250 PSI or 1500 PSI
to prevent fuel from entering the switch Rugged:
enclosure in the unlikely event that the dia- NEMA 4X & 12 Housing Std.
phragm develops a leak. The control shuts Class I, Div. I, Gr. C & D Available SPDT or
down a fuel pump in high or low pressure DPDT Contacts
conditions. Maximum Ambient Temperature:
180°F
LOOK FOR THIS MARK Minimum Ambient Temperature:
ON OUR PRODUCTS –20°F
Pressure Connection:
1/4 NPT Female
Electrical Connection:
3/4 NPT Female
Housing:
Cast Aluminum
Deadband:
Fixed
Sensitivity:
1% of range
Drift:
<1% of range (100,000 operations)
Weight:
Approximately 6 lbs.
Contact Ratings:
15A-125, 250, 480 VAC (general purpose
other micro switches available)
Contact Listings:
UL Listed
Port Material:
Aluminum or Stainless Steel
Diaphragm Material:
Buna N, Viton or Teflon
Setpoint Adjustment:
Screw type, field adjustable
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCTS
Refer to page nos. 239-240 Refer to page no. 258
The Ashcroft DDS-Series differential

pressure switch is designed to sense low
differential pressures between high pres-
sure sources.
51
DIGITAL
GAUGES
ASME B 40.1 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span),

ASME B40.7
Type 2030 Series

Digital Sanitary Gauge ............................... 53
Type 2089, 2086, 2084 Digital Test Gauge ... 54
Type 2074, 2174, 2274
Digital Industrial Gauge ............................. 55
Type DG25 General Purpose
Digital Gauge ............................................. 56
52
53
Type 2030 Series
Digital Sanitary Gauge 3˝
AT LAST, A MULTI-FUNCTIONAL Features

SANITARY GAUGE FROM THE • 4/20mA Output (optional)
EXPERTS IN PRESSURE • (1) or (2) SPDT Switches (optional)
MEASUREMENT • .25% F.S. Terminal Point Accuracy
The Ashcroft® sanitary digital • IP 65 Weatherproof Case Suitable For
gauge saves money, time and Wash Downs
space. Now, one digital pressure • Large Display
gauge can replace three instru- • Easy-to-Use Password Protected Menu
ments . . . a mechanical pressure With:
gauge, a transducer and a switch! - 5 Backlite Display Options
Save space, installation costs and - 12 Engineering Units
the cost of additional instruments - Menu Configure Feature
and pipe cut-outs. - Update Rate
SPECIFICATION - Dampen Rate
DIRECT
Type: - Auto-Off MOUNT
Conventional Tri-clamp: 2032 (battery), 2132(1) • Material Traceability Certification to REMOTE
MOUNT
loop (4-20mA, 12-36 Vdc) 2232(1) line (12-36 Vdc) EN 10204: 2004 3.1†
In-line Tri-clamp: 2036 (battery), 2136 (12-36 Vdc), †Excludes 2036 Series
2232 line (12-36 Vdc)
Accuracy: Terminal point Battery Life: 500 Hrs., Battery Life Indicator – standard 30, sec, 1 min, 5 min.
Full Scale: .25% F.S. accuracy Agency Approvals: CE (excludes XRE variation)Mate- Zero Disable: Zero “lockout” feature
Case Size: 3˝ rial Traceability Certification to EN 10204: 2004 3.1 Field Recalibration: Zero, span & midscale
Case Material/Finish: (3˝) 300 series SS, standard ASME B40.7 (password protected)
Electropolished KEYBOARD FUNCTIONS Calibration: Allows for recalibration of zero & span
Case Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4 On/Off: Manually turns unit on & off (auto off (includes factory default calibration)
Wetted Parts: 316 SS options in menu) OPTIONS
Fill Fluid: Glycerine standard, Food Grade Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min/max values 4-20mA Output
Silicone (XCZ), Food Grade Mineral Oil (XMY) when displayed Line Powered: 12-36 Vdc
Tri-Clamp Connection: Direct, in-line 11⁄2 ˝, 2 ˝, Min/Max Arrow Key: Stores min & max values, Switching: (XU1 code) (1) or (XU@ code) (2) SPDT
Ashcroft remote in-line (XRE), arrow key allows for scrolling thru menu items switches, (requires line power), (max. contact
Seal Surface Finish: 12-20Ra Menu: Allows for changes to default settings (see below) 30Vdc, 1 amp, 125Vac, .5 Amp) switches adjustable
Connection Location: Lower Backlite (optional) Arrow Key: Manually turns to 100% of range
Ranges: 15 psi thru 1,000 psi including metric, backlite on & off (auto off options in menu), arrow Remote Mount Seal: (RE code) standard with 10´
compound & vac key allows for scrolling thru menu items shielded cable
Process Temp. Limits(2): 14°F / 275°F (–10°C / Enter: Selects items in the menu NOTES
135°C) to withstand clean in place (CIP) & steam in MENU MODE (1) 3´ shielded cable standard.
place (SIP) Engineering Units (Units): 10 units of measurement (2) Rezero gauge often after exposure to elevated
Ambient Temp. Limits(3): 14°F / 140°F (–10°C / 60°C) are available; psi, inH2O with 3 temp. options: 20°C, temperatures and use.
Temperature Error: ±.22% per 10°F, (12°F) (Span and 60°F, 4°C*, mmHg, ftH2O, mPa, kPa, kg/cm2 & bar (3) The 2030 Series Digital Gauge is not suitable for
Zero shift can be eliminated by rezeroing the gauge at Configuration Mode (Config): Allows for changes to an autoclave.
operating temperatures. Temperatures must be within default settings of gauge
process temperature limits) RANGES
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bar-
Storage Temperature: –4°F / 158°F (–20°C / 70°C) graph & 4-20mA output
Overrange Pressure: 2x range of gauge in. Hg Comp. mmHg in. Hg
psi
Auto Off (Off): Allows for changes to auto off of gauge: (Vacuum) (psi) (pressure) (pressure) in. H2O
DISPLAY 5 options:, 30 min., 10 min., 5 min., 2 min., never 15 30* –15/0/15* 800 30 400
Type: LCD Update Rate (Update): 4 options: 100mili-sec, 30 –15/0/30* 1000 60 800
Display Digits: 5 digits 1 sec, 500mili-sec, 200mili-sec, 60 –15/0/60* 2000 100 1000
Character Height: .60˝ Dampening (Damp): 6 options: none, average 8, 6, 100 –15/0/100* 3000 160
4, 2 times per 100ms 160 5000 200
Backlite: Off by default (optional) 200 10,000 300
Backlite Lit (optional): 5 options: NEVER, 10 sec,
Bar Graph: Yes 300 400
600 600
800 800
HOW TO ORDER 1000
30 2032 SD 15L RE 160# Bar/
mBar ft. H2O mPa kPa
Dial Size: 3˝ KSC
Case Type Number: 1000 60 1 100 1
2032 Battery 1500 160 1.6 160 1.6
2132 4-20mA loop powered 2000 200 2.5 250 2.5
2232 12-36 Vdc 2500 300 4 400 4
2036 In-line battery 4000 400 6 600 6
2136 In-line 4-20mA loop powered 5000 600 10 1000 10
2236 In-line 12-36Vdc 8000 1000 16 1600 16
10,000 25 2500 25
Wetted Parts: 316L SS
15,000 40 4000 40
Process Connection: 1.5,˝ 2.0˝ Tri-Clamp 20,000 60 6000 60
Variations: RE remote mount in-line design
*Note all compound and vacuum ranges require mineral oil fill
Range: 160 psi (XMY option)
Consult factory for guidance in product selection

Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our
web site at www.ashcroft.com
54
Precision Digital Test Gauge
Types 2089, 2086 and 2084
• Unmatched accuracy of ±.05% - Nine options including 12 units

total error band of measure, 7 languages and
- Temperature corrected from 0/150°F password protected calibration
• Breakthrough readability and and disable function
portability • Safety features include
- 5 digit LCD display - Pressure range on keypad to
- Display height of .66˝ reduce accidental overpressure
• Rugged portable design - Proof pressure 2 x gauge range
- Weatherproof NEMA IV, IP65 case - Meets ASME B40.7
- CE, FM, CSA • % of reading bar graph
- Stainless steel case-to-socket
weld for strength LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
- Stainless steel cover protects
keypad FM
• Global/highly configurable
Enter: Selects items in configuration menu Calibrate: Zero and Span (password protected)
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Configuration Allows scrolling through configura Contrast: Seven available options
Type: 2089 (0.05% F.S. accuracy),
2086 (0.10% F.S. accuracy), Mode: tion menus to select available options Disable: Locks in current configuration
2084 (0.25% F.S. accuracy) Engineering Units: psi,˝Hg, ˝H2O*, ftSW, Bar, mBar, settings.
Accuracy: 0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% all Full kPa, mPa, mmHg, cmH2O, mmH2O, Calibration Chart: 10 point individual calibration chart,
Scale, Terminal Point, Total Error kg/cm2 (*Allows choice of reference standard for Type 3089, others
Band (TEB) Including Hysteresis, temperatures 4°C, 20°C or 60°F) optional (XC4)
Linearity, Repeatablilty and Tem- Update Rate: Four Selections: 10x/sec, 5x/sec, Accessories: 300 Series SS Protective Cover,
perature (0/150°F) 2x/sec, 1x/sec Protective Carrying Pouch
Case Size: 3˝ Auto Off: Five Options: Never, 2 min., 5 min., Optional Features: Flange for Panel Mounting = FF,
Case Material: 300 Series Stainless Steel 15 min., 30 min. Metal Tag Wired to Case = NH,
Dampening: Five Selections: None, average 2, 4, Paper Tag Wired to Case = NN,
Case Finish: Electropolished/Tumbled
6, 8 readings Protective Rubber Boot = B1,
Case Rating: Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4 Certificate of Conformance = C1,
Language: Seven Languages: English, Spanish,
Wetted Parts: 316 Stainless Steel French, Italian, German, Calibration Certificate (2084 & 2086
Inlet Fittings: 1
⁄4 NPT Male, JIS, DIN, SAE, (others Portuguese, Dutch only. Standard w/2089) = C4,
on application) Weatherproof ABS Carrying Case = S7,
Backlite: Five Selections: On/off, 10 sec., 30 Clean for Gaseous Oxygen Service = 6B,
Connection: Lower (6 o’clock), top, side sec., 1 min., 5 min. Clean for Liquid Oxygen Service = 6D
Ranges: Vac. thru 7000 psi (see engineering
units below for other units of DIGITAL PRECISION TEST GAUGE RANGES:
measurement)
psi psi psi bar/kb/cm2 bar mmH2O mPa mBar/cmH2O kPa Temp.
Units: psi =#
bar=BR Gauge Compound Absolute Gauge Compound Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Options
kPa=KP vac. 15 & vac. 15 1 –1 to 0 3000 1 250. 25 4°C
mPa=MP 5 30 & vac. 25 1.6 –1 to 1 5000 1.6 300 40 20°C
inHg=IM 10 60 & vac. 50 2.5 –1 to 2 10,000 2.5. 400 60 60°F
inH2O=IW
15 100 & vac. 4 –1 to 30 6 500 160
mmH2O=MMW
cmH2O=CMW 30 6 –1 to 30 10 600 250
millibar=MB 60 10 40 1000 400
kg/cm2=KSC 100 16 1600 600
Operating Temp.: 0/150°F (–18/65°C) 160 25 2000. 1000
Storage Temp.: –40/180°F (–40/82°C) 200. 40 2500.
Temp. Corrected: Yes 300 60 4000
DISPLAY 500 160 5000
Type: LCD 600 250 6000
Display Digits: 5, 99999 display counts 800 400 10,000
Character Height: .66˝ 1000 500.
Backlite: Off by default 2000
Bar Graph: Yes 2500
Battery Life: <1000 hrs. (3 AAA alkaline batteries) 3000.
Agency Approvals: CE EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA 5000
Note: FM/CSA approval not valid on 700
vac. and 15# & vac. ranges
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL TEST GAUGE:
On/Off: Manually turns unit on and off (auto Select: Example: 30 2089 SD 02L 100# B1, 6B
off options in configuration menu
1. Dial Size: 3˝ = 30
Backlite: Manually turns backlite on and off (auto 2. Model: 2084, 2086, 2089
off options in configuration menu) 3. Case: 316 SS = SD
Min/Max: Stores min. and max. values when 4. Connections: 1/4 NPT Male Lower = 02L
displayed 5. Range Value: (see range chart)
Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min. and Unit of Measurement: (see “Units” list)
max. values when displayed 6. Options: (see “Optional Features” list)

55
Digital Industrial Gauge
Types 2074, 2174 and 2274
• A Multi-Functional Digital Gauge • Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Div. 1

with Optional: (optional)
- 4/20mA Output • Easy-to-Use Menu Options: (all
- (1) or (2) SPDT Switches - Five Backlite Display Options
• ±.25% of Span Terminal Point - Twelve Engineering Units
Accuracy - Menu Configure Feature
• IP 65 Weatherproof Case - Update Rate
- Dampen Rate
• Three Case Options: Stainless
- Auto-Off
Steel, Fiberglass Reinforced
Thermoplastic or Aluminum
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Extra Large Display

FM
Type: 2074 (battery) Line Power with 4-20mA output AO 3˝, 41⁄2˝
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bargraph
2174 (loop) 4-20mA (12-36Vdc)
and 4-20 (Line power (Type 2274) required
2274 (line) (12-36Vdc)
Auto Off (Off): Allows for changes to auto off of for switching options)
Accuracy: ±.25% of span, terminal point (Terminal blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case)
gauge, five options: Never, 2 min.,
Case Size: 3˝, 41⁄2˝ 5 min., 15 min., 30 min. (3´ shielded cable standard)
Case Material: 3˝ stainless steel, 41⁄2˝ fiberglass Update Rate: Four options: 100 ms, 200 ms, Wiring Options
reinforced thermoplastic or black 500 ms, 1 sec
epoxy coated aluminum (3´ shielded cable standard) (Terminal EN 41⁄2˝
Dampening: Six options: None, average, 2, 4, 6, blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case.)
Case Encl. Rating: Weatherproof, IP65 8 times per 100ms
Wetted Materials: 17-4 stainless steel (sensor), Backlite: Five options: Never, 10 sec., 30 Keypad Options
316 stainless steel (socket) sec., 1 min., 5 min. Backlite BL 3˝, 41⁄2˝
Socket Size: 1
⁄4 or 1⁄2 NPT, JIS, DIN, SAE, (1⁄2 Field Recalibration: Allows for recalibration of zero, mid- Miscellaneous Options
NPT only with 41⁄2˝ case, others on scale and span (password protected)
application) Battery Backup BK 3˝, 41⁄2˝
OPTIONS
Socket Location: Lower (6 o’clock), top, side (Battery standard with Type 2074)
Description Code Case Size (Available with Types 2174 & 2274)
Ranges: 15 psi/Vac. thru 20,000 psi (see en-
gineering units below for other units) Case Options Weatherproof ABS Gauge Carrying Case S7 3˝ only
Operating Temp.: 14/140°F (10/60°C) Aluminum Case (black epoxy coated) AY 41⁄2˝ only Protective Rubber Boot (black) B1 3˝ only
Temp. Error: (Zero & Span) .04%/°F (Glass reinforced thermoplastic
case standard) Protective Rubber Boot (orange) B2 3˝ only
Reference temp. 70°F
Storage Temp.: –4/158° (–20°/70°C) Switch Options Protective Front Cover PP 3˝ only
(1) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc) U1 3˝, 41⁄2˝ Individual Certified Calibration Chart C4
DISPLAY
(2) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc) U2 3˝, 4 ⁄2˝ Cleaned for Gaseous Oxygen Service 6B
Type: LCD
Display Digits: Five (5) DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE RANGES (Units In horizontal rows not equivalent ranges):
Character Height: 3˝ case: .60˝, 41⁄2˝ case: .88˝ psi in.Hg Comp. mmHg in.Hg in. mBar ft. mPa kPa Bar/
(vacuum) (psi) (pressure) (pressure) H 2O H2O KSC
Backlite: Optional 15 30 15#&Vac 800 30 400 1000 60 1 100 1
Bar Graph: Yes 30 30#&Vac 1000 60 800 1500 160 1.6 160 1.6
60 60#&Vac 2000 100 1000 2000 200 2.5 250 2.5
Battery Life: 3˝ <500 hrs., 41⁄2˝ <2500 hrs.
100 100#&Vac 3000 160 2500 300 4 400 4
Agency Approvals: CE, FM (Intrinsically Safe Class I, 160 5000 200 4000 400 6 600 6
Div 1) (optional) 200 10,000 300 5000 600 10 1000 10
300 400 6000 1000 16 1600 16
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
600 600 10,000 25 2500 25
On/Off: Manually turns unit on and off 800 800 15,000 40 4000 40
Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min. and 1000 20,000 60 6000 60
1500 100 10,000 100
max. values when displayed
2000 140 16,000 160
Min/Max  (down) Stores min & max values, arrow key 3000 25,000 250
Arrow Key: allows for scrolling thru menu items 5000 40,000 400
Menu Key: Provides access to menu options 8000 60,000 600
10,000 100,000 1000
Backlite  (up) Manually turns backlite on and off,
15,000 140,000 1400
Arrow Key: arrow key allows for five menu 20,000
(Backlite optional) options.  (up) arrow key allows
for scrolling thru menu options TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE:
Enter: Selects items in the menu
Select: 30 2074 SD 02 L 100# XXX
MENU MODE
1. Dial Size: 3˝
Engineering Units: 10 units of measurement are avail-
able; psi, In. H2O (with three temp. 2. Type: 2074
options: 20°C, 60°F, 4°C*), Ft. H2O, 3. Wetted parts: 316 SS
mPa, mBar, kPa, kg/cm2, Bar, inHg 4. Connections: 1/4 NPT
and mmHg
5. Lower:
Configuration Mode: Allows for changes to default
(Config): settings of gauge 6. Range: 100 psi
Including zero disable feaure 7. Optional Characters:

56
General Purpose Digital Gauge
Type DG25, ±1/2% of Span
Terminal Point Accuracy
• 0.5% terminal point accuracy The Ashcroft® DG25 series offers

(0.25% optional) 0.5% of span accuracy. Laser-welded
• Five-digit LCD display with large stainless steel sensor and socket
.48˝ character size make this product suitable for use
• Bar graph display (20 segment) with a wide variety of pressure media
in demanding industrial applications.
• Nine engineering units of measure
This series is also available with
plus one user programmable unit
enhanced accuracy of 0.25% of span
• Capable of measuring gauge, making it suitable for many test and
vacuum and compound ranges measurement uses.
from –14.7 psi through 25,000 psi IP67 ingress protection rating
• IP67 weatherproof enclosure means the DG25 is suitable for
• CE compliant, RoHs compliant, UL demanding applications such as
and cUL 61010-1 equipment wash down.
*Shown with Optional Protective Boot & Back Light
• The versatile and economical choice The DG25 comes standard with
for a wide variety of applications many features such as: tare, min and engineering units, and pressure
max memory, programmable custom ranges from vacuum to 25,000 psi.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S. standard, 0.25% optional Wetted Matl.: 17-4 ph sensor & 316L socket, laser Hard Keys: on/off; Power Symbol and Enter
includes effects of linearity, hyster- welded zero; Zero, Tare, and Up Arrow
esis and repeatability Connection: 1⁄4 NPT lower standard, menu Access, Backlight, Down Arrow
LCD Display: Five-digit numeric top line, five- Options 1⁄8 NPT, G ¼ B, others Agency
character alphanumeric lower line, consult factory; 6 o’clock (lower) Approvals: CE (heavy industrial), ASME B40.7,
20 segment vertical bar graph, position standard RoHs, UL 61010/ cUL
four-segment battery life indicator, Battery: Two AA alkaline batteries Proof Pressure: Vac – 2000: 200%
dedicated icons for gauge timer, % of Span 3000 – 5000: 150%
back light timer, tare, min and max Battery Life: 2000 hours minimum
7500 – 25,000: 120%
Character Height: Upper line 0.48˝ (12.19mm,) Battery Indicator: 4 levels
Burst Pressure: Vac – 2000: 800%
Lower line 0.24˝ (6.10mm) Cycle Life: 10 million cycles % of Span 3000 – 5000: 500%
View Angle: 12 o’clock Vibration: MIL-STD-202G, Method 201A 7500 – 25,000: 300%
Backlight: Optional Shock: MIL-STD-202G, Method 213B, Options: XB3 Pouch with Logo
Engineering Units: psi, bar, inHg, cmHg, mmHg, kPa, Test Condition K X6B Cleaned for Oxygen Service
mPa, kg/cm2, ftH2O, and customer XC4 Individual Calibration Chart
Operating Temp: –4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C) XNH Wired SS Tag
defined unit ambient temp.; –4°F to 176°F,
Ranges: 45 standard psi and bar ranges from (–20°C to 80°C) process media
–14.7 to 25000 psi, gauge, vacuum temp
and compound ranges available. Storage Temp: Batteries Installed:
Enclosure Matl.: Case & Back: Polycarbonate/ABS –4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C)
Window: Polycarbonate Batteries Removed:
–4°F to 176°F, (–20°C to 80°C)
Enclosure Rating: IP67
Temp. Coef.: 0.04%/°F (–20°F to 180°F) zero and
Protective Boot: Optional (Black or Orange) span. Reference Temp. 70°F
Serial No.: Yes Leak Integrity: 10-7 std. cc/sec.
Nominal Size: 2.73˝ (70mm) dia.; 1.61˝ (40.9mm) Update Rate: 1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz,
deep; 2.64˝ (67mm) centerline to
end of 1⁄4 NPT thread height Keypad Functions: Three key; available with multi press
functionality
TO ORDER THIS TYPE DG25 GAUGE:

Select: 25 DG25 5 1 L 1 N/A M02 L 3000# – XB3
1. Dial Size: 21⁄2˝
2. Case Type Number: DG25
3. Accuracy: (3) 0.25%, (5) 0.50%
4. Type: (1) Battery
5. Backlight: (L), (N) Not Applicable
4. Protective Boot: (0) None, (1) Black, (2) Orange
5. Electrical Connection: (N/A)
6. Connection Size: (M01), (M02), (MG2), (MGA), (F09),
7. Connection Location: (L)
8. Range: 15 psi-25,000 psi
9. Options: (XB3), (X6B), (XC4), (XNH)

*** web site at www.ashcroft.com
57
TEST GAUGES
& EQUIPMENT
ASME B 40.100 Grade 3A (±0.25% of span)

Type A4A Dial Pressure Gauge ......................59

±0.25% Type 1082 Analog Test Gauge......... 60
±0.5% Type 1084 Pocket Test Gauge........... 61
Types 2089, 2086 & 2084
Precision Digital Test Gauges
(±.05%, ±.10%, ±.25%) .............................62
ATE-2 Handheld Calibrator ..................... 63-64
ST-2A Digital Indicator ........................... 65-66
Type 1305D Deadweight Tester .................. 67
Type 1327D/1327CM
Pressure Gauge Comparator ................... 68
PT Digital Pressure Indicator.................. 69-70
Type AVC1000/3000
Volume Controller ..................................... 71

58

59
Ashcroft Precision Dial Pressure
Gauge Type A4A
• ±0.1% F.S. accuracy – ASME the-art precision machining and the

B40.100, Grade 4A world’s most refined Bourdon tube
• Ranges from 15-100,000 psi technology. This eliminates the need
• Solid front protective case for a power source and precludes
• High and low pressure limit stops the associated problems such
• Mirror band dial to eliminate as susceptibility to electronic line
parallax reading error noise, power outage or potential fire
• Optional temperature compensa- hazard. In addition, this mechanical
tion maintains 0.1% accuracy from instrument is simple to operate, easy
–25 to +125°F to troubleshoot, and can be readily
flushed or purged to remove foreign
The Ashcroft precision pressure matter or trapped gas. Accurate and
gauge yields consistent, reliable reliable, the Ashcroft A4A sets a new
accuracy through the use of state-of- standard for precision test gauges.
STANDARD FEATURES & SPECIFICATIONS psi INCHES MERCURY MILLIMETERS MERCURY
STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD RANGE STANDARD STANDARD RANGE
Total Accuracy Bourdon Tube BOURDON TUBE RANGE BOURDON TUBE INCHES MERCURY BOURDON TUBE MILLIMETERS MERCURY
±0.1% F.S. Includes Certificate Bleeder tipped for easy flushing MATERIAL** psi MATERIAL** MATERIAL**
of NIST traceability or purging 0-15 0-30 0-760
Repeatability BERYLLIUM 0-20 0-40 0-1000
Case BERYLLIUM BERYLLIUM
±0.02% F.S. Cast aluminum solid front COPPER 0-25 0-50 0-1250
COPPER COPPER
0-30 0-60 0-1500
Hysteresis Blowout rear cover
±0.1% F.S. 0-40 0-75 0-2000
Integral panel mounting flange 0-2500
Dial 0-50 0-100 403
Ranges 0-3000
White, high resolution with Available in Gauge, Compound, 0-60 0-125 STAINLESS
0-4000
mirror band Vacuum and Absolute (requires 0-75 0-150 STEEL
0-5000
Pointer manual barometric compensa- 0-100 403 0-200
bar
Knife edge pointer to eliminate tion) 0-150 STAINLESS 0-250 kg/cm2 kPa MPa
parallax errors 0-200 STEEL 0-300 kp/cm2
0-250 0-400 0-1 0-100 –
A4A 0-300 0-500 0-1.6 0-160 –
BERYLLIUM 0-2 0-200 –
Pointer Travel Ranges 0-400 0-600
COPPER 0-2.5 0-250 –
350° (15-30,000 psi) 0/15-0/100,000 psi 0-500 0-750
300° (40,000-50,000 psi) 0-600 0-1000 0-3 0-300 –
Dial Sizes
270° (60,000-100,000 psi) 6,̋ 81/2,̋ 12˝ & 16˝ 0-750 VACUUM
0-4 0-400 –
0-5 0-500 –
403 0-1000
BERYLLIUM 0-6 0-600 –
–30 to 0
INLETS AND BOURDON TUBES (STANDARD VS. OPTIONS) STAINLESS 0-1500 COPPER 0-7.5 0-750 –
STEEL 0-2000
STANDARD OPTIONAL COMPOUND 0-10 0-1000 0-1
0-2500
Inlet Location VACUUM-PRESSURE 0-12 0-1200 0-1.5
0-3000
0-16 0-1600 0-1.6
Back Fittings Bottom or Back Fittings 0-4000 BERYLLIUM 15 in.Hg - 15 in.Hg 0-20 0-2000 0-2
• 1/4 NPT female fitting (ranges • 1/4 NPT female fitting (standard 0-5000 COPPER 30 in.Hg - 30 in.Hg 0-25 0-2600 0-2.5
up to and including 10,000 with back location) 0-6000 30 in.Hg - 60 in.Hg 0-30 0-3000 0-3
psi) • 1/4 NPT male 0-7500 403 30 in.Hg - 100 in.Hg 0-40 0-4000 0-4
0-10,000 STAINLESS STEEL 30 in.Hg - 150 in.Hg
• 9/16-18 UNF-2B high pressure • 1/8 NPT male or female 0-50 0-5000 0-5
for 1/4˝ O.D. high pressure • 9/16-18 UNF-2B high pressure for 0-15,000 BERYLLIUM 30 in.Hg - 15 psi 0-60 0-6000 0-6
tubing (ranges over 10,000 0-20,000 COPPER 30 in.Hg - 30 psi 403 0-75 0-7500 0-7.5
1
/4˝ O.D. high pressure tubing STAINLESS
psi) 0-25,000 30 in.Hg - 60 psi 0-100 0-10,000 0-10
• MS33656-4 ma le (7/16-20, 37° 403 STEEL
0-30,000 30 in.Hg - 100 psi 0-125 – 0-12.5
flare for 1/4˝ flare tubing) STAINLESS
0-40,000 30 in.Hg - 150 psi 0-160 – 0-16
• AND10050-4/MS33649-4 fe male STEEL 0-200 – 0-20
(7/16-20, 37° flare for 1/4˝ flare 0-50,000 30 in.Hg - 300 psi
0-250 – 0-25
tubing) 0-60,000* INCHES WATER
0-400 – 0-40
0-75,000* 0-450
Material and Range 0-500 – 0-50
0-100,000* BERYLLIUM 0-500
• Beryllium copper (through 40 psi) • Beryllium copper (50-10,000 psi) 0-600 – 0-60
COPPER 0-600 0-750 – 0-75
• 403 S S (50 psi and above) • 403 SS (be low 50 psi) *Available in 81/2,̋ 12,̋ 16˝.
Dial face diameters only. 0-750 0-1000 – 0-100
**For optional Bourdon Tube 0-800 0-1250 – 0-125
Materials consult factory. 0-1000 0-1600 – 0-160
OPTIONAL FEATURES
(PROVIDED ONLY WHEN SPECIFIED) 0-2500 – 0-250
0-4000 *– 0-400
• Custom scales/units of measure
0-6000 *– 0-600
• The rmal compensation (maintains 0.1% accuracy from –25 to
0-7000 *– 0-700
+125°F)
VACUUM
• Sl otted link (protects movement during sudden pressure release)
BERYLLIUM
• W all mounting brackets COPPER
–1 to 0 – –
• Pe ak load indicator *Available in 81/2,̋ 12,̋ 16˝.
Dial face diameters only.
• Dua l scale dial

60
Test Gauge
Type 1082, ASME B 40.100
Grade 3A (±0.25% of span)
• Temperature-compensated The standard Ashcroft® test gauge

movement that significantly case style features a solid-front alu-
reduces temperature error minum case with a hinged ring.
• MicroSpan™ adjustment for ease The dial has a polished mirror
in span calibration band for pointer reflection to prevent
parallax error and is available in 41⁄2˝,
• Hydraulically staked movement 6˝ and 81⁄2˝ dial sizes in both lower
with Teflon-coated gears and and back connection. Pointer is a bal-
bearings improves stability anced-friction adjustable design with
• Externally adjustable dial on red knife edge tip for easy reading.
standard model
• White aluminum dial, black
numbers with polished mirror band
• High and low pressure movement
stops are standard
STANDARD RANGES BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION

Pressure Ordering Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1) Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
psi kg/cm - bar
2
kPa Code (all joints TIG welded except “A”) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.
0/15 0/1 0/100 Phosphor Bronze
A Brass C-Tube vac/400 psi 1
⁄4, 1⁄2
0/30 0/1.6 0/160 Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
0/60 0/2.5 0/250 P K Monel Monel 400 (2)
vac/10,000 psi 1
⁄4, 1⁄2
0/100 0/4 0/400
0/150 0/6 0/600 (1) For selection of the correct bourdon system material, see the
media application table on page 265.
0/200 0/10 0/1000 (2) vac through 1500 psi–C-Tube
0/300 0/16 0/1600 2000 through 10,000 psi–Helical
See page 260 for optional test gauge carrying case and handle.
0/400 0/25 0/2500
0/600 0/40 0/4000
0/800 0/60 0/6000
0/1000 0/100 0/10,000
0/1500 0/160 0/16,000
0/2000 0/250 0/25,000
0/3000 0/400 0/40,000
0/5000 0/600 0/60,000
0/10,000
Vacuum
30 in.Hg/0 –1/0 –100/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/1.5 –100/150
30 in.Hg/30 psi –1/3 –100/300
30 in.Hg/60 psi –1/5 –100/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/9 –100/900
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/200 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
30 in.Hg/400 psi
TO ORDER THIS 1082 TEST GAUGE:

Select: 45 1082 PS 02L 2000#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝, 81⁄2˝
2. Case type–1082
3. Bourdon system selection ordering code
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02)
5. Connection location–Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Standard pressure range–2000 psi
*) “S” denotes solid-front case design

(

61
Pocket Test Gauge
Type 1084, ASME B 40.100
• Available in a 3˝ dial size accuracy, stability and socket thread

life, the Bourdon tube and socket
• Stainless steel movement with
assembly is made of type 316 stainless
Teflon-coated bearings and
pinion gear steel with all-welded construction; this
system is standard for all ranges.
• Black, adjustable pointer with To make reading easier and faster,
red-painted knife-edge tip each unit is provided with a new, highly
• Stainless steel construction readable dial. Reading error caused by
parallax is eliminated by aligning the
• Zero-adjustable white aluminum knife-edge tip pointer with its reflec-
dial with polished mirror band tion in the mirror band on the dial. Also
• 1⁄4 NPT lower connection only available is a stainless steel cover
that fits securely over the window and
With an accuracy of ±0.5%, Grade protects the gauge from damage while
2A, plus rugged stainless steel con- being carried in a tool box or pocket.
struction, the Ashcroft® Type 1084 An attractive, cushioned Nylon fabric
more than exceeds the requirements pouch with carrying strap is offered as
for on-the-spot inspections. To improve standard equipment.
STANDARD RANGES BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION

Pressure Ordering Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1) Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
psi kg/cm - bar
2
kPa Code (all joints TIG welded) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.
0/15 0/1 0/100 S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel C-Tube vac/1000 psi 1
⁄4
0/30 0/2 0/200
0/60 0/3 0/300
0/100 0/4 0/400
0/150 0/7 0/700
0/200 0/11 0/1100
0/300 0/14 0/1400
0/400 0/20 0/2000
0/600 0/28 0/2800
0/1000 0/40 0/4000
0/70 0/7000
Vacuum
30 in.Hg/0 –1/0 –100/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/1 –100/100
30 in.Hg/30 psi –1/3 –100/300
30 in.Hg/60 psi –1/6 –100/600
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/10 –100/1000
30 in.Hg/150 psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi
TO ORDER THIS 1084 POCKET TEST GAUGE:

Select: 30 1084 S 02L 0/1000#
1. Dial size–3˝
2. Case type–1084
5. Connection location–Lower (L)

62
Precision Digital Test Gauge
Types 2089, 2086 and 2084
• Unmatched accuracy of ±.05% - Nine options including 12 units

total error band of measure, 7 languages and
- Temperature corrected from 0/150°F password protected calibration
• Breakthrough readability and and disable function
portability • Safety features include
- 5 digit LCD display - Pressure range on keypad to
- Display height of .66˝ reduce accidental overpressure
• Rugged portable design - Proof pressure 2 x gauge range
- Weatherproof NEMA IV, IP65 case - Meets ASME B40.7
- CE, FM, CSA • % of reading bar graph
- Stainless steel case-to-socket
weld for strength LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
- Stainless steel cover protects
keypad FM
• Global/highly configurable
Enter: Selects items in configuration menu Calibrate: Zero and Span (password protected)
Configuration Allows scrolling through configura Contrast: Seven available options
Type: 2089 (0.05% F.S. accuracy),
2086 (0.10% F.S. accuracy), Mode: tion menus to select available options Disable: Locks in current configuration
2084 (0.25% F.S. accuracy) Engineering Units: psi,˝Hg, ˝H2O*, ftSW, Bar, mBar, settings.
Accuracy: 0.05%, 0.10% or 0.25% all Full kPa, mPa, mmHg, cmH2O, mmH2O, Calibration Chart: 10 point individual calibration chart,
Scale, Terminal Point, Total Error kg/cm2 (*Allows choice of reference standard for Type 3089, others
Band (TEB) Including Hysteresis, temperatures 4°C, 20°C or 60°F) optional (XC4)
Linearity, Repeatablilty and Tem- Update Rate: Four Selections: 10x/sec, 5x/sec, Accessories: 300 Series SS Protective Cover,
perature (0/150°F) 2x/sec, 1x/sec Protective Carrying Pouch
Case Size: 3˝ Auto Off: Five Options: Never, 2 min., 5 min., Optional Features: Flange for Panel Mounting = FF,
Case Material: 300 Series Stainless Steel 15 min., 30 min. Metal Tag Wired to Case = NH,
Dampening: Five Selections: None, average 2, 4, Paper Tag Wired to Case = NN,
Case Finish: Electropolished/Tumbled
6, 8 readings Protective Rubber Boot = B1,
Case Rating: Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4 Certificate of Conformance = C1,
Language: Seven Languages: English, Spanish,
Wetted Parts: 316 Stainless Steel French, Italian, German, Calibration Certificate (2084 & 2086
Inlet Fittings: 1
⁄4 NPT Male, JIS, DIN, SAE, (others Portuguese, Dutch only. Standard w/2089) = C4,
on application) Weatherproof ABS Carrying Case = S7,
Backlite: Five Selections: On/off, 10 sec., 30 Clean for Gaseous Oxygen Service = 6B,
Connection: Lower (6 o’clock), top, side sec., 1 min., 5 min. Clean for Liquid Oxygen Service = 6D
Ranges: Vac. thru 7000 psi (see engineering
units below for other units of DIGITAL PRECISION TEST GAUGE RANGES:
measurement)
psi psi psi bar/kb/cm2 bar mmH2O mPa mBar/cmH2O kPa Temp.
Units: psi =#
bar=BR Gauge Compound Absolute Gauge Compound Gauge Gauge Gauge Gauge Options
kPa=KP vac. 15 & vac. 15 1 –1 to 0 3000 1 250. 25 4°C
mPa=MP 5 30 & vac. 25 1.6 –1 to 1 5000 1.6 300 40 20°C
inHg=IM 10 60 & vac. 50 2.5 –1 to 2 10,000 2.5. 400 60 60°F
inH2O=IW
15 100 & vac. 4 –1 to 30 6 500 160
mmH2O=MMW
cmH2O=CMW 30 6 –1 to 30 10 600 250
millibar=MB 60 10 40 1000 400
kg/cm2=KSC 100 16 1600 600
Operating Temp.: 0/150°F (–18/65°C) 160 25 2000. 1000
Storage Temp.: –40/180°F (–40/82°C) 200. 40 2500.
Temp. Corrected: Yes 300 60 4000
DISPLAY 500 160 5000
Type: LCD 600 250 6000
Display Digits: 5, 99999 display counts 800 400 10,000
Character Height: .66˝ 1000 500.
Backlite: Off by default 2000
Bar Graph: Yes 2500
Battery Life: <1000 hrs. (3 AAA alkaline batteries) 3000.
Agency Approvals: CE EN 50082-1 (1997), FM, CSA 5000
Note: FM/CSA approval not valid on 700
vac. and 15# & vac. ranges
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL TEST GAUGE:
On/Off: Manually turns unit on and off (auto Select: Example: 30 2089 SD 02L 100# B1, 6B
off options in configuration menu
1. Dial Size: 3˝ = 30
Backlite: Manually turns backlite on and off (auto 2. Model: 2084, 2086, 2089
off options in configuration menu) 3. Case: 316 SS = SD
Min/Max: Stores min. and max. values when 4. Connections: 1/4 NPT Male Lower = 02L
displayed 5. Range Value: (see range chart)
Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min. and Unit of Measurement: (see “Units” list)
max. values when displayed 6. Options: (see “Optional Features” list)

63
Handheld LCD Digital Calibrator
Type ATE-2 Pressure,
Temperature, Voltage and
Current Measurement
• Standard features on ATE-2 units The Ashcroft® ATE-2 is a next

now include Datalogging, USB inter- generation handheld calibrator with
face, onboard 24VDC Loop Power extensive data logging and commu-
Supply and IP65 Enclosure
nications capabilities. Onboard data
• Interchangeable pressure and
temperature modules
logging can be transferred to a stan-
dard SD card or serial interface via
• Pressure measurement accuracies
of ±0.025%, 0.05% and 0.10%, or the USB connection, thus offering the
.06/.07% operator flexibility and convenience.
• Pressure ranges from 0.25 in.H2O to Optional intrinsically safe version
10000 psi is suitable for use on gas, oil and in
• Push-button zero adjust chemical processing environments.
• Supports most standard RTD probes Interchangeable pressure and tem-
and thermocouples perature modules mean that one LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY
• Min/max, tare, programmable damp- base unit can be used in many appli-
ing, percent function, trip detect, all cations. Existing pressure and tem-
standard perature modules can be upgraded by
• Optional Intrinsically Safe version the factory to work with the new base
available (no 24Vdc loop supply) unit, saving the operator money.
BASE UNIT PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Temperature Effect; Electrical Measurement Temperature Effect
Dimensions ±.001% of Span per °F over compensated range ±.004% of Span per °F over compensated range
8.7 in. (L) x 5.1 in. (W) x 3.8 in. (H) Serial Interface (from reference temperature range of 70° ±3°)
Weight USB (Micro-B connector type) Repeatability
Max. 2.4 lbs. w/2 pressure modules installed Field Calibration ±0.01% of span (range 0/1 in. H2O or higher)
Both pressure modules and base unit electronics ±0.02% of span (ranges below 0/1 in. H2O)
Case Material
High impact PC-ABS can be calibrated in the field via prompted keypad Sensitivity
commands ±0.002% of span (typical)
Sensor Module Capacity
2 bays for Ashcroft AM2 sensor modules Datalogging Media Compatibility
- Internal storage up to 15,700 records that is Clean, dry, non-conductive, non-corrosive gas
Display transferrable to a removable SD card
1.5˝ x 2.5˝ graphic LCD display with backlight. Under/Overpressure Capability
Flip-screen capability with bar-graph indication of - Manual and automatic datalogging capability –15 to 50 psi
% span. Can display 2 simultaneous modules in - Data interval programmable from 0.1 to Maximum Static (line) Pressure
addition to one electronic reading (mA/V) 3600 sec 100 psi
Electrical Connection Agency Approvals (with modules) Process Connection
4mm banana jacks (one set of test leads provided CE Mark (EMI/RFI), FCC (CFR47) and UL 61010-1 Standard: 1/8 NPT female
with each ATE-2) are standard AM2-2 High Pressure Modules
BASE UNIT OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS Optional hazardous location version (for use with Pressure Types
batteries only) includes: Gauge, absolute, compound & vacuum
Operating Temperature Range FM Intrinsic Safety CL I, Div I, Gr A,B,C,D
Standard: –4 to 120°F Available Ranges
CSA Intrinsic Safety CL I, Div I, Gr A,B,C,D
Storage Temperature 5 psi-10,000 psi (See Chart)
ATEX Ex ia ii c T4 Ga –20°C <Ta < +50°C
–4° to 158°F Available Accuracies
Power Requirements
Update Rate ±0.025, 0.05 or 0.1 % of Span (0-10,000 psi
(4) AA Batteries (provides up to 40 hours battery
100 ms with one pressure module installed. 200 range only available as psig and 0.1% accuracy)
life with 2 modules installed) or
ms with two pressure modules installed USB Universal AC Adapter (100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz) Compensated Temperature Range
Resolution 20°F to 120°F
Certification
±0.0015% of span, 66,000 counts (max) N.I.S.T. Traceable certification document provided Temperature Effect
Warm-Up for base display unit and sensor modules Standard: ±.004% of Span per °F over the com-
5 minutes for rated accuracy pensated range (from reference temperature
PRESSURE SENSOR MODULE SPECIFICATIONS range of 70° ±3°)
Damping AM2-1 Low Pressure Modules Optional: No additional error due to temperature
Programmable filtering, levels one through 16 over the compensated range
Pressure Types
Electrical Measurements Gauge, differential & compound Repeatability
0-20 mA or 0-30 Vdc ±0.01% of span
Available Ranges
Input (volts) Accuracy 0-25 in. H2O – 200 in. H2O (See Chart) Sensitivity
0/10 Vdc ±0.025% FS ±0.002% of span (typical)
0/30 Vdc ±0.10% FS Available Accuracies
0/20mA ±0.03% FS ±0.06% (0/1-0/200 in. H2O), ±0.07% (0/0.25-0/.5
in. H2O) or 0.1% of Span
Enclosure
IP65/NEMA 4X (includes modules) Compensated Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F

MADE IN U.S.A. web site at www.ashcroft.com
64
Handheld LCD Digital Calibrator
Type ATE-2, Pressure,
Temperature, Voltage and
Current Measurement
AM2-2 High Pressure Modules (cont.) RTD Probes Available STANDARD RANGES
Media Compatibility Pt-100 probes, 6˝ or 12˝ length, with or without
handle. DIN Class A accuracy. Includes mating AM2-2 AM2-1
0/5-0/10,000 psi ranges: Any medium compatible psi in.H2O
with 316 stainless steel isolation. TA4F connector. Consult factory for details and
(gauge and (gauge/ Other Engineering Units**
Optional: Cleaned for Oxygen Service availability. absolute differential
Overpressure Capability AM2-TC1 (Thermocouple) pressure) pressure)
200% for ranges up to 1000 psi The AM2-TC1 interface module allows the ATE-2 to 5 0.25* psi
150% for ranges over 1000 psi measure temperature with a thermocouple 10 0.5* in.H2O
Process Connection 15 1.0* in.Hg
Compatibility
Standard: 1/8 NPT female 20 2.0* ftSW
Programmed to provide direct temperature bar
Optional: 1/8 NPT female with flush port 25 3.0*
readout from types J, K, T, E, R, S, B & N ther- 30 5.0* mbar
Welded VCR fitting with standard mocouples or direct millivolt readout from any kPa
50 10*
finish (ranges up to and including thermocouple. 60 15* MPa
5000 psi) Reference Junction 100 25* mmHg
TEMPERATURE INTERFACE MODULES Automatic internal or manual external 150 50* cmH2O
200 100* mmH2O
AM2-RT Series (RTD) Resolution 250 150* kg/cm2
AM2-RT1 and AM2-RT2 interface modules allow Automatic or manually selectable, up to .01° 300 200* User Selectable
the ATE-2 to measure temperature with an RTD Units of Measure 500
AM2-RT1: Accommodates Pt100, Ni120, Cu120 Selectable; °C, °F, °K, °R and millivolts 600
1000 **Note: Engineering units
and other common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with Receptacle identified above are
resistance outputs of 400 ohms or less. 1500
Accepts “miniature thermocouple connector”, 2000
accessible through the unit
AM2-RT2: Accommodates Pt1000 and other Omega® type SMP select feature. However,
2500 readout will default to the
common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with resistance ACCESSORIES 3000
outputs of 4000 ohms or less. primary unit of measure on
Contoured protective case with shoulder strap 5000 start-up. Sensor modules
Selectable Units of Measure 6000 scaled in primary units
Hard carrying case
°C, °F, °K, °R and ohms 7500 other than in. H2O (AM2-1)
10,000† or psi (AM2-2) are also
Input Receptacle
vacuum available. Consult factory.
Accepts TA4F type RTD connector
5 *†psig only for this range.
10
15
compound
±5 ±0.125*
±10 ±0.25*
±15 ±0.5*
–15/+30 ±1.0*
–15/+60 ±1.5*
±2.5*
±5.0*
±7.5*
±12.5*
±25.*
±50.*
±75.*
±100.*
* Non-isolated, for clean dry gas only
Model ATE-2 with AM2 Modules
TO ORDER
Base Display Unit 7) Specify Options
1) Specify Model: ATE-2 a) “zero temperature error
2) Specify Version: Standard (ST) or Intrinsi- over compensated range” (AM2-2 only)
cally Safe (IS) for hazardous locations b) Optional fitting (see specifications)
(includes FM (IS), CSA (IS) and ATEX) c) Clean for Oxygen Service (AM2-2 only)
Sensor Modules
Temperature Interface Module
3) Type (AM2-1 or AM2-2)
4) Pressure Range and Unit of Measure 8) Type (AM2-RT1, AM2-RT2 or AM2-TC1)
(see range chart) 9) RTD Probe Type (when required.)
5) Pressure Type (see specifications) Accessories
6) Accuracy (see specifications) 10) Specify required accessories

65
LCD Digital Indicator,Type ST-2A
Pressure, Temperature, Voltage
and Current Measurement
Standard Features • RS232 two way communications

• Dual display – simultaneous mea- • Standard NIST traceable certificate
surement and display of pressure, of calibration
temperature, voltage or current in
any combination Optional Features
• Accuracy ratings of ±0.1%, ±0.05% • 24 Vdc power supply
and ±0.025 of span (pressure) • Data logging – Automatic, manual
• Pressure ranges from 0.25 inches and delayed actuation
of water to 10,000 psi • Relays – hi/lo programmable con-
• Interchangeable pressure and figurations – N/O and N/C
temperature modules • Battery power – 5 AA NiCads with
• Multiple engineering units – 12 built-in charger
• High static DP measurement
capability The ST-2A is the perfect bench as the Ashcroft ATE-100. An intuitive,
• Temperature measurement with companion product to the Ashcroft® menu-driven user interface puts all of
most common RTDs and ATE-100 field handheld calibrator. the ST-2A’s power at the simple press
thermocouples This bench top (or panel mounting) of a key. It uses the AQS (Ashcroft
• Programmable damping package shares the same pressure Quick-Select™) modular sensor
• Tare capability and temperature modules and inter- system to provide the ultimate in mea-
• Display hold faces with the same software package surement flexibility.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS programming of setpoints for activation of alarms Sensitivity

or control valves. ±0.002% of span (typical)
Dimensions Backlit Display
10.9 in. (L) x 6.74 in. (W) x 4.0 in. (H) Media Compatibility
Built-in NiCad Rechargeable Battery Pack Clean, dry, non-conductive, non-corrosive gas
Panel Cutout Built-in 24Vdc Loop Power Supply
6.56 in. x 3.53 in. Handle Under/Overpressure Capability
Panel Mounting Brackets –15 to 50 psi
Weight
Max. 4.08 lbs. w/2 pressure modules installed Power Requirements Maximum Static (line) Pressure
Standard: ac adapter provided for 110Vac/60 Hz 100 psi
Case Material
High impact ABS Available: ac adapter provided for 220Vac/50 Hz Process Connection
ac adapter provided for 100Vac/60 Hz Standard: 1/8 NPT female
Sensor Module Capacity Optional: Built-in rechargeable NiCad Battery
2 bays for Ashcroft AQS “Quick Select®” sensor AQS-2
Pack*
modules *(Life: 20 hours nominal without backlit LCD, 2 hours Pressure Types
Display nominal with backlit LCD. Activating RS232 results in Gauge, absolute, compound and vacuum
2 line LCD, 0.37 in. height per line. Can display approximately 30% reduction in battery life.) Available Ranges
simultaneous readings from 2 modules. Certification (See Chart)
Electrical Connection N.I.S.T. Traceable certification document provided Available Accuracies
Standard banana jacks for base display unit and sensor modules ±0.025, 0.05 or 0.1 % of Span (±0.025 & 0.05%
PRESSURE SENSOR MODULE SPECIFICATIONS not available on 0/10,000 psi range)
BASE UNIT OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
AQS-1 Compensated Temperature Range
Operating Temperature Range
20°F to 120°F
32° to 120°F Pressure Types
Gauge, differential & compound Temperature Effect
Storage Temperature
Standard: ±.004% of Span per °F over the
–4° to 158°F Available Ranges compensated range (from reference temperature
Update Rate (See Chart) range of 70° ±3°)
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed Available Accuracies Optional: No additional error due to temperature
Resolution ±0.06 (0/1-0/200 in. H2O), ±0.07 (0/0.25-0/0.5 over the compensated range
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max) in. H2O) or 0.1% of Span Repeatability
Warm-Up Compensated Temperature Range ±0.01% of span
5 minutes for rated accuracy 20°F to 120°F Sensitivity
Electrical Measurements Temperature Effect ±0.002% of span (typical)
0-20 mA or 0-30 Vdc ±.004% of Span per °F over compensated range Media Compatibility
(from reference temperature range of 70° ±3°) 0/5 -0/10,000 psi ranges: Any medium compat-
Options
Datalogging with Hi-Lo Relay Feature – Datalog- Repeatability ible with 316 SS isolation.
ging manually or automatically stores up to 643 ±0.01% of span (range 0/1 in. H2O or higher) Optional: Cleaned for Oxygen Service
measured values for upload to PC. Includes ±0.02% of span (ranges below 0/1 in. H2O)
upload utility software. Hi-Lo relay feature allows

66
LCD Digital Indicator, Type ST-2A
Pressure, Temperature, Voltage
and Current Measurement
Overpressure Capability RTD Probes Available STANDARD RANGES

200% for ranges up to 1000 psi Pt-100 probes, 6˝ or 12˝ length, with or without
AQS-2 AQS-1
150% for ranges over 1000 psi handle. DIN Class A accuracy. Includes mating psi in.H2O Other Engineering Units**
Process Connection TA4F connector. Consult factory for details and (gauge and (gauge/
Standard: 1/8 NPT female availability. absolute differential
Optional: 1/8 NPT female with flush port The AQS-TC1 interface module allows the ST-2A pressure) pressure)
Welded VCR fitting with standard to measure temperature with a thermocouple: 5
finish (ranges up to and including 10 0.25* psi
AQS-TC1 0.5* in.H2O
5000 psi). 15
Compatibility 30 1.0* in.Hg
Programmed to provide direct temperature read- 50 2.0* ftSW
TEMPERATURE INTERFACE MODULES out from types J, K, T, E, R, S, B & N ther- 60 3.0* bar
AQS-RT1 and AQS-RT2 interface modules allow mocouples or direct millivolt readout from any 100 5.0* mbar
the ST-2A to measure temperature with an RTD: thermocouple. 150 10* kPa
200 15* MPa
AQS-RT1: Accommodates Pt100, Ni120, Cu120 Reference Junction 25* mmHg
250
and other common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with Automatic internal or manual external 50* cmH2O
300
resistance outputs of 400 ohms or less. Resolution 500 100* mmH2O
AQS-RT2: Accommodates Pt1000 and other Automatic or manually selectable, up to .01° 600 150* kg/cm2
common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with resistance 1000 200* User Selectable
outputs of 4000 ohms or less. Units of Measure
1500
Selectable; °C, °F, °K, °R and millivolts
Selectable Units of Measure 2000
**Note: Engineering units
°C, °F, °K, °R and ohms Receptacle 2500 identified above are
Accepts “miniature thermocouple connector”, 3000 accessible through the
Input Receptacle Omega® type SMP 5000
Accepts TA4F type RTD connector unit select feature. How-
6000 ever, readout will default
ACCESSORIES 7500 to the primary unit of
110Vac/60 Hz ac Adapter 10,000 measure on start-up.
220Vac/50 Hz ac Adapter vacuum Sensor modules scaled
in primary units other
5 than in. H2O (AQS-1) or
10 psi (AQS-2) are also avail-
15 able. Consult factory.
compound
±5
±10 ±0.125*
±15 ±0.25*
–15/+30 ±0.5*
–15/+60 ±1.0*
±1.5*
±2.5*
±5.0*
±7.5*
±12.5*
±25.*
±50.*
±75.*
±100.*
TO ORDER
Base Unit Sensor Modules Temperature Interface Module
1) Specify Model: ST-2A 4) Type (AQS-1 or AQS-2) 9) Type (AQS-RT1, AQS-RT2 or AQS-TC1)
2) Specify Power Requirements: 110, 220 5) Pressure Range and Unit of Measure 10) RTD Probe Type (when required. Consult
or 100Vac (see range chart) factory for probe P/N)
3) Specify Options: (Datalogging, Backlit 6) Pressure Type (see specifications) Accessories
Display, etc.) 7) Accuracy (see specifications) 11) Specify required accessories
8) Specify Options
a) “zero temperature error over compen-
sated range” (AQS-2 only)
b) Optional fitting (see specifications)
c) Clean for Oxygen Service
(AQS-2 only)

67
Deadweight Tester
Type 1305D,
Accuracy (±0.1% of reading)
• Accuracy: 0.1% of reading Ashcroft® Type 1305D deadweight tes-

ters provide an easy means of precisely
• Operating Pressure: 15 psi to generating pressure to an accuracy of
10,000 psi 0.1% of reading. Ashcroft 1305D units
are available for operating ranges up
• Operating Media:
to 10,000 psi. They are ideal for use in
1305D: SAE 20 weight automotive
calibrating, setting, testing and repair-
or machine oil ing pressure measurement and control
1305DH: Phosphate-based or glycol devices. Each 1305D unit is traceable to
fluids the National Institute of Standards and
Technology, assuring instrument accuracy.
• O-ring Material: These pressure systems are designed
1305D: Buna-N (D series) to be field portable. A single carrying case
holds the pressure generation pump as
• 1305DH: Ethylene Propylene (DH well as all the necessary tools and acces-
Series) sories. A second box contains the weights
used for pressure generation (10,000 psi piston for pressure ranges from 15 to
• Piston and Cylinder Material:
units require two boxes of weights). Ash- 2000 psi and a high-pressure unit for
Stainless steel pressures from 75 to 10,000 psi. The
croft deadweight testers qualify as pri-
• Weight Material: Non-magnetic die mary standards for pressure calibration. high-pressure piston has an area of 1⁄80th
cast zinc The pump is a two-stage hydraulic of a square inch while the low pressure
pressure generator. A built-in shuttle piston has an area of 1⁄16th of a square
• Reservoir Volume: Approximately valve allows for rapid pressure increase inch. Weights are provided for pressure
1.5 pints (0.7 liter) at low pressures. The rate of increase increments of 5, 10, 20, 25, 40, 50, 100,
per pump cycle can be reduced at higher 200 and 500 psi (depending on piston in
• Special ‘‘CD-5” Certification pack- pressures to minimize resistance. This use). Ashcroft 1305D testers can be used
age available (see Price Sheet TE/PS-1) is accomplished by simply repositioning anywhere within their operational range
the two-position shuttle valve. With the without any change in accuracy. The
shuttle valve in the high-pressure posi- same weights are used with both piston
tion, increasing pressure even when near and cylinder assemblies.
the 10,000 psi upper limit can be accom- Ashcroft 1305 units are available for psi
plished quickly and easily. Final, precise ranges. Each unit comes complete with a
adjustment is accomplished through the hand jack set (for removal of pointers on
use of an integral vernier-adjustment knob. gauges being calibrated), spare O-rings
The 1305D is provided with two-piston and all tools, accessories and fittings
cylinder assemblies. A low-pressure required for normal use.
1305D STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES

Piston semblyAs Net
Piston Value Number of Weights by Value
Pressure Range Weight
L-5 L-10 L-20 L-40 L-100
psi Type Low High Low High lb kg
H-25 H-50 H-100 H-200 H-500
1305D-10 15/200 75/1000 5 25 1 3 2 3 - 60 27
1305D-20 15/400 75/2000 5 25 1 3 2 3 2 70 32
1305D-30 15/600 75/3000 5 25 1 3 2 3 4 85 39
1305D-50 15/1000 75/5000 5 25 1 3 2 3 8 105 48
1305D-100 15/2000 75/10,000 5 25 1 3 2 3 18 175 80

68
Pressure Gauge Comparator
Type 1327D, Accuracy (±0.25%)
Type 1327CM, Accuracy (±0.1%)
• Operating Pressure: 0-10,000 psi Ashcroft® Types 1327D and

(maximum) (0-60,000 kPa) 1327CM are designed to be field-
• Operating Media: portable pressure generation and
Standard: test systems. A single carrying case
SAE 20 weight automotive or holds the pump used to generate
machine oil pressure as well as the gauges
selected as the test standard. TYPE 1327CM
Optional:
Phosphate-based or glycol fluids Both units include an Ashcroft two-
Distilled water for oxygen service stage hydraulic pressure pump. A
built-in shuttle valve allows for rapid
• O-ring Material:
Standard: Buna N (D Series) pressure increase at low pressures.
Optional: Ethylene Propylene The rate of increase per pump cycle
(DH Series) can be reduced at higher pressures
in order to minimize resistance. This TYPE 1327D
• Reservoir Volume: Approximately is accomplished by simply repo-
1.5 pints (0.7 liter) sitioning the two-position shuttle
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327DG valve. With the shuttle valve in the
high-pressure position, increasing
• Accuracy: ±0.25% F.S.
pressure even when near 10,000 psi
• Gauge Type: Ashcroft 41⁄2 inch can be accomplished quickly and
Type 1082 gauges with easily. Final adjustment is accom-
temperature compensation plished through the use of an integral
• Special ‘‘CD-4” Certification pack- vernier-adjustment knob.
age available (see Price Sheet Type 1327CM Type 1327D
TE/PS-1) The Ashcroft Type 1327CM is a The Ashcroft 1327D is available
precision gauge comparator which is with between one and four Ashcroft
SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1327CM provided with 6-inch Ashcroft ±0.1% gauges covering the operating range
• Accuracy: ±0.1% F.S. F.S. accuracy Type A4A gauges. The of 0 through 10,000 psi. Metric range
• Gauge Type: Ashcroft 6-inch Type
gauges provided include temperature models are also available.
A4A with temperature compensation compensation which maintains the The 1327DG is provided with 41⁄2˝
±0.1% F.S. accuracy over an operat- Ashcroft Type 1082 test gauges.
• Temperature Compensation: –25°F ing range of –25°F to +125°F. Avail- These gauges provide an accuracy
to +125°F (will maintain ±0.1% F.S. able ranges include 30, 100, 500,
accuracy) of ±0.25% F.S. The Ashcroft test
1000, 5000 and 10,000 psi. gauges include temperature compen-
sation and have a maximum thermal
1327D STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES error of 0.005% F.S. per degree F.
Unit Net Ashcroft Types 1327CM and 1327D
Type Gauge Range(s) Included Weight
of are ideally suited for use as in-field
Measure lb kg pressure standards. Both come with
psig 1327DG-2 0/150 — — — 36 16 temperature-compensated gauges,
1327DG-6 0/150 0/600 — — 38 17 further enhancing their field worthi-
1327DG-50 0/150 0/600 0/5000 — 40 18 ness. A single carrying case holds
1327DG-100 0/150 0/600 0/5000 0/10000 42 19 everything needed to take full advan-
kg/cm2 1327DMG-10 0/10 — — — 36 16 tage of the capabilities of the test set.
1327DMG-40 0/10 0/40 — — 38 17 psi and metric ranges are available
1327DMG-250 0/10 0/40 0/250 — 40 18 for either system. Both systems are
1327DMG-600 0/10 0/40 0/250 0/600 42 19 traceable to NIST with the 1327CM
bar 1327DBG-10 0/10 — — — 36 16 provided with calibration certificates
1327DBG-40 0/10 0/40 — — 38 17 for each gauge selected.
1327DBG-250 0/10 0/40 0/250 — 40 18
1327DBG-600 0/10 0/40 0/250 0/600 42 19
kPa 1327DAG-1000 0/1000 — — — 36 16
1327DAG-4000 0/1000 0/4000 — — 38 17
1327DAG-25000 0/1000 0/4000 0/25000 — 40 18
1327DAG-60000 0/1000 0/4000 0/25000 0/60000 42 19
For hydraulic fluid service (phosphate base and glycols) specify 1327DH, DMGH, DBGH or DAGH.
For oxygen service (distilled water) specify 1327DGO, DMGO, DBGO or DAGO.

69
Pressure Tester
Model PT, Dual Display
LCD Digital Pressure Indicator
STANDARD FEATURES The Ashcroft® PT indicator is an

extremely versatile pressure mea-
• Push-button zero adjust
surement and test instrument. It can
• Max/min memory simultaneously display the output of
• Selectable engineering units two pressure sensors, two RTD’s or
• Variable damping one of each. It offers 12 standard
user selectable engineering units and
• Tare
one custom value. Other dedicated
• Port select front panel buttons make it easy
• Push-to-print to set zero, check max/min values,
• RS232 I/O adjust measurement damping, select
either or both ports for standard
• High static DP capability
display, additive or differential display,
print the display and configure the
OPTIONAL FEATURES RS232 output. All front panel fea-
• Backlit display tures are accessible via the RS232
• Rechargeable battery pack port for remote configuration or data
acquisition.
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Certification Available Accuracies

N.I.S.T. Traceable certification document provided ±0.025, 0.05 or 0.1 % of Span (±0.025 & 0.05%
Dimensions for base display unit and sensor modules not available on 0/10,000 psi range)
7.72 in. (L) x 6 in. (W) x 2.95 in. (H)
PRESSURE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS Compensated Temperature Range
Panel Cutout 20°F to 120°F
5.4 in. x 2.68 in. PPT-1
Temperature Effect
Weight Pressure Types Standard: ±.004% of Span per °F over the
Depending on configuration Gauge, differential and compound compensated range (from reference temperature
Max. <4 lbs. w/2 sensors and battery pack Available Ranges range of 70° ±3°)
Case Material (See Chart) Optional: No additional error due to temperature
High impact ABS Available Accuracies over the compensated range
Sensor Capacity ±0.06 (0/1-0/200 in. H2O), ±0.07 (0/0.25-0/0.5 Repeatability
2 bays for Ashcroft PPT sensors in. H2O) or 0.1% of Span ±0.01% of span
Display Compensated Temperature Range Sensitivity
2 line LCD, 0.38 in. height per line. Can display 20°F to 120°F ±0.002% of span (typical)
simultaneous readings from 2 modules. Temperature Effect Media Compatibility
Options ±.004% of Span per °F over compensated range 0/5-0/10,000 psi ranges: Any medium compatible
Backlit Display (from reference temperature range of 70° ±3°) with 316 SS isolation.
Built-in NiCad Rechargeable Battery Pack Repeatability Optional: Cleaned for Oxygen Service
Handle ±0.01% of span (range 0/1 in. H2O or higher) Overpressure Capability
Panel Mounting Brackets ±0.02% of span (ranges below 0/1 in. H2O) 200% for ranges up to 1000 psi
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS Sensitivity 150% for ranges over 1000 psi
Operating Temperature Range ±0.002% of span (typical) Process Connection
32° to 120°F Media Compatibility Standard: 1/8 NPT female
Clean, dry, non-conductive, non-corrosive gas Optional: 1/8 NPT female with flush port
Storage Temperature Welded VCR fitting with standard
–4° to 158°F Under/Overpressure Capability finish (for ranges up to and including
Update Rate –15 to 50 psi 5000 psi)
130 ms (nominal) with one sensor installed Maximum Static (line) Pressure
Resolution 100 psi
±0.002% of span, 60,000 counts (max) Process Connection
Power Requirements Standard: 1/8 NPT female
Standard: ac adapter provided for 110Vac/60 Hz PPT-2
Available: ac adapter provided for 220Vac/50 Hz Pressure Types
ac adapter provided for 100Vac/60 Hz Gauge, absolute, compound and vacuum
Optional: Built-in rechargeable NiCad Battery
Pack* Available Ranges
*(Life: 25 hours nominal without backlit LCD, 5 hours (See Chart)
nominal with backlit LCD. Activating RS232 results in
approximately 30% reduction in battery life.)

70
Pressure Tester
Model PT, Dual Display
LCD Digital Pressure Indicator
RTD INTERFACE ASSEMBLY STANDARD RANGES

PPT-RT1: Accommodates Pt100, Ni120, Cu120 PPT-2 PPT-1
and other common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes psi in.H2O Other Engineering Units**
(gauge and (gauge/
with resistance outputs of 400 ohms or less.
absolute differential
PPT-RT2: Accommodates Pt1000 and other pressure) pressure)
common 2, 3 or 4 wire probes with resistance
outputs of 4000 ohms or less. 5
10 0.25* psi
Input Receptacle 15 0.5* in.H2O
Accepts TA4F type RTD connector 30 1.0* in.Hg
RTD Probes Available 50 2.0* ftSW
Pt-100 probes, 6˝ or 12˝ length, with or without 60 3.0* bar
100 5.0* mbar
handle. DIN Class A accuracy. Includes mating
150 10* kPa
TA4F connector. Consult factory for details and 15* MPa
availability. 200
250 25* mmHg
300 50* cmH2O
500 100* mmH2O
600 150* kg/cm2
1000 200* User Selectable
1500
2000 **Note: Engineering units
2500 identified above are
3000 accessible through the
5000 unit select feature. How-
6000 ever, readout will default
7500 to the primary unit of
10,000 measure on start-up.
Sensor modules scaled
vacuum
in primary units other
5 than in. H2O (PPT-1) or
Rear view of Model PT 10 psi (PPT-2) are also avail-
with 2 pressure sensors installed 15 able. Consult factory.
compound
±5
±10 ±0.125*
±15 ±0.25*
–15/+30 ±0.5*
–15/+60 ±1.0*
±1.5*
±2.5*
±5.0*
±7.5*
±12.5*
±25.*
±50.*
±75.*
±100.*
TO ORDER
Base Display Unit 4) Type (PPT-1 or PPT-2) RTD Interface Assembly

1) Specify Model: PT 5) Pressure Range and Unit of Measure 9) Type (PPT-RT1 or PPT-RT2)
2) Specify Power Requirements: 110, 220 (see range chart) 10) Probe Type (when required. Consult
or 100Vac 6) Pressure Type (see specifications) factory for probe P/N)
3) Specify Options: (Backlit, NiCad Battery 7) Accuracy (see specifications)
Pack, Handle, Panel Mounting Brackets) 8) Specify Options
a) “zero temperature error over compen-
Sensors sated range” (PPT-2 only)
(Base Display Unit can hold a total of 1 or 2 b) Optional fitting (see specifications)
pressure sensors or RTD interface assemblies c) Clean for Oxygen Service (PPT-2 only)
simultaneously. Sensors and interface assem-
blies will be installed into the base display unit at
the factory.)

71
Volume Controller
Type AVC-1000 & 3000
Ashcroft® precision-pressure pressure. The pressure change gen-

volume controllers provide a quick- erated by a given amount of piston
and-easy method for precisely set- travel is proportional to the change
ting a pressure in a closed pneumatic in volume as compared to the total
system. They are ideal for use with system volume.
Ashcroft test gauges for the calibra- AVC units are available for pres-
tion of other pressure-measurement sures up to 3000 psi. The AVC-1000
and control devices. can be used to set pressures from
The AVC unit consists of a volume vacuum through 1000 psi while the
chamber with an internal piston AVC-3000 can be used for pressures
assembly. The piston seals across from vacuum through 3000 psi.
the diameter of the chamber. Once An integral balance valve provides
the AVC unit is connected to a a means for equalizing pressure on
pneumatic system, the volume of both sides of the piston prior to
the chamber becomes part of the making the final adjustments when
volume of the system. The pressure- setting the pressure. This minimizes
adjust knob at the front of the unit the resistance encountered when
repositions the piston within the repositioning the piston and assures
chamber through interaction with ease of pressure setting, even at
a precision-machined lead screw. 3000 psi. The balance valve also
Piston movement within the chamber serves as a pressure-relief valve,
increases or decreases the volume assuring that the differential pressure
of the system, depending on the across the piston does not reach
direction of movement. In a closed unsafe levels.
system where gas cannot leak out AVC units can also be used without
upon compression or be drawn in a compressed air source for the gen-
upon expansion, this volume change eration of moderate levels of positive
results in a change in the internal pressure and vacuum. The high res-
pressure. Increasing the volume by olution of the AVC, combined with
moving the piston toward the front the ability to generate pressure and
of the AVC unit will decrease the vacuum, make it an ideal tool for low-
pressure. Conversely, decreasing the pressure (below 1 psi) calibration and
volume by moving the piston to-ward test as well as higher pressure cali-
the rear of the unit will increase the bration and test activities.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Type AVC-1000 AVC-3000
Range (psi) vacuum-1000 vacuum-3000
Resolution (psi) 0.00025 0.0005
Volume Change (cubic inches) 3.5 2.5
Mechanical Rotation (turns) 31 61
Proof Pressure (psi) 3000 6000
Burst Pressure (psi) 6000 min 12,000 min
Operating Temperature Range 20-120°F 20-120°F
Operating Media Clean, dry noncorrosive gas such as
compressed air or nitrogen
Construction Aluminum body, stainless steel, brass
Teflon, Delrin and Buna N

72

73
PROCESS
GAUGES
Product Selection Information ..................... 75

Type 1279 Duragauge® Pressure Gauge...... 76
Type 1259 Process Pressure Gauge............. 80
Type 1279, 1379, 1377, 2462
Receiver Gauges ....................................... 81
Range Tables .......................................... 82-83

74

75
Product Selection Information
Process Pressure Gauges
Consult ASME B40.100 for guidance
in gauge selection
Bourdon Tube System

Screws
Dial
Gasket
Window
Rear Cover
Rotary
Gasket Geared
Movement
Phenolic Case Micrometer

Type 1279 Socket O-Ring Pointer Threaded Ring
Duragauge® pressure
gauge shown
WARNING: Pressure gauges should be (450°F (232°C) with silver brazed joints) for Duragauge® PLUS!™ Pressure Gauge: An
selected considering media and ambient short times without rupture, although other exclusive, optional feature provides virtually
operating conditions to prevent misapplica- parts of the gauge will be destroyed and cali- liquid-filled performance in a dry gauge. The
tion. Improper application can be detrimental bration will be lost. For continuous use and PLUS!™ Performance feature is a patented
to the gauge, causing failure and possible for process or ambient tempratures above design incorporated into the industry-standard
personal injury or property damage. The 250°F (121°C), a diaphragm seal and or Ashcroft pressure gauge. PLUS!™ is available
information in this catalog is offered as a capillary or siphon is recommended. Proper in any Duragauge® gauge case style material
guide to assist in making the proper selection selection of the Bourdon system material is or range. Historically, pulsation and vibration
of a pressure gauge. For additional informa- dependent on the process fluid to which the have reduced gauge life and made gauges
tion contact the factory. system will be subjected. If the correct mate- difficult to read. Customers have had no
rial is not available, the use of a diaphragm alternative to liquid-filled gauges to solve
Pressure Ranges: Select a gauge with a full- seal may be necessary to protect the system vibration and pulsation problems, until now!
scale pressure range of approximately twice from the process fluid. Liquid-filled gauges
the normal operating pressure. The maxi- are recommended for the discharge side of Movements: Movements are designed and
mum operating pressure should not exceed positive displacement pumps. materials of construction selected to reduce
75% of the full-scale range. Failure to select friction and extend wear life. The stainless
a gauge within these criteria may ultimately Cases: Various styles and materials are steel movement of the Duragauge® gauge
result in fatigue failure of the Bourdon tube. offered. All Duragauge and Type 1259 gauges is a rotary-geared design with Teflon-coated
are offered standard with solid front cases. wear parts.
Operating Conditions: The operating condi- Solid front cases have a solid wall between
tions to which a gauge will be subjected must the Bourdon tube and the window. Dials: Dials are uniformly graduated and
be considered. If the gauge will be subjected have highly legible black markings. Standard
to severe vibrations or pressure pulsation, Rings: The ring, which retains the window, is dials have a white epoxy coated aluminum
liquid-filling the gauge or the PLUS!™ option threaded, bayonet (cam), or hinged, depend- background. Custom dials are available.
may be necessary to obtain normal product ing upon case type.
life. Other than discoloration of the dial and Windows: The standard is glass (dry gauge)
hardening of the gasketing that may occur Pressure Elements: Available in a wide vari- or acrylic (liquid-filled gauge). Options are
as process temperatures exceed 150°F, non ety of materials, including: brass, phosphor laminated safety glass, nonglare glass or
liquid-filled gauges with glass or acrylic bronze, alloy steel, 316 stainless steel, Monel acrylic.
windows, can withstand continous operating and Inconel. Proper selection of the Bourdon
system material depends upon the process Pointers: Ashcroft process gauges have
temperatures up to 250°F (121°C). Liquid- micrometer adjustable pointers which can be
filled gauges can withstand 200°F (93°C) but fluid to which the system will be subjected. If
the correct material is not available, the use of repositioned without removal.
glycerin fill and acrylic window will tend to
yellow. Accuracy at temperatures above or a diaphragm seal is recommended to protect
below the reference ambient temperature of the system from the process fluid. If the gauge
68°F (20°C) will be affected by approximately is subject to severe vibration or pressure
.4% per 25°F (4°C). Gauges with welded pulsation, a liquid-filled gauge or Duragauge®
joints will withstand 750°F (399°C) PLUS!™ is recommended.

76
Duragauge® Pressure Gauge
Type 1279, ASME B 40.100
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube - See pages 6-7 for details

• Patented Duratube™ with as-welded- - Order as option XLL
tube construction controls stress • Liquid filled case option (Code L)
for longer life • Epoxy-coated system for superior
• “Round Cap Tip” construction corrosion resistance
lowers stresses for longer life
• Easily adjustable, self-locking Type 1279 Duragauge® pressure
micrometer pointer gauge is offered in 41/2˝ phenolic
• Burn-resistant phenol turret case case for superior chemical and heat
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series resistance. Solid-front case design
stainless steel rotary movement with blow-out back for safety. Dry,
for longer life liquid-filled, hermetically sealed,
• PLUS!™ Performance Option: weatherproof or PLUS!™ options avail-
able. Field convertible to liquid-fill
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry
with conversion kit (detailed on page
gauge
247). All case styles provide full tem-
- Minimizes wear from vibration perature compensation.
and pulsations without liquid-filled
headaches
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION STANDARD RANGES

Ordering Bourdon Tube & Tip Material(1) Socket Tube Range Selection NPT Pressure Compound
Code (all joints TIG welded except “A”) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(2) psi psi
Phosphor Bronze 0/15 30 in.Hg/15 psi
A Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed Brass C-Tube 12/1000 1
/4, 1⁄2
0/30 30 in.Hg/30 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
⁄4,1⁄2 0/60 30 in.Hg/60 psi
R 316L stainless steel 1019 steel
Helical 2000/20,000 1
⁄4,1⁄2 0/100 30 in.Hg/100 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
⁄4,1⁄2 0/160 30 in.Hg/150 psi
S(4) 316L stainless steel 316L stainless steel 0/200 30 in.Hg/300 psi
Helical 2000/20,000 1
⁄4,1⁄2
0/300
C-Tube 15/1500 1
⁄4,1⁄2
P K Monel Monel 400 0/400 Vacuum
Helical 2000/30,000 1
⁄4,1⁄2(3) 0/600 30/0 in.Hg
0/800 34/0 ftH2O
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
(2) Other connections available on application. 0/1000
(3) 30,000 psi range supplied with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT optional. 0/1500
(4) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE compliance.
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
NOTE:
0/10,000 Equivalent standard
0/20,000 kg/cm2, and kPa metric
0/30,000 ranges are available.
See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges.
TO ORDER THIS 1279 DURAGAUGE:

Select: 45 1279 SS* 04L XXX 2000#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1279
Ring–threaded reinforced polypropylene
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L), Back (B)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268 (See pages 82 and 83 for additional ranges)
6. Standard pressure range
7. Accessories–see pages 261-266
*
( ) “S” denotes solid front case design

77
Type 1377, ASME B 40.100
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube • Epoxy-coated system for superior

• Patented Duratube™ with as-welded- corrosion resistance
tube construction controls stress
for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction Type 1377 Duragauge® pressure
lowers stresses for longer life gauge is offered in 41/2˝, 6˝ and 81/2˝
• Easily adjustable, self-locking dial sizes.
micrometer pointer Designed for flush mounting, this
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series solid-front gauge is ideal for panel
stainless steel rotary movement board applications. Its black epoxy
for longer life coating and its tough aluminum
weatherproof case easily allow
• PLUS!™ Performance Option:
application in a variety of climatic
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry conditions.
gauge
- Minimizes wear from vibration
and pulsations without liquid-
filled headaches
- Order as option XLL

/4, 1⁄2
0/30 30 in.Hg/30 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/60 30 in.Hg/60 psi
R(4) 316L stainless steel 1018 steel
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/100 30 in.Hg/100 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/160 30 in.Hg/150 psi
S 316L stainless steel 316 stainless steel 0/200 30 in.Hg/300 psi
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2
0/300
C-Tube 15/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2
P(3) K Monel Monel 400 0/400 Vacuum
)
Helical 2000/30,000 1
/4, 1⁄2(5 0/600 30/0 in.Hg
0/800 34/0 ftH2O
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
(3) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for compliance to NACE. 0/1500
(4) “R” Bourdon system not available in 81⁄2˝ dial size.
(5) 30,000 psi range supplied with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT optional. 0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
NOTE:

Select: 45 1377 AS* 04B XXX 2000#
2. Case type–1377
Ring–steel, black enamel finish
*

78
Type 1379, ASME B 40.100

• Patented Duratube™ with as-weld- corrosion resistance
ed-tube construction controls Type 1379 Duragauge® pressure
stress for longer life gauge is offered in 41⁄2,̋ 6˝ and 81⁄2˝
• “Round Cap Tip” construction dials sizes.
lowers stresses for longer life This rugged, solid-front aluminum
• Easily adjustable, self-locking case gauge is tops in its field. It is
micrometer pointer available as a weatherproof hermet-
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series ically sealed or liquid-filled version
stainless steel rotary movement in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes in pressures to
for longer life 30,000 psi. Like the 1279, it can be
• PLUS!™ Performance Option: easily field converted from the weath-
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry erproof version to either the sealed or
gauge liquid-filled version using an optional
- Minimizes wear from vibration and kit. Ranges 50,000, 80,000 and
pulsations without liquid-filled 100,000 psi are available in 6˝
headaches hermetically sealed and liquid-filled
- Order as option XLL cases. All size cases are coated
• Liquid filled case option (Code L) with black epoxy which will withstand
most environmental conditions.
/4, 1⁄2
0/30 30 in.Hg/30 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/60 30 in.Hg/60 psi
R 316L stainless steel(6) 1019 steel
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/100 30 in.Hg/100 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/160 30 in.Hg/150 psi
S 316L stainless steel(7) 316 stainless steel 0/200 30 in.Hg/300 psi
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2
0/300
C-Tube 15/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2
(4)
Helical 2000/30,000 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/600 30/0 in.Hg
WW Inconel 718 316 stainless steel Helical 50/80/100,000(3)(5) ⁄4 high press.
1
0/800 34/0 ftH2O
0/1000
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the (5) Offered hermetically sealed as standard. Liquid fillable
media application table on page 271. optional. 0/1500
(2) Other connections available on application. (6) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE 0/2000
(3) 50,000-100,000 psi available in 6˝ 1379 lower and back compliance.
connection only. (7) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE 0/3000
(4) 30,000 psi offered with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT compliance. 0/5000
optional.
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000
NOTE:
0/50,000
Equivalent standard
0/80,000
kg/cm2, and kPa metric

Select: 45 1379 SS* 04L XXX 100#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝, or 81⁄2˝
2. Case type–1379
*

79
Type 2462, ASME B 40.100

• Patented Duratube™ with as-welded- corrosion resistance
tube construction controls stress
for longer life
• “Round Cap Tip” construction This solid-front gauge is designed
lowers stresses for longer life
for greater readability by using a
• Easily adjustable, self-locking large 6˝ dial and a durable 41⁄2˝
micrometer pointer system. Viewed from the front, it
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series appears to be a 6˝ gauge. Its glass-
stainless steel rotary movement filled polypropylene case is highly
for longer life impact resistant and holds up well
• PLUS!™ Performance Option: in most environments. This general-
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry purpose gauge offers truly functional
gauge styling and economy. The result is a
- Minimizes wear from vibration and gauge that will fit most applications
pulsations without liquid-filled at a price that represents outstanding
headaches value.

/4, 1⁄2
0/30 30 in.Hg/30 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, ⁄2
1
R 316L stainless steel 1018 steel 0/60 30 in.Hg/60 psi
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/100 30 in.Hg/100 psi
C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/160 30 in.Hg/150 psi
S 316L stainless steel(4) 316 stainless steel
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/200 30 in.Hg/300 psi
0/300
C-Tube 15/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2
Helical 2000/30,000 1
/4, 1⁄2(3)
0/600 30/0 in.Hg
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271. 0/800 34/0 ftH2O
(3) 30,000 psi range supplied with 1⁄4 high pressure connection, 1⁄2 NPT optional.
(4) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for NACE compliance.
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
NOTE:

Select: 45 2462 RS* 04L XXX 1000#
2. Case type–2462
*

80
Process Pressure Gauge
Type 1259, ASME B 40.100
• Solid front safety case The Type 1259 process gauge is

• Accuracy complies with offered with an as-welded Bourdon
ASME B 40.100 Grade 2A tube to ensure safety and a longer
(±0.5% of span) life than competitive gauges. Meeting
• As-welded Bourdon Tube for safety ASME B40.100, the Type 1259 pro-
and longer life cess gauge has been engineered to
• Easily adjustable, self-locking meet marketplace requirements.
micrometer pointer
• Adjustable movement
• Ranges: vac to 20,000 psi
• Date coded socket to ensure
pedigree
• Wetted part material printed
on dial
• Liquid filled case option (Code L)

C-Tube 12/1500 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/15 30 in.Hg/15 psi
S 316L stainless steel 316 stainless steel 0/30 30 in.Hg/30 psi
Helical 2000/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2
0/60 30 in.Hg/60 psi
C-Tube 12/1000 1
/4, 1⁄2
P Monel Monel 0/100 30 in.Hg/100 psi
Helical 1500/20,000 1
/4, 1⁄2 0/160 30 in.Hg/150 psi
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271. 0/200 30 in.Hg/300 psi
(3) See Ashcroft product information page ASH/PI-60C for compliance to NACE.
0/400 Vacuum
0/600 30/0 in.Hg
0/800 34/0 ftH2O
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000 NOTE:
0/5000 Equivalent standard
0/10,000
kg/cm2, and kPa metric
ranges are available.
0/20,000
TO ORDER THIS 1259 PROCESS GAUGE:

Select: 45 1259 SD 04L XXX 1000#
2. Case type–1259
4. Connection–1⁄4 NPT (02), 1⁄2 NPT (04), Lower (L)
5. Optional features–see page 267-268

81
Receiver Gauge Types 1279, 1379,
1377 & 2462, ASME B 40.100
• 4 1/2˝ full-size Bourdon tube Ashcroft® receiver gauges are

• Patented Duratube™ with as-welded- used in conjuction with pneu-
tube construction controls stress matic transmitters to indicate
for longer life pressure, temperature, flow or
• “Round Cap Tip” construction other process parameters that
lowers stresses for longer life can be transmitted by proportional
• Easily adjustable, self-locking variations in air pressure.
micrometer pointer Available in standard transmitter-
• Exclusive Teflon coated 400 series output air pressure ranges of 3-15
stainless steel rotary movement and 3-27 psi.
for longer life
• Epoxy-coated system for superior
corrosion resistance
Type 1279
GAUGE TYPE CASE/RING SYSTEM RANGE NPT

DIAL SIZES POINTER MOVEMENT ACCURACY
NUMBER MATERIAL ASSEMBLY psi CONN.
Case
1279AS-XPR 41⁄2 Phenolic, black
Ring
Polypropylene, threaded, black
Case
1377AS-XPR 41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2 Aluminum, black epoxy
Ring Phosphor
Rotary geared, ASME
Hinged, steel, black bronze 3-15 Black, stainless steel, B 40.1
1
⁄2
Case Bourdon tube, and micrometer Teflon® coated Grade 2A
Aluminum, black epoxy brass socket; 3-27 adjustable pinion gear and (1⁄4 Opt) (±0.5%
1379AS-XPR 41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2 Ring (316 stainless segment shaft of span)
Threaded polypropylene 41⁄2, 6 steel optional)
Hinged, steel, black 81⁄2
Case
2462AS-XPR 6 Polypropylene, black
Ring
Polypropylene, bayonet lock, black
GAUGE TYPE NUMBER DIAL SIZES CONNECTION LOCATION MOUNTING TYPE MOUNTING METHOD MOUNTING METHOD CODE
Lower/Back Stem/Surface — —
1279AS-XPR 4 ⁄2
1
Back Flush 1278M Ring —
Back Flush — —
1377AS-XPR 41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2
Lower/Back Stem/Surface — —
Back Flush 41⁄2 & 6, 1278M Ring – 81⁄2, Wide Ring std. —
1379AS-XPR 41⁄2, 6, 81⁄2
Lower/Back Stem — —
Lower/Back Surface Surface mounting ring XBF
2462AS-XPR 6
Back Flush Flush mounting bracket XBQ
TO ORDER THESE TYPES 1279/1379/1377/2462 RECEIVER GAUGES:

Select: 45 1279 AS 04 L XPR 3-15 psi
1. Dial size
2. Case type
3. Tube & socket material
4. Connection size, 1⁄4 (02), or 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location, (L–Lower), (B–Back)
6. Optional features (XPR always appears in code for receiver gauge)
7. Range of transmitted signal (also specify the scale to be shown on the dial face)

82
Range Tables
STANDARD RANGES METRIC RANGES

Pressure – psi Pressure –kg/cm2 and bar
Range Figure interval Minor graduation Range Figure Minor Outer scale
interval graduation in psi
0/15 1 0.1
0/30 5 0.2 0/1 0.1 0.01 0/14
0/60 5 0.5 0/1.6 0.2 0.02 0/22
0/100 10 1 0/2.5 0.5 0.02 0/35
0/160 20 2 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/55
0/200 20 2 0/6 0.5 0.05 0/85
0/300 50 2 0/10 1 0.1 0/140
0/400 50 5 0/16 2 0.2 0/220
0/600 50 5 0/25 5 0.2 0/350
0/800 100 10 0/40 5 0.5 0/550
0/1000 100 10 0/60 5 0.5 0/850
0/1500 200 20 0/100 10 1 0/1400
0/2000 200 20 0/160 20 2 0/2200
0/3000 500 20 0/250 50 2 0/3500
0/5000 500 50 0/400 50 5 0/5500
0/6000 500 50 0/600 50 5 0/8500
0/10,000 1000 100 0/1000 100 10 0/14,000
0/20,000 2000 200 0/1600 200 20 0/22,000
0/30,000 5000 200 0/2500 500 20 0/35,000
0/50,000 5000 500 0/4000 500 50 0/55,000
0/80,000 10,000 1000 0/6000 1000 50 0/85,000
0/100,000 10,000 1000 Compound – kg/cm2 and bar
Compound Range Figure Minor Outer scale
interval graduation in psi
Range Figure interval Minor graduation
–1/0/1.5 0.2 0.02 30˝ Hg/20
in Hg psi in Hg psi
–1/0/3 0.5 0.05 30˝ Hg/40
30˝ Hg/15 psi 5 3 0.5 0.2 –1/0/5 0.5 0.05 30˝ Hg/70
30˝ Hg/30 psi 10 5 1 0.5 –1/0/9 1 0.01 30˝ Hg/125
30˝ Hg/60 psi 10 10 1 1 –1/0/15 2 0.02 30˝ Hg/215
30˝ Hg/100 psi 10 10 2 1 –1/0/24 5 0.02 30˝ Hg/340
30˝ Hg/150 psi 10 20 5 2
30˝ Hg/200 psi 30 20 5 2 Vacuum – kg/cm2 and bar
30˝ Hg/300 psi 30 50 5 2 Range Figure Minor Outer scale
30˝ Hg/400 psi 30 50 5 5 interval graduation
30˝ Hg/500 psi 30 50 5 5 –1/0 0.1 0.01 30˝ Hg
30˝ Hg/600 psi 30 50 10 5
Combination
Range Figure interval Minor graduation Graduations and figure intervals
inner–psi outer–ft H2O psi ft H2O psi ft H2O
0/15 0/34 3 5 0.5 0.5 All Ashcroft® dials have various total graduation marks,
0/30 0/70 5 10 0.5 1 figure intervals and minor graduations. Standard dual scale
0/60 0/140 5 20 0.5 5 metric ranges have a dominant metric inner scale. The outer
0/100 0/230 10 20 1 2 scale is specified in psi. Some examples are shown. Dura-
0/160 0/370 20 50 2 5 gauge gauges are made in accordance with ASME B40.1
0/200 0/460 20 50 5 5
0/300 0/690 25 100 5 10 entitled, “Gauges, Pressure, Indicating Dial Type – Elastic
Element,” Accuracy grade 2A (±0.5% of span).
Vacuum
30/0 in. Hg 5 in 0.2 in Minor Graduation Figure Intervals
34/0 ft H2O 5 ft 0.5 ft
Retard
0/15 psi retard to 30 psi 1 psi-30 psi 0.25 psi-5 psi
30˝ Hg vac/75 psi 5˝ Hg/15 psi-150 psi 1˝ Hg/1 psi-5psi
retard to 150 psi
10˝ Hg vac/5 psi 2˝ Hg/1 psi 0.2˝ Hg/0.1 psi
retard to 30˝ Hg vac 30˝ Hg 5˝ Hg
Total Graduation
retard to 30 psi 30 psi 5 psi

83
Range Tables
METRIC RANGES RECEIVER GAUGE

Pressure – (kPa) kilopascal These ranges apply to any unit of pressure, temperature,
Figure Minor Outer scale
liquid level, flow, or other value specified. Units in psi pres-
Range
interval graduation in psi sure will be denoted on the dial unless specified. Available
0/100 10 1 0/14 with input ranges of 3-15 psi or 3-27 psi.
0/160 20 2 0/22
0/250 50 2 0/35 Receiver Gauge Ranges
0/400 50 5 0/55
0/1 0/75 30/80 100/600
0/600 50 5 0/85
0/2 0/80 5/110 200/700
0/1000 100 10 0/140
0/3 0/85 20/120 100/800
0/1600 200 20 0/220
0/4 0/90 40/120 200/800
0/2500 500 20 0/350
0/5 0/95 20/150 300/800
0/4000 500 50 0/550
0/6 0/100 30/150 400/800
0/6000 500 50 0/850
0/7 0/120 40/150 450/800
0/10,000 1000 100 0/1400
0/8 0/140 50/150 500/800
0/16,000 2000 200 0/2200
0/9 0/160 30/180 650/800
0/25,000 5000 200 0/3500
0/10 0/180 130/180 200/900
0/40,000 5000 500 0/5500
0/11 0/200 100/200 400/900
0/60,000 5000 500 0/8500
0/12 0/250 20/220 700/900
0/100,000 10,000 1000 0/14,000
0/14 0/300 40/220 200/1000
0/160,000 20,000 2000 0/22,000
0/15 0/350 30/240 400/1000
0/250,000 50,000 2000 0/35,000*
0/16 0/400 100/240 500/1000
0/400,000 50,000 5000 0/55,000*
0/17 0/500 30/250 600/1000
Compound – (kPa) kilopascal 0/18 0/600 50/250 800/1000
Figure Minor Outer scale 0/19 0/700 100/250 200/1100
Range
interval graduation in psi 0/20 0/760 30/300 400/1200
–100/0/150 50 5 30˝ Hg/20 0/21 0/800 50/300 500/1200
–100/0/300 50 5 30˝ Hg/40 0/25 0/900 80/300 600/1200
–100/0/500 50 10 30˝ Hg/70 0/26 0/1000 100/300 1000/1500
–100/0/900 100 10 30˝ Hg/125 0/28 0/1500 50/350 300/1600
–100/0/1500 200 20 30˝ Hg/215 0/30 0/2000 80/350 1000/1600
–100/0/2400 500 20 30˝ Hg/340 0/35 0/3000 150/350 600/1800
0/40 0/4000 100/400 900/1800
Vacuum – (kPa) kilopascal 0/45 0/5000 150/400 1200/1800
Range Figure Minor Outer scale 0/50 0/10,000 50/500 700/2000
interval graduation 0/55 0/15,000 100/500 1000/2500
–100/0 10 1 30˝ Hg 0/60 0/20,000 200/500 1500/2500
0/65 0/30,000 300/500 900/3000
0/70 0/50,000 200/700 1500/3000
Square Root Ranges
0/5 0/70 0/300 0/1500
0/10 0/80 0/350 0/2000
The accuracy of a retard range gauge applies only to the 0/15 0/90 0/400 0/3000
expanded portion of the scale. The error in the compressed 0/20 0/100 0/500 0/4000
0/25 0/125 0/600 0/5000
portion is –10% to +20% of the span. Maximum pressure 0/30 0/150 0/700 0/10,000
at which a gauge is continually operated should not exceed 0/40 0/175 0/800
75% of full scale range. Consult inside sales in Stratford, CT 0/50 0/200 0/900
for non-standard dials. 0/60 0/250 0/1000
Compound Ranges
30˝ Hg/0/15 psi
30˝ Hg/0/30 psi
30˝ Hg/0/60 psi
30˝ Hg/0/100 psi
30˝ Hg/0/150 psi
30˝ Hg/0/500 psi
30˝ Hg/0/800 psi

84

PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
85
STAINLESS
PROCESS GAUGES STEEL
CASE
INDUSTRIAL GAUGESGAUGES &
INDUSTRIAL
GAUGES
STAINLESS STEEL CASE GAUGES
ASME B40.100 Grade 1A (±1.0% of span)
SANITARY GAUGES
ASME B40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
ASME B40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
ASME B40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
TEST INSTRUMENTS
Product Selection ........................................ 87
Type 5500 & 6500 Stainless Steel Case ...... 88
DIAPHRAGM SEALS/INSTRUMENT ISOLATORS
Type 1008 40/50 mm Gauges ...................... 89
Type 1008S 63/100 mm Gauges ................. 90
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
Type 1008S/SL 63/100 mm
Back Connect Gauges ............................ 91
Type 2008S/SL 63 mm
Back Connect Gauges ............................ 92
SPECIALType
APPLICATION COMMERCIAL GAUGES
1009 Center Back Connect
Duralife® Gauges ................................... 93
PRESSURE 1009
Type TRANSDUCERS/TRANSMITTERS
41/2˝ and 6˝ Gauges .................... 94
Type 1109 41/2˝ Gauges ............................... 95
Type 1009, 1010, 1017 & 1220
TEMPERATUREHydraulicINSTRUMENTS
Gauges................................... 96
Type 1009, 1010, 1017 & 1220
Receiver Gauges.................................... 97
BIMETALTypeTHERMOMETERS
1009, 1010, 1017 & 1220
Refrigeration and Ammonia Gauges ..... 98
Type 2074, 2174, 2274
DIRECT-READING THERMOMETERS
Digital Industrial Gauges ....................... 99
Type 1010 General Service Gauge ..............100
HANDHELD THERMOMETERS
Type 1020S Christmas Tree Gauge .............103
REMOTE-READING GAS THERMOMETERS
Type 1038, 1339 Duplex Gauges .................104
Type 1125, 1125A DP Gauges .....................105
Type 1127/1128 DP Gauges ........................106
REMOTE-READING
Type 1130 DP GaugesVAPOR THERMOMETERS
.................................107
Type 1131 DP Gauges .................................108
Type 1132 DP Gauges .................................109
DIGITALType
THERMOMETERS
1133 DP Gauges .................................110
Type 1134 DP Gauges .................................111
Type 5503 DP Gauges .................................112
TEMPERATURE REGULATORS
Type 5509 DP Gauges .................................113
Type 1150H, 1122 Special Application
Gauges ...................................................114
THERMOWELLS
Type 1187, 1188 & 1189 Low Pressure
Bellows Gauges .....................................115
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
Type 1490 Low Pressure SWITCHES
Diaphragm Gauge ..................................116
Type 1495 Receiver Diaphragm Gauge .......117
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Type DG25 All Purpose Digital Gauge ..........118
TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
ACCESSORIES & OPTIONS

APPLICATION DATA
86

87
Stainless Steel Case Pressure Gauges
21/2˝ 1009SW Shown
Consult ASME B40.100 for guidance in with polycarbonate windows, can with- pulsation, a liquid-filled gauge or PLUS!™
gauge selection stand continuous operating temperatures is recommended.
up to 200°F (93°C). Liquid-filled gauges Cases:
WARNING: To prevent misapplication, can withstand 150°F (65°C) but glycerin Ashcroft® stainless steel case gauges
pressure gauges should be selected fill or polycarbonate window will tend to have 304 stainless steel cases. The 21⁄2˝,
considering media and ambient operating yellow. Accuracy at temperatures above 31⁄2˝, 1009 and the 63mm and 100mm
conditions. Improper application can be or below the reference ambient tem- 1008 are field liquid fillable. The plug used
detrimental to the gauge, causing failure perature of 68°F (20°C) will be affected on these gauges allows the user to vent a
and possible personal injury or property by approximately .4% per 25°F (4°C). gauge should it be necessary.
damage. The information contained Gauges with welded joints will withstand
in this catalog is offered as a guide to Rings:
750°F (450°F (232°C) with silver brazed The ring, (bezel) is either a crimped
assist in making the proper selection of joints) for short times without rupture,
a pressure gauge. Additional information design (1008) or bayonet (cam) design
although other parts of the gauge will be (1009).
is available from Ashcroft Inc. or www. destroyed and calibration will be lost. For
ashcroft.com. continuous use and for process or ambi- Movements:
Pressure Ranges: ent temperatures above 250°F (121°C), a Movements are designed and materials
As recommended by ASME B40.100, diaphragm seal and or capillary or siphon of construction selected to reduce friction
select a gauge with a full scale pressure is recommended. and extend wear life.
range of approximately twice the normal Proper selection of the Bourdon system Dials:
operating pressure. The maximum oper- material is dependent on the process fluid Dials are uniformly graduated and have
ating pressure should not exceed approxi- to which the system will be subjected. If highly legible black markings. All gauges
mately 75% of the full scale range. Failure the correct material is not available, the have a white epoxy coated background
to select a gauge range within these crite- use of a diaphragm seal may be necessary dial with black markings.
ria may ultimately result in fatigue failure to protect the system from the process Windows:
of the Bourdon tube. fluid. Liquid filled gauges with throttle Depending on the size and type, Ashcroft®
Operating Conditions: plugs are recommended for the discharge stainless steel case gauges are available
The operating conditions to which a side of positive displacement pumps. with polycarbonate, acrylic, shatterproof
gauge will be subjected must be consid- Pressure Elements: glass or glass windows. In the 21/2 and
ered. If the gauge will be subjected to Available in a wide variety of materials, 31/2 63 and 100mm 1009/1008 gauge
severe vibration or pressure pulsation, depending on dial size, including: brass, the windows have a design that uses an
liquid filling the gauge or selecting the Phosphor bronze, alloy steel, 316 stain- O-ring in a groove in the window to seal
patented Ashcroft Performance PLUS!™ less steel, Monel. Proper selection of the the gauge. This prevents leaks for liquid
as well as various throttling and pulsa- Bourdon system material depends upon filled gauges.
tion devices will be necessary to obtain the process fluid to which the system will Pointers:
normal product life. be subjected. If the correct material is Depending on the type, Ashcroft® stain-
Other than discoloration of the window not available, the use of a diaphragm seal less steel gauges are available with
and dial and hardening of the gasketing is recommended to protect the system
adjustable or fixed pointers.
that may occur as process temperatures from the process fluid. If The gauge is
exceed 150°F, non liquid-filled gauges subject to severe vibration or pressure

88
Stainless Steel-Case Gauges
Type T5500 & T6500
EN 837-1 Class 1
• Meets EN 837-1 The Ashcroft® T5500 and T6500

• Open or solid front design product line offers either open or solid
front design depending on your safety
• Dry, liquid filled or PLUS!™ requirements.
Performance option. Available are 100 or 160mm case
• 100mm or 160mm case size sizes, stainless steel or Monel wetted
sytems, psi or metric pressure ranges.
• Protection IP65. Industries served include chemical, T6500
• Optional ATEX approval petrochemical, power, machine, pulp,
II 2 GDc. paper, food and beverage applications.
• Monel wetted system optional
T5500
• Overload protection 130%
• Optional electrical contacts
SPECIFICATIONS
Model No.: T5500/T6500 Dial: Aluminum, white background, Weight T5500: 100mm 2 lbs
Accuracy: Standard: Class 1, EN B37-1 1% black figures and intervals. (dry/filled) kg: 160mm 4 lbs
full scale Pointer: Standard: aluminum black T6500: 100mm 2 lbs
Optional: 1⁄2% full scale Optional: adjustable micrometer, 160mm 4 lbs
Ranges: Vacuum, compound, pressure red set hand, maximum pointer Mounting: Standard: stem
psi: –30in. Hg–0, 0-36,000 Movement: 304/303 stainless steel Optional: flush or surface
bar: –1-0, 0-2500 Bourdon Tube
Dial Size: 100mm or 160mm diameter and Socket: Standard: 316L stainless steel OPTIONAL FEATURES
Case Material: 304 stainless steel, Optional: Monel
Fill: L-Glycerin-Standard
316 stainless steel optional Connection Size: ¼ NPT male, ½ NPT male
G ¼ B male, G ½ B male XGV-Silicone-Optional
Case Style: T5500: open front, cylindrical XGX-Halocarbon-Optional
case, rear blowout disk Connection
Location: T5500: Lower or back PLUS!
T6500: solid front, cylindrical Performance: XLL
case, rear blowout back T6500: Lower only
Weather Shatter Proof
Ring: 304 stainless steel Glass Window: XSG
316 stainless steel optional Protection: IP54: Dry case
IP65: Liquid filled or Acrylic Window: XPD
Window: T5500: Standard: glass, hermetically sealed case
Optional: laminated- Set Hand: XSH
safety glass or acrylic Temperature: Ambient: –40-200°F Maximum
Process: Max. 200°F dry Pointer: XEP
T6500: Standard: laminated Max. 100°C liquid filled
safety glass
Optional: acrylic Storage: –40-60°C
TO ORDER THIS T5500/T6500 PRESSURE GAUGE:

Dial System Case Process Connection Range Engineering
Size Type Material Type Connection Location psi Unit(1) Fill(2) Options
10 T5500 (S) 316L SS (D) Dry (02) 1/4 NPT male (L) Lower 0/15 psi (GV) Siliconeww (YW) Case Material 316L
100mm T6500 (P) Monel 400 (L) Liquid (04) 1/2 NPT male (B) Back 0/30 BAR (GX) Halocarbon (NH) Wire Tag
16 (13) G 1/4 NPT B male 0/60 ww (TU) Throttle Plug SS
160mm (15) G 1/2 NPT B male 0/100 (6B) Oxygen Cleaned
0/160 (MP) Micrometer Pointer
0/200 (PD) Acrylic Glass
0/300 (SG) Safety Glass
0/400 (FX) Front Flange
0/600 (FW) Back Flange
0/800 (UF) U-Clamp
0/1000 (LJ) Field Fillable
0/1500 (AJ) Calibration 0.5% F.S.
0/2000 (LL) PLUS! Performance
0/3000 Silicone Free
0/5000 (1) Others on application (AT4) Atex Listed, T4
0/6000 (2) Glycerin fill standard when
(AT5) Atex Listed, T5
0/10,000 liquid filled gauge is specified. (AT6) Atex Listed, T6
0/20,000

89
Stainless Steel-Case Gauges
Type 1008, ASME B40.100
Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
• 40mm and 50mm sizes Ashcroft® 40mm and 50mm all

stainless steel pressure gauges
• All-stainless steel construction
help to complete our full-line product
• Dry or liquid-filled versions offering of stainless steel gauges
with dial sizes from 40mm to 100mm.
• Lower or centerback connections
These smaller size gauges are used
• Glass window standard whenever space limitations and atmo-
spheric and process corrosion exist.
• Front flange or U-clamp available
for panel mounting
• FlutterGuard™ liquid free
performance available
• RoHS compliant
STANDARD RANGES SPECIFICATIONS

Pressure Ranges – Single Scale Dial size: 40mm (11 ⁄ 2˝ ) and 50mm (2˝ )
psi kg/cm2 kPa Accuracy: ASME B40.100 Grade B
0/15 0-1 0-100 (±3-2-3% of span)
0/30 0-2 0-200 Case: 304 stainless steel with 304
0/60 0-2.5 0-250 stainless steel polished ring
0/100 0-4 0-400
0/160 0-6 0-600 Bourdon Tube
and Socket: 316 stainless steel
0/200 0-10 0-1000
0/300 0-16 0-2000 Movement: Stainless steel
0/400 0-25 0-2500 Standard
0/600 0-40 0-4000 connections: 1
⁄ 8 NPT standard for 40mm,
0/800 0-60 0-6000 1
⁄4 NPT standard for 50mm
0/1000 0-100 0-10,000
0/1500 0-160 0-20,000 Non-Standard
connections: 1
⁄ 8 NPT for 50mm
0/2000 0-250 0-25,000 1
⁄4 NPT for 40mm dry
0/3000 lower only
0/5000
0/10,000 Dial: Aluminum, white background
0/15,000 with black markings.
Pressure range: Vac. through
Compound Ranges – Single Scale 15,000 psi including compound
psi kg/cm2 kPa Pointer: Aluminum
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1 –100/0/100
30 in.Hg/30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300 Window: Glass (dry and liquid filled)
30 in.Hg/60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg/150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/25 –100/0/2500
Vacuum Ranges – Single Scale
psi kg/cm2
30/0 in.Hg –1/0
TO ORDER THIS 1008 PRESSURE GAUGE:

Select: 40 1008 S (L) 01L 1000#
1. Dial size–40mm or 50mm
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material
4. Liquid filled (glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Center Back (B)

90
Stainless Steel-Case Gauge
Type 1008S, 1.6% F.S.
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement Available in 63mm and 100mm dials

isolates movement from shock and sizes, 1008S pressure gauges are
vibration for longer life field liquid fillable and field convertible
• All stainless, all-welded construc- for panel mounting. The gauge is avail-
tion for long life able dry, liquid-filled weatherproof or
• PLUS!™ Performance Option: hermetically sealed with PLUS!™ per-
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry formance option. 63mm can be sup-
gauge (option XLL) plied to EN 837 standard with “XER”
- Reduces wear from vibration variation.
and pulsations without liquid-fill
headaches
• True Zero™ pointer indication – no
stop pin to mask false zero reading
– ensures safety and process control
• RoHS compliant
STANDARD RANGES DUAL-SCALE AMMONIA RANGES

Single-Scale Dial Dual-Scale Dial Compound in Hg/psi °F Outer Arc
psi psi Inner Arc kPa Outer Arc Vac/150 –40/84°F
0/15 0/15 0/100 Vac/300 –40/125°F
0/30 0/30 0/200
0/60 0/60 0/400
0/100 0/100 0/700
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
0/160 0/160 0/1100
Ordering Bourdon Tube Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
0/200 0/200 0/1400
Code & Tip Material(1) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(3)
0/300 0/300 0/2000
0/400 0/400 0/2800 S 316L stainless steel 316L stainless steel C-Tube Vac/800 ⁄8 , 1⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
1
0/600 0/600 0/4000 S 316L stainless steel 316L stainless steel Helical 1000/15,000 ⁄8 , 1⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
1
0/1000 0/1000 0/7000 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
0/1500 0/1500 0/10,000 (2) 1⁄2 NPT available 100mm lower only.
(3) 1⁄4" JIS, BSP or DIN threads available on application.
0/2000 0/2000 0/14,000
0/3000 0/3000 0/20,000
0/5000 0/5000 0/34,000
0/6000 0/6000 0/40,000
0/7500 0/7500 0/50,000
0/10,000 0/10,000 0/70,000
0/15,000 0/15,000 0/100,000
Vacuum in.Hg in.Hg Vacuum
30/0 30/0 –100/0
Comp. in.Hg/psi in.Hg/psi kPa
30/15 30/15 –100/100
30/30 30/30 –100/200
30/60 30/60 –100/400
30/100 30/100 –100/700
30/150 30/150 –100/1000
30/300 30/300 –100/2000
Other ranges available. Contact factory direct or through Ashcroft.com.

Select: 63 1008 S (L) 02L XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–63mm or 100mm
2. Case type–1008
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
6. Connection location–Lower (L), Lower Back (B)
7. Optional Features–see page 267-268

91
Type 1008S/SL, ASME B40.100
Center Back Design
• ASME 3-2-3% grade B accuracy Available in 63mm and 100mm dial

• True Zero™ pointer indication – no sizes, 1008S/SL are center back
stop pin to mask false zero reading connection pressure gauges, field
– ensures safety and process control liquid fillable and field convertible for
• RoHS compliant panel mounting. ASME Grade B,
3-2-3% accuracy is standard. The
gauge is available dry, liquid-filled
weatherproof or hermetically sealed.
option.
100 mm back connection
63 mm back connection
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD RANGES
Ashcroft psi
Type No.: 1008S
0/30
Sizes: 63mm, 100mm
Case: 304SS 0/60
63 mm U-clamp
Ring: 304SS crimped 0/100 kit #101A164-01
Window: Polycarbonate 0/200
Dial: Black figures on white background, 0/300
aluminum 0/400
Pointer: Black, aluminum 0/600
Bourdon Tube: 316 SS Bourdon tube and socket TIG 0/1000 63 mm U-clamp
welded.
Throttle plug standard for all liquid filled 0/2000
gauges. Also on dry gauges above 0/3000
1000 psi. 0/5000
Socket: 316 SS, Buna-N O-ring seal
These ranges are in stock.
Movement: Stainless steel, gear type. Other ranges available on application up to 20,000 psi 63 mm retrofit kit with spacer
Mounting: Stem mounting or panel mounting with flange kit #101A140-06
U-Clamp or Front Flange.
All gauges have rear weld nuts for
U-clamp mounting.
Connections: 1
⁄4 NPT center back
Ranges: From Vac-10,000 psi and compound
Accuracy: ASME 3-2-3% grade B
63 mm retrofit kit
Fill Plug: Buna-N ventable design
Protection: Nema 4X / IP65 plug sealed
Nema 3 / IP54 plug vented
Ambient
Temperature: –20°F to 200°F dry
+20°F to 150°F glycerin filled(based on
standard polycarbonate window)
63 mm front flange kit
OPTIONAL FEATURES #101A164-13 push on flange
Liquid fill: Glycerin
Mounting: - Flush panel mounting 3 hole flange
- Panel mounting clamps
- Retrofit kit for oversized panel holes.
Includes U-clamp and spacer flange.

Select: 63 1008 S (L) 02C 100#
1. Dial size–63mm (63) or 100mm (10)
2. Case type–1008
3. Tube and socket material–316 SS
5. Connection size– 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Center Back (C)
7. Pressure Range–0/100 psi

92
Type 2008S/SL 63mm Panel Gauge
EN 837-1, 1.6% accuracy
• EN837-1 1.6% accuracy The 2008S utilizes many of the

• True Zero™ pointer indication – no features of the Ashcroft Duralife®
stop pin to mask false zero reading 1009 and 1008S pressure gauges
– ensures safety and process control including the patented PowerFlex™
• RoHS compliant spring suspended movement design
• Welded Flange to prevent wear from vibration and
pulsation; True Zero™ to indicate
• PowerFlex™ movement isolates
movement from shock and vibra- actual zero pressure without the
tion for longer life use of a dial pin installed at “0”; and
special laser welding procedures that
• MSL helium leak tested to
1X10 -6 ATM -cc/sec ensure system leak integrity.
You can also request our PLUS!™
• PLUS!™ Performance (XLL) Performance option on the 2008S
Ashcroft offers the 2008S stainless panel gauges for liquid-filled gauge
steel panel gauge to panel builders performance without the concerns of
in the oil and gas industry, as well as temperature error and possible leaks
food and pharmaceutical, where per- sometimes associated with liquid
formance, longevity, and appearance filled gauges. Just ask for “XLL.”
are critical requirements. The welded 63mm panel mount
flange makes for easy panel instal-
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS lation for new installations or on any STANDARD RANGES
Ashcroft retrofit of an Ashcroft or other brand psi
Type No.: 2008S 0/15
Sizes: 63mm
panel gauge.
0/30
Case: 304SS
0/60
Ring: 304SS crimped
0/100
Window: Polycarbonate OPTIONAL FEATURES
Dial: Black figures on white background, 0/200
Liquid fill: Glycerin, silicone, halocarbon (includes
aluminum throttle plug) 0/300
Pointer: Friction adjust, black, aluminum Dampening: PLUS! Performance (LL) 0/400
Bourdon Tube: 316L stainless steel C-shaped (vacuum- (includes throttle plug) 0/600
600 psi and compound). Accuracy: 1% full scale (XAN) 0/1000
Helical (1000 psi-15,000 psi) ASME
0/2000
Socket: 316L stainless steel
0/3000
Movement: 300 series stainless steel, PowerFlex,
polyester segment, overload/underload 0/5000
stops 0/10,000
Connections: 1
⁄4 NPT lower back with four 7/16˝ wrench 0/15,000
flats
30˝ Hg vac
Ranges: Vac-15,000 psi and compound Compound ranges
Accuracy: 1.6% full scale Also supplied in single and dual scale ranges including
Fill Plug: Ventable and offset for ease of bar, kPa, and kg/cm2.
installation
Protection: Nema 4X / IP65 plug sealed
Nema 3 / IP54 plug vented
Ambient
Temperature: –40°F to 200°F dry
+20°F to 150°F glycerin filled
Limitations: –40°F to 150°F silicone filled

Select: 63 2008 S (L) 02B 100#
1. Dial size–63mm (63)
2. Case type–2008
3. Tube and socket material–316 SS
5. Connection size– 1⁄4 (02)
6. Connection location–Lower Back (B)
7. Pressure Range–0/100 psi

93
Duralife® Stainless Steel Case Gauge
Type 1009, ASME B40.100
Grade 1A (±1% of span)
21/2˝ and 31/2˝ Dial
DESIGNED FOR SAFETY AND • True Zero™ pointer indication –

LONGER LIFE no stop pin to mask false zero
• 5-year limited warranty of pressure reading – ensures safety and
system process control
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement • PLUS!™ Performance Option:
isolates movement from shock and - Liquid-filled performance in a dry
vibration for longer life gauge
• All stainless, all-welded construc- - Fights vibration and pulsations
tion for long life without liquid-fill headaches
• ASME Grade 1A, 1% accuracy full - Order as option XLL
scale
- 1/4˝ & 63mm tubing connection
OTHER FEATURES:
The following Table is not for conversion purposes.
STANDARD RANGES (3)(4)(5)
Available in 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ dial sizes,
Duralife® pressure gauges are liquid
Pressure
psi kg/cm2 - bar kPa fillable and field convertible for panel
0/15 0/1 0/100
mounting. Both zero and span adjust- sealed with PLUS!™ Performance
0/30 ments are standard. option. A five year limited warranty is
0/1.6 0/160
0/60 The gauge is available dry, liquid- standard with the Type 1009 Duralife®
0/2.5 0/250 filled weatherproof or hermetically gauge (on the pressure system).
0/100
0/160 0/4 0/400
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
0/200 0/6 0/600
Ordering Bourdon Tube Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
0/300
0/10 0/1000 Code & Tip Material(1) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(6)
0/400
0/16 0/1600 AW 316L stainless steel Bronze C-Tube Vac/600 ⁄4
1
0/600
0/800 0/25 0/2500 AW 316L stainless steel Bronze Helical 1000 ⁄4
1
0/1000 0/40 0/4000 SW 316L stainless steel 316L stainless steel C-Tube Vac/600 ⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
1
0/1500 SW 316L stainless steel 316L stainless steel Helical 800/15,000 ⁄4 & 1⁄2(2)
1
0/60 0/6000
0/2000
0/3000 0/100 0/10,000 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the (4) Dual-scale dials will be supplied with standard metric inner
media application table on page 271. scale and equivalent psi outer scale or with standard psi inner
0/4000 0/160 0/16,000 (2) 1⁄2 NPT available 31⁄2˝ lower SW system only. scale and equivalent metric outer scale–please specify.
(3) Type 1009 gauges may be ordered with metric single-scale (5) Special logos and scales available upon request.
0/5000 0/250 0/25,000 dial: kPa,bar or kg/cm2. (6) 1⁄4˝ JIS, BSP or DIN threads available on SW systems.
0/6000 1
⁄4˝ tubing connection also available.
0/400 0/40,000
0/7500
0/10,000 0/600 0/60,000
0/15,000 0/1000 0/100,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg –1/0 –100/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1.5 –100/0/150
30 in.Hg /30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300
30 in.Hg /60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg /100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg /150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg /300 psi –1/0/24 –100/0/2400
TO ORDER THIS 1009 DURALIFE PRESSURE GAUGE:

Select: 35 1009 SW (L) 02L XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝
2. Case type–1009
5. Connection size–1⁄8 (01), 1⁄4 (02) 1⁄2 (04) JP 1/4˝ tubing connection
7. Optional Features–see page 267-268
Accessories: see pages 261-266

94
Stainless Steel Case Gauge
Type 1009, ASME B40.100
41/2˝ and 6˝ Dial
• 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ stainless steel gauges - Minimizes wear from vibration

and pulsations without liquid-fill
• Dry and liquid-filled versions headaches
• Micrometer adjustable pointer
• Variety of Bourdon tube materials
The 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ Ashcroft® Type
1009 gauges are suitable where
• ASME Grade 1A, ±1% of span ambient corrosion is a major con-
accuracy cern. Its stainless steel case and ring
• New PLUS!™ Performance Option: offer good appearance and excellent
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry resistance to chemical, weather and
gauge corrosion attack. This 1009 has many
optional features that allow a user
The following Table is not for conversion purposes. to develop a basic or special product
STANDARD RANGES (4) specification. The 1009 is part of the
Pressure extensive line of Ashcroft stainless
psi kg/cm2 - bar kPa steel pressure gauges.
0/15 0/1 0/100 The gauge is available dry, liquid-
0/30
0/1.6 0/160
filled weatherproof or hermetically
0/60 sealed and now with PLUS!™ Perfor-
0/2.5 0/250
0/100 mance option.
0/160 0/4 0/400
0/200 0/6 0/600
0/300 BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)
0/10 0/1000 Ordering Bourdon Tube & Tip Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
0/400
0/600 0/16 0/1600 Code Material(1) (all joints TIG Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(2)
welded except “A”)
0/1000 A Brass C-Tube 12/1000 1
⁄4
0/40 0/4000 Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
0/1500
0/2000 0/60 0/6000 C-Tube 12/1500 1
⁄4
S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
0/3000 0/100 0/10,000 Helical 2000/20,000 1
⁄2
0/4000 C-Tube 15/1500 1
⁄4
0/160 0/16,000
0/5000 P(3)(5) K Monel Monel 400
0/250 0/25,000 Helical 2000/30,000(6) 1
⁄2
0/6000
0/7500 0/400 0/40,000 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the (3) Use for applications where NACE Standard MR-01-75 is
0/10,000 media application table on page 271. specified.
0/600 0/60,000 (2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is (4) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
0/15,000 standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard. (5) 6˝ dial not available with monel systems.
0/20,000 0/1000 0/100,000 (6) High pressure AMINCO connection only (09 code)
0/30,000 0/1600 0/160,000
Vacuum
30 in. /0 in.Hg –1/0 –100/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1.5 –100/0/150
30 in.Hg /30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300
30 in.Hg /60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg /150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/24 –100/0/2400

Select: 45 1009 S 02L XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1009
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
Accessories–see pages 261-266

95
Type 1109, ASME B40.100
Solid Front
• Solid front case design with full The Type 1109 Ashcroft® solid front
blowout back stainless steel case offers many fea-
• Temperature compensated case tures not available elsewhere. With a
• 41/2˝ dial size true 41/2˝ dial size, a fully temperature
compensated case and blowout back
• ASME B40.100 Grade 1A, (±1% of
span) accuracy
for safety, the Type 1109 offers superior
readability compared to the competitive
• 300 Series SS case and ring 100mm case gauges. The Type 1109
• Ranges from vacuum through has been designed to meet the needs
100,000 psi of both the offshore platform market
• New PLUS!™ Performance Option: and also the waterblaster or waterjet
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry markets.
gauge For offshore platforms the Type 1109
- Fights vibration and pulsations is available dry, liquid-filled(3) or with the
without liquid-fill headaches revolutionary PLUS!™ Performance
option. The rugged design of the Type
1109 with ranges to 100,000 psi, is
well suited to meet the needs of the
waterblaster or waterjet market. With
the PLUS!™ Performance standard on
ranges above 30,000 psi this gauge
offers superior readability and elimi-
nates the headaches often associated
with liquid-filled gauges.
STANDARD RANGES BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION(1)

Pressure Compound Ordering Bourdon Tube Socket Tube Range Selection NPT Conn.
psi psi Code & Tip Material(1) Material Type Limits (psi) Lower Only
0/15 30 in.Hg/15 psi 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel C-Tube Vac/1500 ⁄
1 (2)
2
SD
0/30 30 in.Hg /30 psi 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel Helical 2000-20,000 ⁄
1 (2)
2
0/60 30 in.Hg /60 psi
WD Inconel 718 316 stainless steel Helical 50,000-100,000 ⁄4 high pressure
1
0/100 30 in.Hg /100 psi
0/160 30 in.Hg /150 psi (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271.
0/200 30 in.Hg /300 psi (2) 1⁄4 NPT optional, lower connection only.
(3) Liquid fill available on ranges 20,000 psi and below.
0/300
0/400
0/600
0/800
0/1000
0/1500
0/2000
0/3000
0/5000
0/10,000
0/20,000
0/30,000 NOTE:
0/50,000 Equivalent standard bar,
ranges are available.
0/100,000

Select: 45 1109 SD 04L XXX 0/100#
2. Case type–1109
4. Connection–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04), 1⁄4 high pressure (09), Lower Only(L)

96
Hydraulic Gauges, Types 1009,
1010, 1017 & 1220, ASME B40.100
• 41⁄2˝ through 12˝ dials available The Ashcroft® line of pressure

gauges offers a product that is
• Stainless steel, aluminum and
phenolic case materials
uniquely designed for rigorous
hydraulic services.
• Wide range of types to combine Hydraulic gauges are supplied with
specifics and price a slotted link movement to avoid gear
• Slotted link and throttle screw
wear. All models are supplied with
standard throttle devices as standard.
Type 1009
SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD psi RANGES(3)

Gauge Type Dial Size Connection Range Figure Minor
Case Material Mounting Method psi Interval Graduation
Number (Inches) Location
0/1000 100 10
1009-XS4TS 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Stainless Steel Lower/Back Stem, Surface, Flush – 0/1500 200 20
1010-XS4TS 4 ⁄2˝-12˝
1
Aluminum Lower/Back Stem, Surface – 0/2000 200 20
0/3000 500 50
1017-XS4TS 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Aluminum Lower/Back Flush Back Flange, Flush 0/5000 1000 50
1220-XS4TS 41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝ Phenolic Lower/Back Stem Mounting Ring 0/6000 1000 100
0/7500 1000 100
0/10,000 1000 100
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION 0/15,000 2000 200
0/20,000 2000 200
Dial Bourdon Tube & Tip Note: Dual-scale dials showing psi and tons on ram are available on application
Size Order Material(1) (all joints TIG Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
(Inches) Code welded except “A”)(1) Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(2)
STANDARD METRIC RANGES(3)
41/2˝, 6˝, Phosphor Bronze
A Brass C-Tube 12/1000 1
⁄4 Range Dial Graduations
81/2˝ Tube-Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
C-Tube 12/1500 1
⁄4 kg/cm2 Figure Minor
4 /2˝, 6˝,
1
S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless kilograms per bar Interval Graduation
81/2˝, 12˝ steel Helical 2000/20,000 1
⁄2 sq. cm.
C-Tube 15/1500 1
⁄4 0/60 0/60 5 1
41/2˝, 12˝ P K Monel Monel 400 0/100 0/100 10 1
Helical 2000/30,000 1
⁄2 0/160 0/160 20 2
0/250 0/250 50 5
(1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the media application table on page 271. 0/400 0/400 50 5
(2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard. 0/600 0/600 50 10
(3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available. 0/1000 0/1000 100 10
0/1600 0/1600 200 20
Range Dial Graduation Outer scale
when dual
kPa Figure Minor range specified
(kilopascal) Interval Graduation psi
0/6000 500 100 0/850
0/10,000 1000 100 0/1400
0/16,000 2000 200 0/2200
0/25,000 5000 500 0/3500
0/40,000 5000 500 0/5500
0/60,000 5000 1000 0/8500
0/100,000 10,000 1000 0/14,000
0/160,000 20,000 2000 0/22,000
HOW TO ORDER THESE HYDRAULIC GAUGES:

Select: 45 1009 S 02L XS4TS 1000#
1. Dial size– 41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case code: 1010
3. Tube and socket material, (see chart above)
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
6. Options–see page 267-268

97
Receiver Gauges, Types 1009,
1010, 1017 & 1220, ASME B40.100
• 41⁄2˝ through 12˝ Ashcroft® receiver gauges are used

in conjunction with pneumatic trans-
• Many case styles to choose from
mitters to indicate pressure, tempera-
• Panel mount, stem mount and ture, flow or other process parameters
wall mount that can be transmitted by proportional
variations in air pressure.
• Bronze systems standard (1)
• Open-front case style
• 3-15 psi input with optional
3-27 psi input
(1) Stainless Steel (S); Monel (P) optional
Type 1009
SPECIFICATIONS
Gauge Type System Pressure Npt
Dial Sizes(1) Case Material Pointer Movement Accuracy
Number Assembly (2) Range-psi Conn.
1009A-XPR 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Stainless Steel Phosphor Rotary geared, ASME
3/15
1010A-XPR 41⁄2˝-12˝ Aluminum bronze Black, stainless steel B 40.1
and 1
⁄4
1017A-XPR 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Aluminum Bourdon tube adjustable pinion and Grade1A
3/27
1220A-XPR 41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝ Phenolic brass socket, segment shaft (±1% of span)
silver brazed
Gauge Type Dial Size(1) Connection STANDARD RANGES(1)

Mounting Method
Number (Inches) Location
0-10 sq rt/0-100 linear dual-scale
1009-XPR 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Lower/Back Stem, Surface, Flush –
0-10 square root
1010-XPR 41⁄2˝-12˝ Lower/Back Stem, Surface – 0-100 linear
1017-XPR 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Lower/Back Flush Back Flange, Flush
(1) Other ranges on request.
1220-XPR 41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝ Lower/Back Stem Mounting Ring
(1) Not all dial sizes available in all case types.

Type 1009 – 41⁄2˝, 6˝; Type 1010 – 41⁄2˝-12˝;
Type 1017 – 41⁄2˝, 6˝; Type 1220 – 41⁄2˝-81⁄2˝
(2) Stainless Steel and monel optional
TO ORDER THESE RECEIVER GAUGES:
Select: 45 1009 A 02 L XPR 3-15#

1. Dial size
2. Case type
4. Connection size, 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location, (L-Lower), (B-Lower Back)
6. Optional features (XPR always appears in code for receiver gauge)
7. Range of transmitted signal (also specify the scale to be shown on the dial face)

98
Refrigeration & Ammonia Gauges
Types 1009/1010/1017/1220
ASME B40.100 Grade 1A
(±1% of span)
• 41⁄2˝ through 12˝ dials Ashcroft® refrigeration and ammo-

nia gauges are used to display pres-
• Stainless steel, phenolic and
aluminum case materials
sure and temperature when measur-
ing various sealed refrigeration sys-
• Dual-scale dials with pressure and tems. This dual-scale dial gauge has
temperature indication an inner pressure scale with black
• Wide range of refrigerant scales,
numerals and an outer temperature
including refrigerant 134A and scale with red numerals. A selection
ammonia of models exists to meet specifica-
tion and price parameters.
Type 1010
MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION REFRIGERANTS

BOURDON TUBE & SOCKET NPT CODE REFRIGERANT
CASE STYLE POINTER MOVEMENT
TIP MATERIAL MATERIAL CONNECTION
XR1 R-11
Phosphor 1/4 NPT
Stainless Steel
Refrigerants
Bronze/Brass
Brass
Black
with Teflon
Standard XR2 R-12
(all joints Adjustable 1/2 NPT
Coated Pinion XR3 R-22
silver brazed) Optional
316 1/4 NPT XR4 R-502
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel Black Standard
Ammonia 316 SS with Teflon XR6 R-114
(all welded Adjustable 1/2 NPT
Coated Pinion
joints) Optional
XR7 R-500
XR8 R-134A
CASE STYLES
MODEL MATERIAL DIAL SIZE CONN. LOCATION MOUNTING XR9 R-123
1009 Stainless Steel 41/2˝ & 6˝ Lower & Back Stem, Surface, Panel AMMONIA
1010 Aluminum 41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝, 12˝ Lower & Back Stem, Surface, Panel
XR5 Ammonia
1017 Aluminum 41/2˝ & 6˝ Back Only Panel Only
1220 (1) 41/2˝, 6˝, 81/2˝, 12˝ Lower & Back Stem, Surface, Panel
(1)
41/2˝ Phenolic; 6˝ Polypropylene; 81/2˝ Aluminum
STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES

DIAL GRADUATIONS MINOR
RANGE FIGURE INTERVAL GRADUATIONS
30˝ Hg Vac/150 psi 10˝ Hg & 25 psi 2˝ Hg & 5 psi

30˝ Hg Vac/300 psi 30˝ Hg & 25 psi 5˝ Hg & 5 psi
–1/10 KgCm2 1 0.1
–1/24 KgCm2 2 0.2
–1/10 Bar 1 0.1
–1/24 Bar
–100/1000 kPa 100 10
–100/2400 kPa 500 20
Dual scale pressure ranges available upon request with equivalent dual scale temperature scales.
TO ORDER THESE REFRIGERATION GAUGES:

Select: 45 1010 A 02L XR5 30 in.Hg Vac/150#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝ thru 12˝
2. Case Type–1010
3. Tube and socket material–A, S
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
6. Optional features including refrigerant (see page 267-268)
7. Standard pressure range–30˝HgVac/150 psi

99
Digital Industrial Gauge
Types 2074, 2174 and 2274
ASME B40.100 Grade 3A
(±0.25% of span)
• A Multi-Functional Digital Gauge • Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Div. 1

with Optional: (optional)
- 4/20mA Output • Easy-to-Use Menu Options: (all
- (1) or (2) SPDT Switches - Five Backlite Display Options
• ±.25% of Span Terminal Point - Twelve Engineering Units
Accuracy - Menu Configure Feature
• IP 65 Weatherproof Case - Update Rate
- Dampen Rate
• Three Case Options: Stainless
- Auto-Off
Steel, Fiberglass Reinforced
Thermoplastic or Aluminum
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Extra Large Display

FM
Type: 2074 (battery) Line Power with 4-20mA output AO 3˝, 41⁄2˝
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bargraph
2174 (loop) 4-20mA (12-36Vdc)
and 4-20 (Line power (Type 2274) required
2274 (line) (12-36Vdc)
Auto Off (Off): Allows for changes to auto off of for switching options)
Accuracy: ±.25% of span, terminal point (Terminal blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case)
gauge, five options: Never, 2 min.,
Case Size: 3˝, 41⁄2˝ 5 min., 15 min., 30 min. (3´ shielded cable standard)
Case Material: 3˝ stainless steel, 41⁄2˝ fiberglass Update Rate: Four options: 100 ms, 200 ms, Wiring Options
reinforced thermoplastic or black 500 ms, 1 sec
epoxy coated aluminum (3´ shielded cable standard) (Terminal EN 41⁄2˝
Dampening: Six options: None, average, 2, 4, 6, blocks standard with 41⁄2˝ case.)
Case Encl. Rating: Weatherproof, IP65 8 times per 100ms
Wetted Materials: 17-4 stainless steel (sensor), Backlite: Five options: Never, 10 sec., 30 Keypad Options
316 stainless steel (socket) sec., 1 min., 5 min. Backlite BL 3˝, 41⁄2˝
Socket Size: 1
⁄4 or 1⁄2 NPT, JIS, DIN, SAE, (1⁄2 Field Recalibration: Allows for recalibration of zero, mid- Miscellaneous Options
NPT only with 41⁄2˝ case, others on scale and span (password protected)
application) Battery Backup BK 3˝, 41⁄2˝
OPTIONS
Socket Location: Lower (6 o’clock), top, side (Battery standard with Type 2074)
Description Code Case Size (Available with Types 2174 & 2274)
Ranges: 15 psi/Vac. thru 20,000 psi (see en-
gineering units below for other units) Case Options Weatherproof ABS Gauge Carrying Case S7 3˝ only
Operating Temp.: 14/140°F (10/60°C) Aluminum Case (black epoxy coated) AY 41⁄2˝ only Protective Rubber Boot (black) B1 3˝ only
Temp. Error: (Zero & Span) .04%/°F (Glass reinforced thermoplastic
case standard) Protective Rubber Boot (orange) B2 3˝ only
Reference temp. 70°F
Storage Temp.: –4/158° (–20°/70°C) Switch Options Protective Front Cover PP 3˝ only
(1) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc) U1 3˝, 41⁄2˝ Individual Certified Calibration Chart C4
DISPLAY
(2) SPDT Switch (12-36Vdc) U2 3˝, 4 ⁄2˝ Cleaned for Gaseous Oxygen Service 6B
Type: LCD
Display Digits: Five (5) DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE RANGES (Units In horizontal rows not equivalent ranges):
Character Height: 3˝ case: .60˝, 41⁄2˝ case: .88˝ psi in.Hg Comp. mmHg in.Hg in. mBar ft. mPa kPa Bar/
(vacuum) (psi) (pressure) (pressure) H 2O H2O KSC
Backlite: Optional 15 30 15#&Vac 800 30 400 1000 60 1 100 1
Bar Graph: Yes 30 30#&Vac 1000 60 800 1500 160 1.6 160 1.6
60 60#&Vac 2000 100 1000 2000 200 2.5 250 2.5
Battery Life: 3˝ <500 hrs., 41⁄2˝ <2500 hrs.
100 100#&Vac 3000 160 2500 300 4 400 4
Agency Approvals: CE, FM (Intrinsically Safe Class I, 160 5000 200 4000 400 6 600 6
Div 1) (optional) 200 10,000 300 5000 600 10 1000 10
300 400 6000 1000 16 1600 16
KEYPAD FUNCTIONS
600 600 10,000 25 2500 25
On/Off: Manually turns unit on and off 800 800 15,000 40 4000 40
Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min. and 1000 20,000 60 6000 60
1500 100 10,000 100
max. values when displayed
2000 140 16,000 160
Min/Max  (down) Stores min & max values, arrow key 3000 25,000 250
Arrow Key: allows for scrolling thru menu items 5000 40,000 400
Menu Key: Provides access to menu options 8000 60,000 600
10,000 100,000 1000
Backlite  (up) Manually turns backlite on and off,
15,000 140,000 1400
Arrow Key: arrow key allows for five menu 20,000
(Backlite optional) options.  (up) arrow key allows
for scrolling thru menu options
TO ORDER THIS DIGITAL INDUSTRIAL GAUGE:
Enter: Selects items in the menu
Select: 30 2074 SD 02 L 100# XXX
MENU MODE
1. Dial Size: 3˝
Engineering Units: 10 units of measurement are avail-
able; psi, In. H2O (with three temp. 2. Type: 2074
options: 20°C, 60°F, 4°C*), Ft. H2O, 3. Wetted parts: 316 SS
mPa, mBar, kPa, kg/cm2, Bar, inHg 4. Connections: 1/4 NPT
and mmHg
5. Lower:
Configuration Mode: Allows for changes to default
(Config): settings of gauge 6. Range: 100 psi
Including zero disable feaure 7. Optional Characters:

100
General Service Gauge
Type 1010, ASME B40.100
• Available in 41⁄2˝, 6˝, 81⁄2˝ and 12˝ dial The Ashcroft® Type 1010 gauge is
sizes (only model with a 12˝ dial) the most economical of the general
• Solid-front case style, black epoxy-
service industrial gauges having 1%
painted aluminum case accuracy. The 1010 also is the only
Ashcroft gauge available in sizes up
• Threaded ring, black epoxy painted to 12˝ in diameter.
• Back flange for wall mounting

STANDARD RANGES (3)
Pressure
psi kg/cm2 - bar kPa
0/15 0/1 0/100 BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
0/30 Dial Bourdon Tube & Tip
0/1.6 0/160 Order Socket Tube Range Selection NPT
0/60 Size Material(1) (all joints TIG
0/2.5 0/250 Code Material Type Limits (psi) Conn.(2)
0/100 (inches) welded except “A”)
0/160 0/4 0/400 41⁄2˝, 6˝ Phosphor Bronze
A Brass C-Tube 12/1000 1
⁄4
0/200 0/6 0/600 81⁄2˝ Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
0/300 4 ⁄2˝, 6˝
1
C-Tube 12/1500 1
⁄4
0/10 0/1000 S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
0/400
81⁄2˝, 12˝ Helical 2000/20,000 1
⁄2
0/600 0/16 0/1600
C-Tube 15/1500 1
⁄4
0/800 0/25 0/2500 41⁄2˝ P K Monel Monel 400
0/1000 Helical 2000/30,000 1
⁄2
0/40 0/4000
0/1500 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the (2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
0/2000 0/60 0/6000 media application table on page 271. standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
(3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
0/3000 0/100 0/10,000
0/4000
0/160 0/16,000
0/5000
0/6000 0/250 0/25,000
0/7500 0/400 0/40,000
0/10,000
0/600 0/60,000
0/15,000
0/20,000 0/1000 0/100,000
0/30,000 0/1600 0/160,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg –1/0 –100/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1.5 –100/0/150
30 in.Hg /30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300
30 in.Hg /60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg /150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/24 –100/0/2400

Select: 45 1010 A 02L XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, thru 12˝
2. Case type–1010
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
7. Standard pressure range –1000 psi
101
Type 1017, ASME B40.100
• Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ dial sizes The Ashcroft® Type 1017 gauge is
• Solid-front case style, black epoxy-
the most economical of the general
painted aluminum case service gauges when flush panel-
mounting is required.
• Hinged-steel black enamel texture
finish panel ring

STANDARD RANGES (3)
Pressure
0/15
0/1 0/100
0/30
0/60 0/1.6 0/160
BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
0/100 0/2.5 0/250
0/160 Ordering Bourdon Tube & Tip
0/4 0/400 Socket Range Selection NPT
Code Material(1) (all joints TIG Tube
0/200 Material Type Conn.(2)
0/6 0/600 Conn.(1) welded except “A”)
0/300
Phosphor Bronze
0/400 0/10 0/1000 A Brass C-Tube 12/1000 ⁄4
1
Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
0/600 0/16 0/1600 C-Tube 12/1500 ⁄4
1
0/800 S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel
0/25 0/2500 Helical 2000/20,000 ⁄2
1
0/1000
0/1500 0/40 0/4000 C-Tube 15/1500 ⁄4
1
P(4) K Monel Monel 400
0/2000 0/60 0/6000 Helical 2000/30,000 ⁄2
1
0/3000
0/100 0/10,000 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the (3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
0/4000
media application table on page 271. (4) 6˝ dial not available with monel system.
0/5000 0/160 0/16,000 (2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
0/6000 0/250 0/25,000 standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
0/7500
0/400 0/40,000
0/10,000
0/15,000 0/600 0/60,000
0/20,000 0/1000 0/100,000
Vacuum
30 in./0 in.Hg –1/0 –100/0
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1.5 –100/0/150
30 in.Hg /30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300
30 in.Hg /60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg /150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/24 –100/0/2400

Select: 45 1017 A 02B XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1017
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower Back (B) only
7. Standard pressure range –1000 psi

102
Type 1220, ASME B40.100
• Available in 41⁄2˝, 6˝ and 81⁄2˝ The Ashcroft® Type 1220 is a versa-

dial sizes tile general service gauge. Lower and
• Solid-front style
back connections allow the gauge to
be used for many installations.
• Lower or back connect
41/2˝ case size shown

STANDARD RANGES (3)
Pressure
0/15
0/1 0/100
0/30
0/60 0/1.6 0/160
0/100 0/2.5 0/250 BOURDON SYSTEM SELECTION
0/160 Ordering Bourdon Tube & Tip
0/4 0/400 Socket Range Selection NPT
0/200 Code Material(1) (all joints TIG Tube
Material Type Conn.(2)
0/6 0/600 Conn.(1) welded except “A”)
0/300
A Brass C-Tube 12/1000 ⁄4
1
Brass Tip, Silver Brazed
0/600 0/16 0/1600
0/800 C-Tube 12/1500 ⁄4
1
0/25 0/2500 S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel

0/1000 Helical 2000/20,000 ⁄2
1
0/1500 0/40 0/4000 C-Tube 15/1500 ⁄4

1
0/2000 P(4) K Monel Monel 400

0/60 0/6000 Helical 2000/30,000 ⁄2
1
0/3000
0/100 0/10,000
0/4000 (1) For selection of the correct Bourdon system material, see the (3) Single-scale and dual-scale ranges available.
0/160 0/16,000 media application table on page 2715. (4) 6˝ and 81⁄2˝ dial not available with Monel system.
0/5000 (2) Optional connections available: 1⁄2 NPT where 1⁄4 NPT is
0/6000 0/250 0/25,000 standard, 1⁄4 NPT where 1⁄2 NPT is standard.
0/7500
0/400 0/40,000
0/10,000 CASE MATERIAL
0/15,000 0/600 0/60,000
Dial Size Case Material
0/20,000 0/1000 0/100,000 41/2˝ Phenol
Vacuum
6˝ Polypropylene
30 in./0 in.Hg –1/0 –100/0
81/2˝ Aluminum
Compound
30 in.Hg/15 psi –1/0/1.5 –100/0/150
30 in.Hg /30 psi –1/0/3 –100/0/300
30 in.Hg /60 psi –1/0/5 –100/0/500
30 in.Hg/100 psi –1/0/9 –100/0/900
30 in.Hg /150 psi –1/0/15 –100/0/1500
30 in.Hg/300 psi –1/0/24 –100/0/2400

Select: 45 1220 A 02L XXX 1000#
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝ and 81⁄2˝
2. Case type–1220
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)

103
Christmas Tree Gauges
Type 1020S, ASME B40.100
• Available in 4 1⁄2˝ dial size only Ashcroft® Type 1020S Christmas

Tree gauges are designed to the
• All-stainless steel case and ring
specific needs of oil fields where
• 316 stainless steel Bourdon tube rugged construction and minimal
and socket maintenance is important.
• Micrometer-adjustable pointer
STANDARD RANGES CASE TYPE

Type 1020S Gauge Dial Size Case & Ring Bourdon Tube & Socket Pressure Pointer Movement NPT
Type Number (inches) Material Finish Tip Material Material Range (psi) Connection
Pressure (psi)
XMAS TREE 41⁄2 Case: Stainless 316 316 1000/20,000 Micrometer Stainless Steel 1
⁄2
Range Figure Minor 1020S Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Adjustable Teflon coated 1
⁄4 optional
Interval Graduation Ring: Bayonet (all joints Steel pinion and
Lock TIG welded) sector shaft,
0/1000 100 10 Stainless Steel rotary geared
0/2000 200 20 Both polished
0/3000 300 50
0/5000 500 50
0/10,000 1000 100
0/20,000 2000 200
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1020R CHRISTMAS TREE GAUGE:
Select: 45 1020 S 04L XXX 1000#

2. Case type–1020
3. Tube and socket material–see charts above
4. Connection size–1⁄4 (02), 1⁄2 (04)
5. Connection location–Lower (L) only
6. Optional features

104
Duplex Gauges
Type 1038, 1339
ASME B40.100
Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• Available in 31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝ dial sizes The Ashcroft® Type 1038 duplex
gauge is used to display two sepa-
• Bronze Bourdon tube and brass
sockets
rate input pressures on the same
gauge for comparison purposes.
• Two independent systems and
movements
• Non-adjustable red and black
pointers

Type 1038/1339 Gauge Dial Size Case & Ring Bourdon Tube & Socket Pressure NPT
Pointer Movement
Pressure (psi) Type Number (inches) Material Finish Tip Material Material Range (psi) Conn.
Figure Minor DUPLEX 31⁄2, 41⁄2 Case: 31⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝ Phosphor Brass 30/1000 Non Bronze-bushed 1
⁄4
Range 1038A aluminum Bronze Adjustable
Interval Graduation
Tip: Brass Black and
0/30 5 0.5 Ring: Threaded (all joints Red
0/60 5 1 aluminum silver brazed,
0/100 10 1 All black soldered
0/160 20 2 epoxy coated below
0/200 20 2 100 psi)
0/300 30 5
0/600 50 10 DUPLEX 41⁄2 Case: Aluminum Phosphor Brass 30/1000 Non Bronze-bushed 1
⁄4
0/800 100 10 1339A Bronze Adjustable Back
0/1000 100 10 Ring: Tip: Brass Black and Conn.
Hinged Aluminum (all joints Red only
All black epoxy silver brazed
coated soldered below
Type 1038/1339 Compound 100 psi)
Figure Minor
Interval Graduation
Range
Inches Inches
psi psi
Mercury Mercury CASE TYPE
30 in.Hg/15 psi 5 3 1 0.5
30 in.Hg/30 psi 10 5 1 0.5 RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS Outer Range
30 in.Hg/60 psi 10 10 1 1 When Dual
Figure Minor kPa Figure Minor Range Specified
30 in.Hg/100 psi 10 10 1 1 kg/cm2
bar
30 in.Hg/150 psi 10 20 2 2 Interval Graduation (kilopascal) Interval Graduation psi
30 in.Hg/300 psi 30 25 5 5 Pressure
0/2.5 0/2.5 0.5 0.05 0/250 50 5 0/35
0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/400 50 5 0/55
0/6 0/6 0.5 0.05 0/400 50 5 0/85
0/10 0/10 1 0.1 0/1000 100 10 0/140
0/16 0/16 2 0.2 0/1600 200 20 0/220
0/25 0/25 5 0.5 0/2500 500 50 0/350
0/40 0/40 5 0.5 0/4000 500 50 0/550
0/60 0/60 5 1 0/6000 500 100 0/850
Compound
–1/1.5 –1/0/1.5 0.5 0.05 –100/150 50 5 30˝Hg/20
–1/3 –1/0/3 0.5 0.05 –100/300 50 5 30˝Hg/40
–1/5 –1/0/5 0.5 0.1 –100/500 50 10 30˝Hg/70
–1/9 –1/0/9 1 0.1 –100/900 100 10 30˝Hg/125
–1/15 –1/0/15 1 0.1 –100/1500 200 20 30˝Hg/215
–1/24 –1/0/24 2 0.2 –100/2400 500 20 30˝Hg/340
TO ORDER THIS 1038, 1339 DUPLEX GAUGES:
Select: 45 1038 A 02L XXX 1000#

1. Dial size–31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1038, 1339

105
Differential Pressure Gauges
Types 1125, 1125A
ASME B40.100
• Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ dial sizes The Ashcroft® differential pressure

• Aluminum cases gauge is an economical way to dis-
play the difference of two separate
• Bronze Bourdon tube and socket inputs on one dial indicator. The
• Ranges through 1000 psi case style is similar to other Ashcroft
• Micrometer-adjustable pointer gauges, making panel gauge con-
sistency possible. This product is
• Available with electric contacts supplied with bronze Bourdon tube
• Static pressures from 30-1500 psi and socket.
depending on the range of gauge
• Pointer indicator with zero at seven
o’clock (1125) or twelve o’clock
position (1125A)
• Built-in back case flange for easy
wall mounting

Gauge Dial Size Case & Ring Bourdon Tube & Socket Pressure NPT
Type 1125 (210° dial arc) Type Number (inches) Material Finish Tip Material Material Range (psi) Pointer Movement Connection
Pressure (psi) DIFFERENTIAL 41⁄2, 6(1) Case: Aluminum Phosphor Bronze 1125: Micrometer Bronze-bushed ⁄4
1
Figure Minor Static 1125 Ring: Threaded Bronze 20/1000 Adjustable Overload
Range Pressure 1125A aluminum Tip: Brass & Vacuum
Interval Graduation All black epoxy (all joints 1125A Stops-Std.
Limits*
coated silver 10/0/10
0/20 5 0.2 30 brazed) 500/0/500
0/30 5 0.5 60
0/60 10 1 120 1125A dial indicates zero at 12:00 (1) 6˝ lower connect only.
0/100 10 1 200
0/160 20 2 300
0/200 20 2 300
0/300 50 5 450 METRIC RANGES
0/400 50 5 600 PRESSURE RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS Outer Range
0/600 100 10 900 When Dual
0/800 100 10 1200 Figure Minor kPa Figure Minor Range Specified
kg/cm2 bar
0/1000 100 10 1500 Interval Graduation (kilopascal) Interval Graduation psi
*Maximum pressure that can be admitted into Bourdon tubes. Type 0/1.4 0/1.4 0.2 0.02 0/140 20 2 0/20
1125 0/2 0/2 0.5 0.05 0/200 50 5 0/28
Type 1125A (210° dial arc) Zero centered dial 0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/400 50 5 0/55
0/7 0/7 0.5 0.1 0/400 50 10 0/100
Pressure (psi) 0/11 0/11 2 0.2 0/1100 200 20 0/160
0/14 0/14 2 0.2 0/1400 200 20 0/200
Figure Minor Static 0/20 0/20 5 0.5 0/2000 250 50 0/300
Range Interval Graduation Pressure 0/28 0/28 5 0.5 0/2800 500 50 0/400
Limits* 0/40 0/40 5 0.5 0/4000 500 50 0/600
0/56 0/56 10 1 0/5600 1000 100 0/800
10/10 2 0.2 30 0/70 0/70 10 1 0/7000 1000 100 0/1000
15/15 5 0.5 60
30/30 10 1 120 0.7/0.7 0.7/0.7 0.2 0.02 70/70 20 2 10/10
50/50 10 1 200 Type
1/1 1/1 0.5 0.05 100/100 50 5 14/14
80/80 20 2 300 1125A 2/2 2/2 0.5 0.05 200/200 50 5 28/28
100/100 20 2 300 3.5/3.5 3.5/3.5 0.5 0.1 350/350 50 10 50/50
150/150 50 5 450 5.5/5.5 5.5/5.5 2 0.2 550/550 200 20 80/80
200/200 50 5 600 7/7 7/7 2 0.2 700/700 200 20 100/100
10/10 10/10 5 0.5 1000/1000 250 50 150/150
300/300 100 10 900 14/14 14/14 5 0.5 1400/1400 500 50 200/200
400/400 100 10 1200 20/20 20/20 5 0.5 2000/2000 500 50 400/400
500/500 100 10 1500 28/28 28/28 10 1 2800/2800 1000 100 400/400
35/35 35/35 10 1 3500/3500 1000 100 500/500
*Maximum pressure that can be admitted into Bourdon tubes.
TO ORDER THESE 1125, 1125A DIFFERENTIAL GAUGES:
Select: 45 1125 02L XXX 1000#

1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1125, 1125A

MADE IN U.S.A.
106
Types 1127, 1128
ASME B40.100
• 316 stainless steel wetted parts When the process is corrosive to

gauges with bronze/brass wetted
• Available in 4 ⁄2˝ or 6˝ dial sizes
1
parts an alternative was to isolate the
• Ranges from 10 psi-1000 psi gauge from the process with capil-
lary and isolators or diaphragm seals.
• Static pressures from 45 psi-1200
Now, when the process is compatible
psi depending on the range of the
gauge
with 316 stainless steel, the user can
select Types 1127 or 1128 differential
• Pointer indicator with zero at seven pressure gauges with 41/2˝ or 6˝ dials.
(1127) or twelve o’clock position
(1128)
• Built-in back case flange for easy
wall mounting
• Lower connect only
STANDARD RANGES METRIC RANGES CASE TYPE – Differential 1127, 1128

Type 1127 (270° dial arc) Type 1127 (270° dial arc) Dial Size Case & Ring Bourdon Tube & Socket
(inches) Material Finish Tip Material Material
Pressure Static PRESSURE RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS
Figure Minor 41⁄2, 6 Case: Aluminum 316 316
Range Interval Graduation Pressure Figure Minor Ring: Threaded stainless steel stainless steel
(psi) Limits* kg/cm2 bar
Interval Graduation aluminum
0/10 5 0.2 45 All black epoxy
0/1 0/1 0.2 0.02 coated
0/20 5 0.2 45 0/2 0/2 0.5 0.05
0/30 5 0.5 45 0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 Pressure NPT
Pointer Movement
0/60 10 1 90 Range (psi) Connection
0/7 0/7 0.5 0.05
0/100 10 1 130 0/11 0/11 2 0.2 10/1000 Adjustable Bronze-brushed
0/160 20 2 208 Overload 1
⁄4 or 1⁄2
0/14 0/14 2 0.2 & Vacuum lower connect
0/200 20 2 260 0/21 0/21 5 0.5 Stops-Std. only
0/300 50 5 390 0/28 0/28 5 0.5
0/400 50 5 520 0/42 0/42 5 0.5
0/600 100 10 780 0/56 0/56 10 1
0/800 100 10 1040 0/70 0/70 10 1
0/1000 100 10 1200
Type 1128 (210° dial arc) Zero centered dial
PRESSURE RANGE DIAL GRADUATIONS
Type 1128 (270° dial arc) Zero centered dial
kg/cm 2
bar Figure Minor
Pressure Figure Minor Static Interval Graduation
Range Interval Graduation Pressure
(psi) Limits* 1/0/1 1/0/1 0.5 0.05
2/0/2 2/0/2 0.1 0.01
10/0/10 2 0.5 45
3.5/0/3.5 3.5/0/3.5 0.5 0.1
15/0/15 3 0.2 45
5.5/0/5.5 5.5/0/5.5 2 0.2
30/0/30 5 1 90
7/0/7 7/0/7 2 0.2
50/0/50 10 1 130
10.5/0/10.5 10.5/0/10.5 5 0.5
100/0/100 20 2 260
14/0/14 14/0/14 5 0.5
200/0/200 50 5 520
21/0/21 21/0/21 5 0.5
300/0/300 100 10 780
28/0/28 28/0/28 10 1
400/0/400 100 10 1040
35/0/35 35/0/35 10 1
TO ORDER THESE 1127, 1128 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select: 45 1127 SD 02L XXX 100#

1. Dial size–41⁄2˝, 6˝
2. Case type–1127, 1128
3. Tube and socket material–(SD) Stainless

MADE IN U.S.A.
107
Type 1130
±2% Ascending Accuracy
• Piston actuator The Type 1130 uses a piston

SWITCH
• Stainless steel case design where small migration of the
O S IO N PROOF ABLE
• Ranges from 5 psid-150 psid process media is permissible.(2) It EXPL URE AV
AIL
• Static pressures up to 6000 psi(5) is recommended for high differential ENCLOS
and high static pressures, up to 6000
• Aluminum(4), brass or stainless
psi. Body materials are available
steel bodies(1)
in Aluminum, Brass and Stainless
• Buna-N O-rings (others available) Steel, with Buna, Viton or EPDM
• Superior magnets for smoother seals.(3)
pointer motion (1), (2) Not for use with incompatible media.
• Standard or explosion-proof reed (3) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
switches available Teflon and ceramic.
(4) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
• 5-year warranty corrosive applications.
• NEMA 4 / IP65 (5) Static pressure over 3000 psi in SS only.
SPECIFICATIONS Type 1130 RATINGS FOR BOTH STANDARD & EXPLOSION PROOF SWITCHES:
Accuracy (Ascending) ±2%
SPST SWITCH SPDT SWITCH
Migration Minor
Range Limits 0-5 psid to 150 psid Specifications: Specifications:
Maximum Static Pressure 3000 psi (6000 psi for SS) Contact Rating Contact Rating
Actuator Piston 10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max) 3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Case Material Stainless Steel Switching Current Switching Current
Dial Size 2˝ (20), 21⁄2˝ (25), 0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max) .3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
31⁄2˝ (35), 4˝ (40), Switch Voltage Switch Voltage
41⁄2˝ (45), 6˝ (60)
100 Vac/Vdc (max) 30 Vac/Vdc (max)
Maximum Process Temperature 175°F / 80°C
Body Materials Aluminum (F), Brass (A),
Stainless Steel (S) EXPLOSION-PROOF SWITCH INFORMATION:
O-Rings Buna-N
Connection Size (Female) 1
⁄4 NPT (25) Switches and electrical connections are mounted in an explosion-proof enclosure with
Connection Location In-Line (S), Lower (L), UL, CSA, Cenelec and FM approval. The enclosure meets Class 1, Groups B, C, D, Class 2
Back (B) Groups E, F, G, Class 3, NEMA 7 & 9 and IP 66. Two 3/4˝ electrical conduit connections.
Window Glass
Warranty Five Years
OPTIONS STANDARD RANGES – Type 1130
1
⁄8 NPT Female Adapter (XGE) Available
psi 0-5 0-8 0-10 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30
Switches(1,2) NEMA-4 Available
kPa 0-25 0-50 0-75 0-100 0-160 0-200 0-250
Front Flange (XFF) Available
kg/cm2-bar 0-0.25 0-0.5 0-0.75 0-1 0-1.6 0-2 0-2.5
Viton Diaphragm/O-Rings (XVD) Available
EPDM Diaphragm/O-Rings (XEM) Available psi 0-40 0-50 0-60 0-80 0-100 150
Glycerin Fill (L)* Standard Fill Option kPa 0-300 0-400 0-500 0-600 0-700 0-900 0-1000
Silicone Fill (XGV) Available kg/cm2-bar 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-6 0-7 0-9 0-10
Plastic Window (XPD) Available
Explosion Proof (XEK) Available(3\
Safety Glass (XSG) 31⁄2˝-6˝ only Available
*Liquid fill has an effect on accuracy that varies with range and temperature.
Liquid filling may be required only in some very severe applications.
(1) Applicable to Switches
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN Plug (XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN Plug
(XV2) 1 SPST with Terminal Strip (XV6) 1 SPDT with Terminal Strip
(2) Adjustable from 40-100% of range
(3) Specify lower or back connection for gauge (not available in-line or with 2˝-21/2˝
dials) and switch type (terminal strip) XV2, XV4, XV6, XV8.
TO ORDER THIS 1130 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGES:
Select: 25 1130 F D 25S XXX 30#
1. Dial size–2,˝ 21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1130
3. Body material
4. Dry (D) or Liquid Filled (L)
5. Connection size–1⁄4 NPTF (25)
6. Connection location–In-line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional features–see above

108
Type 1131
• Rolling diaphragm actuator The Type 1131 is utilized for appli-

ITCH
OOF SW LE
• Stainless steel case cations where migration of the pro-
IO N P R
EXPLOS SURE AVAILAB
• Ranges from 5 psid-100 psid cess media is not permissible. The
• Static pressures up to 3000 psi
Type 1131 uses a rolling diaphragm
ENCLO
design to separate the high and low-
• Aluminum(3), brass or stainless pressure ports to isolate the media
steel bodies(1) and can see up to 3000 psi static
• Buna-N O-rings (others available) pressures. Rolling diaphragm not
• Superior magnets for smoother designed to see reverse pressure.
power motion Body materials are available in Alu-
• Standard or explosion-proof reed minum, Brass and Stainless Steel,
switches available with Buna, Viton or EPDM seals.(2)
(1) Not for use with incompatable media.
• 5-year warranty (2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel, Teflon and
ceramic.
• NEMA 4 / IP65 (3) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
corrosive applications.
Migration Zero
Maximum Static Pressure 3000 psi (all) Contact Rating Contact Rating
Actuator Rolling Diaphragm 10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max) 3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Dial Size 21⁄2˝ (25), 31⁄2˝ (35), 0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max) .3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
4˝ (40), 41⁄2˝ (45), Switch Voltage Switch Voltage
6˝ (60)
Stainless Steel (S) EXPLOSION-PROOF SWITCH INFORMATION:
Diaphragm/O-Rings Buna-N
Connection Location In-Line (S), Lower (L) UL, CSA, Cenelec and FM approval. The enclosure meets Class 1, Groups B, C, D, Class 2
Window Glass
Warranty Five Years
STANDARD RANGES – Type 1131
OPTIONS
1
⁄8 NPT Female Adapter (XGE) Available psi 0-5 0-7 0-10 0-15 0-25 0-30 0-40 0-60 0-100
Switches(1,2) NEMA-4 Available kPa 0-25 0-50 0-75 0-100 0-200 0-250 0-400 0-700
Front Flange (XFF) Available kg/cm2-bar 0-0.25 0-0.5 0-0.75 0-1 0-2 0-2.5 0-4 0-7
EPDM Diaphragm/O-Rings (XEM) Available
Glycerin Fill (L)* Standard Fill Option
Silicone Fill (XGV) Available
Select: 25 1131 F D 25S XXX 30#
1. Dial size–21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1131
3. Body material

109
Type 1132
• Small convoluted diaphragm The Type 1132 uses a convoluted-

ITCH
actuator diaphragm design with no migration
IO N P R OOF SW LE
• Stainless steel case of the process media. It is recom- EXPLOS SURE AVAILAB
• Ranges from 1 psid-60 psid mended for lower differential and ENCLO
• Static pressures up to 1500 psi high static pressures, up to 1500 psi.
• Aluminum(3), brass or stainless Body materials are available in Alu-
steel bodies(1) minum, Brass and Stainless Steel,
• Buna-N seals (others available) with Buna, Viton or EPDM seals.(2)
(1) Not for use with incompatible media.
• Superior magnets for smoother (2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
power motion Teflon and ceramic.
• Standard or explosion-proof reed (3) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
switches available
• 5-year warranty
• NEMA 4 / IP65
Migration Zero
Actuator Convoluted Diaphragm 10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max) 3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Dial Size 21⁄2˝ (25), 31⁄2˝ (35), 0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max) .3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
4˝ (40), 41⁄2˝ (45), Switch Voltage Switch Voltage
6˝ (60)
Stainless Steel (S)
EXPLOSION-PROOF SWITCH INFORMATION:
Diaphragm/O-Rings Buna-N
Connection Location In-Line (S), Lower (L) UL, CSA, Cenelec and FM approval. The enclosure meets Class 1, Groups B, C, D, Class 2
Window Glass
Warranty Five Years STANDARD RANGES – Type 1132
OPTIONS
psi 0-1 0-5 0-8 0-15 0-20 0-25 0-30 0-40 0-50 0-60
1
in.H2O 0-25 0-100 0-200 0-400 0-500
kPa 0-25 0-50 0-75 0-100 0-160 0-200 0-250 0-300 0-400
kg/cm2-bar 0-0.075 0-0.25 0-0.5 0-0.75 0-1 0-1.6 0-2 0-2.5 0-3 0-4
mbar 0-75 0-250
EPDM Diaphragm/O-Rings (XEM) Available
Glycerin Fill (L)* Standard Fill Option
Silicone Fill (XGV) Available
Select: 25 1132 F D 25S XXX 30#
1. Dial size–21⁄2,˝ 31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1132
3. Body material

110
Type 1133
• Large convoluted diaphragm The Type 1133 uses a convoluted-

actuator diaphragm to sense low inches of
• Stainless steel case water differentials while ensuring no
• Ranges from 1 IWD-25 IWD migration of the process media. Max-
imum static pressures for ranges of 5
IWD and below is 45 psi and 500 psi
• Aluminum(3), stainless steel for all other ranges. Body materials
bodies(1) are available in Aluminum or Stain-
• Buna-N seals (others available) less Steel with Buna, Viton or EPDM
• Superior magnets for smoother seals.(2)
power motion (1) Not for use with incompatible media.
(2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
• Standard switches available Teflon and ceramic.
• 5-year warranty (3) Aluminum bodies not to be used with water or
• NEMA 4 / IP65
SPECIFICATIONS Type 1133 RATINGS FOR STANDARD SWITCHES:

Migration Zero
Range Limits 0-1 IWD to 25 IWD Specifications: Specifications:
Actuator Convoluted Diaphragm 10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max) 3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Dial Size 31⁄2˝ (35), 4˝ (40), 0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max) .3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
41⁄2˝ (45), 6˝ (60) Switch Voltage Switch Voltage
Maximum Process Temperature 175°F / 80°C 100 Vac/Vdc (max) 30 Vac/Vdc (max)
Body Materials Aluminum (F), Stainless Steel (S)
Diaphragm Buna-N
⁄4 NPT (25) STANDARD RANGES – Type 1133
Connection Location In-Line (S), Lower (L), Back (B)
Window Glass in.H2O 0-1 0-2 0-5 0-10 0-25
Warranty Five Years mmH2O 0-25 0-50 0-125 0-250 0-600

OPTIONS
1
Viton/Diaphragm (XVD) Available
EPDM/Diaphragm (XEM) Available
Glycerin Fill (L) N/A
Silicone Fill (XGV) N/A
Explosion Proof (XEK) N/A
Select: 35 1133 FD 25S XXX 10IWD

1. Dial size–31⁄2,˝ 4,˝ 41⁄2,˝ 6˝
2. Case type–1133
3. Body material

111
Type 1134
• Convoluted diaphragm actuator The Type 1134 uses a convoluted-

• Stainless steel case diaphragm design with no migration
• Ranges from 0.6 IWD-60 IWD of the process media. It is recom-
mended for low differential inches of
water ranges. Body material is glass
• Glass filled nylon body(1) filled nylon with Buna or silicone.(2)
• Buna-N seals (others available) (1) Not for use with incompatible media.
• Superior magnets for smoother (2) Other wetted parts include stainless steel,
aluminum, Teflon and ceramic.
power motion
• Low cost reed switches available
• 5-year warranty
• Flush mounting accessories
standard
• NEMA 4 / IP65
SPECIFICATIONS Type 1134 STANDARD RANGES STANDARD ACCESSORIES
Dial Size 41⁄2˝ (114mm) Pressure – Two nylon 3⁄16˝ hose barb tube adapters
Single Scale (in.H2O) Flush mounting kit
Accuracy (Ascending) 3%
Range Limits 0-0.6 IWD to 60 IWD Range* Minor First Two plugs for sealing connections not in use
Grad. Grad.
Maximum Static Pressure 35 psi
0/0.6 .02 0.10 RATINGS FOR STANDARD SWITCHES
Case Material Stainless Steel
Body Material Glass Filled Nylon 0/1 .02 .12 SPST SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Diaphragm Actuator Material Buna-N 0/2 .04 .20 Contact Rating: 10 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
O-Ring Material Buna-N 0/3 .10 .30 Switch Current: 0.5 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
⁄8 NPT 0/4 .10 .40 Switch Voltage: 100 Vac/Vdc (max)
Connection Location Dual In-Line and 0/5 .10 .50
Back SPDT SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
(User chooses) 0/6 .20 .60 Contact Rating: 3 VA ac (rms) or dc (max)
Window Glass 0/8 .20 .80 Switch Current: .3 Amp ac (rms) or dc (max)
Max. Process Temperature 140°F/60°C 0/10 .25 1.0 Switch Voltage: 30 Vac/Vdc (max)
Warranty Five Years 0/15 .30 1.5
OPTIONS 0/20 .50 2.0
Switches(1)(2) (NEMA-4) Available 0/25 .50 2.5
(XPD) Plastic Window Available
0/30 .60 3.0
(XBF) Surface Mount Available
0/40 .80 4.0
(XTM) Pipe Mounting Bracket Available
0/50 1.0 5.0
(XEM) EPDM Seals/O-Rings Available (3)
0/60 1.0 5.0
(1)
Applicable to switches (NEMA- 4) *Metric, dual or special ranges on
(XV1) 1 SPST with DIN plug application.
(XV3) 2 SPST with DIN plug
(XV5) 1 SPDT with DIN plug
(2)
Adjustable from 40-80% of range
(3)
Only with ranges up to 4IW
Select: 45 1134 ED RQM XXX 1 IWD

1. Dial size– 41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1134
3. Body material (Glass filled Nylon)
4. Connection size–1⁄8 NPTF (RQ)
5. Connection location–Dual In-line and Back (M)

112
Type 5503
Differential Pressure Gauge
• ±1.6% full scale accuracy • Optional ATEX approval

• Stainless steel case • Meets NACE with Hastelloy C
wetted parts
• Stainless steel wetted parts
• 1450 psi static pressure standard The Ashcroft® Type 5503 differen-
with optional static pressure to tial pressure gauge is available with
3625 psi ranges from 16 I.W.D. to 400 psi with
• External zero adjust optional static pressure to 3625 psi.
• Optional liquid-filled case Optional wetted parts includes Has-
• 4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm) dial telloy C & Monel. Typical applications
sizes include use with liquified gas for
• One sided load permitted nitrogen, helium, argon and carbon
dioxide.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD RANGES*

psid mbar bar I.W.D.
GENERAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS Options
3 40 0.6 16
Accuracy and below. High strength cobalt alloy Code
5 60 1.0 30
±1.6% full scale (Duratherm 600) for ranges of 5 psi Glycerin fill ............................. (L)
10 100 1.6 60
Dial Size and above. Silicone fill ............................. (XGV)
Weatherproof/Hermetically 15 160 2.5 100
4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm) Housing Material 30 250 4 200
sealed case ......................... (XLJ)
Case and Ring 316 stainless steel with a Viton O-ring 60 400 6
Wall mounting bracket ........... (XFW)
304 SS safety design case with bayo- Socket Material Pipe mounting bracket ........... (XTM) 100 10
net ring (316 stainless steel case and 316 stainless steel 3-way manifold ...................... (X43) 160 16
ring optional) Socket Connection Hastelloy C diaphragm w/316 200 25
Dial 1
/4 NPT or 1/2 NPT lower stainless steel housing(1,2) ... (HS) 300
White painted aluminum Flange for direct mounted valves Monel diaphragm w/316 400
stainless steel housing(2) ..... (PS) *Other ranges on application
Pointer Range
Hastelloy C diaphragm
Black painted aluminum with external 0-16 IWD (inches of water differential) and housing(1,2).................... (HH)
adjust feature standard (to 25% of to 400 psid See page 247 for selection and
range) ordering code
Static Pressure
Window 1450 psi standard with optional static Electric warning contacts
Shatterproof glass pressure to 3625 psid
1
/2% full scale accuracy
Diaphragm Material (unidirectional upscale)....... (XAJ)
Mounting
316 stainless steel for ranges 5 psi Static pressure to 3625 psi .... (XSP)
Stem, wall or pipe Polycarbonate window ........... (XPD)
(1) For ranges 5 psid and above.
(2) Goes in 3 and 4 spot below for coding.
Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont Co.
TO ORDER THIS MODEL 5503 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE:

10 5503 S S (L) 02L XXX 0/100 psid
Select:
1. Dial size – 100mm, 160mm
2. Type
3. 316 SS diaphragm
4. 316 SS housing and socket (L) liquid filled
5. Connection size and location
7. Pressure range

113
Type 5509
• ±2.5% full scale accuracy The Ashcroft® Type 5509 differ-

• Stainless steel case ential pressure gauge comes stan-
• 316 stainless steel wetted parts dard with 316SS wetted parts. This
• Inches of water differential ranges rugged gauge features an external
zero adjust feature standard. Static
• Static pressure for ranges
160IW & lower – 145 psi pressure up to 360 psi.
above 160IW – 360 psi
• External zero adjust
• Available with open or solid front
case styles
• Optional liquid-filled case
• 4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm) dial
sizes
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD RANGES*

psid mBar bar I.W.D.
GENERAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SPECIFICATIONS Options
3 25 0.6 10
Accuracy Housing Material Code 5 40 1.0 30
±2.5% full scale 316 stainless steel with a Viton O-ring Glycerin fill ............................. (L) 10 60 1.6 60
Dial Size Socket Connection Silicone fill ............................. (XGV) 15 100 2.5 100
4˝ (100mm) or 6˝ (160mm) 1
/4 NPT or 1/2 NPT lower Weatherproof/Hermetically 30 160 4 200
Zero adjust at top of case sealed case (IP65) .............. (XLJ) 60 250 6
Range
Wall mounting bracket ........... (XFW) 100 400 10
Case and Ring 0-10 IWD (inches of water differen- Pipe mounting bracket ........... (XTM) 160 16
304 stainless steel open front case tial) to 400 psid 3-way manifold(1) ................... (X43) 200 25
with a bayonet ring (solid front
Static Pressure Electric warning contacts 300
optional)
From 10 IWD to 3 psi – See page 267 for selection and 400
Dial static pressure 145 psi ordering code
White painted aluminum with black *Other ranges on application
5 psi and above – Polycarbonate window ........... (XPD)
markings static pressure 360 psi Solid front .............................. (S)
Pointer Mounting (1) Requires additional piping (not supplied).
Black painted aluminum with external Stem, wall or pipe Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont Co.
adjust feature standard (to 25% of
Ingress Protection
range)
IP54 (digital), IP65 (liquid filled),
Window optional IP65 (dry case)
Shatterproof glass
Wetted Parts
Bellows 316 SS MEASURING PRINCIPLE
Diaphragm Material
316 stainless steel for ranges 15 psi
and below. High strength cobalt alloy Bellows
(Duratherm 600) for ranges above
Diaphragm
15 psi.
TO ORDER THIS MODEL 5509 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE:

10 5509 S 02L XXX 0/100 psid
Select:
1. Dial size – 100mm, 160mm
2. Type
3. 316 SS diaphragm, housing and socket
4. For solid front option add (S), otherwise leave blank
5. Connection size and location
7. Pressure range

114
Special Application Gauges
Type 1150H, ASME B40.100 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
Type 1122, ASME B40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
1150H Reid Vapor Test Gauge The Ashcroft® Type 1150H is a

TYPE 1150H
• Accuracy ASME B40.100 Grade 2A specialized pressure gauge used by
w/Handle
(±0.5% of span) the petroleum industry to measure
vapor pressures of various petroleum
• Dial size 41⁄2" only
products.
• White dial and black pointer
1122KE/KF
• Accuracy ASME B40.100 Grade 1A The Ashcroft® Type 1122 is a
(1% FS) specialized product used for some
• Dial size 21⁄2˝ only pump, turbine and compressor
applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Dial Case & Ring Bourdon Tube & Tip Pressure
Gauge Type Socket NPT
Size Material Material (all Range Pointer Movement
Number Material Conn.
(Inches) Finish joints welded) (psi)
Case: Phosphor Bronze Stainless steel

Reid Vapor Aluminum Tip: Brass Micrometer Teflon coated,
Test 41⁄2 Brass 15/600 Adjustable pinion and ⁄4
1
Ring: Threaded (All joints sector shaft, TYPE 1122

1150H Aluminum silver brazed) rotary geared
black epoxy
coated
Case:
Stainless steel
1122KE(1) Non Stainless
1122KF 21⁄2 Ring: Bayonet 316L SS Bronze 15/1000 adjustable steel 1
⁄4
Lock, St.St.
Both polished
TYPE 1150H TYPE 1122 STANDARD RANGES

Range Dial Graduations Range Dial Graduations Major Minor
Range psi
kg/cm2 kg/cm2 Interval Graduation
Major Minor Major Minor
kilograms per bar kilograms per bar Type 1150H
Interval Graduation Interval Graduation
sq. cm. sq. cm.
0/1 0/1 0.1 0.01 0/1 0/1 0.1 0.01 0/15 1 0.1
0/1.6 0/1.6 0.2 0.02 0/30 2 0.2
0/1.6 1.6 0.2 0.02 0/2.5 0/2.5 0.5 0.05
0/2.5 2.5 0.5 0.05 0/45 3 0.2
0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05
0/4 0/4 0.5 0.05 0/6 0/6 0.5 0.1 0/60 4 0.25
0/6 0/6 0.5 0.1 0/10 0/10 1 0.1 0/100 5 0.5
0/10 0/10 1 0.1
0/16 0/16 2 0.2 0/200 10 1
0/25 0/25 5 0.5 0/250 10 1
0/16 0/16 2 0.2 0/40 0/40 5 0.5
0/25 0/25 5 0.5 0/60 0/60 5 1
0/300 10 2
0/40 0/40 5 0.5 0/600 20 2
Compound
Range Dial Graduations Type 1122
–1/0/1.5 -1/0/1.5 .5 .05
–1/0/3 -1/0/3 .5 .05
–1/0/5 -1/0/5 .5 .1 0/15 5 1
kPa Major Minor 0/30 10 2
(kilopascal) Interval Graduation Range Dial Graduations
0/60 15 5
0/100 10 1 kPa Major Minor Dual-Scale 0/100 20 10
0/160 20 2 (kilopascal) Interval Graduation psi 0/160 40 10
0/250 50 5 0/100 10 1 0/14 0/200 50 10
0/400 50 5 0/160 20 2 0/22 0/300 100 25
0/600 50 10 0/250 50 5 0/35
0/400 50 5 0/55 0/400 100 25
0/1000 100 10 0/600 50 10 0/85 0/600 150 50
0/1600 200 20 0/1000 100 10 0/140 0/1000 250 50
0/2500 500 50 0/1600 200 20 0/220
0/4000 500 50 0/2500 500 50 0/350
0/4000 500 50 0/550
0/6000 500 100 0/850
(1) The 1122KE is stem mounted.
The 1122KF is surface mounted with a back flange. Compound
–100/0/300 50 5 30˝Hg/40
–100/0/500 50 50 30˝Hg/70
TO ORDER THESE 1150H & 1122 GAUGES:

Select: 45 1150 H 02L XXX 600#
1. Dial size–21⁄2˝, 41⁄2˝
2. Type
3. Tube and socket material–see chart above
5. Connection location–Lower (L) only
7. Standard pressure range 600 psi

115
Low Pressure Bellows Gauge
Type 1187, 1188 & 1189
ASME B40.100 Grade A
(±2-1-2% of span)
• Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ dial sizes Ashcroft® bellows gauges are used
for measuring low pressures from
• Bellows-actuated mechanism
10 in. H2O to 10 psi pressure as well
• Three bellows materials as vacuum and compound ranges.
Coupled with their sensitivity, these
• Easily adjustable micrometer gauges have a rugged design for
pointer
process and industrial applications.
• Phenolic (1188) or aluminum
(1187, 1189) cases
• All-stainless steel movements
PRESSURE RANGES(2,4) CASE SELECTION

STANDARD METRIC Dial Size Case Type Case Material Ring Style Mounting
Single Dual Single Dual Aluminum, black Hinged steel,
Scale Dial Scale Dial Scale Dial Scale Dial 41⁄2˝ 1187 Flush — back only
epoxy coated black crinkle enamel
Compound Pressure Pressure Pressure
Stem — lower or back
(Vac/Press) Inner Outer Outer Scale Threaded polypropylene Surface — lower or back
in.H2O in.H2O oz/in2 mmH2O in.H20 41⁄2˝ 1188 Phenolic, black
ring Flush— back, order 1278M
–5/5 0/10 0/6 0/250 0/10 mounting ring, specify X56
–10/10 0/15 0/9 0/400 0/16
–30/10 0/20 0/12 Aluminum, Threaded polypropylene Stem — lower
0/600 0/24 41⁄2˝, 6˝ 1189 black epoxy coated ring Surface — lower
–20/20 0/30 0/18 0/1000 0/40
–40/20 0/40 0/24 0/1600 0/60
–10/30 0/60 0/35 0/2500 0/100
–30/30 0/80 0/45
0/4000 0/160 BELLOWS SYSTEM/RANGE SELECTION(1)
–70/30 0/100 0/57
0/6000 0/240
–20/40 0/150 0/90 Order Bellows Pressure Vacuum Compound NPT Available
–50/50 Vacuum Vacuum Code & Socket Range Range Range Conn. Case Size
in.Hg/psi psi in.Hg –250/0 –10/0 Material and Type
–5/3 0/5 0/10 –400/0 –16/0 41⁄2˝–1187
10 in.H2O to
–2/5 0/8 0/16 –600/0 –24/0 A Brass 10 in.H2O to 10 psi ⁄4, 1⁄2
1
41⁄2˝–1188
20 in.Hg
–5/5 0/10 0/20 –1000/0 –40/0 Minimum 41⁄2˝, 6˝–1189(3)
–10/5 –1600/0 –60/0 5 in. H2O vac / 5 in. H2O 41⁄2˝–1187
Vacuum –2500/0 –100/0 10˝ H2O to
S 316 SS 10 in.H2O to 10 psi ⁄4, 1⁄2
1
41⁄2˝–1188
in.H20 mmHg –4000/0 –160/0 20 in.Hg Maximum 41⁄2˝, 6˝–1189(3)
10/0 18/0 –6000/0 –240/0 10 in. H2O vac / 5 psi
15/0 28/0 41⁄2˝–1187
Compound Compound 10˝ H2O to
P Monel 10 in.H2O to 10 psi ⁄4, 1⁄2
1
41⁄2˝–1188
20/0 37/0 20 in.Hg
–125/125 –5/5 41⁄2˝, 6˝–1189(3)
30/0 56/0
40/0 75/0 –200/200 –8/8
(1) For selection of the correct bellows system material, see the
60/0 110/0 –300/300 –12/12 media application table on page 271 or the Corrosion Guide.
80/0 150/0 –500/500 –20/20 (2) Others ranges available: Consult factory.
100/0 180/0 –800/800 –30/30 (3) 6˝ case lower connect only.
150/0 270/0 –1250/1250 –50/50 (4) Dual scale standard. If single scale is required, specify “single scale only.”
in.Hg ftH20 –2000/2000 –80/80

–3000/3000 –120/120
10/0 11/0
15/0 17/0
20/0 23/0
TO ORDER THIS 1188, 1187 OR 1189 PRESSURE GAUGE:

Select: 45 1188 AS* 02L XXX 10 IW
1. Dial size–41⁄2˝ & 6˝
2. Case type–1188, 1187, 1189
3. Bellows and socket material
4. Connection size – 1⁄4˝ (02), 1⁄2˝ (04)
5. Connection location – Lower (L), Back (B)
6. Optional features – see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range –10 in.H2O
Accessories – see pages 261-266
*“S” Denotes solid-front case design.
116
Low Pressure Diaphragm Gauge
Series 1490, ASME B40.100
• 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ dial size diaphragm capsule to measure low

• Glass-filled polysulfone case pressure and vacuum. The gauge is
material, won’t rust or dent specifically designed for use whenever
the pressure medium is a gas that
• Beryllium copper diaphragm
is not corrosive to beryllium copper,
• Brass socket brass, polysulfone and RTV silicone.
• Wetted materials of beryllium The polysufone case is suitable for
copper, brass, polysulfone and intermittent or continuous service on
RTV silicone natural gas provided a .013˝ throttle
• IP 54 plug is installed in the socket. Typical
applications are, but not limited to,
The Ashcroft® Type 1490 low pres- vacuum pumps, gas leak detectors, air
sure diaphragm gauge is designed to compressors, air filters, gas burners,
measure pressure from 10 in.H2O to gas measurement, vacuum ovens,
15 psi, both positive and negative pres- suction regulators and respirators.
sures. This gauge uses a very sensitive
SELECTION TABLE
DIAL SIZE TYPE WETTED MATERIAL CONN. SIZE & TYPE CONNECTION LOCATION RANGES OPTIONAL FEATURES
Code Desc. Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description
25 21/2˝ 1490 Low Pressure A Beryllium Copper 01 1/8 NPT L Lower 10 IW 0 to 10 in.H2O XAN 1% Opt. Accuracy
35 31/2˝ Diaphragm augeG Brass 02 1/4 NPT B Center Back XDA Dial Marking
Polysulfone 1
HD /8˝ I.D.Tubing Hose Barb(2,3) T Top See Chart for XNH Stain. Steel Tag
RTV licone Si 3
HE /16˝ I.D.Tubing Hose Barb(2,3) D 3 O’Clock Entire List of XNN Paper Tag
HF 1/4˝ I.D.Tubing Hose Barb(2,3) E 9 O’Clock Ranges XTU(1,3) Throttle Plug
HG 1/4˝ O.D. Polytube Hose Barb(2,3) XTS(4) Throttle Screw
HH 10-32-2B Female Thread(2,3,4) XUC(2) U-clamp
XZY FlutterGuard™
(1) A throttle plug must be installed in the socket whenever the gauge is used for intermittent or continuous service on natural gas.
(2) U-clamp furnished when hose barb or female thread is specified. EXAMPLES: 25 1490A 02L 10 IW XNH
(3) Throttle plug not available with hose barb or female thread connections.
(4) .020 throttle screw available with HH connection only.
STANDARD RANGES STANDARD RANGES (Cont.) STANDARD METRIC RANGES

Pressure Figure Intervals Minor Graduation Vacuum Figure Intervals Minor Graduation Pressure Figure Intervals Minor Graduation
0/10 in.H2O 1 0.1 15/0 in.H2O 5 0.2 0/60 cm. H2O 10 1
0/15 in.H2O 5 0.2 30/0 in.H2O 5 0.5 0/2.5 kPa 0.5 0.05
60/0 in.H2O 10 1 0/4 kPa 1 0.1
0/30 in.H2O 5 0.5
100/0 in.H2O 10 1 0/10 kPa 1 0.1
0/60 in.H2O 10 1 0/16 kPa 2 0.2
200/0 in.H2O 20 2
0/100 in.H2O 10 1 15/0 oz./in.2 5 0.2 0/25 kPa 5 0.5
0/160 in.H2O 20 2 30/0 oz./in.2 5 0.5 0/40 kPa 10 1
0/200 in.H2O 20 2 60/0 oz./in.2 10 1 0/100 kPa 10 1
100/0 oz./in.2 10 1 Vacuum
0/300 in.H2O 50 5
Compound 2.5/0 kPa 0.5 0.05
0/10 oz./in.2 1 0.1
–30/30 in.H2O 10 1 4/0 kPa 1 0.1
0/15 oz./in.2 5 0.2
–30/30 in.oz./in.2 10 1 10/0 kPa 1 0.1
0/30 oz./in.2 5 0.5 16/0 kPa 2 0.2
–10/10 in.H2O 2 0.2
0/60 oz./in.2 10 1 Dual Scale 25/0 kPa 5 0.5
0/100 oz./in.2 10 1 40/0 kPa 10 1
Graduations
0/160 oz./in.2 20 2 100/0 kPa 10 1
Range Inner Scale Outer Scale
0/250 oz./in.2 50 5 Compound
Figure Minor Figure Minor –10/60 cm H2O 10 1
0/3 psi 0.5 0.05 Inner Scale Outer Scale
Intervals Grad. Intervals Grad. –10/80 cm H2O 10 1
0/5 psi 1 0.1 0/9 oz./in.2 0/15 in.H2O 1 0.2 5 0.2 –20/40 cm H2O 10 1
0/10 psi 1 0.1 0/20 oz./in.2 0/35 in.H2O 5 0.5 5 0.5 –10/100 cm H2O 10 1
0/15 psi 5 0.2 0/35 oz./in.2 0/60 in.H2O 5 0.5 10 1 –10/120 cm H2O 20 2
0/60 oz./in.2 0/100 in.H2O 10 1 10 1
Other ranges available on request. Consult factory.
TO ORDER THESE LOW PRESSURE DIAPHRAGM GAUGES:

Select: 25 1490 A 02L XXX 10 IW
1. Dial size – 21⁄2 (25), 31⁄2 (35)
2. Case type
3. Wetted material
4. Connection size – 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄8 (01)
6. Optional features – see page 267-268
7. Standard pressure range – 10 in.H2O

117
Diaphragm Receiver Gauges
Type 1495, ASME B40.100
• Sensitive diaphragm element results The Type 1495 receiver gauge is

in smooth pointer motion the ideal product where the standard
• One-piece polycarbonate window is ASME B40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of
easy to remove span) accuracy or the optional ASME
• Re-zero screw allows easy pointer B40.100 Grade 1A (±1% of span)
adjustment accuracy and smaller dial sizes are
specified. The long pointer, smooth-op-
• Slotted U-clamp for panel mounting
erating sensing element, easily remov-
makes installation easy
able window and re-zero adjustment
The Ashcroft® Type 1495 receiver screw make specification and instal-
gauge uses a diaphragm capsule as its lation of this receiver gauge quick and
sensing element rather than a Bourdon easy. The polysulfone case is suitable
tube. The sensitivity of the diaphragm pro- for intermittent or continuous service on
motes smooth pointer motion that makes natural gas provided a .013˝ throttle plug
minor pressure changes easy to read. is installed in the socket.
SPECIFICATIONS RANGES
Dial Size Gauge Type Wetted Material Connection Size & Type Connection Location Figure Minor
Pressure Intervals Graduations
Code Desc. Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description
0-100% 10 1
25 21/2˝ 1495 Diaphragm A Beryllium Copper 01 1
/8 NPT L Lower
35 31/2˝ Receiver Gauge Brass 02 1
/4 NPT B Center Back 0-10 sq rt 1 0.1
Polysulfone HD 1
/8˝ I.D. Tubing Hose Barb(2,3) T Top 0-10 sq rt/0-100 Linear (5)
RTV Silicone HE 3
/16˝ I.D. Tubing Hose Barb(2,3) D 3 O'Clock
HF 1
/4˝ I.D. Tubing Hose Barb(2,3) E 9 O'Clock (5) This dial is standard and will be supplied unless otherwise
HG 1
/4˝ O.D. Polytube Hose Barb(2,3) ordered. Figure/minor intervals same as single case.
HH 10-32-2B Female Thread(2,3,4)
(1) A throttle plug must be installed in the socket whenever the gauge is used for intermittent or continuous service on natural gas.
(2) U-clamp furnished when hose barb or female thread is specified.
(3) Throttle plug not available with hose barb or female thread connections.
(4) .020 throttle screw available on HH connection only.
SPECIFICATIONS OPTIONS
Code Description
Dial Size: 21/2˝ and 31/2˝
XAN 1% optional accuracy
Case
XDA Dial marking
Material: Glass-filled polysulfone
XNH Stainless steel tag
Sensing
XNN Paper tag
Element: Beryllium copper diaphragm
XTU(1,3) Throttle plug
Wetted
XTS(4) Throttle screw
Materials: Beryllium copper, brass,
polysulfone and RTV XUC(2) U-clamp
silicone XZY FlutterGuard™
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1495 RECEIVER GAUGE:

Select: 3535 1495A5 0235 B535 XUC5 3-15 psi35 Range5
1. Dial size – 31⁄2˝
2. Case type – 1495 and wetted material
3. Connection size – 1⁄4 (02), 1⁄8 (01)
5. Variation for U-clamp
6. Basic model code for 3-15# signal
7. Actual dial range required; i.e, 0-100%, 0-10 sq rt, etc.

118
General Purpose Digital Gauge
Type DG25, ±1/2% of Span
Terminal Point Accuracy
• 0.5% terminal point accuracy The Ashcroft® DG25 series offers

(0.25% optional) 0.5% of span accuracy. Laser-welded
• Five-digit LCD display with large stainless steel sensor and socket
.48˝ character size make this product suitable for use
• Bar graph display (20 segment) with a wide variety of pressure media
in demanding industrial applications.
• Nine engineering units of measure
This series is also available with
plus one user programmable unit
enhanced accuracy of 0.25% of span
• Capable of measuring gauge, making it suitable for many test and
vacuum and compound ranges measurement uses.
from –14.7 psi through 25,000 psi IP67 ingress protection rating
• IP67 weatherproof enclosure means the DG25 is suitable for
*Shown with Optional
• CE compliant, RoHs compliant, UL demanding applications such as Protective Boot &
and cUL 61010-1 equipment wash down. Back Light
• The versatile and economical choice The DG25 comes standard with
for a wide variety of applications many features such as: tare, min and engineering units, and pressure
max memory, programmable custom ranges from vacuum to 25,000 psi.
Accuracy: 0.5% F.S. standard, 0.25% optional Wetted Matl.: 17-4 ph sensor & 316L socket, laser Hard Keys: on/off; Power Symbol and Enter
includes effects of linearity, hyster- welded zero; Zero, Tare, and Up Arrow
esis and repeatability Connection: 1⁄4 NPT lower standard, menu Access, Backlight, Down Arrow
LCD Display: Five-digit numeric top line, five- Options 1⁄8 NPT, G ¼ B, others Agency
character alphanumeric lower line, consult factory; 6 o’clock (lower) Approvals: CE (heavy industrial), ASME B40.7,
20 segment vertical bar graph, position standard RoHs, UL 61010/ cUL
four-segment battery life indicator, Battery: Two AA alkaline batteries Proof Pressure: Vac – 2000: 200%
dedicated icons for gauge timer, % of Span 3000 – 5000: 150%
back light timer, tare, min and max Battery Life: 2000 hours minimum
7500 – 25,000: 120%
Character Height: Upper line 0.48˝ (12.19mm,) Battery Indicator: 4 levels
Burst Pressure: Vac – 2000: 800%
Lower line 0.24˝ (6.10mm) Cycle Life: 10 million cycles % of Span 3000 – 5000: 500%
View Angle: 12 o’clock Vibration: MIL-STD-202G, Method 201A 7500 – 25,000: 300%
Backlight: Optional Shock: MIL-STD-202G, Method 213B, Options: XB3 Pouch with Logo
Engineering Units: psi, bar, inHg, cmHg, mmHg, kPa, Test Condition K X6B Cleaned with Oxygen Service
mPa, kg/cm2, ftH2O, and customer XC4 Individual Calibration Chart
Operating Temp: –4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C) XNH Wired SS Tag
defined unit ambient temp.; –4°F to 176°F,
Ranges: 45 standard psi and bar ranges from (–20°C to 80°C) process media
–14.7 to 25000 psi, gauge, vacuum temp
and compound ranges available. Storage Temp: Batteries Installed:
Enclosure Matl.: Case & Back: Polycarbonate/ABS –4°F to 140°F, (–20°C to 60°C)
Window: Polycarbonate Batteries Removed:
–4°F to 176°F, (–20°C to 80°C)
Enclosure Rating: IP67
Temp. Coef.: 0.04%/°F (–20°F to 180°F) zero and
Protective Boot: Optional (Black or Orange) span. Reference Temp. 70°F
Serial No.: Yes Leak Integrity: 10-7 std. cc/sec.
Nominal Size: 2.73˝ (70mm) dia.; 1.61˝ (40.9mm) Update Rate: 1Hz, 2Hz, 4Hz,
deep; 2.64˝ (67mm) centerline to
end of 1⁄4 NPT thread height Keypad Functions: Three key; available with multi press
functionality
TO ORDER THIS TYPE DG25 GAUGE:
Select: 25 DG25 5 1 L 1 N/AM02 L 3000# – XB3

2. Case Type Number: DG25
3. Accuracy: (3) 0.25%, (5) 0.50%
4. Type: (1) Battery
5. Backlight: (L), (N) Not Applicable
4. Protective Boot: (0) None, (1) Black, (2) Orange
5. Electrical Connection: (N/A)
6. Connection Size: (M01), (M02), (MG2), (MGA), (F09),
7. Connection Location: (L)
8. Range: 15 psi-25,000 psi
9. Options: (XB3), (X6B), (XC4), (XNH)

119
SANITARY
PRESSURE
GAUGES
Type 2030 Digital Sanitary Gauge .............121

Type 1032, 21/2˝, 31/2˝ and 41/2˝ Gauge ........122
Type 1036 31/2˝ Gauge
w/Type 1037 Sanitary Fitting ..................123
Type 1032, 2˝ Fractional Gauge ..................124
Options for Process, Stainless Steel,
Test and Industrial Pressure Gauges.......125

120

121
Type 2030 Series
Digital Sanitary Gauge 3˝
AT LAST, A MULTI-FUNCTIONAL Features

SANITARY GAUGE FROM THE • 4/20mA Output (optional)
EXPERTS IN PRESSURE • (1) or (2) SPDT Switches (optional)
MEASUREMENT • .25% F.S. Terminal Point Accuracy
The Ashcroft® sanitary digital • IP 65 Weatherproof Case Suitable For
gauge saves money, time and Wash Downs
space. Now, one digital pressure • Large Display
gauge can replace three instru- • Easy-to-Use Password Protected Menu
ments . . . a mechanical pressure With:
gauge, a transducer and a switch! - 5 Backlite Display Options
Save space, installation costs and - 12 Engineering Units
the cost of additional instruments - Menu Configure Feature
and pipe cut-outs. - Update Rate
SPECIFICATION - Dampen Rate
DIRECT
Type: - Auto-Off MOUNT
Conventional Tri-clamp: 2032 (battery), 2132(1) • Material Traceability Certification to REMOTE
MOUNT
loop (4-20mA, 12-36 Vdc) 2232(1) line (12-36 Vdc) EN 10204: 2004 3.1†
In-line Tri-clamp: 2036 (battery), 2136 (12-36 Vdc), †Excludes 2036 Series
2232 line (12-36 Vdc)
Accuracy: Terminal point Battery Life: 500 Hrs., Battery Life Indicator – standard 30, sec, 1 min, 5 min.
Full Scale: .25% F.S. accuracy Agency Approvals: CE (excludes XRE variation) Zero Disable: Zero “lockout” feature
Case Size: 3˝ Material Traceability Certification to EN 10204: 2004 Field Recalibration: Zero, span & midscale
Case Material/Finish: (3˝) 300 series SS, 3.1 standard ASME B40.7 (password protected)
Electropolished KEYBOARD FUNCTIONS Calibration: Allows for recalibration of zero & span
Case Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof, IP65, NEMA 4 On/Off: Manually turns unit on & off (auto off (includes factory default calibration)
Wetted Parts: 316 SS options in menu) OPTIONS
Fill Fluid: Glycerine standard, Food Grade Zero/Clear: Zeros display or clears min/max values 4-20mA Output
Silicone (XCZ), Food Grade Mineral Oil (XMY) when displayed Line Powered: 12-36 Vdc
Tri-Clamp Connection: Direct, in-line 11⁄2 ˝, 2 ˝, Min/Max Arrow Key: Stores min & max values, Switching: (XU1 code) (1) or (XU@ code) (2) SPDT
Ashcroft remote in-line (XRE), arrow key allows for scrolling thru menu items switches, (requires line power), (max. contact
Seal Surface Finish: 12-20Ra Menu: Allows for changes to default settings (see below) 30Vdc, 1 amp, 125Vac, .5 Amp) switches adjustable
Connection Location: Lower Backlite (optional) Arrow Key: Manually turns to 100% of range
Ranges: 15 psi thru 1,000 psi including metric, backlite on & off (auto off options in menu), arrow Remote Mount Seal: (RE code) standard with 10´
compound & vac key allows for scrolling thru menu items shielded cable
Process Temp. Limits(2): 14°F / 275°F (–10°C / Enter: Selects items in the menu NOTES
135°C) to withstand clean in place (CIP) & steam in MENU MODE (1) 3´ shielded cable standard.
place (SIP) Engineering Units (Units): 10 units of measurement (2) Rezero gauge often after exposure to elevated
Ambient Temp. Limits(3): 14°F / 140°F (–10°C / 60°C) are available; psi, inH2O with 3 temp. options: 20°C, temperatures and use.
Temperature Error: ±.22% per 10°F, (12°F) (Span and 60°F, 4°C*, mmHg, ftH2O, mPa, kPa, kg/cm2 & bar (3) The 2030 Series Digital Gauge is not suitable for
Zero shift can be eliminated by rezeroing the gauge at Configuration Mode (Config): Allows for changes to an autoclave.
operating temperatures. Temperatures must be within default settings of gauge
process temperature limits) RANGES
Bar Graph (Graph): Allows for adjustment of bar-
Storage Temperature: –4°F / 158°F (–20°C / 70°C) graph & 4-20mA output
Overrange Pressure: 2x range of gauge psi in. Hg Comp. mmHg in. Hg
Auto Off (Off): Allows for changes to auto off of gauge: (Vacuum) (psi) (pressure) (pressure) in. H2O
DISPLAY 5 options:, 30 min., 10 min., 5 min., 2 min., never 15 30* –15/0/15* 800 30 400
Type: LCD Update Rate (Update): 4 options: 100mili-sec, 30 –15/0/30* 1000 60 800
Display Digits: 5 digits 1 sec, 500mili-sec, 200mili-sec, 60 –15/0/60* 2000 100 1000
Character Height: .60˝ Dampening (Damp): 6 options: none, average 8, 6, 100 –15/0/100* 3000 160
4, 2 times per 100ms 160 5000 200
Backlite: Off by default (optional) 200 10,000 300
Backlite Lit (optional): 5 options: NEVER, 10 sec,
Bar Graph: Yes 300 400
600 600
800 800
HOW TO ORDER 1000
30 2032 SD 15L RE 160# Bar/
mBar ft. H2O mPa kPa
Dial Size: 3˝ KSC
Case Type Number: 1000 60 1 100 1
2032 Battery 1500 160 1.6 160 1.6
2132 4-20mA loop powered 2000 200 2.5 250 2.5
2232 12-36 Vdc 2500 300 4 400 4
2036 In-line battery 4000 400 6 600 6
2136 In-line 4-20mA loop powered 5000 600 10 1000 10
2236 In-line 12-36Vdc 8000 1000 16 1600 16
10,000 25 2500 25
Wetted Parts: 316L SS
15,000 40 4000 40
Process Connection: 1.5,˝ 2.0˝ Tri-Clamp 20,000 60 6000 60
Variations: RE remote mount in-line design
*Note all compound and vacuum ranges require mineral oil fill
Range: 160 psi (XMY option)

122
Sanitary Gauges
Type 1032, Accuracy
(±1.5%-2.0% of span)
DESIGNED FOR SAFETY AND OTHER FEATURES:

LONGER LIFE Available in 21/2,̋ 31/2˝ and 41/2˝
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement dial sizes, 1032 sanitary pressure
isolates movement from shock and gauges can be autoclaved/sterilized
vibration for longer life and cleaned or steamed in place
• All stainless, all-welded construc- (CIP, SIP). These gauges have been
tion for long life designed specifically to meet the
• PLUS!™ Performance Option: needs of the sanitary marketplace.
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry They are available dry, liquid-filled
gauge or hermetically sealed to allow for
- Reduces wear caused by vibra- washdowns and also available with
tion and pulsations without the PLUS!™ performance option. Actual
liquid-fill headaches material certificates and certificates of
• Autoclavable to 300°F (149°C)(1) conformance supplied as standard to
EN 10204: 2004 3.1.
• True Zero™ pointer indication –
no stop pin to mask false zero
reading – ensures safety and
process control
(1) Available in 31/2˝ 1032 only with option XPS
polysulfone window..
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD RANGES(4)

Pressure Compound
Dial Sizes: 21/2˝ , 31/2˝ and 41/2˝ (2) Optional System Fillings: Consult factory psi Vacuum/psi
Process Connection: 1 /2˝ and 2˝ Tri-Clamp lower
1
Case Fillings: The standard sanitary gauge is dry 0/15 30 in.Hg/0 psi
and back(3) Optional fills include: 0/30 30 in.Hg/15 psi
• Glycerin USP Grade 99.5% pure)
Diaphragm Material and Surface Finish: 0/60 30 in.Hg/30 psi
• Food grade silicone
Electropolished 316L stainless steel 12-20RA 0/100 30 in.Hg/60 psi
(Micro-inch) Optional Windows: Safety glass (all sizes) and 0/160 30 in.Hg/100 psi
polysulfone (31/2˝ only). 0/200 30 in.Hg/150 psi
Case and Ring: 300 series polished stainless
steel Clean or Steam in Place: (CIP or SIP) Process 0/300 30 in.Hg/300 psi
temperature limit 280°F (138°C). 0/400
Accuracy: ±1.5% of span for pressure ranges
100 psi thru 1000 psi. ±2.0% of span for vacuum, Autoclave or Sterilize: Ambient temperature limit 0/600
compound and pressure ranges below 100 psi of 300°F (149°C) when supplied with polysulfone 0/1000(5)
window (31/2˝ dry gauge only).
Pointer: Adjustable (external zero adjust on (4) Nonstandard ranges available standard including
31/2˝ dial size) units in bar, kg/cm2 and kPa.
Notes: (5) Consult Alpha Laval-Triclover for appropriate clamps
Windows: 21/2˝, 31/2˝–Polycarbonate standard for 1000 psi range.
41/2˝–Glass standard (2) 41/2˝ available with lower-connect
2˝ Tri-Clamp only.
Dial: White with black markings including 3A
insignia (3) For other connections, consult the factory.
• Dual scales, metric ranges and false reading
Agency Compliance: 3A compliance to standard dials are available on request.
74-05 titled – “3A Sanitary Standard for Liquid
Pressure and Level sensing Devices” • Special dials with colors, logos, etc., available
upon request.
System Filling: Pharmacuetical/Kosher USP
• Tri-Clamps not included.
grade glycerin (99.5% pure)
Optional: Food grade silicone • Tri-Clamp is a registered trademark of
Alfa Laval Inc.
TO ORDER THIS 1032 SANITARY GAUGE:
Select: 35 1032S L 15L 100#

1. Dial size–21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ & 41⁄2˝
2. Case type–1032
3. Liquid-filled case, if required
otherwise eliminate
4. Process connection Tri-Clamp size–11⁄2˝ (15), 2˝ (20)

123
In-Line Sanitary Gauges
Type 1036 with Type 1037
Sanitary Instrument Fitting
TYPE 1036 SANITARY GAUGE TYPE 1037 INSTRUMENT FITTING

• All-welded stainless steel Bourdon • Tubing O.D. size from 1/2˝ thru 2˝
tube • 316L SS
• Field liquid-fillable gauge case • Electropolished 12-20RA (Micro-
• True Zero™ pointer indication inch) internal surface finish
• PowerFlex™ movement for extended • Heat number stamped on each
life fitting
• Easy Zero™ external pointer 1036
adjustment standard Ashcroft® Type 1036 in-line sani- Gauge
• Retrofits Anderson Instrument CPM tary pressure gauge and Type 1037
design sanitary instrument fitting virtually
• PLUS!™ Performance Option: eliminate process deadleg. The design 1037
Fitting
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry of the Type 1036 sanitary gauge and
gauge instrument fitting allows for the dia-
- Reduces wear caused by vibra- phragm of the gauge to be positioned
tion and pulsations without at the gauge instrument fitting, elimi-
liquid-fill headaches nating the pocket or deadleg that may
- Order as option XLL cause contamination.
The Type 1036 sanitary gauge and the Ashcroft Type 1036 with the Type
Type 1037 instrument fitting utilize a 1037 instrument fitting on sanitary
11/2˝ Tri-Clover-type mating connec- instrument fitting for tube sizes from
tion. This feature offers flexibility to use 1
/2˝ thru 2˝.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR 1036 SANITARY GAUGE STANDARD RANGES(2)

Pressure Compound
Dial Size: 31/2˝ Clean or Steam in Place: (CIP or SIP) Process psi Vacuum/psi
Accuracy: ±1.5% of span for pressure ranges 100 temperature limit 280°F (138°C).
0/15 30 in.Hg/0 psi
psi thru 1000 psi. ±2.0% of span for vacuum, Autoclave or Sterilize: Ambient temperature limit 0/30 30 in.Hg/15 psi
compound and pressure ranges below 100 psi of 300°F (149°C) when supplied with polysulfone
0/60 30 in.Hg/30 psi
Case and Ring: 300 series stainless steel window (31/2˝ dry gauge only).
0/100 30 in.Hg/60 psi
Ring Type: Bayonet We recommend a polysulfone window for auto- 0/160 30 in.Hg/100 psi
Bourdon Tube and Socket: 316L stainless steel clave/sterilization. Specify the XPS variation.
0/200 30 in.Hg/150 psi
Available 31/2˝ 1032 only
Diaphragm Material and Surface Finish: 0/300 30 in.Hg/300 psi
316L SS Electropolished 12-20RA (Micro-inch) ASHCROFT® TYPE 1037 INSTRUMENT FITTING 0/400
Diaphragm O-Ring: Buna-N(1) Feature Code 0/600
Connection: Lower 316L SS construction Standard 0/1000(3)
System Filling: Pharmacuetical/Kosher USP Wetted parts electropolished to
12-20RA (Micro-inch) Standard (2) Nonstandard ranges available standard including
grade glycerin (99.5% pure) units in bar, kg/cm2 and kPa.
Optional: Food grade silicone Heat number stamped on fitting Standard
(3) For high pressure Tri-Clamps® consult Alfa Laval Inc.
Sizes:
Windows: Polycarbonate
1
/2˝ Tri-Clamp connection 50
Pointer: Black-painted aluminum with (external
zero adjustment)
3
/4˝ Tri-Clamp connection 75
1˝ Tri-Clamp connection 10
Dial: White with black markings including
3A insignia 11/2˝ Tri-Clamp connection 15
2˝ Tri-Clamp connection 20
Movement: 300 series stainless steel
Agency Approvals: 3A compliance to sanitary
To Ensure Cleanliness
standard 74-05
(1) Prior to reinstalling the Type 1036 into the
Ranges: 15# thru 1000#, including compound Type 1037 instrument fitting, we recommend
and vacuum replacing the O-ring (P/N 185A106-75)
TO ORDER THIS 1036 SANITARY GAUGE: TO ORDER 1037 FITTING:
Select: 35 1036 SD L 15L XXX 100# 75 – 1037

1. Dial size–31⁄2˝ 50 – /2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
1
}
2. Family–1036 75 – 3/4˝ Tri-Clamp connection
3. System material/fill–dry 10 – 1˝ Tri-Clamp connection
4. Liquid filled core if required. Drop D and add L (glycerin) 15 – 11/2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
5. Connection size/location–1.5˝ seal/lower 20 – 2˝ Tri-Clamp connection
6. X variations
7. Range

124
Fractional Sanitary Pressure
Gauge, Type 1032
Accuracy (±2.0% of span)
• For use with 3⁄4˝ Tri-Clamp The Ashcroft® Type 1032 fractional
connections ONLY sanitary gauge is designed for appli-
• 2˝ gauge size suitable for limited- cations in the food, pharmaceutical,
space applications and biotechnical industries where
small size and sanitary conditions
• 316L stainless steel process are a priority.
wetted parts This compact 2˝ gauge features
• Self-draining case designed for all-stainless steel construction,
washdowns temperature-vented case, built-in
pressure damping and a self-draining
• Small diaphragm to minimize case to facilitate washdowns. The
process deadleg Type 1032 can also be cleaned or
• Autoclavable steamed in place. Available in a wide
variety of pressure ranges from 30
• Can be steamed or cleaned- psi, including compound.
in-place (SIP or CIP) Actual material certificates supplied
as standard to EN 10204: 2004 3.1.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD RANGES(1)

Size: 2˝ (50mm) Notes: Pressure Compound
psi Vacuum/psi
Process • Dual-scale, metric ranges and special dials
Connection: 3/4˝ Tri-Clamp, lower connection only with logos are available on request 0/30 30 in.Hg/30 psi
Diaphragm • The Ashcroft sanitary gauge can be 0/60 30 in.Hg/45 psi
& Housing: 316 stainless steel electropolished recalibrated at the factory 0/100 30 in.Hg/60 psi
12-20Ra (micro-inch) • Tri-Clamp is a registered trademark of 0/160 30 in.Hg/100 psi
Accuracy: Upscale accuracy ±2% of span to Alpha Laval, Inc. 0/200 30 in.Hg/150 psi
±3% of span depending on range. • Gasket material and clamp torque tightness 0/300 30 in.Hg/300 psi
Downscale accuracy up to 5% may effect gauge accuracy. The Ashcroft Type 0/400
Pointer: Nonadjustable 1032 fractional sanitary pressure gauge is 0/600
calibrated at the factory using a Buna gasket.
Window: Glass standard The Tri-Clamp type of clamp is tightened to 25
Dial: White with black markings inch pounds during calibration as recom-
mended by the clamp manufacturer. Specify
Accuracy: 2˝ (50mm) gasket material if other than Buna when order-
System ing the Ashcroft 1032 fractional pressure
Filling: Pharmaceutical/food quality USP gauge.
grade Kosher glycerin (99.5% pure)
TO ORDER THIS 1032 SANITARY GAUGE:

Select: 20 1032 S 75L 100#
1. Dial size–2˝
2. Case type–1032
3. Diaphragm–316L stainless steel
4. Process connection Tri-Clamp size–3⁄4˝ (75)
6. Pressure range

125
Options for Process, Stainless
Steel, Test and Industrial
Pressure Gauges
CODE DESCRIPTION PRESSURE GAUGE TYPE
DURAGAUGE GAUGES
1490/1495 SERIES
1010, 1017, 1220
1009 (21/2˝, 31/2˝)
1009 (41/2˝, 6˝)
TEST GAUGES
1008S
1259
XLL PLUS! Performance    (1)
XBF WaII mounting bracket 
XFW Back flange 
XFF Front flange   
XUC U-clamp    
XLJ Dry liquid-fillable gauge     
XOS Overload stop   STD  (3)
STD 
XVS Underload stop   STD  (3)
STD 
XTS Throttle screw        
XTU Throttle plug   
XS4 Slotted link movement (decrease)   
XRJ Slotted link (increase)   
XAP Adjustable pointer  
XMP Micrometer pointer STD STD   
XSH Red set hand stationary    
XEO Red set hand adjustable     
XEP Maximum pointer    
XEQ Minimum pointer    
XPD Plastic window   STD  STD(2)   STD
XSG Safety glass      
XRG Regular glass STD STD STD STD STD
XDA Dial marking        
XNN Paper tag        
XNH Stainless steel tag        
XAB Absolute pressure  
XAJ 1
⁄2% optional accuracy STD STD  
XAN 1% optional accuracy STD STD 
XBD Black dial       
X6B Oxygen-cleaned gauges (gaseous)       
XTB Tip bleed  
XED High and low electric contacts 
XEE Double high-electric contacts 
XEF Double low-electric contacts 
XEG Electric contacts off at low or 
high and in-between
XGV Silicone-filled gauge    
XGX Halocarbon-filled gauge    
XCH Carrying handle 
XC4 Calibration Chart       
NOTES:
The options listed above are only a partial listing. For other options on these or other pressure instruments please call the factory for availability.
(1) Available on 63mm and 100mm.
(2) Available on 40mm and 50mm. Standard window material is glass for 40/50mm 1008S.
(3) Standard 63 & 100mm.

126

127
COMMERCIAL
GAUGES
(Generally ASME B 40.1 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span),

accuracy , review section for exceptions)
Type 1005 ....................................................129

Type 1005P ..................................................130
Type 1005S..................................................131
Type 1001T Panel Gauges ...........................132
Type 1005P, XUL Sprinkler Gauges..............133
Type 1005M, XRG Agricultural
Ammonia Gauges ....................................134
Type 1008A/AL General Service Gauges .....135
Type 1000 and Type 2071A
Contractor Gauges ...................................136
Type 1007P, XOR; Type 1001T, XOR
Refrigeration Gauges................................137
Type 23DDG MiniGauge® Pressure Gauge ..138
Type 12DDG, 15DDG Direct Drive Gauges ...139
128
129
Commercial Pressure Gauge
Type 1005, ASME B 40.100
• Case material is black-painted push-in window allows for better dial

steel visibility. These gauges are commonly
• These gauges have a heat-resistant used on compressors, filter regula-
push-in polycarbonate window tors, water pumps, beverage-dispens-
ing equipment, paint sprayers and a
• Dial faces match other Ashcroft® variety of other applications.
commercial gauges for easy Ashcroft Type 1005 gauges have
readability
the patented PowerFlex movement
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement with polyester segment for increased
with polyester segment resistance to rough usage, for a more
durable, longer-lasting gauge.
• True Zero™ indication, a unique
True Zero indication reduces the
safety feature
potential risk of installing a damaged
gauge on your equipment.
Ashcroft® Type 1005 gauges are FlutterGuard™ can be added
available in 11⁄2˝ through 31⁄2˝ dial to Type 1005 gauges to eliminate
sizes. The full-view polycarbonate pointer flutter and extend gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS GAUGE OPTIONS

Type no.: 1005 Factory variation code in ( )
Accuracy: ASME B 40.100 Grade B Case: Case color other than black
(±3-2-3% of span) Connection: 1
⁄8 NPT lower, 1⁄8 NPT back Vent hole (VH)
1
⁄4 NPT lower, 1⁄4 NPT back
Size: 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ (11⁄2˝ available in 1⁄8 NPT only) Pointer: Adjustable (AP)
Case: Black-painted steel Socket: Nickel plated brass (NP)
Ranges: 1 ⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi
1
Nonstandard length or thread
Ring: None 2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-6000 psi and
Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
compound
Window: Polycarbonate push-in 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Operating Teflon taped threads (TC)
Dial: Black figures on white temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
background Others: Bulk packaging (ZO)
Customized dials
Pointer: Black, aluminum Nonstandard ranges and special
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze calibration on application
(2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-600 psi UL 404 and UL 252A listing for
and compound, compressed gas service for 2˝
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi) gauges
Helical bronze FlutterGuard (SF)
(2˝-31⁄2˝ 1000-6000 psi) Top or side connection:
Movement: Patented PowerFlex with (02D= right side)
polyester segment Note: 41⁄2˝ gauges are available as (02E= left side)
Type 1000 with black friction- (02T= top connection)
Socket: Brass fit ring and plastic window. Receiver ranges:
Restrictor: 0.013˝ orifice throttle plug in Refer to Bulletin CG-10 3/15 psi, 0/10 square root,
gauges 1000 psi and above 0/100% (PR)
Clean for oxygen service
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005 GAUGE:

Select: 20 W 1005 H 01L X(AP) 100#
1. Dial Size: 2˝
2. Patented PowerFlex™ Movement
3. Case Type Number: 1005
4. Socket Material: Brass
5. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT lower
6. Option: Adjustable Pointer
7. Range: 100 psi
130
Type 1005P, ASME B 40.100
• Case material is ABS full-view polycarbonate window for

better dial visibility. For applications
• Heat-resistant polycarbonate
window
requiring a high degree of corrosion
resistance (where a more expensive
• Excellent for applications where stainless steel case is specified), the
corrosion or impact resistance is a Type 1005P gauge is ideal. The new
necessity panel mount conversion kits allows
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement the user to convert any back connect
with polyester segment gauge into a panel mount gauge.
The PowerFlex movement in these
• True Zero™ indication, a unique gauges offers superior shock, vibration
safety feature and pulsation resistance.
True Zero indication reduces the
The Ashcroft® Type 1005P case is potential risk of installing a damaged
made of ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene gauge on your equipment.
Styrene), which is ideal for rugged FlutterGuard™ can be added to
applications and harsh environmental Type 1005P gauges to eliminate
conditions. The 1005P gauge has a pointer flutter and extend gauge life.

Type no.: 1005P Connection: 1
⁄8 NPT lower, ⁄8 NPT back
1
Factory variation code in ( )
Accuracy: ASME B 40.100 Grade B
1
⁄4 NPT lower, 1⁄4 NPT back Case: Panel mount conversion kit (XUC)
(±3-2-3% of span) (11⁄2˝ available in 1⁄8 NPT only)
Case color other than black
Size: 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ Ranges: 11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi Vent hole (VH)
2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-6000 psi and Pointer: Adjustable (AP)
Case: ABS compound
Socket: Nonstandard length or thread
Ring: None Operating Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
Window: Polycarbonate snap-in temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Dial: Black figures on white Nickel plated brass (NP)
background Teflon taped threads (TC)
NT CONVER
NEW!
Pointer: Black, aluminum Others: Bulk packaging (ZO)
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze OU Customized dials

FlutterGuard (SF)
SI
M
(2˝-31⁄2˝ vac-600 psi

ON

PANEL
and compound, Nonstandard ranges and spe-

KIT
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi) cial calibration on application

Helical bronze Top or side connection:
(2˝-31⁄2˝ 1000-6000 psi) Panel mount conversion kit
Movement: Patented PowerFlex Receiver ranges:
with polyester segment 3/15 psi, 0/10 square root,
0/100% (PR)
Socket: Brass UL 404 and UL 252A listing
Restrictor: 0.013˝ orifice throttle plug in for compressed gas service
gauges 1000 psi and above for 2˝ gauges
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005P GAUGE:

Select: 20 W 1005 P H 01B X(AP) 100#
1. Dial Size: 2˝
4. Case Material: ABS
5. Socket: Brass
6. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT back
8. Range: 100 psi
131
Type 1005S, ASME B 40.100
• Case material is stainless steel Ashcroft® Type 1005S gauges are

available in 11⁄2˝ and 2˝ dial sizes. The
• These gauges have a heat-
full-view polycarbonate push-in window
resistant push-in polycarbonate
window allows for better dial visibility. For added
resistance to harsh environmental con-
• Dial faces match other Ashcroft ditions, the 1005S dial material is alu-
commercial gauges for easy minum. Ashcroft Type 1005S gauges
readability use the patented PowerFlex move-
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement ment with polyester segment, which
with polyester segment increases the ability to resist rough
usage, thereby helping to lengthen the
• True Zero™ indication, a unique life of the gauge.
safety feature True Zero indication reduces the
FlutterGuard™ is available to
eliminate pointer flutter and extend
gauge life.
Type no.: 1005S Connection: 1
⁄8 NPT lower, 1⁄8 NPT back Factory variation code in ( )
1
⁄4 NPT lower, 1⁄4 NPT back
(11⁄2˝ available in 1⁄8 NPT, back Case: Vent hole (VH)
(±3-2-3% of span)
connection only)
Size: 11⁄2˝, 2˝ Pointer: Adjustable (AP)
Ranges: Vac.-600 psi and compound Socket: Nickel plated brass (NP)
Case: Stainless steel (11⁄2˝ available in vac.-300 psi Nonstandard length or thread
Ring: None only) Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
Window: Polycarbonate push-in Operating 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C Teflon taped threads (TC)
Dial: Black figures on white back-
ground, aluminum Others: Bulk packaging (ZO)
Customized dials
Pointer: Black, aluminum FlutterGuard (SF)
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze (Vac.-600 Nonstandard ranges and spe-
psi and compound) cial calibration on application
Top or side connection:
Movement: Patented PowerFlex (02D = right side)
with polyester segment (02E = left side)
Socket: Brass (02T = top connection)
Receiver ranges:
3/15 psi, 0/10 square root,
0/100% (PR)
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005S GAUGE:

Select: 20 W 1005 S H 01L X(AP) 100#
1. Dial Size: 2˝
4. Case Material: Stainless Steel
5. Socket: Brass
8. Range: 100 psi
132
Commercial Panel Gauge
Type 1001T, ASME B 40.100
• Available in 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝ and 31⁄2˝ Ashcroft® panel gauges offer attrac-
dial sizes tive design, excellent readability, and
a variety of dial sizes with a broad
• Standard panel-mounting with pressure range selection. The 1⁄4 turn
U-clamp design — front flange heat-resistant polycarbonate window
mounting available for 2˝ and 21⁄2˝
is available with a hot-stamped mirror
gauges
band to simulate chrome to further
• Attractively designed 1⁄4 turn enhance your equipment. The patented
polycarbonate window for better PowerFlex™ movement with polyester
visibility and easy removal segment offers superior resistance to
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
shock, vibration and pulsation.
with polyester segment True Zero™ indication, a standard
feature on these gauges, reduces the
• True Zero™ indication, a unique potential risk of installing a damaged
safety feature gauge on your equipment.
FlutterGuard™ is available to
eliminate pointer flutter and extend
gauge life.

Type no.: 1001T Movement: Patented PowerFlex Factory variation code in ( )
Accuracy: ASME B 40.100 Grade B with polyester segment
Case: Vent hole (VH)
(±3-2-3% of span) Socket: Brass
Mounting: Front flange (FF)
Size: 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ Restrictor: 0.013 orifice throttle plug in (available in 2˝ and 21⁄2˝ only)
Case: Black-painted steel gauges 1000 psi and above
Connection: 1
⁄8 NPT Back, 1⁄4 NPT Back Window: Simulated chrome trim (KL)
Mounting: U-clamp (UC)
(11⁄2 available in 1⁄8 NPT only)
Ring: None Pointer: Adjustable (AP)
Ranges: Vac.-6000 psi and compound Socket: Nonstandard length or thread
Window: 1
⁄4 turn threaded (11⁄2˝ available in vac-1000 psi
polycarbonate Throttle plugs, 0.007˝, 0.013˝,
only) 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
Dial: Black figures on white back- Operating Teflon taped threads (TC)
ground temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C Others: Bulk packaging (ZO)
Pointer: Black, aluminum Customized dials
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze FlutterGuard (SF)
(2˝- 31⁄2˝ vac-600 psi, Nonstandard ranges and spe-
11⁄2˝ vac-1000 psi) cial calibration on application
Helical bronze Receiver ranges: 3-15 psi,
(2˝- 31⁄2˝ 1000-6000 psi) 0-10 square root,
0-100% (PR)
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1001T GAUGE:

Select: 20 W 1001 T H 02B X(UC) 100#
1. Dial Size: 2˝
4. 1⁄4 Turn window
6. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄4 NPT Back
7. Mounting: U-clamp
8. Range: 100 psi
133
Fire Protection, Sprinkler Service
Gauge Type 1005P, XUL
ASME B 40.100 Grade B
(±3-2-3% of span)
• Underwriters Laboratory listed and gauges is ABS. The 0-300 psi pres-
Factory Mutual approved sure Arange is used on “wet” systems
where water is available to the sprin-
• Corrosion-resistant ABS case
kler heads. The 0-80 retard to 250 psi
• Heat-resistant polycarbonate pressure range is used on dry systems
push-in window where the lines are filled with air pres-
sure until system activation.
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement The patented PowerFlex™ move-
with polyester segment
ment with polyester segment is
• True Zero™ indication, a unique designed to provide unequalled shock
safety feature and vibration resistance resulting in
superior performance and extended
gauge life.
Ashcroft® fire protection sprinkler True Zero™ indication, a standard
gauges are Underwriters Laboratory feature on these gauges, reduces the
listed and Factory Mutual approved for potential risk of installing a damaged
fire protection sprinkler service. The gauge on your equipment.
case material on Type 1005P, XUL

Type no.: 1005P, XUL Operating Customized dials
Accuracy: ASME B 40.100 Grade B temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Other UL listed ranges on application
(±3-2-3% of span) Connection: 1
⁄4 NPT lower
Dual or triple scale metric dials
Size: 31⁄2˝ Ranges: 0-300 psi (water)
Case: ABS (Polycarbonate blend) 0-80 retard to 250 psi (air)
0-600 psi
Ring: None
UL 393 Listed, UL of Canada
Window: Polycarbonate, push-in Listed and FM approved.
Dial: Black figures on white back-
ground JUST RELEASED!!
NEW!
NOTES
Triple scale dial faces –
Pointer: Black, aluminum
psi / kPa / bar
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped bronze
FM
Movement: Patented PowerFlex
LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY
Socket: Brass
Restrictor: None
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005P, XUL GAUGE:

Select: 35 W 1005 P H 02L XUL 300#
4. Case Type Material: ABS
7. UL listed, FM approved
8. Range: 300 psi
134
Agricultural Ammonia Gauge
Type 1005M, XRG
(±3-2-3% of span)
• Available in black-painted steel The Ashcroft® Type 1005M, XRG

case agricultural ammonia gauge is
• Steel socket, stainless steel
designed to withstand rugged agri-
bourdon tube cultural applications. The patented
PowerFlex™ movement and state-
• Soldered tube-to-socket, and tube- of-the-art manufacturing processes
to-tip joints provide superior gauge performance
• Patented PowerFlex™ stainless and extended gauge life. Gauges are
steel movement with polyester tested to ensure leak integrity to 2.8
segment x 10-4 cc per second of gas at rated
pressure. The glass window eliminates
• True Zero™ indication, a unique the fogging that occurs when plastic
safety feature windows are exposed to ammonia.
True Zero™ indication reduces the

Type no.: 1005M, XRG Socket: Steel Window: Push-in polycarbonate
Accuracy: ASME B 40.100 Grade B (exclude XRG)
Restrictor: None
(±3-2-3% of span) Socket: Throttle plug, stainless
Connection: 1
⁄4 NPT lower
Size: 21⁄2˝ steel, 0.020˝ orifice
Construction: Soldered tube/socket and
Case: Black painted steel Others: Bulk packaging (ZO)
tube/tip joints
Special calibration on
Ring: Black painted steel Ranges: 0/60 psi, 0/150 psi, application
Window: Glass 0/400 psi Customized dials
Operating FlutterGuard™
Dial: Black figures on white
background temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Bourdon tube: “C” shaped 316 stainless
steel
Movement: Patented PowerFlex
stainless steel movement
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1005M, XRG GAUGE:

Select: 25 W 1005 M 02L XRG 400#
4. Socket Material: Steel
6. Glass window and retaining ring
7. Range: 400 psi
135
Type 1008A/AL, 63mm and 100mm
(±3-2-3% of span)
• 63mm (2 1/2˝) and 100mm (4˝) case sizes to provide maximum protection in
• Soldered brass socket and bronze adverse environmental conditions.
tube design Both 63mm and 100mm Type 1008A
• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel gauges are available dry, field-fillable,
case/ring glycerin filled or silicone filled. Acces-
sory kits are available for panel mount-
• Dry, field-fillable or liquid-filled
ing, front flange mounting or retrofit
versions
mounting back connection gauges. The
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement patented PowerFlex™ movement pro-
• True Zero™ indication, a unique vides a higher level of shock, vibration
safety feature and pulsation resistance than conven-
• Two-year warranty on liquid-filled tional movement gauges. NEW!
gauges The True Zero™ feature helps to
assure a quality process and reduces
VENTABLE FILL PLUG
Ashcroft® Type 1008A gauges are manufacturing and inspection costs.
synonymous with durability, flexibility FlutterGuard™ is available for dry
and exceptional quality. The Type gauges to eliminate pointer flutter and
1008A gauge enclosure is sealed extend gauge life.
Type no.: 1008A/AL Movement: Patented PowerFlex with Case: Sealed case, field-fillable (LJ)
polyester segment Silicone filled (GV)
(±3-2-3% of span) Socket: Brass, with O-ring case seal Mounting
Hardware: U-clamp (UC), front flange
Size: 63mm (2 /2˝), 100mm (4˝)
1
Restrictor: Brass throttle plug, 0.013˝ (FF), retrofit flange (RF)
Case: 304 stainless steel, dry orifice in all ranges (except
Socket: Throttle plugs, 0.007,̋ 0.020,̋
(1008A), or liquid filled vacuum and 15# psi ranges)
0.063˝
(1008AL) with ventable plug Connection: 1
/4 NPT lower and back Connections: JIS, DIN, metric, SAE and
Fill Fluid: Glycerin Ranges: Vac. thru 15,000 psi and other connections on
compound. Equivalent metric application
Ring: 304 stainless steel, crimped
ranges available Others: Customized dials
Window: Polycarbonate Nonstandard ranges
Operating
Dial: Black figures on white back- Temperature: Dry gauge: FlutterGuard (SF)
ground, aluminum –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C Special calibration on
Glycerine filled: 20°F to 150°F, application
–7°C to 65°C Clean for oxygen service –
Bourdon Tube: “C” shaped bronze dry gauges only
(vac.-600 psi and compound)
Helical bronze
(1000 psi-6000 psi)
Helical stainless steel
(10,000 psi-15,000 psi)
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1008A/AL GAUGE:
Select: 63 1008 A L 02B XUC 1000#

1. Dial Size: 63mm or 100mm
2. Case Type: 1008
4. Liquid Filled (Glycerin), leave blank if dry
5. Connection Size: 1⁄4 NPT
6. Connection Location: Lower (L), Back (B)
7. Optional Features: XUC = Panel Mounting Kit
8. Range: 1000 psi
136
41⁄2˝ Gauges
Type 1000, ASME B 40.100 Grade B (±3-2-3% of span)
Type 2071A, ASME B 40.100 Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
• Type 2071A contractor gauge offers Ashcroft contractor gauges (Type

aluminum-back flange case (black), 2071A) are lightweight, highly sensi-
with attractive chrome-plated steel ring tive and accurate. These gauges are
• Type 1000 gauge offers black steel case designed to meet the needs of HVAC
with black ring and acrylic window and plumbing contractors, and are
• Adjustable pointer is standard on tested against strict industry specifi-
contractor gauges cations. The aluminum case provides
corrosion resistance.
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement
The patented PowerFlex™ move-
ment, in both Types 1000 and 2071A,
• True Zero™ indication, a unique provides the shock resistance
safety feature needed for rough treatment.
Ashcroft® Type 1000 gauges have True Zero™ indication reduces the Type 2071A
a black steel case and ring with a potential risk of installing a damaged Contractor
plastic window. These gauges are gauge on your equipment. gauge shown
appropriate for general industrial FlutterGuard™ is available to
applications and can be customized eliminate pointer flutter and extend
to complement your equipment. gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS TYPE 1000 TYPE 2071A

Size: 4 ⁄2˝
1
4 ⁄2˝
1
Accuracy: ASME B 40.100, Grade B (±3-2-3% of span) ASME B 40.100, Grade A (±2-1-2% of span)
Case: Black-painted steel Aluminum with back flange, painted black.
Ring: Black-painted steel, friction fit Chrome-plated steel, friction fit
Window: Plastic Glass
Dial: Black figures on white background Black figures on white background
Pointer: Black, aluminum Adjustable, black, aluminum
Bourdon tube: Bronze, soldered Bronze, soldered (siphon required
for steam service)
Movement: Patented PowerFlex with polyester segment Patented PowerFlex with polyester segment
Socket: Brass Brass
Connection: 1
⁄4 NPT lower 1
⁄4 NPT lower
Ranges: Vacuum through 600 psi and compound Vacuum through 600 psi and compound
Operating temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Options: Case color other than black Case color other than black
Glass window (XRG) Plastic window (PD)
Chrome ring (13) Nickel-plated socket (NP)
FlutterGuard (SF) FlutterGuard (SF)
Adjustable pointer (AP) Black steel ring
Nickel-plated socket (NP) Customized dials
Customized dials Throttle plugs: 0.007˝, 0.013˝, 0.020˝,
Throttle plugs: 0.007˝, 0.013˝, 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifices
0.063˝ orifices Special calibration on application
Special calibration on application
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1000/2071A GAUGE:
Select: 45 W 2071A 02L 300#

3. Case Type Number: 2071A
5. Range: 300 psi
137
Refrigeration Gauge
Type 1007P, XOR (see below)
Type 1001T, XOR
• Standard dials offer four refriger- this service are tested for leaks as
ant scales (R12, R22, R502, 134A) small as 2.8 x 10-4 cc per second to
ensure superior integrity. Optional
• FlutterGuard™ eliminates pointer
flutter
connections eliminate potential leaks
at threaded joints and also eliminate
• Patented PowerFlex™ movement customer cost for extra fittings.
with polyester segment Ashcroft Type 1007P, XOR gauges
are designed for installation on refrig-
Ashcroft® Types 1001T, XOR and eration manifolds used in testing
1007P, XOR are designed to meet automotive, industrial and residential
the unique requirements of the air-conditioning units. The ABS case
HVAC, automotive and refrigeration offers rugged durability and corrosion
industries. resistance.
Ashcroft Type 1001T, XOR gauges FlutterGuard,™ a standard feature 1007P, XOR
are designed for refrigerant recovery in these gauges, eliminates pointer gauge shown
and recycling units. All gauges for flutter and extends gauge life.
GAUGE SPECIFICATIONS
TYPE 1001T, XOR TYPE 1007P, XOR
Size: 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ 21⁄2˝
Accuracy: 1% at zero, 2% three fourths of scale, 1% at zero, 2% three fourths of scale,
5% last fourth of scale 5% last fourth of scale
Case: Black steel with studs and U-clamp Red ABS - high pressure
for panel mounting Blue ABS - low pressure
Ring: None None
Window: 1
⁄4 turn polycarbonate, threaded Polycarbonate, threaded
Dial: Refrigerant scales R12, R22, R502, Refrigerant scales R12, R22, R502,
R134A, 410A R134A, 410A
Pointer: Black, aluminum Black, aluminum
Bourdon tube: Bronze Bronze
Movement: Patented PowerFlex with polyester seg- Patented PowerFlex with polyester seg-
ment and FlutterGuard; slotted span ment and FlutterGuard; slotted span
screw for minor span adjustments screw for minor span adjustments
Socket: Brass Brass
Restrictor: 0.013˝ orifice throttle plug 0.020˝ orifice throttle plug
Connection: 1
⁄8 NPT back, 1⁄4 NPT back 1
⁄8 NPT lower
Ranges: 30 in.Hg vac./0/120 psi retard to 30 in.Hg vac./0/120 psi retard to
250 psi; 0-500 psi; 30 in.Hg vac./0/350 psi 250 psi; 0-500 psi; 30 in.Hg vac./0/350 psi
retard to 500 psi; 0-800 psi retard to 500 psi; 0-800 psi
Operating temp.: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Options: Nonstandard ranges Nonstandard ranges
Alternate refrigerant ranges Alternate refrigerant ranges
SAE Flare, solder bib and ferrule Case color
connections, Customized dials Customized dials
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 1001T, XOR / 1007P, XOR GAUGE:
Select: 25 W 1007 P H 01L X(OR) 140#/V

4. Case material: ABS
7. Refrigeration Application
8. Range: 30˝Hg vac./0/120 psi retard to 250 psi
138
MiniGauge®
Type 23DDG (±5% full scale)
• Compact size – 23mm (.906˝) (23mm), the dial face was designed
diameter for maximum readability. This product
• ABS case with acrylic window is offered in 1/8 NPT back connection
ultrasonically welded to case with 15mm (9/16˝) wrench flats for
easy installation.
• Wrench flats on socket for easy The versatile Ashcroft MiniGauge
installation surpasses the demands of durabil-
• Available in 60-300 psi ity in two important ways: first, by
using direct-drive reading, the spiral
• Direct Drive technology for tube transmits motion directly to the
excellent shock resistance pointer – no gears or movement
parts to wear out; and second, the
case material is an ABS blend that is
The Ashcroft® MiniGauge® pres- both enduring and attractive.
sure gauge is designed for those The Ashcroft MiniGauge is perfect
applications where space is a limit- for a multitude of applications where
ing factor. Taking into consideration a 11/2˝ conventional size gauge is
the small size of the MiniGauge too large.

Type no.: 23DDG Ranges: Range Dial Arc Socket: Throttle plugs; 10/32˝ threads;
Accuracy: ±5% of span (psi) 180° 235° PT 1⁄8 (JIS) and R 1⁄8 (BSPT)
threads
Size: 23mm (.906˝) 0/60 *
Dial: Customized
Case: Black ABS blend 0/100 * Dampening: Silicone-dampened coil for
Ring: None vibration applications
0/160 *
Window: Polycarbonate, ultrasonically
welded to case 0/200 *
Dial: Black figures on white 0/300 *
background, aluminum Repeatability: Better than 1%
Pointer: Brass, painted black Operating
Bourdon tube: Beryllium copper, spiral; temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
soft soldered to socket Packaging: Bulk pack; individually
Movement: None (direct-drive reading) sealed 2 mil polybags
Socket: Brass with 15mm (9⁄16˝) wrench
flats
Note: Consult factory for high cycle-life applications
Connection: 1
⁄8 NPT back
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 23DDG GAUGE:

Select: 23 DDG 01B 60#
1. Gauge Size: 23mm (.906˝ or 29/32˝)
2. Case Type: Direct Drive Gauge
3. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT back
4. Range: 0/60 psi
139
Direct Drive Gauge
Type 12DDG, 15DDG
Accuracy (±2% at setpoint)
• Sealed stainless steel case pro- Ashcroft® DDG, direct drive

vides a weatherproof, dustproof gauges are constructed for strenu-
corrosion-resistant gauge ous use under severe environmen-
tal conditions and can withstand
• Spiral tube transmits motion
excessive levels of shock and vibra-
directly to the pointer— no gears
tion—an excellent choice for outdoor
or bearings to wear out
applications. Optional features to
• High impact-resistant polycar- enhance the performance of these
bonate window gauges are silicone-damped tubes
for excessive vibration applications
• UL 404 listed for compressed gas
(including oxygen) for 1500 psi,
and silicone-filled tubes for corrosion
2000 psi, 3000 psi and 4000 psi protection.

Type no.: 12DDG, 15DDG
Available Socket: 1
/4 NPT; throttle plugs, 0.007˝,
Accuracy: Standard ±2% at setpoint Ranges Dial Arc 0.013˝, 0.020˝, 0.063˝ orifice
(setpoint is normally 50% of (psi)
range; other setpoints upon 165° 180° 200° 235° Others: Customized dials
application). UL listed –3.5% 0/60 • Metric and dual ranges
of span in middle three-fifths 0/100* •
available
of scale. Silicone-damped spiral tube
0/160 • for vibration service
Size: 11⁄4˝ - 12DDG 0/200 • Silicone-filled spiral tube for
11⁄2˝ - 15DDG 0/300 • corrosion protection
Case: Stainless steel, sealed 0/700 • UL listed for compressed gas
Ring: None 0/1200 •
(including oxygen); 1500 psi,
2000 psi, 3000 psi, 4000 psi
Window: High impact-resistant poly- 0/1500 •
carbonate 0/2000 •
Dial: Black figures on white back- 0/3000 •
ground 0/4000 •
Pointer: Black, integral with bourdon *12DDG available in 180° arc.
tube
Bourdon tube: Beryllium copper, spiral; soft Restrictor: Safety plug-in 1500-4000 psi
soldered to socket ranges
Movement: None (direct reading) Connection: ⁄8 NPT back, standard

1
Socket: Brass Repeatability: Better than 1%

Operating
temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C
Note: Consult factory for high cycle-life applications
TO ORDER THIS TYPE DDG GAUGE:

Select: 15 DDG 01B 100#
2. Case Type: DDG
3. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT back = 01B
4. Range: 100 psi
140
Fire Extinguisher Gauge
Type MFX – Accuracy
Conforms to Applicable UL Specs*
• Sealed stainless steel case pro- Ashcroft® fire extinguisher gauges

vides a weatherproof, dustproof are mass spectrometer leak tested,
corrosion-resistant gauge thereby ensuring the critical leak
• High impact-resistant polycarbon- integrity needed to prevent loss of
ate window extinguishing agent. These high-
quality gauges are constructed
• Meets applicable UL with a corrosion-resistant stainless
specifications* steel case and high impact-resistant
• Mass spectrometer leak tested polycarbonate window. Dial faces
can be customized to meet customer
requirements. The spiral tube tech-
nology used in these gauges offers
the necessary accuracy without the
complication of gearing, linkages
and bearings that are present in a
conventional movement gauge.

Type no.: 12MFX, 15MFX Restrictor: None Socket: 1
/4 NPT; throttle plugs, 0.007,̋
Accuracy: Conforms to applicable UL Connection: 1
/8 NPT back, standard 0.013,̋ 0.020,̋ 0.063˝ orifice
specs* Ranges: Maximum pressure scale Others: Customized dials
Size: 11/4˝ – 12MFX from 200 psi to 4000 psi Silicone-filled spiral tube for
11/2˝ – 15MFX Operating corrosion protection
Case: Stainless steel, sealed temperature: –40°F to 150°F, –40°C to 65°C Special socket configurations
Ring: None
Window: High impact-resistant
polycarbonate *Applicable UL Specs: UL 299, UL 626, UL 1058, UL 1093
Dial: Conforms to applicable UL
specs*
Pointer: Integral with Bourdon tube,
brass painted yellow
Bourdon tube: Beryllium copper, spiral
Movement: None (direct reading)
Socket: Brass
TO ORDER THIS TYPE MFX GAUGE:

12 MFX 01B 400 C195 P
Select:
2. Case Type: MFX
3. Connection Size/Location: 1⁄8 NPT Back
4. Range: 400 psi
5. Charge Pressure
6. Extinguishing Agent: Dry Chemical (P), Halon 1301 (F), Halon 1211 (H),
5. Extinguishing Agent: Water (W), Alternative (A)
141
DIAPHRAGM
SEALS AND
ISOLATORS
Per ASME B40.2 add 0.5% to the accuracy of
an attached instrument. The exceptions are
T-310/311/312/330 seals which add 1.0%)
Introduction & Selection Information ...141-143

Specification Matrix .............................144-151
Diaphragm Seals
Flanged Type 102, 202, 302 &
Flushing 103, 203, 303 Series ........152-153
Threaded Connection Type
100, 200, 300 Series ........................ 154
In-Line Connection Type 104, 204,
Threaded, Type 106, 206 Flanged..... 155
Type 105/205 Saddle
107/207 Socket Weld
108/208 Butt Weld ........................... 156
Threaded & Flanged
Type 400/500 All Welded.................. 157
Threaded Type 510, 511 All Welded ......... 158
Threaded Type 311, 312 All Welded Midi.. 159
Threaded Type 310, 315 All Welded Mini.. 160
Threaded & Flanged
Types 702, 703, 740, 741 ................. 161
Quick Connect Type 320 ........................... 162
Threaded Type 330 Flush ......................... 163
Type 80, 81 Isolation Ring ........................ 164
Type 85, 86 Isolation Spool....................... 165
Line Assemblies 115A, 115P..................... 166
Engineered Assemblies............................ 167
Options ..............................................168-169
Table A (Min. & Max. Pressure for
Diaphragm Seals) ..............................170-171
Seal Style Chart ...................................172-177

142

143
Introduction and
Selection Information
Introduction Accuracy and Temperature Errors Notes

A diaphragm seal is a device that is The addition of a diaphragm seal to an Clamp Ring standard material is black
attached to the inlet connection of a instrument will degrade its accuracy by epoxy-painted carbon steel. Stainless steel
pressure instrument to isolate it from the 0.5%, unless stated otherwise. In addition, clamp rings and high pressure clamp rings
process media. The area between the dia- changes in ambient temperatures will intro- are available.
phragm and the pressure sensing element duce errors due to fill fluid thermal expan-
Upper Flange Rings are per ASME16.5.
is solidly filled with a suitable liquid, called sion and contraction.
Nickel plated carbon steel is standard.
the fill fluid. Displacement of the diaphragm
Warning Stainless steel flanges are optional.
compresses the fill fluid, which trans-
mits pressure changes to the pressure All seal components should be selected All Welded Design
instrument. considering process and ambient operat-
These include Types 400, 500, 510, 311,
ing conditions to prevent misapplication.
Ashcroft offers a comprehensive line of dia- 310, 330 and 320 series. Types 400 and
Improper application could result in failure
phragm seals. Seal type includes threaded, 500 are comprised of a top housing, a dia-
and possible injury or property damage.
flanged, in-line threaded, in-line flanged, phragm and bottom housing. These three
in-line socket weld, in-line butt weld, saddle Volumetric Displacement components are welded together. 316
and sanitary seals. Also available is a com- Stainless Steel top housing is standard.
Volumetric displacement of the seal must
plete offering of isolation rings and isolation Other top housing materials are available.
be greater than the attached instrument.
spools. For Monel diaphragm and bottom hous-
Design ings, the top housing is Monel. Titanium
Applications
diaphragms must be welded to Titanium
Ashcroft diaphragm seal designs are
Seals and isolators can be used in a vari- top housing and bottom housing. Type
comprised of a top housing, a diaphragm
ety of applications where one or more of 400 series is furnished with clamp rings.
and bottom housing. The top housing has
the following are a concern: High pressure clamp rings are an avail-
a standard fill/bleed connection allowing
able option.
➤ Corrosive services the assembly to be evacuated and prop-
erly filled. Removal of the bleed screw will Pressure Ratings
➤ Slurry and processes prone to clogging
cause loss of system fill making the assem-
The maximum allowable pressure of the
➤ Elevated or reduced process bly inoperable. The diaphragm is in direct
seal must be greater than the maximum
temperatures contact with the process media. Bottom
pressure of the pressure sensing instru-
housing, also referred to as lower hous-
➤ Isolation of the process for safety ment. Maximum allowable pressure for
ing, is available in a variety of materials
all materials decreases as temperature
➤ Suspended solids in the process and must be compatible with the process
increases. Plastic bottom housings will not
media.
➤ Sanitary connections withstand same pressures as their metal
Clamped Design equivalents. Flanged seals are limited to
➤ Minimize process dead leg the maximum allowable pressure of the
These include Types 100, 200, 300 and
➤ Ease of cleaning between batches flange as per ASME/ANSI B16.5.
700 series. The Type 100 series diaphragm
Fill Fluid is threaded into the top housing. The top The bottom housing and diaphragm are in
housing, diaphragm and lower housing direct contact with the process, therefore,
Ashcroft offers a variety of fill fluids which are then clamped as an assembly. Type they must be compatible with the process
must be compatible with the process 200 series diaphragm is either welded or media. Refer to Ashcroft’s Corrosion
temperature. Glycerin and Silicone are the bonded to the top housing. The top hous- Guide for more information on material
most commonly used fill fluids. However, ing and diaphragm assembly is clamped compatibility.
when the process media is a strong oxidiz- together to the lower housing. Type 200
ing agent such as oxygen, chlorine, nitric series is offered with both metallic dia-
acid and hydrogen peroxide the fill fluid phragms as well as elastomers. Ashcroft
must be Halocarbon. Strong oxidiz- diaphragm seals are normally furnished with
ing agents can combine with Glycerin a Nickel-plated carbon steel top housing.
or Silicone which may cause a fire or For Types 200 and 700 series the materials
violent reactions. of both diaphragm and top housing should
Leaks be like materials. On Type 300 series the
top housing, diaphragm and bottom hous-
The entire filled portion of the diaphragm ing are clamped together. Note that the
seal and pressure instrument must be leak Type 300 series is only offered with Kalrez,
tight. Any loss of fill fluid will result in signifi- Viton or Teflon diaphragms. Type 700 series
cant errors. diaphragm is welded to the top housing.
It is offered with metallic diaphragms only
and used in low pressure applications.

144
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals
Clamped Designs
CAPSULE WELDED OR BONDED CLAMPED WELDED

TYPE 100 SERIES TYPE 200 SERIES TYPE 300 SERIES TYPE 700 SERIES
DESIGN DESIGN DESIGN DESIGN

A metallic diaphragm is threaded to A metallic or elastomeric diaphragm is An elastomeric diaphragm is A metallic diaphragm is welded to
a top housing. The top housing and welded or bonded to a top housing. securely clamped between the top a top housing. The top housing and
metallic diaphragm are then clamped The top housing and diaphragm are and the bottom housing. diaphragm are then securely clamped
to the bottom housing. then clamped to the bottom housing. to the bottom housing.
TOP HOUSING TOP HOUSING TOP HOUSING TOP HOUSING
Materials: Materials: Materials: Materials:
Standard: Nickel plated carbon steel Standard: Nickel plated carbon steel Standard: Nickel plated carbon steel Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Options: Options: Options: Options:
• 316 Stainless Steel (XYT) • 316 Stainless Steel (XYT) • 316 Stainless Steel (XYT) • Monel is standard for Monel
• Monel (XYM) is required for Monel diaphragms
diaphragms • Titanium top housing is standard
• Titanium top housing is standard for Titanium diaphragms
for Titanium diaphragms
DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM
Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic • Viton • Kalrez Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic
diaphragms. and elastomeric diaphragms. • Teflon diaphragms.
BOTTOM HOUSINGS BOTTOM HOUSINGS BOTTOM HOUSINGS BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on Flushing Connections available on Flushing Connections available on Flushing Connections available on
types: types: types: types:
• 101 • 201 • 301 • 741
• 103 • 203 • 303 • 703
Process connections available: Process connections available: Process connections available: Process connections available:
• Threaded • Welded • Threaded • Welded • Threaded • Threaded
• Flanged • Saddle • Flanged • Saddle • Flanged • Flanged
• In-line • In-line • Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom • Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom
Teflon PTFE gasket between the dia- Teflon PTFE gasket between the dia- housing materials housing materials
phragm and bottom housing assure phragm and bottom housing assure
a corrosion resistance seal. Teflon a corrosion resistance seal. Teflon
free assemblies are available. free assemblies are available.
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom • Ashcroft offers a variety of bottom
housing materials housing materials
• Top Housing and instrument can be • Top Housing and instrument can be • Top Housing and instrument can- • Top Housing and instrument can be
removed from the process without removed from the process without not be removed from the process removed from the process without
loss of fill fluid loss of fill fluid without loss of fill fluid loss of fill fluid
• Continuous duty design • Continuous duty design • Nickel plated carbon steel bolts • Continuous duty design
• Nickel plated carbon steel bolts • Nickel plated carbon steel bolts standard, 300 Series stainless steel • Nickel plated carbon steel bolts
standard, 300 Series stainless steel standard, 300 Series stainless steel optional standard, 300 Series stainless steel
optional optional optional
• Viton O-ring and Teflon backup
plate provide a leak free seal
between diaphragm and top housing
APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS APPLICATIONS
Designed for a variety of applications Designed for a variety of applications Designed for a variety of applications Designed for low pressure instru-
that require instrument protection. that require instrument protection. that require instrument protection. ments that require high volumetric
displacement. Silicone is the recom-
mended fill fluid for such applications.

145
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals
All Welded Designs
ALL WELDED ALL WELDED MIDI-SEAL MINI-SEAL

TYPE 400 & 500 SERIES TYPE 510 SERIES TYPE 311 SERIES TYPE 310 SERIES
Type 400
Type 500

A metallic diaphragm is welded to A metallic diaphragm is welded to A metallic diaphragm is welded to A metallic diaphragm is welded to
a top and bottom housing. a compact top and bottom housing. a compact top and bottom housing. a compact top and bottom housing.
TOP HOUSING TOP HOUSING TOP HOUSING TOP HOUSING
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel Standard: 316 Stainless Steel Standard: 316 Stainless Steel Standard: 316 Stainless Steel
Options: Options: Options:
• Monel • Monel • Monel
• Titanium • Hastelloy C-276 available
• Hastelloy C-276 (XHB)
DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM
Ashcroft offers a variety of metallic • 316 Stainless Steel • 316 Stainless Steel • 316 Stainless Steel
diaphragms. • Hastelloy C-276 • Hastelloy C-276 • Hastelloy C-276
• Monel • Tantalum • Monel
BOTTOM HOUSINGS BOTTOM HOUSINGS BOTTOM HOUSINGS BOTTOM HOUSINGS
Flushing Connections available on Flushing Connections available on Flushing Connections available on Flushing Connections available on
types: type: type: type:
• 401 • 403 • 511 • 312 (female process connection • 315 (female process connection
• 501 Process connections available: only) only)
Process connections available: • Threaded ½” NPT Male Process connections available: Process connections available:
• Threaded Materials: • Threaded (male and female) • 316L SS
• Flanged (type 400 only) • 316L SS Materials: • Hastelloy C-276
• Ashcroft offers a variety of bot- • Hastelloy C-276 • 316L SS • Monel
tom housing material • Monel • Hastelloy C-276 • Hastelloy B
Type 400: • No gaskets or bolts • No gaskets or bolts • No gaskets or bolts
• Furnished with black epoxy • Light weight • Light weight • Light weight
coated clamp rings • Rated for pressure up to 1500 PSI • Minimized fill fluid • Minimized fill fluid
• Pressure ratings of 4400 PSI. standard. XHP rated for 5000 PSI • Rated for 1000 PSI • Rated for 2500 PSI
XHP rings rated for 9000 PSI high pressure @100°F
@100°F • Minimized fill fluid
Type 500: • Dual inch and metric wrench flats
• No rings Characteristics:
• Rated for 500 PSI Compact size and light weight
Designed for applications where Designed for confined spaces, but Designed for space-restricted area. Designed for spaced restricted
clamped design is not acceptable with enough displacement to be The all-welded metal construction applications. The all welded metal
such as controlling fugitive emis- compatible with a variety of pres- prevents leaks. Specially designed construction prevents leaks.
sions and hazardous chemicals sure sensing instruments. for 3½˝ and 4½˝ gauges with rang-
applications. It is also recommend- es from 15 PSI to 1000 PSI.
ed where tamper proof design is
required.

146
Selection Information Quick Connection Designs
Ashcroft Diaphragm Seals Iso-Rings and Iso-Spools
Line Assemblies
TYPE 320 ISOLATION RINGS ISOLATION SPOOLS LINE ASSEMBLIES

& TYPE 330 TYPE 80 & 81 TYPE 85 & 86 TYPE 1115 CAPILLARIES
Type 80 Isolation Ring (Wafer) Type 85 Isolation Spool (Threaded)
Type 1115A
Type 320
Type 1115P
Type 330 Type 81 Isolation Ring (Bolt Thru) Type 86 Isolation Spool (Flanged)

A metallic diaphragm is welded to A flanged metallic ring is lined with A flanged metallic ring is lined with A 304 capillary is welded to pro-
a compact top housing. The top an elastomeric inner flexible wall. an elastomeric inner flexible wall. cess and instrument connections.
housing is designed for tri-clamp Type 85 is threaded. A spiral armor shield the assembly.
(type 320) or a threaded connection Type 86 is flanged.
(type 330).
TOP HOUSING FLEXIBLE INNER WALL FLEXIBLE INNER WALL ARMOR
Standard: 316 Stainless Steel Materials: Materials: Type 1115A is standard stainless
Type 320 • Buna N • Buna N steel armor capillary.
Compatible with Tri-Clover and • Teflon • Teflon Type 1115P has PVC sheathing.
Cherry Burrel S line connections. • Nordell (EPDM) • Nordell (EPDM)
• Viton • Viton
• Natural Rubber • Natural Rubber
DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY FLANGES ASSEMBLY FLANGES LENGTHS
• 316 Stainless Steel Standard: Standard: Standard line length is five feet.
• 316 Stainless Steel • 316 Stainless Steel Available in 5´ increments.
• Carbon Steel • Carbon Steel
Optional: Optional: TEMPERATURE
• CPVC • CPVC Type 1115A:
• Teflon Enveloped –300ºF to 750ºF
Type 1115P:
0ºF to 300ºF
Type 320 • A standard built-in needle valve • Type 85 rated for 200PSI • Maximum working pressure is
• Quick Connect design means removal of the instrument • Type 86 available with flat or 10,000 psi
• Quick Connect clamps, gaskets without loss of fill fluid raised-face flanges. Offered for • Variety of connections available
are not supplied Characteristics: flanges Classes 150 and 300.
• Maximum operating pressure • From 2˝ sizes to 20˝ Characteristics:
1000PSI with high pressure clamps • Sizes 1 and 1½˝
Type 330 Type 86 also available in 2˝
• Maximum operating pressure
3000 psi
• Diaphragm flush with process
Type 320 designed for applications Designed for applications where Designed for applications where Typical applications include high
that require easy of mounting and slurries and clogging are present slurries and clogging are present temperature applications up to
reassembly. Applications including such as wastewater treatment, pulp such as wastewater treatment, pulp 750ºF, process with pulsation,
pharmaceutical, dairy, food pro- and paper, mining and chemical and paper, mining and chemical vibrations & pressure spikes.
cessing, biotechnology, breweries plants. plants.
and others.

147
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Threaded w/Flushing Threaded or Threaded Threaded or Threaded Low Pressure Threaded or

Process Connection Type Threaded Connection w/Flushing Connection w/Flushing Connection Threaded w/Flushing Conn.*
Model No. Code 100/200/300 (1)
101/201/301(1) 400/401(1) 500/501(1) 740/741(1)
1
⁄4 25 02 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
12 ⁄ 50 04 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
34 ⁄ 75 06 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
1 10 08 F/M F/M F/M F/M F
11⁄2 15
2 20
3 30
4 40
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials
304L stainless steel C 100 & 200 101 & 201
Monel 400 P 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Nickel N 100 & 200 101 & 201
Carpenter 20 D 100 & 200 101 & 201
Tantalum U 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Hastelloy B G 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Hastelloy C 276 H 100 & 200 101 & 201 • • •
Teflon T 200 & 300 201 & 301
Viton Y 200 & 300 201 & 301
Kalrez K 200 & 300 201 & 301
Titanium TI 200 201 • • •
Halar Coated Monel R 100 101
Steel B • • •
304L stainless steel C • •
Monel 400 M • • • • •
Nickel N • •
PVC V Only ⁄ or ⁄ NPT
14 12
Kynar KY Only ⁄4 or ⁄2 NPT

1 1
Titanium TI • • • • •
500 psi Viton or Kalrez diaph. Viton or Kalrez diaph. •
2500 psi Metal & Teflon® diaph. Metal & Teflon® diaph. 750 psi
4400 psi •
5000 psi HP 100 & 200 metal diaph. 101 & 201 metal diaph. 401
9000 psi HP 400
14 ⁄ 02T • • • •
12 ⁄ 04T • • • • •
Filling Fluid
Glycerin CG • • • • • (2)

(1)
See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility. (2)
Glycerin not recommended for vacuum, compound or
Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be attached to the diaphram seal. inches of water.

148
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Diaphragm Seal Diaphragm Seal Female & Male

Process Connection Type Diaphragm Seal Diaphragm Seal
(w/Flushing Connection) (w/Flushing Connection) Threaded
Model No. Code. 510 (1)
510HP (1)
511(1) 511XHP(1) 311(1)
1
⁄4 25 02 F/M
1
⁄2 50 04 M M M M F/M
3
⁄4 75 06 F/M
1 10 08 F/M
11⁄2 15
2 20
3 30
4 40
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials
Monel 400 P • • • •
Nickel N
Carpenter 20 D
Tantalum U •
Hastelloy B G
Hastelloy C 22 J
Teflon T
Viton Y
Kalrez K
Titanium TI
Halar Coated Monel R
Steel B
Hastelloy B G
Hastelloy C 22 J
Carpenter 20 D
Monel 400 M • • • •
Inconel 600 W
Nickel N
PVC V
Kynar KY
Titanium TI
500 psi
1000 psi •
1500 psi • •
2500 psi
5000 psi HP • •
9000 psi HP
14 ⁄ 02T •
1
⁄2 04T • • • • •
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)

149
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– T H R E A D E D –––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Female Threaded Male/Female Threaded Mini 1˝ Male In-line

Process Connection Type Quick Connect
(w/Flushing Connection) (w/Flushing Connection) Flush Mini Threaded
Model No. Code 312 310/315* 330 320/321 104/204
1
⁄4 25 02 F F/M F
1
⁄2 50 04 F F/M F
3
⁄4 75 06
1 10 08 M
11⁄2 15 •
2 20 •
3 30
4 40
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials
Monel 400 P • •
Nickel N •
Carpenter 20 D •
Tantalum U • •
Teflon T 204
Viton Y 204
Kalrez K 204
Titanium TI •
Halar Coated Monel R 104
Steel B •
Carpenter 20 D •
Monel 400 M • •
Inconel 600 W •
Nickel N •
PVC V
Kynar KY
Titanium TI •
500 psi Viton or Kalrez diaph.
1000 psi • •
2500 psi • Metal & Teflon® diaph.
3000 psi •
5000 psi HP
9000 psi HP
1
⁄4 02T • • • • •
1
⁄2 04T • • • 2˝ only •
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)

150
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––––––––––––––––– F L A N G E D –––––––––––––––––––––––
F = Female • = AVAILABLE
M = Male
Raised Face Flange Raised Face Flange Low Pressure Flanged

Process Connection Type Raised Face Flange In-Line Flanged
w/Flushing Connection *w/Flushing Connection *w/Flushing Connection
Model No. Code 102/202/302 (1,2)
103/203/303(1,2) 106/206 402/403* 702/703*
Process Connection Size
1
⁄4 25
1
⁄2 50 • • • • •
34 ⁄ 75 • • • • •
1 10 • • • • •
11⁄2 15 • • • • •
2 20 • • • • •
3 30 • • • • •
4 40 •
6 60 •
8 80 •
Diaphragm Materials
304L stainless steel C 102 & 202 103 & 203 •
Monel 400 P 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Nickel N 102 & 202 103 & 203 •
Carpenter 20 D 102 & 202 103 & 203 •
Tantalum U 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Hastelloy B G 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J 102 & 202 103 & 203 • •
Hastelloy C 276 H 102 & 202 103 & 203 • • •
Teflon T 202 & 302 203 & 303 206
Viton Y 202 & 302 203 & 303 206
Kalrez K 202 & 302 203 & 303 206
Titanium TI 202 203 206 • •
Steel B • • •
304L stainless steel C • • •
Carpenter 20 D • • • •
Monel 400 M • • • • •
Nickel N • •
PVC V 1, 11⁄2, 2
Kynar KY 1, 11⁄2, 2
Titanium TI • • • •
500 psi
2500 psi
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500 • • 150 • 150, 300, 600
14 ⁄ 02T • • • • •
1
⁄2 04T • • • • •
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)

151
Quick Guide
Diaphragm Seals
––––––––– I N - L I N E –––––––––
F = Female
M = Male
• = AVAILABLE
Saddle In-line Socket Weld In-line Butt Weld Isolation Ring Isolation Spool
105/205 107/207 108/208 80/81 85/86
Process Connection Size Pipe Size (inches) Pipe Size (inches)
14 ⁄ 25 • • 2.0 Type 80 only 1.0
12 ⁄ 50 • • 3.0 12.0 1.5
34 ⁄ 75 • • 4.0 14.0 Type 86
1 10 • • 16.0 only
5.0
11⁄2 15 • • 18.0 2.0
6.0
2 20 • • 8.0 20.0
3 30 3˝ 10.0
4 40 4˝ and larger
6 60
8 80
Diaphragm Materials Inner Flexible Wall Inner Flexible Wall
316L stainless steel S • • • Buna N (E) Buna N (E)
304L stainless steel C • • • Teflon (T) Teflon (T)
Monel 400 P • • • Viton (Y) Viton (Y)
Nickel N • • • Natural Rubber (NP) Natural Rubber (NP)
Carpenter 20 D • • • Silicone (S) Silicone (S)
Tantalum U • • •
Hastelloy B G • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J • • •
Teflon T 205 207 208
Viton Y 205 207 208
Kalrez K 205 207 208
Titanium TI 205 207 208
Bottom Housing Materials Ass’y. Flanges / Code Ass’y. Flanges / Code
Steel B • • • Carbon Steel (B) Carbon Steel (B)
304L stainless steel C • • • 316 SS (S) 316 SS (S)
316L stainless steel S • • • CPVC (CP) CPVC (CP)
Hastelloy B G • • • Teflon Enveloped (CT) Teflon Enveloped (CT)
Hastelloy C 22 J • • • Polypropylene (P) Polypropylene (P)
Monel 400 M • • •
PVC V
Kynar KY
Titanium TI
Pressure Ratings (1) Pressure Rating Type 85
500 psi Viton or Kalrez diaph. only Viton or Kalrez diaph. only Viton or Kalrez diaph. only 2000 psi
2500 psi Metal & Teflon diaph. ®
Flange Class
150, 300, 600, 900 or 1500 150 or 300 150 or 300
1
⁄4 02T • • • 1/4 NPT (02T) 1/4 NPT (02T)
1
⁄2 04T • • • 1/2 NPT (04T) 1/2 NPT (04T)
Filling Fluid
(1)
(2)
(3)

152
Diaphragm Seal
Flanged Process Connection
Types 102, 202, 302 Series,
Flushing Conn. 103, 203, 303
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft and top housing are then clamped
Seals will meet a variety of applications to the bottom housing. Viton O-ring,
and installation requirements. Over compatible with all fill fluid and Teflon
30,000 configurations are possible with backup ring provide a seal between
connections types, diaphragm and the diaphragm capsule and the top
bottom housing materials. Fill port is housing.
standard in all designs. Types 202/203 are welded or
Features: bonded designs. Metallic diaphragms
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between are welded to the top housing.
the diaphragm and the bottom Elastomeric diaphragms are bonded
housing ensures a leak-tight, to the top housing. The diaphragm and
corrosion resistant seal. top housings are then clamped to the
bottom housing. Type 102
• Flanges are nickel plated carbon steel
316SS flanges are available. Types 302/303 are clamped designs.
Elastomeric diaphragms are clamped
Types 102/103 are top housing between the top housing and bottom
and diaphragm capsule designs. housing.
The diaphragm capsule is threaded
to the top housing. The diaphragm
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number Table 2 – Diaphragm Material

Temp. Code 102/
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches Type Number 202/ 302/
Material Limits 103 203 303
Size 1/4 1
/2 3
/4 1 11/2 2 3 Welded
316L SS S • •
Process Connection Code 25 50 75 10 15 20 30 Capsule & Bonded Clamped
304 SS C • •
Flanged • • • • • • • 102 202 302 Monel 400 P • • (2)
Flanged (with Flushing Connection) • • • • • • • 103 203 303 Nickel N • •

Carpenter 20 D • •
Tantalum U • •
Table 3 – Bottom Housing Material(5) Hastelloy B G • •
Connection Flange Connection Flange Hastelloy C 22 J • •
Material Code Size Class 102 & 202 103 & 203 Size Class 302 303 Hastelloy C 276 H • •
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
1 3 1 150, 300 • • Titanium TI • •
Steel B /2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, • •
1
Gold Plated 304 SS W •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 • Teflon –40/400°F T • •
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
1 150, 300 • • Viton(1) –40/350°F Y • •
304 SS C /2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, • •
1
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 • Kalrez (1) 30/212°F K • •

1
/2˝, /4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
3 1
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
3 1 150, 300 • • Halar Coated Monel –40/300°F R •
316L SS S • •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •
1
/2˝, /4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
3 1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝ 150, 300 • •
Hastelloy B G • • Table 4 –
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •
/2˝, /4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, /2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
1 150, 300 • • Instrument Connection
Hastelloy C 22 J
1 3
• •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 • Size – NPT Code
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, /2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
1 150, 300 • • 1
⁄4 02T
Hastelloy C 276 H • •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 • 1
⁄2 04T
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, /2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
1 150, 300 • •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, /2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
1 3 1 150, 300 • •
Monel 400 M • •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
1
/2˝, /4˝, 1 /2˝
3 1 150, 300 • •
1
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •

1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600, /2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝
1 150, 300 • •
Nickel N • •
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
Titanium TI 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500
• •
Tantalum Clad SS SU 1, 11/2˝, 2˝ 150, 300, 600 • x

1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 1, 150, 300, 600,
1
/2˝, 3/4˝, 11/2˝ 150, 300 •
Halar Coated Monel (3)
BH x• x
11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ 900 & 1500 2˝ 150 •
PVC(4) V 1, 11/2˝, 2˝ 150 • 11/2˝, 2˝ 150 •
Teflon(4) T 1, 11/2˝, 2˝ 150 • 11/2˝, 2˝ 150 •
Kynar (4)
KY 1, 11/2˝, 2˝ 150 • 1 /2˝, 2˝
1
150 •
*See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument compatibility. Continued next page

153
Diaphragm Seal
Flanged Process Connection
Types 102, 202, 302 Series,
Flushing Conn. 103, 203, 303
SELECTION TABLES* (Cont.)

Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Table 6 – Optional Features
Connection to Temperature
See page 168-169 for X variations.
Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG Table 8 – Flange Type
Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK Type Code
Pressure/Vacuum in presence Direct or Remote Line Raised Face RF Standard
Halocarbon –80/392 CF Ring Joint RJ Optional
of strong oxidizing agent
Flat Face FF Optional
Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ NOTES
(1) Viton and Kalrez diaphragm max. pressure 500 psi.
Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ (2) Type 202, 203 monel diaphragm must be ordered w/
Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –10/200 CT monel top housing (XYM).
(3) Halar coated monel bottom housing
Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –50/325 CV Temp. –40°F/300°F.
(4) Bottom housing non-metallic material
Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY Material Max. Pressure Temperature
Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ PVC 75 psi 100°F
Teflon Flanged 270 psi 150°F
Kynar 200 psi 180°F
(5) 2500 class flange available upon request
Table 7 – Flange Ratings
Ashcroft flanged diaphragm seals are manufactured in accordance with ASME/ANSI B 16.5.
The chart below indicates maximum allowable working pressures for carbon steel and stain-
less steel flanged diaphragm seals. This pressure is determined by the flange material, the
class of the flange and the temperature the flange will be exposed to.
The diaphragm seal must be rated for a pressure greater than the full scale range of the
instrument.
CARBON STEEL FLANGE STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE (XSE)
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (psi) Maximum Allowable Working Pressure (psi)
Temp. FLANGE CLASS Temp. FLANGE CLASS
(°F) 150 300 600 900 1500 2500 (°F) 150 300 600 900 1500 2500
<100 285 740 1480 2220 3705 6170 <100 275 720 1440 2160 3600 6000
200 260 675 1350 2025 3375 5625 200 230 600 1200 1800 3000 5000
300 230 655 1315 1970 3280 5470 300 205 540 1075 1615 2690 4480
400 200 635 1270 1900 3170 5280 400 190 495 995 1490 2485 4140
500 170 600 1200 1795 2995 4990 500 170 465 930 1395 2330 3880
600 140 550 1095 1640 2735 4560 600 140 440 885 1325 2210 3680
650 125 535 1075 1610 2685 4475 650 125 430 865 1295 2160 3600
700 110 535 1065 1600 2665 4440 700 110 420 845 1265 2110 3520
750 95 505 1010 1510 2520 4200 750 95 415 825 1240 2065 3440
800 80 410 825 1235 2060 3430 800 80 405 810 1215 2030 3380
850 65 270 535 805 1340 2230 850 65 395 790 1190 1980 3300
900 50 170 345 515 860 1430 900 50 390 780 1165 1945 3240
950 35 105 205 310 515 860 950 35 380 765 1145 1910 3180
10000 20 50 105 155 280 430 10000 20 355 710 1065 1770 2950
TO ORDER 102, 202 & 302 FLANGED SERIES DIAPHRAGM SEAL:

10 - 102 - S S - 04T X CG - ______ - 150 RF
1. Process Connection
Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. Flange Class
8. Flange Type

154
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded Process Connection
Types 100, 200, 300 Series
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft Types 100/101. The diaphragm

Seals will meet a variety of applications capsule is threaded to the top housing.
and installation requirements. Over The diaphragm and top housing are
30,000 configurations are possible then clamped to the bottom housing.
with the connections types, diaphragm Viton O-ring, compatible with all fill fluid
and bottom housing materials. Fill and Teflon backup ring provide a seal
port is standard in all designs. Rated between the diaphragm capsule and
for pressures up to 2500 psi unless the top housing.
otherwise noted. Types 200/201. are welded or bonded
Features: designs. Metallic diaphragms are
• Rated up to 2500 psi unless stated welded to the top housing. Elastomeric
otherwise. Optional maximum diaphragm is bonded to the top housing.
allowable working pressure to 5000 The diaphragm and top housings are
then clamped to the bottom housing. Type 100
psi. See XHP option for details.
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between Types 300/301. An elastomeric
the diaphragm and the bottom hous- diaphragms is clamped between the
ing ensures a leak-tight, corrosion top housing and bottom housing.
resistant seal.
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number(6) Table 5 – Filling Fluid

Process Conn. Size Code – Inches Connection to Temperature
Size 1/4 1
/2 3
/4 1 11/2 Type Number Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
Welded Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Female 25 50 75 10 15
Process Connection (1)
Male 02 04 06 08 Capsule & Bonded Clamped Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Threaded 100 200 300 Halocarbon Pressure/Vacuum in presence Direct or Remote Line –80/392 CF
F/M F/M F/M F F
Threaded (with Flushing Connection) F/M F/M F/M F F 101 201 301
Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material Table 3 – Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Temp. Bottom Housing Material(7) Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –10/200 CT
Code 100/ 200/ 300/
Material Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –50/325 CV
Limits 101 201 301 Material Code
316L SS S • • Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
304 SS C • • Steel B Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Monel 400 P • • (3)
304 SS C
Nickel N • • 316L SS S Table 6 – Optional Features
Carpenter 20 D • • Hastelloy B G See page 168-169 for X variations.
Tantalum U • • Hastelloy C 22 J
Hastelloy B G • • Hastelloy C 276 H
Hastelloy C 22 J • •
NOTES
Carpenter 20 D (1) Male connections available in metallic (6) Process connections for for Type 100, 200
Hastelloy C 276 H • • Monel 400 M bottom housings only. PVC bottom housing solvent cement joint to
Titanium TI • • Inconel 600 W (2) PVC bottom housing. be coded as process connection.
Gold Plated 304 SS W • Nickel N • Not available on Types 101, 201 or 301 Process
Teflon –40/400°F T • • PVC (2,6,7) V • Ma x. Pressure/Temperature Conn. Size Code
Viton(4) –40/350°F Y • • Kynar(5,7) KY Max. Pressure Temp. 1/4˝ SA
Kalrez(4) 30/212°F K • • Titanium TI 200 psi 74°F 1/2˝ SB
Halar Coated Monel –40/300°F R • 125 psi 125°F 3/4˝ SC
80 psi 150°F
(3) Type 200/201 monel diaphragm must be 1˝ SD
Table 4 – ordered w/monel top housing (XYM). (7) PVC, Kynar both offer only 1/4 & 1/2 NPT
Instrument Connection (4) Viton & Kalrez diaphtagm. Max. pressure process connections.
Connection Size Code 500 psi. *See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument
(5) Kynar bottom housing. compatibility.
Threaded – female NPT 1
/4 NPT 02T Max. Pressure Temp.
200 psi 180°F
/2 NPT 04T
TO ORDER 100, 200 & 300 THREADED SERIES DIAPHRAGM SEAL:

10 100 S S 04T X CG _________
Type Number

155
Diaphragm Seal
In-Line Process Connection
Type 104, 204 Threaded
Type 106, 206 Flanged
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft Types 104/106 are top housing

Seals will meet a variety of applications and diaphragm capsule designs. Type 104
and installation requirements. It also The diaphragm capsule is threaded
includes the In-line threaded and to the top housing. The diaphragm
In-line flanged process connections. and top housing are then clamped
These connections are recommended to the bottom housing.Viton O-ring,
for applications where continuous flow compatible with all fill fluid and Teflon
will prevent clogging and buildup of backup ring provide a seal between
process media. Fill port is standard in the diaphragm capsule and the top
all designs in-line threaded rated for housing.
pressures rated up to 2500 psi, unless Types 204/206 are welded or
noted otherwise. bonded designs. Metallic diaphragms
Features: are welded to the top housing.
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between Elastomeric diaphragms are bonded
the diaphragm and the bottom to the top housing. The diaphragm and
housing ensures a leak-tight, top housings are then clamped to the Type 106
corrosion resistant seal. bottom housing.
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection/Type Number

Process Conn. Size Code – Inches Type Number
Size 1/4 1
/2 3
/4 1 11/2 2 3 4 6 8 Welded
Process Connection Code 25 50 75 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 Capsule & Bonded
In-line – threaded NPT • • 104 204
In-line – flanged • • • • • • • • • 106 206
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material Table 3 – Table 5 – Filling Fluid

Material Temp. Code 104/ 204/ Bottom Housing Material Connection to Temperature
Limits 106 206 104/ 204/ Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
316L SS S • • Material Code Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
106 106
304 SS C • • Steel B • • Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Monel 400 P • • (2)
304 SS C • • Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Nickel N • • Halocarbon Direct or Remote Line –80/392 CF
316L SS S • • of strong oxidizing agent
Carpenter 20 D • • Hastelloy B G • • Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Tantalum U • • Hastelloy C 22 J • • Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Hastelloy B G • • Hastelloy C 276 H • •
Hastelloy C 22 J • • Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Hastelloy C 276 H • • Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Monel 400 M • •
Titanium TI • • Inconel 600 W • Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Teflon –40/400°F T • Nickel N • Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Viton(1) –40/350°F Y • Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Kalrez(1) 30/212°F K •
Halar Coated Monel –40/300°F F • Table 4 – Instrument Connection NOTES
Table 6 – Optional Features
Connection Size Code See page 168-169 for X variations. (1) Viton and Kalrez diaphragm max. pressure 500 psi.
(2) Type 202, 203 monel diaphragm must be ordered
/4 NPT 02T w/monel top housing (XYM).
/2 NPT 04T Table 8 – Flange Type *See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
(for Types 106/206 only)
Type Code
Raised Face RF Standard
Ring Joint RJ Standard
Flat Face RF Standard
TO ORDER 104 & 204 SERIES IN-LINE

THREADED PROCESS CONNECTION: TO ORDER 106 & 206 SERIES IN-LINE FLANGED PROCESS CONNECTION:
50 -104 - S S - 04T X CG - ______ 10 - 106 - S S - 04T X CG - ______ - 150 RF
1. Process Connection 1. Process Connection
Type Number Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material 2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material 3. Bottom Housing Material
4. Instrument Connection 4. Instrument Connection
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument) 5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169) 6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. Flange Class (150 only)
8. Flange Type

156
Diaphragm Seal
Types 105 & 205 Saddle
Types 107 & 207 Socket Weld
Types 108 & 208 Butt Weld
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft Types 105, 107 & 108. The
Seals will meet a variety of applications diaphragm capsule is threaded to
and installation requirements. This the top housing. The diaphragm Type 105/205
includes the In-line threaded, In-line and top housing are then clamped
Socket Weld, In-line Butt Weld and to the bottom housing. Viton O-ring,
In-line Saddle Seal. These connections compatible with all fill fluid and Teflon
are recommended to prevent clogging backup ring provide a seal between
and buildup of process media. Rated the diaphragm capsule and the top
for pressures up to 2500 psi, unless housing.
noted otherwise. Types 205, 207 & 208 are welded or
Features: bonded designs. Metallic diaphragms
• A thin Teflon PTFE gasket between are welded to the top housing.
the diaphragm and the bottom Elastomeric diaphragms are bonded
Type 108/208
housing ensures a leak-tight, corro- to the top housing. The diaphragm and
sion resistant seal. top housings are then clamped to the
bottom housing.
• Top Housing and pressure instruments
are removable. Type 107/207
SELECTION TABLES*
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches Type Number
Size 1/4 1
/2 3
/4 1 11/2 2 3 4 6 8 Welded
Process Connection Code 25 50 75 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 Capsule & Bonded
Saddle • AND LARGER 105 205
In-line – Butt Weld • • • • • 108 208
In-line – Socket Weld • • • • • • 107 207
Table 3 –
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material Bottom Housing Material Table 5 – Filling Fluid
105/ 205/ 105/ 107/ 108/ Connection to Temperature
Temp. Material Code 205 207 208 Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
Code 107/ 207/
Material Limits 108 208 Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Steel B • • •
316L SS S • • 304 SS C • • • Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
304 SS C • • 316L SS S • • • Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Halocarbon Direct or Remote Line –80/392 CF
Monel 400 P • • (2) Hastelloy B G • • • of strong oxidizing agent
Nickel N • • Hastelloy C 22 J • • • Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Carpenter 20 D • • Hastelloy C 276 H • • • Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Tantalum U • • Carpenter 20 D • • • Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Hastelloy B G • • Monel 400 M • • •
Hastelloy C 22 J • • Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Hastelloy C 276 H • • Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Titanium TI • • Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Teflon –40/400°F T • Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Viton(1) –40/350°F Y •
Table 4 – Instrument Connection
Kalrez(1) 30/212°F K • Connection Size Code
Halar Coated Monel –40/300°F R • NOTES
/4 NPT 02T (1) Viton and Kalrez diaphragm max. pressure 500 psi.
/2 NPT 04T (2) Type 205, 208 and 207 monel diaphragm must be
ordered w/monel top housing (XYM).
*See Table A on page 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
TO ORDER 105/205, 107/207, 108/208 SERIES DIAPHRAGM SEAL:

20 - 108 - S S - 04T - X CG - _________
Type Number

157
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded & Flanged
Process Connection
Type 400/500 Series All-Welded
The comprehensive line of Ashcroft Types 400, 401, 402 and 403 are all
Seals will meet a variety of applications welded design with black epoxy painted
and installation requirements. clamp rings.
Features: Types 500 and 501 are all welded
• Recommended for applications designs. No clamp rings. Type 501 is
where clamped design are not standard with flushing connection.
acceptable
• Prevent potential leakage of
hazardous chemicals Type 400
• Tamper proof design

• All stainless steel construction is
standard. Other materials available
• Types 401 and 403 are standard with Type 500
flushing connection
SELECTION TABLES*
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
1
/4
Size
1
/2 3
/4 1 11/2 2 3
Type Female 25 50 75 10 15 20 30 Pressure
Rating
No. Process Connection Male 02 04 06 08
(1)
400 Threaded F/M F/M F/M F 4400 psi
401 Threaded (with Flushing Connection) F F F F 4400 psi(1)
402 Flanged • • • • • • Per ASME B16.5(2)
403 Flanged (with Flushing Connection) • • • • • • Per ASME B16.5(2)
500 Threaded F/M F/M F/M F/M 500 psi
501 Threaded (with Flushing Connection) F/M F F F 500 psi
Table 2 – Diaphragm Material Table 5 – Filling Fluid

Temp. Connection to Temperature
Material Code
Limits Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
316L SS S • Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Hastelloy B G • Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Hastelloy C 22 J • Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Hastelloy C 276 H • Halocarbon Direct or Remote Line –80/392 CF
Tantalum(3) U • Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Monel 400 M • Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Titanium TI •
Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Table 3 – Bottom Housing Materials Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Bottom Material Code Top Material Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
316L SS S 316L SS Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Hastelloy B G 316L SS Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Hastelloy C 22 J 316L SS
Table 8 – Flange Types for 402 & 403 Only NOTES:
Hastelloy C 276 H 316L SS
Type Code (1) Type 400 XHP rated to 9000 psi.
Monel M Monel
Raised Face RF Standard Type 401 XHP rated to 5000 psi.
Titanium(4) TI Titanium
Ring Joint RJ Optional (2) Flange ratings 150 class through 1500 class.
Table 4 – Flat Face FF Optional (3) Not available with monel or titanium bottom housing.
Instrument Connection
(4) Supplied with titanium top housing.
Size Code *See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
1
/4 NPT 02T Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
attached to the diaphragm seal.
1
/2 NPT 04T
TO ORDER THREADED TYPE 400, 401, 500 & 501 TO ORDER FLANGED TYPE 402 & 403 SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION: 20 - 402 - S S - 04T- X CG - ______ -150 RF
10-400 - S S - 04T - X CG - ______ 1. Process Connection
1. Process Connection Type Number
Type Number 2. Diaphragm Material
2. Diaphragm Material 3. Bottom Housing Material
3. Bottom Housing Material 4. Instrument Connection
4. Instrument Connection 5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument)
5. Fill Fluid (when attached to instrument) 6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169) 7. See page 153 for flange ratings
8. Flange Type

158
Diaphragm Seal
Types 510/511 Series, All Welded
This compact seal is small enough in • Compact size

design to be used in confined spaces, • Light weight
but provides sufficient displacement to • All-welded design
drive a wide variety of instrumentation.
Its all-welded tamper proof design pre- • Continuous duty design
vents possible process media leakage. • Minimized fill volume
FEATURES: • Male connections eliminate
adapters/fittings
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Type 511 furnished with 1/8 NPT flush-
Pressure Rating
ing connection
1500 psi @ 100°F
Optional 5000 psi @ 100°F (XHP) • Dual inch and metric wrench flats
Type 510
Accuracy (typical)
Seal will add 1⁄2% to the stated full scale Type 511HP
accuracy of the instrument attached.
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Process Connection Connection to Temperature
Process Connection Code
Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Threaded – 1/2 NPT male 04 Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Table 2 – of strong oxidizing agent
Diaphragm Materials Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Material Temp. Code Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Limits
316L stainless steel S
Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Hastelloy C276(2) H Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Monel(1) M
Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Materials NOTES:
Material Code (1) Available only with monel top and bottom housing.
316L stainless steel S (2) Available with hastelloy top and bottom housing.
*See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Monel M
Hastelloy C276 H
Table 4 –
Size-NPT Code
1
/2 04T
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 510 / 511 SERIES THREADED PROCESS CONNECTION:

04 - 510 - S S - 04T - X CG - ______
Type Number

159
Diaphragm Seal
Type 311/312 All Welded
Midi-Diaphragm Seal
This compact isolator is small FEATURES:

enough in design to be used in space • All welded metal construction,
restricted areas, with sufficient displace- prevents leakage of process media
ment to drive 31/2˝ and 41/2˝ gauges with
• No gaskets or bolts
ranges from 30 psi to 1000 psi.
• Top housing material 316L stainless
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS steel standard
Pressure Rating • Type 312 furnished with 1/8 NPT
15 psi to 1000 psi @ 100°F flushing connection
• Type 312 not available in male Type 311
process connections
Type 312
SELECTION TABLES*
Process Conn. Size Code – Inches
Size 1/4 1
/2 3
/4 1
Type Female 25 50 75 10 Pressure
Rating
No. Process Connection Male 02 04 06 08
311 Threaded NPT F/M F/M F F 1000 psi
312 Threaded NPT (w/Flushing Connection) F F 1000 psi
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Materials Code Connection to Temperature
316L stainless steel S Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Tantalum U Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Hastelloy C 276 H Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Table 3 – Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Bottom Housing Materials Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Materials Code Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
316L stainless steel S Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Hastelloy C-276 H
Table 4 –
NOTES:
Instrument Connection Size Code
/4 NPT 02T
/2 NPT 04T
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 311 / 312 SERIES THREADED PROCESS CONNECTION:

50 - 311 - S S - 04T - X CG - ______
Type Number

160
Diaphragm Seal
Type 310 & 315 All Welded
Mini-Diaphragm Seal
This compact isolator is designed to FEATURES:

fit space restricted areas. Specifically • All welded metal construction,
designed to protect from transducer mini prevents leakage of process media
switches and 31/2˝ or smaller gauges.
• Fill/bleed connection is standard
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS • No gaskets or bolts
Pressure Rating • Type 315 furnished with 1/8 NPT
Rated for 2500 psi at 100°F flushing connection
Type 310
SELECTION TABLES*
Process Connection Size/Code—Inches
Size 1
⁄4 1
⁄2
Femalei 25 50 Type Number Pressure Rati
Process Connection Male 02 04
Threaded NPT F/M F/M 310 2500 psi @ 100°F
Threaded NPT w/flushing connection F F 315 2500 psi @ 100°F
Table 2
Diaphragm Material Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Material Code 310/315 Connection to Temperature
316L stainless steel S • Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Hastelloy C 27 H • Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Tantalum U • Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Monel(1) P • of strong oxidizing agent
Table 3 – Bottom Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Bottom Housing Materials Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Top 310/ Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Material Code Material 315 Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
316L SS S 316L SS • Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Hastelloy C 276 H 316L SS •
Monel M Monel • NOTES:
Hastelloy B G 316 SS • (1) Top housing material is 316L SS (standard). Monel mini-seal
standard with monel top housing.
Table 4 – *See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Instrument Connection Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
Connection Size Code

/4 NPT 02T
/8 NPT 01T
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 310 /315 THREADED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:

25 - 310 - S S - 02T - X CG - ______
Type Number

161
Diaphragm Seal
Threaded & Flanged
Process Connection
Type 700 Series
This large volumetric displacement lows gauges, inches of water ranges

isolator is designed to drive low pressure and low differential pressure gauges
gauges, switches and other instruments. • For instruments ranging from 10˝ H2O
Types 740, 741, 702 and 703 are all to 750 psi
welded design. A metallic diaphragm is • Types 701 and 703 are standard with
welded to the top housing. The top ¼˝ flushing connection
housing and diaphragm are then • Silicone is the recommended fill fluid.
clamped to the bottom housing. Glycerin not recommended with vacu- Type 702/703
FEATURES: um, inch H2O, or compound ranges
• Diaphragm is electron beam welded
to the top housing
• For applications requiring a large Type 740/741
volumetric displacement such as bel-
SELECTION TABLES*
Process Connection Size/Code – Inches(2)
Size 1⁄4 1
⁄2 3
⁄4 1 11⁄2 2 3 4 6 8 Pressure
Type No.
Process Connection Code 25 50 75 10 15 20 30 40 60 80 Rating
Threaded NPT F F F F 740 750 psi
Threaded NPT (with flushing connection) F F F F 741 750 psi
Flange Rating
Raised Face Flange • • • • • • 702 150 to lass
300 c
Raised Face Flange (with flushing connection) • • • • • • 703 150 o t 300lass c
Table 2 –
Diaphragm Materials Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Material Code Top Material Connection to Temperature
316L stainless steel S 316L SS Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Hastelloy B G 316L SS Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Hastelloy C 276 H 316L SS Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Tantalum U 316L SS of strong oxidizing agent
Monel(1) M Monel 400 Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Titanium TI Titanium
Table 3 – Bottom Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Housing Materials Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Material Code Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Steel B
316L stainless steel S Table 7 – Flange Class for 702 & 703 NOTES:
Hastelloy B G 150, 300 (see page 170-171 for pressure ratings.) (1) Monel top housing standard with monel diaphragm.
Hastelloy C 22 J *See Table A on pages 170-171 for instrument compatibility.
Hastelloy C 276 H Table 8 – Flange Types Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
Carpenter 20 D (for 702 & 703 Only) attached to the diaphragm seal.
Monel M Type Code
Titanium TI
Ring Joint RJ Optional
Table 4 –
Instrument Connection Flat Face FF Optional
Size – NPT Code

1
⁄4 02T
1
⁄2 04T
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 740 & 741 THREADED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION: TO ORDER THIS TYPE 702 & 703 FLANGED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:
50 - 740 - S S - 04T - X CK - ______ 10 - 702 - S S - 04T - X CK - ______-150 RF
1. Process Connection 1. Process Connection
Type Number Type Number
2. Diaphragm Material 2. Diaphragm Material
3. Bottom Housing Material 3. Bottom Housing Material
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169) 6. Optional Features (see page 168-169)
7. Flange Class
8. Flange Type

162
Diaphragm Seal
Quick-Connect Type 320
The Ashcroft® Type 320 quick- • Quick-connect clamps, gaskets or

connect diaphragm seal is designed for bottom housings are not supplied
applications requiring ease of disman-
tling and reassembly and do not require • Can be used with pressure instru-
ments such as gauges, switches
a 3A standard rating in accordance
and transducers
with sanitary standard 74-00.
Typical applications include the phar- • Maximum operating pressure and
maceutical, dairy, food processing, temperature is determined by the
biotechnology, and filtration markets. gaskets and clamping devices
Also included are breweries, used in the piping system
distilleries, wineries and citrus juice
production plants. FEATURES:
Type 320
• Compatible with Tri-Clover and
Cherry Burrell S line connections
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS:
• The 11⁄2˝-Type 320 is for use on
most 31⁄2˝ and smaller size gauges
• The 2˝-Type 320 can be attached
to gauges 41⁄2˝ and larger size
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Process Connection Table 5 – Filling Fluid

Type Piping Connection to Temperature
Number System Code Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
320 11⁄2˝ (1) 15
Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
320 2˝ 20 Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Table 2 – Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Diaphragm Materials Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Materials Temp. Code Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Limits
316L stainless steel S
Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
316L stainless steel S Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Table 3 –
Bottom Housing Materials(1) NOTES:
Materials Code (1) For use with most 31/2˝ and smaller gauges. Movementless
gauge 41/2˝ (exception).
Non Required X
Table 4 – Instrument Connection Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
Connection Size Code 320
/4 NPT 02T X
2˝ process
/2 NPT 04T conn. only.
TO ORDER THIS QUICK CONNECT TYPE 320 SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:

15 - 320 - S X - 02T - X CK - ______
Type Number

163
Diaphragm Seal
Flush Threaded Type 330
This compact isolator is designed FEATURES

for applications where the diaphragm • All welded metal construction,
must be flush mounted to the process prevents leakage of process media
connection.
• Flush design eliminates pockets that
could cause clogging or build-up of
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS process media
• For use on pressure gauges up to • Diaphragm area easy to clean up
31/2˝ from 45 to 3000 psi
• Compact size to fit space-restricted
• Adds an additional 1% tolerance to areas
the gauge
• No gaskets or bolts Type 330
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Process Connection Connection to Temperature
Process Connection Size Code
Threaded – male NPT 1˝ 08 Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/600 CK
Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Table 2 – Halocarbon
Direct or Remote Line –80/392 CF
Diaphragm Materials Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Materials Temp. Code Food Grade Silicone Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 CZ
Limits
316L stainless steel S Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Table 3 – Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Bottom Housing Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Materials Code
Non Required X NOTES:
Table 4 – Minimum pressure is determined by the instrument that will be
Instrument Connection attached to the diaphragm seal.
Connection Size Code
/4 NPT 02T
/2 NPT 04T
TO ORDER THIS FLUSH TYPE 330 THREADED SERIES PROCESS CONNECTION:

08 -330 - S X - 02T - X CT - ______
Type Number

164
Isolation Ring
Types 80/81
The isolation ring has a flexible inner pressure gauges, switches, transmit-
Type 80 Isolation Ring (Wafer)
cylinder. A 360-degree flexible cylinder ters, recorders and transducers. The
means no clogging, assuring reliable isolation ring fits between customer-
and accurate pressure readings. supplied piping flanges like many
A built-in threaded needle valve is butterfly valves, and is available for
standard. This permits the removal of piping diameters from 2˝ to 20˝. It can
a pressure instrument for calibration, be used at any pressure within the
repair, or replacement without shutting limitations of ASME classes 150 and
down the process flow. The needle 300, and even in most vacuum appli-
valve also allows for throttling of the cations.
process when excessive pulsation is
present.
Adaptable to a variety of process
conditions and applications, the Ash-
croft isolation ring can be used for Type 81 Isolation Ring (Bolt Thru)
protection of instrumentation such as
SELECTION TABLES
Table 1 – Pipe Size/Type Number
Pipe Size/Code—Inches
Size 1 11⁄2 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Type Housing
Code 01 15 02 03 04 06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 Number Material
• • • • • • • • • • • 800 Carbon
• • • • • • 810 Steel
Table 2
Inner Flexible Wall(2) Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Material Code Temp. Limits Connection to Temperature
Buna N E up to 225°F (107°)
Teflon(1) T up to 350°F (177°)
Silicone SI up to 450°F (232°) Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Viton Y up to 350°F (177°) of strong oxidizing agent
Natural Rubber NR up to 225°F (107°) Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Table 3 Distilled Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 40/185 FJ
Assembly Flanges Ethylene Glycol & Water Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/–325 CT
Material Code Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Carbon steel B
316 stainless steel S
Chlorinated Polyvinyl NOTES:
Chloride CP (1) Not available in sizes 12˝ or larger.
(2) Temperature limits of both inner flexible wall and fill fluid
Table 4 – must not be exceeded.
Instrument Connection Size Code
Threaded – female NPT /4
1
02T
Threaded – female NPT /2
1
04T
TO ORDER THIS ISOLATION RING TYPE 80/81 SERIES:

80 - 02 - E B - 02T - X CG - ______
1. Isolation Ring Type
Process Connection
2. Flexible Inner Wall Material
3. Assembly Flange Material

165
Isolation Spool
Types 85/86
The isolation spool has a flexible for protection of instrumentation such

Type 86 Isolation Spool (Flanged)
inner cylinder. A 360-degree flexible as pressure gauges, switches, trans-
cylinder means no clogging, assuring mitters and transducers. The isolation
reliable and accurate pressure read- spool fits between customer-supplied
ings. A built-in threaded needle valve piping flanges like many butterfly
is provided standard. This permits valves, and is available for piping di-
the removal of a pressure instrument ameters 1˝, 11/ 2˝ and 2˝. It can be used
for calibration, repair, or replacement at any pressure within the limitations
without shutting down the process of ASME classes 150 and 300, and in
flow. The needle valve also allows for most vacuum applications.
throttling of the process when exces-
sive pulsation is present.
Adaptable to a variety of process
conditions and applications, the
Ashcroft isolation spool can be used
Type 85 Isolation Spool (Threaded)
SELECTION TABLES
Table 1 – Pipe Size/Type Number Table 7 – Flange Class Available
Pipe Size/Code—Inches (Type 86 only)
Size 1 11⁄2 2 Type Housing
Code 01 15 02 Number Material Table 8 – Flange Types
• • 85(1)0 Carbon (for Type 86 Only)
• • • 86(2)0 Steel Type Code
Table 2 – Inner Flexible Wall(3)
Ring Joint RJ Optional
Material Code Temp. Limits
Buna N E up to 225°F (107°)
Teflon T up to 350°F (177°)
Table 5 – Filling Fluid
Connection to Temperature
Viton Y up to 350°F (177°) Filling Service Instrument Limits Range °F Code
Natural Rubber NR up to 225°F (107°)) Glycerin Pressure Direct Only 0/400 CG
Table 3 Pressure/Vacuum in presence
Assembly Flanges of strong oxidizing agent
Material Code Syltherm Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/750 HA
Carbon steel B
316 stainless steel S
Chlor. Polyvinyl Chloride CP Propylene Glycol Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 20/325 CV
Teflon Enveloped CT Mineral Oil Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line 10/400 HY
Polypropylene PP Silicone 10 CST Pressure/Vacuum Direct or Remote Line –40/500 DJ
Table 4 NOTES:
(1) Female threaded ends.
(2) Flanged ends.
Size – NPT Code (3) Temperature limits of both inner flexible wall and fill fluid
1
⁄4 02T must not be exceeded.
1
⁄2 04T
TO ORDER THIS ISOLATION SPOOL TYPE 85 SERIES: TO ORDER THIS ISOLATION SPOOL TYPE 86 FLANGE:
85 - 01 - E B - 02T - X CG - ______ 86- 01 - E B - 02T - X CG -______-150 RF
1. Isolation Spool Type 1. Isolation Spool Type
Process Connection Size Process Connection Size
2. Flexible Inner Wall Material 2. Flexible Inner Wall Material
3. Assembly Flange Material 3. Assembly Flange Material
6. Optional Features (see page 168-169) 6. Optional Features
7. Flange Class
8. Flange Type

166
Line Assemblies
Type 1115A/1115P
All Welded
When a gauge is installed on a pro- FEATURES

cess line containing hot liquid or gas, • All welded construction
one solution to protect the gauge from • Type 1115A is our standard stainless
damage and/or accuracy degradation steel armored capillary
from elevated temperature is to simply
include an extra five feet of capillary (to • Type 1115P stainless steel armored
600°F process) between the process capillary, with the addition of PVC
media and the gauge. The slow rate of sheathing for maximum corrosion Type 1115P
heat transfer through the added capil- resistance
lary and dead-ended process fluid will • The assemblies have standard line
generally protect the gauge from dam- lengths of five feet in increments of
age and/or accuracy degradation. five feet
Ashcroft® line assemblies are offered
• Line lengths in one foot increments
in a wide variety of configurations to suit
are available with one foot being the Type 1115A
all of your applications. Our standard
minimum allowed, 100 feet being the
assembly is in an all welded design of
maximum
300 series stainless components. The
capillary is 304 stainless steel with an • Maximum working pressure 10,000 psi
O.D. of .125 x .062 I.D. A spiral wound • Temperature limits: –300°F to 750°F
armor shields the assembly.
1
/4˝ or 1/2˝ male or female connections
are available. Other connections avail-
able upon request.
SELECTION TABLES*
Table 1 – Table 4 –
Instrument Connection Example Lengths
NPT Code Example Lengths Feet Code
1
/4 Female 02 Increments of 01 001
1
/2 Female 04 Increments of 05 005
1
/4 Male 25 Increments of 25 025
1
/2 Male 50 Max0 100
Table 2 –
Type
Description Code
Stainless steel armored capillary 1115A
Stainless steel armored capillary
w/PVC sheathing 1115P
Table 3 –
Process Connection
NPT Code
1
/4 Female 02
1
/2 Female 04
1
/4 Male 25
1
/2 Male 50
TO ORDER THIS LINE ASSEMBLY TYPE 1115A/1115P SERIES:

50 - 1115A - 04 - 005
2. Type
4. Length

167
Diaphragm Seals
Engineered Assemblies
Unique implementation of pressure

measurement and monitoring equip-
ment often requires a combination of
devices to accomplish the necessary
tasks. To meet this end, Ashcroft offers
custom engineered assemblies that
can include local indication, remote
sensing, control and media isolation
capabilities. The selection guide below
outlines the choices of instruments,
isolators an pressure conduits that
can be incorporated into the assembly
to precisely meet the application
requirements.
SELECTION TABLES*
Pulsation Snubber “D” Flexible
Seal or
Variation Siphon Dampner Porosity when Line/Remote Multiple RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS
Iso-Ring (Chemquip) Applicable Mounting Instruments
F1 • • Where high temperatures and pulsation are present.

F2 • Where high temperatures is present.
F3 • • Where high temperatures is present.
F6 • • Where pulsation, vibration and corrosion are present.(1)
F7 • • Where pressure spikes, high temperatures or corrosion are present.(1)
F8 • • Where remote mounting, pressure spikes or corrosion are present.(1)
F9 • • • Where remote mounting, pressure spikes or corrosion are present.(1)
FA • • • Where remote mounting, pressure spikes or corrosion are present.(1)
FC • • Where high temperatures and pulsation are present.(2)
FL • • Where pulsation, vibration and corrosion are present.(2)
FN • Where pressure spikes are present.
H2 • Where remote mounting is needed.
H3 • • Where multiple instruments are needed.(3)
JD • Where pulsation is present.(8)
JH • Where pulsation is present.(9)
DIAPHRAGM SEAL DISPLACEMENT

The volumetric displacement of a diaphragm NOTES
seal is the volume of fill fluid a diaphragm can (1) Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT Not applicable for gauge type 1188,
Type Material
Cubic Cubic move. The volume must be greater than the 1189 & 1490.
Inches Centimeters
volume needed to obtain full deflection of the (2) Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
100, 200 Metal 0.07 1.14 (3) Gauge and Transducer assembly.
pressure sensor. The table below lists Ashcroft
200, 300 Teflon 0.14 2.23 Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
diaphragm seals volumetric displacement. (4) Gauge and Instrument assembly.1/2
200, 300 Viton 0.5 8
NPT instrument connections. Not
300 Kalrez 0.5 8 available with Glycerin.
310 Metal 0.025 0.41 (5) Gauge and 2 instruments.1/2
NPT instrument connections. Not
311,312 Metal 0.032 0.52 available with Glycerin.
320 (11/2˝ process) Metal 0.025 0.41 (6) Gauge and Instrument assembly.1/4
320 (2˝ process) Metal 0.07 1.14 NPT instrument connections. Not
available with Glycerin.
330 Metal 0.018 0.41 (7) Gauge and 2 instruments.1/4
400 Metal 0.07 1.14 NPT instrument connections. Not
500 Metal 0.07 1.14 available with Glycerin.
(8) Snubber Type 1106.
702/703 Metal 0.43 7 (9) Not available with Glycerin fill fluid.
740/741 Metal 0.43 7 Not applicable for gauge type 1188,
1189 & 1490.

168
Diaphragm Seals
Options
Ashcroft offers a variety of customization and options to the diaphragm

seal line. These additional options are called X-variations.
FLUSHING OPTIONS TOP HOUSING OPTIONS HARDWARE

1/2˝ Dual 1/2˝ Dual 1/4˝ Hastelloy Monel 400 316 SS SS SS Hi Pressure SS Teflon Instrument
Flushing Flushing Flushing Piping C 276 Top Top Top Clamping Rings & Clamp Locking Free Welded to
Connection Connections Connections Plugs Housing Housing Housing Bolts Bolts Rings Device SS Tag Paper Tag Seal Seal(1)
AW DB DK PU HB YM YT SB SE HP LD NH NN N DU
100 • • • • • • • • •
101 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
200 • • • • • • • • •
201 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
300 • • • • • •
301 • • • • • • • • • •
104 • • • • • • •
204 • • • • • •
310 • • •
THREADED
315 • • • •
311 • • •
312 • • • •
330 • • •
400 • • • • • • • • •
401 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
500 • • • •
501 • • • • • • •
510 • • • •
511 • • • • •
740 • • • •
741 • • • • • • • •
102 • • • • • • • • •
103 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
202 • • • • • • • • •
203 • • • • • • • • • • • • •
302 • • • • • •
FLANGED
303 • • • • • • • • • •
106 • • • • • • •
206 • • • • • •
402 • • • • • •
403 • • • • • • • • • •
702 • • • •
703 • • • • • • • •
105 • • • • • •
107 • • • • • • •
IN-LINE
108 • • • • • • •
205 • • • • • • •
207 • • • • • • •
208 • • • • • • •
80 • •
QUICK ISOLATION
CONN. RINGS
81 • •
85 • •
86 • •
320 • •
(1) Instrument connection and top housing must have like materials.

169
Diaphragm Seals
Options
Ashcroft offers a variety of customization and options to the diaphragm

seal line. These additional options are called X-variations.
CERTS & TESTS FLANGE OPTIONS ISO-RINGS

Positive Dye NACE(2) Teflon Env. CPVC Iso-Ring 316SS
Material Penetrant Oxygen Compliant Flat Raised Assembly Assembly without Center Body
Identification Test on Seals Cleaned Certificate Face Face Flanges Flanges Needle Valve for Iso-Rings
MQ W1 6B CD-5 FF RF CP CT NV SD
100 • • • • •
101 • • • • •
200 • • • • • •
201 • • • • • •
300 • • •
301 • • •
104 • • • • •
204 • • • • •
310 • • • •
THREADED
315 • • •
311 • • •
312 • • •
330 • • •
400 • • • •
401 • • • •
500 • • • •
501 • • • •
510 • • • •
511 • • • •
740 • • • •
741 • • • •
102 • • • • • •
103 • • • • • •
202 • • • • • •
203 • • • • • •
302 • • • •
FLANGED
303 • • • • •
106 • • • • • •
206 • • • • • •
402 • • • • • •
403 • • • • • •
702 • • • • • •
703 • • • • • •
105 • • • •
107 • • • •
IN-LINE
108 • • • •
205 • • • •
207 • • • •
208 • • •
80 • • • •
QUICK ISOLATION
CONN. RINGS
81 • • • •
85 • • • •
86 • • • • •
320 •
(2) See PI page ASH/PI-60C

170
Min/Max Operating
Pressure Guideline
For Diaphragm Seals
TABLE A
Low Pressure Bellows Gauges
Process Connection Type Diaphragm Seal Type Duragauge & 4 ⁄2˝ & Larger Gauges(2,6)
1
Unigauge, 21⁄2˝ & 31⁄2˝, Type 1009(1,6) 1259, 5500/6500(6)
(1188 Series)(3,6)
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to 15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to 2500psi
100/101/200/201 METAL DIAPH. Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#) N/A
2500psi (XHP to 5000#) (XHP to 5000#)
30IWV & 30IWC
200/201/300/301 TEFLON DIAPH. Vac to 2500psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi
(compound), 60IWC to 10psi
5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
200/201/300/301 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi
10IWC to 10psi
310/315 ("MINI") N/A Vac to 2500 psi N/A N/A
15psi & Vac (compound), 15psi & Vac (compound),
311/312 ("MIDI") Vac to 1000psi N/A
30psi to 1000psi 30psi to 1000psi
THREADED
45psi & Vac (compound),
330 (FLUSH) N/A N/A N/A
60psi to 3000psi
15psi & Vac (comp.) 30psi to 4400psi Vac to 4400psi 15psi & Vac (comp.) 30psi to 4400psi
400/401 (WELDED) N/A
(400 XHP to 9000psi) (401 XHP to 5000psi) (400 XHP to 9000psi) (401 XHP to 5000psi) (400 XHP to 9000psi) (401 XHP to 5000psi)
15 psi & Vac (compound) 15 psi & Vac (compound)
500/501 (WELDED) Vac to 500 psi N/A
510/511 30psi to 1500 psi (XHP to 5000 psi) 30psi to 1500 psi (XHP to 5000 psi) Vac to 1500 psi (XHP to 5000psi) N/A
15IWV & 15IWC,
740/741 (LP) Vac to 750 psi Vac to 750 psi Vac to 750 psi
30IWC to 10psi
15psi & Vac (compound), 15psi & Vac (compound),
104/204 METAL DIAPH. Vac to 2500 psi N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
IN-LINE THREADED 204 TEFLON DIAPH. Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi
204 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi
10IWC to 10psi
15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to 15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to 15psi & Vac (compound) 30psi to
102/103/202/203/402/403 METAL DIAPH. Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Materials, Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Materials, Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Materials, N/A
Per ASME B16.5-2003) Per ASME B16.5-2003) Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 900# (Per Group 1.1 30IWV & 30IWC
FLANGED 202/203/302/303 TEFLON DIAPH.
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) (compound), 60IWC to 10psi
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
202/203/302/303 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) 10IWC to 10psi
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 15IWV & 15IWC
702/703
15psi & Vac (comp.) 30psi to
Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 30 psi to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
106/206-METAL DIAPH. Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Materials, N/A
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
Per ASME B16.5-2003)
IN-LINE FLANGED Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 30IWV & 30IWC
206 TEFLON DIAPH.
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 5IWV & 5IWC (compound),
206-VIT0N OR KALREZ DIAPH.
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) 10IWC to 10psi
15psi & Vac (compound), 15psi & Vac (compound), 15psi & Vac (compound),
107/207-METAL DIAPH. N/A
30psi to 2500psi 30psi to 2500psi 30psi to 2500psi
30IWV & 30IWC
IN-LINE SOCKET WELD 207 TEFLON DIAPH. Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi
60IWC to 10psi
10IWC to 10psi
108/208-METAL DIAPH. 15 psi & Vac (comp.) 30 psi to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
IN-LINE BUTT WELD 208 TEFLON DIAPH. Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi
10IWC to 10psi
105/205 META DIAPH. 15 psi & Vac (comp.) 30 psi to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi N/A
30IWV & 30IWC
SADDLE 105/205 TEFLON DIAPH. Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi
205-VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi
10IWC to 10psi
TYPE 80
TYPE 81 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
ISOLATION RING N/A
TYPE 85 Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
TYPE 86
QUICK CONNECT Vac to 1000psi (w/High Pressure Clamps) Vac to 1000psi Vac to 1000psi
320 N/A
TYPE 320 (2˝ Tri-Clamp Only) (with High Pressure Clamps) (2˝ Tri-Clamp Only)
NOTES: 1. 1008 not available with seals. 3. 1188 gauges/seal assemblies NOT available with glycerine. 5. Glycerine NOT available for Vac and compound ranges.
2. 1125/1127/1128 same system as Duragauge, use 4. 5503 must be assembled with capillaries. 6. Lower limits are guidlines for direct mount only. For remote
static pressure of the system to define compatibility. mount consult factory.

171
Min/Max Operating
Pressure Guideline
For Diaphragm Seals
TABLE A (continued)
Process Connection Type Diaphragm Seal Type 5503 DP Gauge (4)
Digital Gauges(5,6) Transducers(6) Switches
100/101/200/201 METAL DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#) Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#) 6 psi & Above Setpoint
200/201/300/301 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#) 6 psi & Above Setpoint
10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
200/201/300/301 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi 20˝ H2O & Above All Others
310/315 (“MINI”) N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
Vac,
311/312 (“MIDI”) N/A Vac to 1000psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
15 psi to 1000psi
THREADED
Vac,
330 (FLUSH) N/A Vac to 3000psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
15 psi to 3000psi
Vac to 4400 psi (400XHP to 9000 psi) Vac to 4400 psi (400XHP to 9000 psi)
400/401 (WELDED) N/A 6 psi & Above Setpoint
(401XHP to 5000 psi) (401XHP to 5000 psi)
500/501 (WELDED) N/A Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
510/511 N/A 100psi to 1500psi (XHP to 5000psi) 100psi to 1500psi (XHP to 5000psi) 6 psi & Above Setpoint
740/741 (LP) 10 psid to 400 psid Vac to 750 psi Vac to 750 psi 30˝ H2O & Above Setpoint
104/204 METAL DIAPH. N/A Vac to 750 psi Vac to 750 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
IN-LINE THREADED 204 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#) Vac to 2500 psi (XHP to 5000#) 6 psi & Above Setpoint
204/304 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi 20˝ H2O & Above All Others
Vac to Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 2500# (Per Group 1.1
102/103/202/203/402/ 403 METAL DIAPH. N/A 6 psi & Above Setpoint
FLANGED 202/203/302/303 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A 6 psi & Above Setpoint
Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 150# (Per Group 1.1 10˝ H2O & Above (B Series only)
202/203/302/303 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid
Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) 20˝ H2O & Above All Others
702/703 10 psid to Class 300# 30˝ H2O & Above Setpoint
106/206-METAL DIAPH. N/A 6 psi & Above Setpoint
IN-LINE FLANGED Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
106/206 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A 6 psi & Above Setpoint
206-VIT0N OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid 6 psi & Above Setpoint
107/207-METAL DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
IN-LINE SOCKET WELD 207 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
207 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi 20˝ H2O & Above All Others
108/208-METAL DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
IN-LINE BUTT WELD 208 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
208 VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi 20˝ H2O & Above All Others
105/205 META DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
SADDLE 105/205 TEFLON DIAPH. N/A Vac to 2500 psi Vac to 2500 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
205-VIT0N, OR KALREZ DIAPH. 10 psid to 400 psid Vac to 500 psi Vac to 500 psi 20˝ H2O & Above All Others
TYPE 80
TYPE 81 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1 Vac to Class 300# (Per Group 1.1
ISOLATION RING N/A 6 psi & Above Setpoint
TYPE 85 Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003) Materials, Per ASME B16.5-2003)
TYPE 86
QUICK CONNECT
320 N/A Vac to 1000 psi Vac to 1000 psi 6 psi & Above Setpoint
TYPE 320
NOTES: 1. 1008 not available with seals. 3. 1188 gauges/seal assemblies NOT available with glycerine. 5. Glycerine NOT available for Vac and compound ranges.
2. 1125/1127/1128 same system as Duragauge, use 4. 5503 must be assembled with capillaries. 6. Lower limits are guidlines for direct mount only. For remote
static pressure of the system to define compatibility. mount consult factory.

172
Diaphragm Seals Style Chart
Types 100, 200, 300 – (Clamped) Types 101, 201, 301 – (Clamped) Type 500 All Welded –
Threaded Process Connection Threaded Process Connection Threaded Process Connection
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT 1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with flushing connection 1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
A A
A
B
B B
/ NPTforfor1⁄4,1/14⁄2, &1/32⁄4 & 3/4 process

11⁄4 NPT
4
process connections,
C connections,
1⁄8 NPT for 1.0 NPT
1
/8 NPT for 1˝ C
C (wrench flats) NPT process
process connections connections.
A B C A B C A B C
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
33⁄4 (95) 27⁄8 (73) 113⁄16 (46) 33⁄4 (95) 27⁄8 (73) 113⁄16 (46) 21⁄2˝ (63) 27⁄8 (73) 113⁄16 (46)
Type 400 – All Welded Type 401 – All Welded Type 501 – All Welded
1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT 1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with flushing connection 1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with flushing connection
A A
A
B
B B
/⁄44 NPT
11
NPTforfor
1⁄4,1/
14⁄2,&1/32⁄4 & 3/4 process /⁄44 NPT
11
NPTfor
for1⁄41,/41,⁄21&/23⁄&
4
3
/4 process
process connections,
connections, 1
/8 NPT for 1˝ connections,
process connections, 1
/8 NPT for 1˝
C 1⁄8 NPT for 1.0 NPT C 1⁄8 NPT for 1.0 NPT
C (wrench flats) NPT
process process
connections connections. NPT process connections.
process connections
A B C A B C A B C
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
33⁄4 (95) 27⁄8 (73) 113⁄16 (46) 33⁄4 (95) 27⁄8 (73) 113⁄16 (46) 21⁄2˝ (63) 27⁄8 (73) 113⁄16 (46)
Type 510 – All Welded Threaded Type 510 XHP – All Welded Threaded Type 511 – All Welded Threaded
Diaphragm Seal High Pressure Diaphragm Seal Diaphragm Seal with Flushing Connection
1/2 NPT
Instrument Ø31 mm Ø57.5 mm
1.22˝ 1/2 NPT
Connection 2.26˝
Instrument
Connection Ø31 mm
1.22˝ 1/2 NPT
Upper Instrument
Housing Connection
81 mm
106.6 mm
3.188˝
86.5 mm
4.20˝
3.41˝
Lower
64.4 mm
Across
2.54˝
Housing Flats SW
Across 27 mm / 1.06˝
33 mm
Flats SW
1.30˝
23 mm
1/2 NPT
0.91˝
33 mm
27 mm / 1.06˝ 1/2 NPT

1.30˝
Process
23 mm
Process
0.91˝
Connection Connection
1/2 NPT
Process
Across Flats SW
Connection
28.6 mm / 1.13˝
57 mm Across Flats SW
2.244˝ 28.6 mm / 1.13˝ Ø50 mm
1.97˝
Ø37.5 mm
1.48˝

173
Process Connection
Threaded & Flanged
Type 311 Midi-Seal – All Welded Type 310 Mini-Seal – All Welded Types 311/312 – All Welded
Male NPT 1
⁄4, 1⁄2 NP Female NPT
A
A A
B B B
Bottom of Housing
to CL of 1/8 NPT
Flushing Port D
(Type 312 only)
C
C C
TYPE 311 MIDI-SEAL TYPE 311 & 312 MIDI-SEAL –

MALE NPT PROCESS CONNECTION THREADED 1/4, 1/2 NPT
A B C A B C A (with and without
B flushing connection)
C D
Size Code in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1
/4 02
1
/2 04 11⁄2 (38) 13⁄16 (30) 111⁄32 (34) 2.00 (51) 2.65 (67) 1.75 (44) 0.94 (24)
2 (51) 13/8 (35) 13/4 (44)
3
/4 06
1 08
Type 330 Flush Mini-Seal – All Welded Types 740, 741 – High Displacement – Types 102, 202, 103, 203 – Flanged 1˝
Threaded Instrument Connection Threaded Process Connection (raised face only) (1 piece bottom housing)
1
⁄4, 1⁄2 NPT 1
⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT with and without flushing connection
A
A
A
D B
C Bottom of Housing
to CL of 1/4 NPT
C
D
Flushing Port
(Type 741 Only) “E”
B B BOTTOM OF HOUSING
TO CL OF 1/8 NPT
FLUSHING PORT
C TYPES 103 & 203 ONLY)
1 NPT
TYPE 330 FLUSH MINI-SEAL – Flange A B C
Size Rating # in. mm in. mm in. mm
THREADED 1/4 & 1/2
INSTRUMENT CONNECTION 150 4-1/4 (100)
1 300 or 600 5 (127) 2-9/16 (65) 1-23/32 (69)
A B C A B C D
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm 103 & 203 only
Flange D E
111⁄32˝ (34) 24⁄64 (54) 13⁄8 (35) 5.25 (133) 1.5 (38) 2.0 (51) 0.437 (11) Size Rating # in. mm in. mm
150 1-5/8 (41)
1 300 or 600 3/8 (9)
Types 102, 202, 302 – Types 103, 203, 303 – Types 102, 202, 103, 203 – Flanged 1˝
Flanged Process Connection Flanged Process Connection (raised face only) (1 piece bottom housing)
1
⁄2, 3⁄4 NPT 1
⁄2, 3⁄4 NPT with flushing connection with and without flushing connection
A A
A
B
B D
1⁄4NPT B
flushing
connection
Nuts & flange by user “E”

BOTTOM OF HOUSING
Nuts & flange by user C TO CL OF 1/8 NPT
FLUSHING PORT
TYPES 103 & 203 ONLY)
NOTE: NUTS, BOLTS, AND LOWER FLANGE BY USER

Types 102, 202, 103 & 203 – Flanged 1˝ (raised face only)
Flange A B Flange A B (1 piece bottom housing) –Awith and without flushing
Flange B connection.
C
Size Rating # in mm in mm Size Rating # in. mm in. mm in. mm
Size Rating # in mm in mm
900 or 1500 5-7/8 (149)
150 31⁄2 (89) 215⁄16 (75) 1 2500 6-1/4 (159) 2-7/8 (73) 2-1/4 (57)
150 31⁄2 (89) 215⁄16 (75)
1⁄2˝ 300 or 600 33⁄4 (95) 3 (76) 1⁄2˝ 300 or 600 33⁄4 (95) 3 (76) 103 & 203 only
900 or 1500 43⁄4 (121) 33⁄16 (81) 900 or 1500 43⁄4 (121) 33⁄16 (81) Flange D E
Size Rating # in. mm in. mm
150 37⁄8 (98) 213⁄16 (71) 150 37⁄8 (98) 213⁄16 (71) 900 or 1500 3-3/8 (86)
3⁄4˝ 300 or 600 45⁄8 (117) 3 (76) 1 2500 3/8 (9)
3⁄4˝ 300 or 600 45⁄8 (117) 3 (76)
900 or 1500 51⁄8 (130) 33⁄16 (81) 900 or 1500 51⁄8 (130) 33⁄16 (81)

174
Flanged & In-Line
Clamped Designs
Process Connections
Types 102, 202, 302 – Flanged Process Types 402, 403 Raised Face – Types 104, 204, 304 – In-Line Threaded
Connection – (one piece bottom housing) Flanged Process Connection – 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝ Process Connection – 1⁄4, 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
– 11/2˝, 2˝, 3˝ (raised face only) – all materials
except PVC, Teflon and Kynar.
A A
A
B C
C
C B
Type 402
Nuts, bolts & flange by user
Flange A B C
Size Rating (#) in mm in mm in mm
150 41⁄4 (108) 13⁄16 (30)
1´ 300 or 600 5 (127) 2 ⁄8 (54)
1
11⁄4 (32)
Flange A B C 900 or 1500 6 (152) 11⁄4 (32) Process A B C
Size Rating # in mm in mm in mm Connection in mm in mm in mm
150 5 (127)
150 5 (127) 11⁄2 (38) 11⁄2´ 300 or 600 61⁄4 (159) 27⁄16 (62) 27⁄16 (62) 1⁄4 NPT 25⁄8 (67) 21⁄8 (54)
11/2˝ 300 or 600 61⁄4 (159) 23⁄8 (61) 11⁄2 (38) 900 or 1500 7 (178) 1⁄2 NPT 35⁄8 (92) 23⁄4 (70)
900 or 1500 7 (178) 11⁄2 (38) 150 6 (152) 3⁄4 NPT 4 (102) 37⁄8 (98) 3 (76)
150 6 (152) 13⁄8 (35) 2´ 300 or 600 61⁄2 (165) 215⁄32 (63) 215⁄32 (63) 1 NPT 37⁄8 (98) 3 (76)
2˝ 300 or 600 61⁄2 (165) 115⁄16 (49) 11⁄2 (38) 900 or 1500 81⁄2 (216)
900 or 1500 81⁄2 (216) 21⁄8 (54) Type 403
150 71⁄2 (191) 2 (51) 15⁄8 (41) 150 41⁄4 (108) 115⁄16 (49)
3˝ 300 or 600 81⁄4 (206) 21⁄16 (52) 17⁄8 (47) 1´ 300 or 600 5 (127) 27⁄8 (73) 2 (51) Types 106, 206 – In-Line Flanged
900 or 1500 101⁄2 (267) 2 ⁄16
11 (68) 31⁄4 (82) 900 or 1500 6 (152) 2 (51) Process Connection – 1⁄2˝, 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 3˝
150 5 (127) 17⁄8 (48)
Types 102, 202, 302 – Flanged Process 11⁄2´ 300 or 600 61⁄4 (159) 215⁄16 (75) A
900 or 1500 7 (178)
Connection – (raised face only) 150 6 (152) 23⁄16 (56)
(two piece bottom housing) – 11⁄2˝ , 2˝ – 2´ 300 or 600 61⁄2 (165) 215⁄16 (75)
PVC, Teflon & Kynar 900 or 1500 81⁄2 (216)
B
A
Types 702, 703* High Displacement – C
Flanged – 1⁄2˝ through 3˝
B
C
B
“D”
Flange A B C
Nuts, bolts & flange by user
Bottom of Housing Size Rating # in mm in mm in mm
to CL of 1/4 NPT
C Flushing Port 1⁄2˝ 150 7 (178) 27⁄16 (62) 31⁄2 (89)
(Type 703 only) 300 7 (178) 37⁄8 (98)
Flange A B C A 1˝ 150 7 (178) 27⁄16 (62) 41⁄4 (108)
Size Rating # in mm in mm in mm 300 8 (203) 47⁄8 (123)
150 8 (203) 5 (127)
11⁄2˝ 150 5 (127) 25⁄16 (59) 113⁄32 (39) *with flushing
TYPES 702 connection
& 703 L – THREADED 1
1 ⁄2 ˝ 211⁄16 (68)
(with and without flushing connection) 300 9 (229) 61⁄8 (155)
2˝ 150 6 (152) 21⁄8 (54) 19⁄16 (40)
2˝ 150 9 (229) 215⁄16 (75) 6 (152)
Rating # 150# 703 Only, All Sizes 300 10 (254) 61⁄2 (165)
Types 103, 203, 303 – Flanged 11⁄2, 2˝, 3˝ Size
A B C D
3˝ 150 11 (279) 35⁄8 (92) 71⁄2 (229)
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
(raised face only) (one piece bottom 300 12 (305) 81⁄4 (254)
1/2˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-9/16 (65) 1-15/32 (37) 1-1/16 (27)
housing with flushing connection) 3/4˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-9/16 (65) 1-15/32 (37) 1-1/16 (27)
1˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-1/2 (64) 1-15/32 (37) 1 (25)
A 1-1/2˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-1/2 (64) 1-15/32 (37) 1 (25)
Types 106, 206 – In-Line Flanged –
2˝ 6 (152) 2-5/8 (67) 2-1/16 (52) 1-1/8 (29)
2-1/2˝ 7-1/2 (191) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/16 (52) 1 (25)
4˝, 6˝, 8˝
3˝ 7-1/2 (191) 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/16 (52) 1-1/16 (27)
A
B Rating # 300# 703 Only, All Sizes
A B C D
C Size in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
1/2˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-9/16 (65) 1-15/32 (37) 1-1/16 (27)
3/4˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-3/4 (70) 2-1/16 (52) 1-1/16 (27) B
Nuts, bolts & flange by user 1˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-3/4 (70) 2-1/16 (52) 1 (25)
Flushing connection 1-1/2˝ 6-1/2 (165) 2-3/4 (70) 2-11/16 (68) 1 (25)
1⁄8 NPT for 11⁄2" 2˝ 6-1/2 (165) 2-5/8 (67) 2-1/16 (52) 1-1/8 (29) C
1⁄4 NPT for 2" & 3"
2-1/2˝ 7-1/2 (191) 2-5/8 (67) 2-11/16 (68) 1 (25)
Flange A B C 3˝ 8-1/2 (216) 2-5/8 (67) 2-11/16 (68) 1-1/16 (27)
Size Rating # in mm in mm in mm
150 5 (127) Rating # 600# 703 Only, All Sizes
11⁄2˝300 or 600 61⁄4 (159) 3 (76) 21⁄16 (52) A B C D
Size in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
900 or 1500 7 (178)
1/2˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-3/4 (70) 1-15/32 (37) 1-1/16 (27) Flange A B C
150 6 (152)
2˝ 300 or 600 61⁄2 (165) 311⁄32 (84) 23⁄8 (60) 3/4˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-3/4 (70) 1-15/32 (37) 1-1/16 (27) Size Rating # in mm in mm in mm
900 or 1500 81⁄2 (215) 1˝ 5-5/16 (135) 2-3/4 (70) 1-15/32 (37) 1 (25) 150 13 (330) 9 (229)
4˝ 33⁄8 (86)
150 71⁄2 (191) 33⁄32 (79) 27⁄32 (56) 1-1/2˝ 6-1/2 (165) 2-3/4 (70) 1-15/32 (37) 1 (25) 300 14 (356) 10 (254)
300 or 600 81⁄4 (210) 33⁄16 (81) 27⁄32 (57) 2˝ 6-1/2 (165) 2-5/8 (67) 2-1/16 (52) 1-1/8 (29) 150 16 (406) 11 (279)
3˝ 6˝ 47⁄16 (113)
900 91⁄2 (241) 23 2-1/2˝ 7-1/2 (191) 2-5/8 (67) 2-1/16 (52) 1 (25) 300 17 (432) 121⁄2 (318)
1500 101⁄2 (267) 3 ⁄32 (94) 23⁄4 (70) 8˝ 150 16 (406) 57⁄16 (138) 131⁄2 (343)
3˝ 8-1/2 (216) 2-5/8 (67) 2-1/16 (52) 1-1/16 (27)

175
Saddle, In-Line, Welded,
Butt Welded, Quick
Process Connection
Types 105, 205 – Saddle – 3˝ Pipe Only Types 107, 207 – In-Line Welded Type 320 Quick Connect – 1⁄4, 1⁄2 NPT
Saddle Process Connection –
A
1
⁄4˝, 1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝, 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝
A A
C
B B
Top of pipe
B
D C
A B C
E PIPE & WELD BY USER Size* in mm in mm in mm
11⁄2˝ 121⁄32 (42) 7⁄8 (22) 2 (50)
Pipe A B
A B C D E Size in mm in mm 2˝ 2 (51) 11⁄8 (29) 21⁄2 (63)
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
1⁄4˝ 211⁄32 (60)
31⁄2 (89) 21⁄4 (57) 17⁄8 (48) 13⁄4 (44) 21⁄8 (54) 1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝ 211⁄32 (60)
1˝ 215⁄32 (63)
4 (102)
11⁄2˝ 223⁄32 (69)
2˝ 231⁄32 (75)
Types 105, 205 – Saddle – 4˝ Pipe and
Large Saddle
A
Types 108, 208 – Butt-Welded –

(Clamped Design) Process Connection –
1
⁄4˝, 1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝, 1˝, 11⁄2˝, 2˝
C
A
B
Top of pipe
E
B
D
A B C D E
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
C
31⁄2 (89) 115⁄16 (50) 13⁄16 (31) 3 (76) 231⁄32 (75)
Pipe A B C
Size in mm in mm in mm
1⁄4˝ 211⁄32 (60)
1⁄2˝, 3⁄4˝ 211⁄32 (60)
1˝ 215⁄32 (63)
4 (102) 6 (153)
11⁄2˝ 223⁄32 (69)
2˝ 231⁄32 (75)

176
• Threaded • Quick-Connect
• Flanged • All Welded
• In-line • Mini-Seal
• Saddle • Isolation Ring/Isolation Spool
Type 80 Isolation Ring – 2˝-20˝ Dimensions: Table A(1)

Nominal D Approximate
Type Pipe A B C Chlorinated Carbon Steel/ Shipping
Size PVC Thickness 316SS Thickness Weight
2˝ 3.69˝ 5.22˝ 4.22˝ 2.25˝ 2.00˝ 3 lbs (1.35kg)
B
{
(94mm) (133mm) (107mm) (57mm) (51mm)
3˝ 4.31˝ 5.84˝ 5.47˝ 2.25˝ 2.00˝ 6 lbs (2.7kg)
(110mm) (148mm) (139mm) (57mm) (51mm)
4˝ 4.72˝ 6.25˝ 6.28˝ 1.75˝ 1.50˝ 8 lbs (3.6kg)
C C
(120mm) (159mm) (160mm) (44mm) (38mm)
6˝ 5.78˝ 7.34˝ 8.44˝ 1.75˝ 1.50˝ 12 lbs (5.4kg)
(147mm) (187mm) (214mm) (44mm) (38mm)
A Type 6.84˝ 8.38˝ 10.53˝ 1.75˝ 1.50˝
8˝ 16 lbs (7.3kg)
(174mm) (213mm) (267mm) (44mm) (38mm)
800 10˝ 7.97˝ 9.53˝ 12.81˝ 1.75˝ 1.50˝ 20 lbs (9.7kg)
(202mm) (242mm) (325mm) (44mm) (38mm)
Iso-Ring* 12˝ 9.00˝ 10.53˝ 14.84˝ 1.75˝ 25 lbs (11.4kg)
D N/A
(229mm) (267mm) (377mm) (44mm)
14˝ 10.16˝ 11.72˝ 17.20˝ 1.75˝ 50 lbs (22.7kg)
Type 85 Isolation Spool – 1˝, 11/2˝ N/A
(258mm) (298mm) (437mm) (44mm)
16˝ 11.19˝ 12.72˝ 19.22˝ 1.75˝ 60 lbs (27.2kg)
N/A
(284mm) (323mm) (488mm) (44mm)
18˝ 12.31˝ 13.88˝ 21.50˝ 1.75˝ 70 lbs (31.8kg)
N/A
(313mm) (352mm) (546mm) (44mm)
20˝ 13.25˝ 14.78˝ 23.34˝ 1.75˝ 80 lbs (36.3kg)
A N/A
{
(337mm) (375mm) (593mm) (44mm)
1˝ 3.56˝ 7.63˝ 10 lbs (4.5kg)
Type 850 (90mm) (194mm)
Iso-Spool 11⁄2˝ 4.38˝ 7.88˝ 12 lbs (5.4kg)
(Female Threaded) (111mm) (200mm)
{
Class 150 Class 300 Class 150 Class 300
B 1˝ 4.25˝ 4.88˝ 5.38˝ 8 lbs (3.6kg) 8 lbs (3.6kg)
(108mm) (124mm) (136mm)
Type 86 Isolation Spool – 1˝, 11/2˝, 2˝ 11⁄2˝ 5˝ 6.13˝ 5.38˝ 10 lbs (4.5kg) 12 lbs (5.4kg)
Type 860 (127mm) (156mm) (136mm)
B Iso-Spool 6˝ 5.38˝
2˝ – 15 lbs (6.8kg)
(Flanged**) (152mm) (136mm)
**Centering gages supplied with Iso-Ring.
**Specify FF (Flat Face Flange) or RF (Raised Face Flange) when ordering.
(1) All dimensions ±.12˝ (3mm).
A A Dimensions: Table B
Nominal B
Type Pipe A B (w/CPVC End C D E F
Size Flanges
5.06˝ 2.00˝ 2.25˝ 6.00˝ 4 .75˝ 4.75˝

2˝ (129mm) (51mm) (57mm) (152mm) (19mm) (121mm)
5.81˝ 2.00˝ 2.25˝ 7.50˝ .75˝ 6.00˝
Type 81 Isolation Ring – 2˝-10˝
{
3˝ 4
B (148mm) (51mm) (57mm) (191mm) (19mm) (152mm)
6.56˝ 1.50˝ 1.75˝ 9.00˝ 8 .75˝ 7.50˝
4˝
Type 810 (167mm) (38mm) (44mm) (229mm) (19mm) (191mm)
A
Iso-Ring 6˝
7.56˝ 1.50˝ 1.75˝ 13.00˝ 8 .88˝ 9.50˝
(192mm) (38mm) (44mm) (330mm) (22mm) (241mm)
8.75˝ 1.50˝ 1.75˝ 13.50˝ 8 .88˝ 11.75˝
8˝ (222mm) (38mm) (44mm) (343mm) (22mm) (298mm)
10 10.00˝ 1.50˝ 1.75˝ 16.00˝ 12 1.00˝ 14.25˝
˝ (254mm) (38mm) (44mm) (406mm) (25mm) (362mm)
D – NO. OF
BOLT HOLES C – O.D.
EQUALLY SPACED
E – BOLT HOLE Ø
F – BOLT CIRCLE Ø
Specifications: Table C
Iso-Ring Iso-Spool Code
Housing Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
Assembly Flanges Carbon Steel Carbon Steel B
316 StainlessSteel 316 Stainless Steel S
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride(2) Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride CP
Teflon Encased(1,3) CT
Inner Flexible Wall(4) Buna N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 225°F (107°C) E
Teflon(1,2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 350°F (177°C) T
Silicone(3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 450°F (232°C) SI
Viton(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 350°F (177°C) Y
White Neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 225°F (107°C) CR
Natural Rubber . . . . . . . . . . . . .up to 212°F (100°C) NR
Fill Fluid(4) Glycerin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0°F to 400°F ( –5°C to 204°C) CG
Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .–40°F to 600°F (–29°C to 316°C) CK
Halocarbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .–70°F to 300°F (–29°C to 149°C) CF
Food Grade Silicone . . . . . . . . .0°F to 300°F ( –5°C to 149°C) CZ
Distilled Water. . . . . . . . . . . . .45°F to 180°F (– °C to °C) FJ
Ethyl Glycol and Water. . . . . . –30°F to 220°F (– °C to °C) CT
Propylene Glycol. . . . . . . . . .–50°F to 200°F (– °C to °C) CV
(1) Trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours and Company. (3) Iso-Spool only.
(2) Not available in sizes 12˝ or larger . (4) Temperature limits of both wall and fill fluid must not be exceeded.

177
• Threaded • Quick-Connect
• Flanged • All Welded
• In-line • Mini-Seal
• Saddle • Isolation Ring/Isolation Spool
Type 510 Diaphragm Seal Type 510 High Pressure Diaphragm Seal Type 511 Low Pressure Diaphragm Seal
with Flushing Connection
1/2 NPT
Instrument Ø31 mm Ø57.5 mm
1.22˝ 1/2 NPT
Connection 2.26˝
Instrument
Connection Ø31 mm
1.22˝ 1/2 NPT
Upper Instrument
Housing Connection
81 mm
106.6 mm
3.188˝
86.5 mm
4.20˝
3.41˝
Lower
64.4 mm
Across
2.54˝
Housing Flats SW
Across 27 mm / 1.06˝
33 mm
Flats SW
1.30˝
23 mm
1/2 NPT
0.91˝
33 mm
27 mm / 1.06˝ 1/2 NPT
1.30˝
Process
23 mm
Process
0.91˝
Connection Connection
1/2 NPT
Process
Across Flats SW
Connection
28.6 mm / 1.13˝
57 mm Across Flats SW
2.244˝ 28.6 mm / 1.13˝ Ø50 mm
1.97˝
Ø37.5 mm
1.48˝
510 Process Connection Thread Code 510 Process Connection Thread Code
1
/2 NPT Female 04T 1
/2 NPT Female 04T
510 Process Connection Thread Code 510 Process Connection Thread Code
1
/2 NPT Male 04 1
/2 NPT Male 04
Diaphragm Seals
Options all Types
Optional Features Code Multiple Instruments Attached

316 stainless steel top housing YT to Diaphragm Seals
Stainless steel clamp rings and flanged ring – includes 300 stainless steel clamping bolts SE
(1500 psi max) Code Description
300 series stainless steel clamping bolts (maximum pressure is 1500 psi) SB XH3 02L Gauge Connection,
Pipe plugs for flushing connections – pipe plugs are available in the same materials as bottom PU
1
/4 NPT Transducer, 02T Seal Connection
housings. XH5 04L Gauge Connection,
5000 psi pressure rating – (Type 100/200 only) threaded inlet only, no flushing connection HP
1
/2 NPT Switch, 02T Seal Connection
(metal diaphragm only) 7500 psi pressure rating (T-400) XH6 04L Gauge Connection,
Welded instrument to diaphragm seal DU (2) 1/2 NPT Switches, 02T Seal Connection
Dual flushing connections (1/2 NPT) (Limited to 2˝ thru 3˝ flanged seals DB XH7 02L Gauge Connection,
Ring joint RJ
1
/4 NPT Female Switch, 02T Seal Connection
Flat face FF XH8 02L Gauge Connection,
(2) 1/4 NPT Instruments, 02T Seal Connection
No Teflon gasket. Special matching on bottom housing (2) NX
XH9 02L Gauge Connection,
Clean for gaseous oxygen or strong oxidizing agent applications (3) 6B 1
/2 NPT Female Switch, 04T Seal Connection
XL3 02L Gauge Connection,
1
/4 NPT Female Switch, 02T Seal Connection,
1
/4 NPT Snubber (separate line item)

178

179
PRESSURE
TRANSDUCERS/
TRANSMITTERS
(Refer to product specifications for accuracies)
HIGH PRESSURE
GC31 Digital Pressure Sensor ....................181
GC35 Digital Pressure Sensor ....................182
GC51 Rangeable Pressure Transmitter ......183
GC55 Wet/Wet Differential
Pressure Transmitter ...............................184
T2 High Performance Pressure Transducer 185
G2 Pressure Transducer ..............................186
A2 Pressure Transmitter..............................187
A2X Pressure Transmitter............................188
A4 Pressure Transmitter..............................189
H2 Pressure Transducer ..............................190
KM15 Pressure Transducer .........................191
K1 Pressure Transducer/Transmitter ..........192
K2 Pressure Transducer .............................193
K8 Pressure Transducer ..............................194
KX Pressure Transducer/Transmitter ..........195
KS Sanitary Pressure Transducer/
Transmitter ...............................................196
LOW PRESSURE
GC30 Digital Differential Pressure Sensor .197
GC52 Rangeable Wet/Wet
Differential Pressure Transmitter ............198
CXLdp Differential Pressure Transmitter .....199
DXLdp Ultra-Low Pressure Differential
Transducer/Transmitter ............................200
RXLdp Ultra-Low Differential Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter ...........................201
XLdp Ultra-Low Differential
PressureTransducer/Transmitter..............202
IXLdp Industrial Ultra-Low Differential
Pressure Transducer/Transmitter .............203
ANALOG DISPLAY
Type 2279 Duratran® Transmitter ...............204
Type DM61 Digital Panel Meter ...................205
Type 4080, 4480 Pneumatic Transmitters...206

180

181
Model GC31 Ultra-Compact
Digital Pressure Sensor
APPLICATIONS FEATURES
The GC31 utilizes Ashcroft’s field proven • Ultra-compact design 1.2˝ x 1.2˝
thin film sensor which provides high (30mm x 30mm)
cycle life and output stability, typically • Combined three-in-one digital
required in: pressure gauge, switch and
• Hydraulic presses, stamping equip- transducer
ment, lifts
• Simple “Push-Button” configurability
• Tire press vulcanization, pressure allows user to adjust switch settings,
monitoring analog scaling
• Water, refrigerant or ammonia based • Numerous standard ranges available
cooling systems
• Pressure monitoring on lubrication
systems
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Analog Output (1-5Vdc): Temperature Limits: Pressure Connection: 1⁄4 NPT (Male)
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span Storage: –22 to 140°F (–30 to 60°C) Enclosure: ABS, polycarbonate, aluminum
(accuracy includes effects of linearity, hysteresis Operating: –4 to 140°F (–20 to 60°C) Environmental Rating: IP40
and repeatability)
Compensated: 14 to 122°F (–10 to 50°C) Electrical Connection: 6ft (2m) cable pigtail
Response Time: 50msec
Output Resolution: 25mV Temperature Effects: Weight: Approx. 110 grams
Analog Scaling: User may configure analog output Zero/Span: ±0.03% Span/F (±0.05% F.S./C) from Mounting: Panel mounting bracket included
scaling to any range within full scale of sensor 73°F (23°C) reference temperature (back connect only)
range Humidity: 0-85% RH (Non-Condensing) Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 304 SS
Pressure Switch Output: FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS (sensor
Type: NPN or PNP open collector up to 30Vdc/80ma diaphragm)RTV
Setting Accuacy: ±1.0% Span Proof Pressure: 2X range: 500 psi & below
Number of Contacts: 2 1.5X range: 1000 psi & above
Time Delay: 5 msec –2.0 sec (by user) Burst Pressure: 8X range
Hysteresis: Variable (by user) Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
Switch Setting: User may adjust switch actuation ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
and deadband to any points within full scale Power Supply Requirements:
sensor range
Display: Supply Voltage: 11-27Vdc
Type: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED Current Consumption: 30mA (max)
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span ± last digit Switch Contacts: (2) NPN or PNP open collector
Display Setting: User may re-configure display outputs
scaling, set to capture MIN or MAX value, and NPN Type: 30Vdc / 80mA (max)
adjust display update rate PNP Type: voltage drop 1Vdc (max)/80mA (max)
PSI Ranges:
Standard Ranges (Gauge):
0 to 50 psig, 100 psig, 150 psig, 300 psig, 500
psig, 1000 psig, 1500 psig
Standard Ranges (Compound):
−15 to 75 psig −15 to 150 psig, −15 to 300 psig
TO ORDER THE GC31 ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL PRESSURE SENSOR:
G C 3 1 7 F 4 X
Type Accuracy Connection Output Signal Electrical Pressure Ranges Options
(GC31) (7) ±1.0% (M02L) 1⁄4 NPT Male (1N) 1-5Vdc: Connection Gauge: XRH
w/lower connect Analog w/2X NPN (F4) 6´ (2m) cable (50#G) 0/50 psig 9 pt. NIST traceable
(MO2B) 1⁄4 NPT Male Type switches (100#G) 0/100 psig calibration certificate
w/back connec (1P) 1-5Vdc: (150#G) 0/150 psig
Analog w/2X PNP (300#G) 0/300 psig
Type switches (500#G) 0/500 psig
(1000#G) 0/1000 psig
(1500#G) 0/1500 psig.
Compound:
(75#&V) −15 to 75 psig
(150#&V) −15 to 150 psig
(300#&V) −15 to 300 psig

182
Digital Pressure Sensor
The GC35 utilizes Ashcroft’s field proven • Combined 3-in-1 digital pressure
thin film sensing technology in a design gauge, switch and transducer
to provide exceptional overpressure and • High overpressure capability
cycle life, typically required in:
• All stainless steel wetted materials
• Hydraulic presses, stamping
equipment, lifts • Simple “Push-Button” configurability
allows user to adjust switch settings, LOOK FOR THIS MARK
• Water/wastewater pressure control analog scaling ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Water, refrigerant or ammonia based • Rugged aluminum housing

cooling systems
• Pressure monitoring on lubrication
systems
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS

Analog Output (4-20mA): Proof Pressure:
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span (Accuracy includes the 4X Range (ranges 1500 psi & below)
effects of linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, zero 2.5X Range (ranges 3000 psi & above)
offset and span setting errors) Burst Pressure:
Response Time: 30msec–10sec (by user) 10X Range (ranges 1500 psi & below)
Output Resolution: ±0.05% Span 5X Range (ranges 3000 psi & below)
Analog Scaling: User may configure analog output 3X Range (ranges 5000 psi & above)
scaling to any range within −100 to +150% Full Scale Withstand Voltage: 350Vac 1 minute
of the sensor range Insulation Voltage: 50Vdc 100MV min
Pressure Switch Output: Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS GloBand Display
Type: NPN or PNP open collector up to 80ma Stability: ±0.25% Span/year Full 360° Visability
Setting Accuracy: ±1.0% Span ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Response Time: 5msec – 10.0 sec (by user) Power Supply Requirements:
Hysteresis: Variable (by user) Supply Voltage: 16-36Vdc (with analog output option)
Switch Setting: User may adjust switch actuation 11-36Vdc (switch output version only)
and deadband to any points within Full Scale Current Consumption: 50mAdc max
sensor range
Switch Contacts:
Display: User selectable NPN or PNP open collector outputs
Type: 4 digit, 8mm LED NPN Type: 30Vdc / 80mA (max)
Accuracy: ±1.0% Span (URL) + last digit PNP Type: Supply Voltage 80mA (max)
Display Update Rate: 200msec−10.0 sec (by user) Voltage Drop 1Vdc (max)
Display Setting: User may re-configure display MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
scaling, set to capture MIN or MAX value and adjust Pressure Connection: 1⁄4 NPT (Male)
display update rate Connection Location: Lower, back
Standard Ranges (Gauge): Enclosure: Nickel plated aluminum
0 to 50 psig, 100 psig, 150 psig, 300 psig, Environmental Rating: IP65 (ranges 150 psi and
500 psig, 1000 psig, 1500 psig, 3000 psig, User configurable LED light ring
below); IP67 (ranges 300 psi and above) changes color with switch setpoints
5000 psig, 7500 psig
Electrical Connection: M12 connector (4 pin)
Weight: Approx. 150 grams
–15 to 75 psig, –15 to 150 psig –15 to 300 psig,
Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 316SS
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS pressure connection and 17-4pH SS (sensor
Temperature Limits: diaphragm)
Storage: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
Operating: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
Compensated: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F) TO ORDER THE GC35 ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL PRESSURE SENSOR:
Temperature Effects:
Zero/Span: ±0.1%Span/°C (from 23°C reference G C 3 5 7 E W X
temp.)
Type Accuracy Connection Output Signal Electrical Pressure Ranges Options
Humidity: 0-85% RH (Ranges 150 psi & below) (GC35) (7) ±1.0% (M02L) 1⁄4 NPT Male (41) 4-20mA Connection* Gauge: XRH
0-100% RH (Ranges 300 psi & above) w/lower connect & 1X switch (EW) M12 Type (50#G) 0/50 psig Traceable 9 Point
(MO2B) 1⁄4 NPT Male (N2) 2X switch (4 pin) (100#G) 0/100 psig Calibration Report
w/back connec (no 4-20mA output) (150#G) 0/150 psig
(300#G) 0/300 psig
(500#G) 0/500 psig
(1000#G) 0/1000 psig
(1500#G) 0/1500 psig
(3000#G) 0/3000 psig
(5000#G) 0/5000 psig
(7500#G) 0/7500 psig.
*To obtain M12 mating connection (3 ft.) Compound:
order part number 611C175-03. (75#&V) −15 to 75 psig
(150#&V) −15 to 150 psig
(300#&V) −15 to 300 psig

183
Model GC51 Rangeable
Pressure Transmitter
The GC51 utilizes Ashcroft’s proven • Up to 8 times smaller than a conven-
polysilicon thin film sensor which makes tional process transmitter
the design suitable for applications • Robust NEMA 4X (IP65) aluminum die
where high overpressure and high cycle cast housing
life are necessary, typically required in: • Bright backlit 4 digit LCD display
• Pump Control • All stainless steel wetted parts
• Hydraulic Systems • 2 wire 4-20mA
• Compressor Control • Internal “Push Button” configurability
• Process Automation allows quick range changes
• Municipal Water Tank Level • Scaling function allows display to
indicate arbitrary physical units
• “Loop Check” function allows unit to out-
put 4-20mA without applying pressure
• “Min / Max Hold” function allows dis
play to capture pressure events LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Easily rotatable display, 90° increments
• Key lock
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Reference Condition: 23°C ±2° (73°F) Output Signal: 4-20mA (2 Wire)
Accuracy: ±0.25% Span (URL) Supply Voltage: 12-32Vdc
(Accuracy includes the effects of linearity, Rangeablility / Adjustment*:
hysteresis, and repeatability) Zero –10% to +110% Span
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year Span –10% to +110% Span
Response Time: 30msec (user adjustable) *Note: Accuracy and output resolution based upon
Output Resolution: 0.1% Span (URL) full scale (URL) value
Standard Ranges (Compound): Insulation Resistance: 50Vdc (>100Mohms)
–15 to 15psi, –15 to 30psi, –15 to 50psi Approvals/Certifications: CE
Standard Ranges (Gauge): MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
0-50psi, 100psi, 150psi, 300psi, 500psi,
1000psi, 1500psi, 3000psi, 5000psi, 7500psi Pressure Connection: 1⁄4 Female NPT
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Enclosure: Aluminum
Environmental Rating: IP65 / NEMA 4X
Temperature Limits:
Electrical Connection (Options):
Storage: –20 to 70°C (–4 to 158°F)
– 1⁄2˝ Female NPT Conduit
Operating: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F) – Cable Gland (Cable Diameters 0.35˝ to 0.47˝)
Compensated: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F) Weight: Approx. 1.0 lb
Temperature Effects: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F) Mounting: Mounting Bracket included
±0.02% FS (URL)/°C from 23°C reference
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS and pH17-4 stainless steel
Overpressure (F.S.): Proof Burst
1500psi and below 200% 500%
3000, 5000psi 150% 300%
7500psi 120% 150%
Vibration: 5g’s 150Hz
Shock: 10g’s 16ms
TO ORDER THE GC51 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER:
G C 5 1 7 X
Type Accuracy Output Signal Pressure Ranges Optional
Configuration (7) ±0.25% FS (42) 4-20mA (Compound) X-Variations
(GC51) 15#&VACG = Vac-15psi XRH
Pressure Fitting Electrical Connection 30#&VACG = Vac-30psi 9 pt. NIST traceable
(F02) 1/4˝ FNPT (CG) = Cable Guard 50#&VACG = Vac-50psi calibration certificate
(CD) = 1/2˝ FNPT Conduit Pressure Ranges X6B
(Gauge) Oxygen cleaned
50# = 50 psi
100# = 100 psi
150# = 150 psi
300# = 300 psi
500# = 500 psi
1000# = 1000 psi
1500# = 1500 psi
3000# = 3000 psi
5000# = 5000 psi
7500# = 7500 psi

184
Model GC55 Wet/Wet
Differential Pressure Transducer
The GC55 utilizes two polysilicon thin • Robust aluminum die cast housing
film sensors to achieve a wet-wet, high • Bright LED display of pressure and
differential, pressure measurement. Fully switch status
welded assembly of all stainless steel
• All stainless steel wetted parts
with high overpressure capability makes
the GC55 ideal for pump systems in • 4-20mA or 1-5Vdc outputs
applications such as: • Internal “Push-Button” configurability
• Level measurement in large size and/ allows quick user pressure range
or pressurized tanks changes or relay adjustments
• Pump monitoring of building hydronic • External “Push-Button” allows user to
heating and cooling systems display P1, P2 or DP without opening
cover
• Filter monitoring in water purification
or hydraulic systems • Two sensor design well suited for
high DP ranges
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Static (Line) Pressure Effects: None

Analog Output (4-20mA or 1-5Vdc): Single Side (Differential Limits):
Accuracy: ± 0.5% Span (Accuracy includes the Pressure Range Proof Burst
effects of Linearity, Hysteresis and Repeatability) All 2X F.S. (URL) 10X F.S. (URL)
Output Resolution: 0.2% Span ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Stability: ±0.5%/yr Transducer Supply Supply
Pressure Switch Output: Output Signal Voltage Current
Type: TTL/CMOS up to 40Vdc/200mA 4-20mA (3 wire) 15-27 Vdc 80mA
Setting Accuacy: ± 1.0% Span 1-5Vdc (3 wire) 11-27 Vdc 60mA
Number of Contacts: 2 Switch Contacts: (2) Photo M0S relay outputs; Load
Response Time: 20msec – 2.0 sec (by user) 200mA (max), 40Vdc; Hysteresis (variable)
Hysteresis: Variable (by user) Rangeablility / Adjustment*:
Display: Zero –105% to +105% Span
Type: 31⁄2 digits Span –105% to +105% Span
Accuracy: ± 1.0% Span *Note: Accuracy based upon full scale (URL) value
Standard Ranges (Differential):
75psi MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
100psi 250psi Pressure Connection: 1⁄8˝ Female NPT (2)
150psi 300psi Enclosure: Aluminum
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Environmental Rating: IP66
Temperature Limits: Electrical Connection:
Storage: –20 to 60°C (–4 to 140°F) External Options:
Operating: –10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F) – 1⁄2˝ Female NPT Conduit
Compensated: –10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F) – Cable Gland (Cable Diameters 0.16˝ to 0.31˝)
Temperature Effects: Weight: Approx. 1.0 lb
Zero/Span: Mounting: (2) 5.2mm mounting holes (see installa-
±0.05%Span/°C (from 23°C reference temperature) tion drawings)
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 304SS
Static (Line) Pressure: (sensor housing) and 17-4 pH SS (sensor
Pressure Range Proof Burst diaphragm)
All 2X F.S. (URL) 10X F.S. (URL)
TO ORDER THE GC55 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
G C 5 5 7 X
Type Accuracy Output Signal Pressure Range Differential* Optional
Configuration (7) ±0.50% (15) 1-5Vdc 75# = 75 psi X-Variations
(GC55) (42) 4-20mA 100# = 100 psi XRH
Pressure Fitting Electrical Connection 150# = 150 psi 9 pt. NIST traceable
(F01) 1⁄8˝ FNPT (CG) = Cable Guard 250# = 250 psi calibration certificate
(CD) = 1⁄2˝ FNPT Conduit 300# = 300 psi
*Note: Maximum operating static (line)

pressure is equal to the pressure range
(URL) of the unit ordered.

185
Type T2 – High Performance
Pressure Transducer for General
Industrial Applications
APPLICATIONS: Important features include:

An Ashcroft pressure transducer • 0.25% accuracy class
to meet demanding requirements in • Ranges 30 psi through 20,000 psi
general industrial applications: • Broad temperature capability
• Process automation • All-welded pressure construction
• Compressor control • Proven polysilicon thin film sensor
• Hydraulic systems • Precision ASIC based electronics
• Engine monitoring • High EMI/RFI immunity rating
• Pump control • Highly configurable
• Pneumatics • Voltage and current outputs
• Refrigeration equipment • Choice of electrical connections
• Presses • Optional Panel Meter, see Ashcroft
• Machine Tools model DM61
• Other general industrial applications LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
Shock: 100gs, 6 ms ELECTRICAL TERMINATION

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Drop Test: Withstands 1 meter on concrete 3 axis
Ref. Temperature, 21°C ±1°C (70°F, ±2°F) Response Time: Less than 1 msec • Pigtail: 3 feet of shielded cable, PVC jacket, 24 AWG,
Accuracy: Warm-up Time: Less than 500 msec typical leads
Static Accuracy Class: ±0.25% of span (BFSL Position Effect: Less than ±0.01% span, typical • DIN 43 650-A
Method) including non-linearity, hysteresis, non- • Bendix style 4 pin, PTO 2A-8-4P or similar
repeatability at reference temperature ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • M12 x 1, 4 pin, circular style
Temperature Effect: Output Signals Available:
Supply
–20°C to 85ºC <±1% of Span – Total Error Band Voltage Output Excitation Current
–40°C to –20ºC <±1.5% of Span – Total Error Band 0-5 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 5mA
–85°C to 125ºC <±1.5% of Span – Total Error Band 0-10 Vdc, 3 wire 14-36 Vdc 5mA
Total Error Band includes the combined effects of non-lin- 1-5 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 4mA
earity (Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non-repeatabili- 1-6 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 4mA DIMENSION DRAWINGS
ty, temperature and zero offset and span setting errors. For Ratiometric Output SHIELDED CABLE DIN FORM-A
higher performance availability consult factory 0.5-4.5 Vdc, 3 wire 5 Vdc ±0.5 Vdc 3.5mA PVC Jacket, 3´ Length
Standard, 24 AWG Leads
Mates to Hirschmann
GDM 3009 or similar
Stability: Less than ±0.25% span/year Current Output

Durability: Tested to 50 million cycles 4-20mA, 2 wire 9-36 Vdc ø 1.32
ø 1.32
Reverse Polarity & Miswired Protected: Yes

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
Insulation Breakdown Voltage: 100 Vac
Temperature: Insulation Resistance: Greater than 100 megohms at MATING CONNECTOR
LOCATION AND SIZE
Compensated –40 to 125°C (–40 to 257°F) 100 Vdc

Operating –40 to 125°C (–40 to 257°F) Approvals/Certifications: CE .30
Storage –40 to 125°C (–40 to 257°F) "L" MATING CONNECTOR

LOCATION AND SIZE
Humidity: 0 to 100% R.H., no effect PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS .75
Pressure Connection: 304 stainless steel .32
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Sensor Material: 17-4PH SS

Select from over 25 pressure ranges starting at 30 psi Housing: 20% Glass Reinforced Nylon,
and running through 20,000 psi. Compound (vacuum Fire retardant to UL94 V1 2.04
3.450
& pressure) ranges are also available, see below. Available Process Connections (Male):
2.03 .23
Overpressure (F.S.): Proof Burst 1

/8 NPT, 1/4 BSP, 1/4 NPT, G1/4 B, 7/16-20 UNF-2A .23
750 psi & below 200% F.S. 1000% F.S. For other connections consult factory
1500-3000 psi 200% F.S. 500% F.S.
27mm
Environmental Rating: Enclosure meets NEMA 4X, 1.06˝

HEX 27
1.063
4000-6000 psi 150% F.S. 500% F.S. IP65

7500 psi 120% F.S. 500% F.S. M12 and Bendix style termination designs share similar
10,000-20,000 psi 120% F.S. 240% F.S. dimensions to those shown above.
Vibration: Random vibration (20 g) over temperature
range (–40° to 125°C). Exceeds typical MIL. STD.
requirements
TO ORDER THE T2 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
T 2 7 G X
Type Output Signal Electrical Connection Pressure Ranges Measurement Type Optional
Configuration DIN 43 650-A – Mates to Hirschmann psi Ranges X-Variations
05= 0-5 Vdc
GDM 3009 or similar 30# = 30 psi G = Gauge pressure,
(T2) 10 = 0-10 Vdc Consult factory for
DN = no mating conn. 50# = 50 psi
15 = 1-5 Vdc 60# = 60 psi
vented housing available options
D0 = w/mating conn., no cable
Accuracy ±0.25% Static Accuracy Class (BFSL) 16 = 1-6 Vdc 100# = 100 psi
D2 = w/mating conn. 3´ shielded cable
±1.00% Total Error Band –20°C to +85°C 42 = 4-20mA M12 – Mates to Hirschmann 150# = 150 psi For sealed housing
±1.50% Total Error Band –40°C to –20°C, 85°C to 125°C RM = 0.5-4.5 Vdc 933 172-100 or similar 200# = 200 psi (PSIS) consult factory
Ratio Metric EW = no mating conn. 300# = 300 psi
to 5Vdc supply E0 = w/mating conn. no cable 400# = 400 psi
500# = 500 psi
Compound Ranges
E2 = w/mating conn. & 3´ shielded cable 30# & vac = 30 psi/-14.7 psi
Pressure Connection Circular 4 Pin – Mates to Amphenol 750# = 750 psi
45# & vac = 45 psi/-14.7 psi
M01 ⁄8 NPT-male
1 Bendix PTO6A-8-4S-SR or similar 1000# = 1000 psi
60# & vac = 60 psi/-14.7psi
B4 = no mating conn. 1500# = 1500 psi
M02 1⁄4 NPT-male 2000# = 2000 psi
85# & vac = 85 psi/-14.7 psi
H1 = w/mating conn., no cable 100# & vac = 100 psi/-14.7 psi
MEK 7⁄16-20 SAE-male L1 = w/mating conn. 3´ shielded cable 3000# = 3000 psi
MS2 1⁄4-19 BSP male 150# & vac = 150 psi/-14.7 psi
Pigtail – Shielded cable with PVC 4000# = 4000 psi
MG2 G 1⁄4 B male 200# & vac = 200 psi/-14.7 psi
Jacket and 24 AWG leads 5000# = 5000 psi
300# & vac = 300 psi/-14.7 psi
M76 7⁄16-20 SAE UNJF-3A F2 = w/3´ cable length 6000# = 6000 psi
w/37°Cone (–4AN) P1 = w/3´ cable length 7500# = 7500 psi
F3 = w/6´ cable length 10000# = 10000 psi
Consult Factory Other Connections Consult factory for additional cable lengths 15000# = 15000 psi
20000# = 20000 psi Ranges in bar, kPa and mPa are also available

186
Type G2 – Patented High
Performance Pressure Transducer
for Tough OEM Applications
APPLICATIONS: Important features include: Hirschmann Connection

Cable
A new Ashcroft pressure transducer • 1% total error band accuracy† Connection
to meet demanding requirements in • Broad temperature capability

applications involving: • All-welded pressure construction
• Off-road vehicles • High EMI/RFI rating Metri-Pack
Connection Flying Lead
• Construction machinery • Ranges 30 psi through 20,000 psi Connection
• Compressor control • Housing IP67 rating

• HVAC and refrigeration • Diagnostic rails
• Agricultural implements • Polysilicon thin film sensor
†Tighter accuracy performance available, consult factory.
• Process automation and control
• Hydraulic and pneumatic sensing
• Pump monitoring
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Shock: 100gs, 6 ms ELECTRICAL TERMINATION

Drop Test: Withstands 1 meter on concrete 3 axis
Ref. Condition 21°C ±1°C (70°F ±2°F) Response Time: Less than 1 msec • Shielded Cable: 3´ standard, 24 AWG,
Accuracy: Warm-up Time: Less than 500 msec typical PVC Jacket
Total Error Band includes combined effects of temperature, Position Effect: Less than ±0.01% span, typical • Flying Lead: 3´ standard, 18 AWG
non-linearity (Terminal Point Method), hysteresis, non • Metri-Pack 150 series*
repeatabilty, zero offset and span setting errors ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Hirschmann G series**
±1% of Span: From –20 to 85ºC (–4 to 185ºF) Output Signals Available:
±1.5% of Span: From –40 to –20ºC (–40 to –4ºF) Supply *Metri-Pack is a trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems
Voltage Output Excitation Current ** Trade Mark of Richard Hirschmann of America, Inc.
±1.5% of Span: From 85 to 125ºC (185 to 257ºF) 0-5 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 5mA
Note: Static accuracy ±0.25% of span BFSL (Best Fit 0-10 Vdc, 3 wire 14-36 Vdc 5mA DIMENSION DRAWINGS
Straight Line Method); includes non-linearity, hysteresis 1-5 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 4mA
and non-repeatable effects at reference temperature 1-6 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 4mA
3-PIN METRI-PACK* MINI HIRSCHMANN**
72°F (21°C) 0.5-4.5 Vdc, 3 wire 9-36 Vdc 4mA
Stability: Less than ±0.25% span/year Ratiometric Output
Durability: Tested to 50 million cycles 0.5-4.5 Vdc, 3 wire 5 Vdc ±0.5 Vdc 3.5mA (27) (27)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Current Output 1.06 1.06
4-20mA, 2 wire 9-36 Vdc
Temperature: Mates to Metri-Pack
Reverse
Connector Body 12065286Polarity & Miswired Protected: Yes
Compensated –40 to 125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Insulation Breakdown Voltage: 100 Vac
Operating –40 to 125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Insulation
Optional Resistance: Greater than 100 megohms
Storage –40 to 125°C (–40 to 257°F)
atMating
100 Vdc Wire
Humidity: 0 to 100% R.H., no effect Connector Length
Approvals/Certifications: CE (36)
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS .30 (8) 1.40
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS .71
Select from over 25 pressure ranges starting at 30 psi (18) 2.24
and running through 20,000 psi gauge. Compound Pressure Connection: 304 stainless steel
(24) (57)
(vacuum & pressure) ranges are also available, see Sensor Material: 17-4PH SS .94 2.05 .94
Housing: 20% Glass Reinforced Nylon, (24) (52) 1.59
“To Order” below. .23 (40)
Overpressure (F.S.): Proof Burst Fire retardant to UL94 V1 (6)
750 psi & below 200% F.S. 1000% F.S. Available Process Connections (Male): .23
1500-3000 psi 200% F.S. 500% F.S. See How to Order section below (6)
4000-6000 psi 150% F.S. 500% F.S. For other connections consult factory Shielded cable and flying lead designs share similar
7500 psi 120% F.S. 500% F.S. Environmental Rating: IP67 dimensions to those shown.
10,000-20,000 psi 120% F.S. 240% F.S.
Vibration: Random vibration (20 g) over temperature
range (–40° to 125°C). Exceeds typical MIL. STD.
requirements
TO ORDER THE G2 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
G 2 7 G X
Type Output Signal Electrical Connection Pressure Ranges Measurement Optional
Configuration 05 = 0-5 Vdc Metri-Pack* Deutsch DT Series DT04-3P psi Ranges Type X-Variations
(G2) 10 = 0-10 Vdc GN = no mating conn. DT = w/out mating conn. G = Gauge Pressure Consult Factory for
T2 = w/1m, 3ćable 30# = 30 psi
15 = 1-5 Vdc G2 = mating aconn. 3´ cable
Accuracy G3 = mating conn. 10´ cable T3 = w/3m, 10ćable 50# = 50 psi Available Options
±1.0% Total Error Band 16 = 1-6 Vdc G1 = mating conn. w/customer T1 = w/mating conn. cable 60# = 60 psi
–20°C to 85°C 42 = 4-20mA specified length customer defined length 100# = 100 psi
±1.5% Total Error Band 45 = 0.5-4.5 Vdc Hirschmann G Series** Deutsch DTM Series DTM04-3P 150# = 150 psi
– 40°C to -20°C, 85 to 125°C 9-36 Vdc supply HM = no mating conn. DS = w/out mating conn. 200# = 200 psi
RM = 0.5-4.5 Vdc M1 = with mating conn. no cable S2 = w/1m, 3ćable 300# = 300 psi Compound Ranges
M2 = mating conn. 3´ cable S3 = w/3m, 10ćable 400# = 400 psi 30#&vac = 30 psi/–14.7 psi
Ratio Metric
P9 = mating conn. w/customer S1 = w/mating conn. cable 500# = 500 psi 45#&vac = 45 psi/–14.7 psi
to 5Vdc specified length customer defined length
supply 750# = 750 psi 60#&vac = 60 psi/–14.7 psi
Flying Leads AMP Superseal
Pressure Connection AP = w/out mating conn. 1000# = 1000 psi 85#&vac = 85 psi/–14.7 psi
W2 = 1m flying leads
W9 = customer specified length A2 = w/1m, 3ćable 1500# = 1500 psi 100#&vac = 100 psi/–14.7 psi
M01 1⁄8 NPT-male MEV 9⁄16-18 SAE-male A3 = w/3m, 10ćable 2000# = 2000 psi 150#&vac = 150 psi/–14.7 psi
M02 1⁄4 NPT-male w/Buna-N O-ring Shielded Cable 200#&vac = 200 psi/–14.7 psi
F2 = 3´ shielded cable
A1 = w/mating conn. cable 3000# = 3000 psi
MEK 7⁄16-20 SAE-male M33 3⁄8-24 UNJF3A customer defined length 4000# = 4000 psi 300#&vac = 300 psi/–14.7 psi
F3 = 10´ shielded cable
w/Buna-N O-ring (w/37° cone seat) P1 = customer specified length DIN 43650 Form C 5000# = 5000 psi
M38 3⁄8-24 SAE-male M76 7⁄16-20 UNJF3A M12, 4-pin DC = no mating conn. 6000# = 6000 psi
N1 = with mating conn. no cable Ranges in Bar,m kPa and mPa are also available
w/Buna-N O-ring (w/37° cone seat) EW = w/out mating conn. 7500# = 7500 psi
N2 = mating conn. 3ćable Consult Factory for Other Connections
MS2 1⁄4-19 BSP male E0 = w/mating conn. No cable 10000# = 10000 psi
MG2 G 1⁄4 B male E2 = w/mating conn./Cable 3 ft. N3 = mating conn. 10ćable 15000# = 15000 psi *Metri-Pack is a trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems.
E1 = w/mating conn./Cable N9 = mating conn. w/customer **Trademark of Richard Hirschmann of America, Inc.
specified length 20000# = 20000 psi
Customer defined length

187
Type A2 Heavy Industrial
Pressure Transducer
APPLICATIONS The Ashcroft® A2 pressure transmitter is

Test stands, compressor control, ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure sens-
hydraulic systems, process automation, ing requirements found in heavy industrial,
pump and pneumatic systems control and test and measurement applications. It
BENEFITS AND FEATURES offers the instrument specifier a wide choice
• Pressure ranges from 5 psi through of construction and performance variables.
10,000 psi The Ashcroft® A2 is designed and manu-
• CE mark factured to provide the user with accurate,
• 316L SS wetted materials reliable, and stable output data. This is
• 304 SS case accomplished through the use of an on
• Six output signals to choose from board microprocessor, that is programmed
• Optional absolute pressure ranges during a unique digital compensation
available process, to provide extremely linear and
precise performance over the entire speci-
• Optional external zero and span
potentiometers fied pressure and temperature range.
• Optional Panel Meter, see Ashcroft LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
model DM61

Power Requirements:
Reference Temperature: 70°F (21°C) Response Time: <2ms Supply Current: <5mA for voltage outputs
Accuracy, Three Classes (% Span): Pressure Ranges: Vacuum, gauge, compound and Electrical Terminations:
Includes non-linearity ±.25 ±0.5 ±1.0 absolute pressure from 0-5 psi through 0-10,000. See To Order below for Options
(Terminal Point Method), hyste- Equivalent ranges in bar available. See order guide Circuit Protection:
resis, non-repeatability, zero section (below.) Reverse polarity and mis-wire proected
offset and span setting errors) Vibration Effect: Insulation Resisance (Circuit to Case):
Best Fit Straight Line* (BFSL): ±.20 ±.40 ±.50 Shock: 100g Peak, 11ms 100Mohm @ 30Vdc
*Add ±.05% for ranges above 5000 psi Random: 10g RMS, 20-2000Hz
Sweep: 50-2000Hz, 5g peak PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Stability:
Sensor Material 316L SS or 17-4PH SS: #±0.25% Position Effect: ± 0.02% Typical Case: Material 304SS
Span/year @ reference conditions Approvals/Certifications: CE Wetted Materials: 316L SS diaphragm and pressure
port. Optional 17-4PH SS diaphragm and 316L SS
Durability: Greater than 10 million cycles Overpressure (F.S.)*: Proof Burst
pressure port (see How to Order Section).
0#/vac. to 300 psi 1.5 x F.S. min. 2 x F.S.
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Environmental Rating:
500-10,000 psi 1.2 x F.S. 1.5 x F.S.
Temperature Limits: *For higher overpressure ratings use XK8 option. Enclosure Code Rating
Storage: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F) Basic (S) IP65, NEMA 4X
Process: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F) ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Zero/Span (Z) IP65, NEMA 4X
Operating: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F) Output Signal: Supply Voltage: (unregulated) All Welded (w/Z/S) (Y) IP65, NEMA 4X
Compensated*: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F) Minimum Maximum All Welded (w/o Z/S) (W) IP67, NEMA 6*
*Consult factory for other options 0-5Vdc (3 Wire) 12Vdc 36Vdc NOTE:
Temperature Effects: –20 to +85°C (–4 to 185°F) 0-10Vdc (3 Wire) 14Vdc 36Vdc Refer to Ashcroft Model A2X for Explosion / Flame Proof
configurations and Ashcroft Model A4 for Intrinsically Safe/
• 1.0% of Span for .25% Accuracy Class 1-5Vdc (3 Wire) 10Vdc 36Vdc Non-Incendive applications.
• 2.0% of Span for .50% and 1.0% Accuracy Classes 1-6Vdc (3 Wire) 10Vdc 36Vdc
4-20mA* (2 Wire) 12Vdc 36Vdc *(varies with pressure range)
Humidity Effects: No performance effects from
.
0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing,
0-100% RH with “W” enclosure.
TO ORDER THE A2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS:

A 2 X
Type Accuracy/Temp. Effects Output Signal Electrical Termination Pressure Range Measurement Optional
Configuration (A) 0.25%/≤0.5% (–20°C to +85°C) (05) 0-5 Vdc Integral Cable (Pigtail) (1.5#) 1.5 psi(5),(6) (750#) 750 psi Type X-Variations
(A2) (B) 0.50%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C) (10) 0-10 Vdc (F2) 3´ shielded cable(1) (5#) 5 psi (5),(6)
(1000#) 1000 psi (G) Gauge (XCL)
(C) 1.00%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C) (15) 1-5 Vdc (P1) (specify length)(1) (10#) 10 psi(5),(6) (1500#) 1500 psi Pressure Non-standard**
(16) 1-6 Vdc Hirschmann Style Form A Sensor calibration
DIN 43650-A (15#) 15 psi(5) (2000#) 2000 psi
(42) 4-20mA (30#) 30 psi(5) (3000#) 3000 psi (A) Absolute (XK8)
(DN) w/o mating conn.(1) Pressure
(D0) with mate, no cable(1) (50#) 50 psi (5000#) 5000 psi 17-4pH SS
(D2) with mate, 3´ cable(1) (60#) 60 psi (7500#) 7500 psi Sensor Sensor Material
Enclosure Pressure Connection (D1) with mate, (specify length)(1) (75#) 75 psi (10,000#) 10,000 psi(4)
(S) Basic (X6B)
(M01) ⁄8 NPT-M
1
(F04) 1⁄2 NPT-F 4-Pin Bendix Style (100#) 100 psi (0# & vac.) 0 psi/vac. (5),(6)
(Z) Zero & Span Access Cleaned For
(M02) ⁄4 NPT-M
1
(MG4) G 1⁄2 M (B4) w/o mating conn.(2) (150#) 150 psi (15# & vac.) Vac./15 psi(5),(6)
(Y) Welded with Zero & Oxygen Service
(F02) 1
⁄4 NPT-F (VM2) VCR inlet fitting (H1) with mate, no cable(2) (200#) 200 psi (30# & vac.) Vac./30 psi(5),(6)
Span Access (MEK) 7
⁄16-20 SAE-M 1
⁄4˝ VCR gland with (L1) with mate, 3´ cable(2) (300#) 300 psi (45# & vac.) Vac./45 psi(6)
(W) Welded w/out Zero & (F09) 9
⁄16-18 (1⁄4)-F 9
⁄16-18 male nut (P2) with mate, (specify length)(2) (500#) 500 psi (60# & vac.) Vac./60 psi
Span Access (Aminco) (VF2) VCR inlet fitting
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit w/Pigtail
(M04) ⁄2 NPT-M
1 1
⁄4˝ VCR gland with (C1) 3´ shielded cable(3)
9
⁄16-18 female nut (P7) (specify length)(3)
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit
(others available upon request) (C2) 3´ flying leads(3)
(C5) 10´ flying leads(3) (1) Available with enclosure code (S, Z) **Minimum
Hirschmann “E” Series (2) Available with enclosure code (S, Z, W) 10 pieces for
M12 Threaded (3) Available with enclosure code (W, Y) non-standard
(EW) w/o mating conn.(1) (4) 17-4PH SS Sensor Required pressure ranges
(E0) with male, no cable(1) (5) 17-4PH SS Sensor Not Available
(E2) with male, 3´ cable(1) (6) Gauge pressure only
Note: All A2 units include a 9 point NIST traceable calibration report. (E1) with male, (specify length)(1)

188
Type A2X Explosion/Flame Proof
APPLICATIONS
Oil field equipment, upstream oil and gas • 304 SS case
production, natural gas compression and • Six output signals to choose from
transfer control, alternative energy projects • Optional absolute pressure ranges available
BENEFITS AND FEATURES
• cUL and ATEX listed The Ashcroft® AX2 pressure transmitter
• FM intrinsically safe approvals (see is ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure
note under Optional Hazardous Area sensing requirements requiring approvals
Classifications below) for explosion/flame proof.
• CSA intrinsically safe approvals (see The Ashcroft® A2X is designed and
note under Optional Hazardous Area manufactured to provide the user with accu-
Classifications below) rate, reliable, and stable output data. This
• Choice of 0.25, 0.50 or 1.0% accuracy is accomplished through the use of an on
board microprocessor, that is programmed
• Pressure ranges from 5 psi through
during a unique digital compensation
10,000 psi
process, to provide extremely linear and
• CE mark precise performance over the entire speci-
• 316L SS wetted materials, 17-4 PH optional fied pressure and temperature range. LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Equivalent ranges in bar available. See order guide PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Reference Temperature: 70°F (21°C) section (below.) Case: Material 304SS
Accuracy, Three Classes (% Span): Vibration Effect: Wetted Materials: 316L SS diaphragm and pressure
Shock: 100g Peak, 11ms port. Optional 17-4PH SS diaphragm and 316L SS
Includes non-linearity ±.25 ±0.5 ±1.0
Random: 10g RMS, 20-2000Hz pressure port (see How to Order Section).
(Terminal Point Method), hyste-
Sweep: 50-2000Hz, 5g peak Environmental Rating: IP65; NEMA 7,9
resis, non-repeatability, zero
offset and span setting errors) Position Effect: ±0.02% Typical
HAZARDOUS AREA CERTIFICATIONS
Best Fit Straight Line* (BFSL): ±.20 ±.40 ±.50 Approvals/Certifications: CE, Hazardous Area
Certifications - see following section for details Explosion Proof – cUL (USL/CNL):
*Add ±.05% for ranges above 5000 psi
Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups A, B, C and D
Stability: Overpressure (F.S.)*: Proof Burst
Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F and G
Sensor Material 316L SS or 17-4PH SS: #±0.25% 0#/vac. to 300 psi 1.5 x F.S. min. 2 x F.S.
Flame Proof – ATEX: Specify A2X
Span/year @ reference conditions 500-10,000 psi 1.2 x F.S. 1.5 x F.S. II 2 G
Durability: Greater than 10 million cycles *For higher overpressure ratings use XK8 option. Ex d IIC T4
See below for additional option. NOTE: For 4-20mA units following approvals also apply:
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Intrinsically Safe – FM/CSA:
Temperature Limits: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Class I, Div. 1
Storage: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F) Output Signal: Supply Voltage: (unregulated) Class I, Div. 2, Non-Incendive
Process: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F) Minimum Maximum Refer to Ashcroft drawing #825A022 for wiring
0-5Vdc (3 Wire) 12Vdc 30Vdc and installation requirements.
Operating: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
NOTE: Refer to Ashcroft Model A2 for Heavy Industrial,
Compensated*: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F) 0-10Vdc (3 Wire) 14Vdc 30Vdc non-Hazardous rated configurations and Ashcroft Model A4
*Consult factory for other options 1-5Vdc (3 Wire) 10Vdc 30Vdc for Intrinsically Safe/non-Incendive applications.
Temperature Effects: –20 to +85°C (–4 to 185°F) 1-6Vdc (3 Wire) 10Vdc 30Vdc
• 1.0% of Span for .25% Accuracy Class 4-20mA (2 Wire) 12Vdc 30Vdc
• 2.0% of Span for .50% and 1.0% Accuracy Classes Power Requirements:
Supply Current: <5mA for voltage outputs
Humidity Effects: No performance effects from
Electrical Terminations:
0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing,
See To Order below for Options
0-100% RH with “W” enclosure.
Circuit Protection:
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Reverse polarity and mis-wire proected
Response Time: <2ms Insulation Resistance (Circuit to Case):
Pressure Ranges: Vacuum, gauge, compound and 100Mohm @ 30Vdc
absolute pressure from 0-5 psi through 0-10,000.
TO ORDER THE A2X EXPLOSION/FLAME PROOF PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS:
A 2 X X
Type Accuracy/Temp. Effects Output Signal Electrical Termination Pressure Range Measurement Optional
Configuration (A) 0.25%/≤0.5% (–20°C to +85°C) (05) 0-5 Vdc 1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit (1.5#) 1.5 psi(5),(6) (750#) 750 psi Type X-Variations
(A2X) (B) 0.50%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C) (10) 0-10 Vdc (5#) 5 psi(5),(6) (1000#) 1000 psi (G) Gauge (XCL)
(C) 1.00%/≤1.0% (–20°C to +85°C) (15) 1-5 Vdc Flying Leads (10#) 10 psi(5),(6)
(1500#) 1500 psi Pressure Non-standard**
(16) 1-6 Vdc (C2) with 3´leads (15#) 15 psi(5) (2000#) 2000 psi Sensor calibration
(42) 4-20mA (C5) with 10´leads (30#) 30 psi(5) (3000#) 3000 psi (A) Absolute (XK8)
(50#) 50 psi (5000#) 5000 psi Pressure 17-4pH SS
Pressure Connection Shielded Cable Sensor
(C1) with 3ćable (60#) 60 psi (7500#) 7500 psi Sensor Material
(M01) ⁄8 NPT-M
1
(MG4) G 1⁄2 M (C6) with 15ćable (75#) 75 psi (10,000#) 10,000 psi(4)
(X6B)
(M02) 1
⁄4 NPT-M (VM2) VCR inlet fitting (C7) with 30ćable (100#) 100 psi (0# & vac.) 0 psi/vac.(5),(6) Cleaned For
(F02) 1
⁄4 NPT-F 1
⁄4˝ VCR gland with (P7) with customer (150#) 150 psi (15# & vac.) Vac./15 psi(5),(6) Oxygen Service
(MEK) 7
⁄16-20 SAE-M 9
⁄16-18 male nut defined length (200#) 200 psi (30# & vac.) Vac./30 psi(5),(6)
(F09) 9
⁄16-18 ( ⁄4)-F (VF2) VCR inlet fitting
1 (300#) 300 psi (45# & vac.) Vac./45 psi(6)
(Aminco) 1
⁄4˝ VCR gland with (500#) 500 psi (60# & vac.) Vac./60 psi
(M04) 1⁄2 NPT-M (4) 17-4PH SS Sensor Required
9
⁄16-18 female nut (5) 17-4PH SS Sensor Not Available **Minimum 10 pieces
(F04) ⁄2 NPT-F
1
(6) Gauge pressure only for non-standard
pressure ranges.
Note: All A2X pressure transmitters include a 9 pt. NIST traceable calibration report

189
Type A4 Intrinsically Safe
and Non-Incendive
APPLICATIONS The Ashcroft® A4 pressure transmitter is

Oil field equipment, upstream oil and gas ideal for a broad spectrum of pressure sens-
production, natural gas compression and ing requirements where Intrinsically Safe or
transfer control, alternative energy projects Non-Incendive hazardous location ratings
are required.
BENEFITS AND FEATURES
The Ashcroft® A4 is designed and manu-
• FM and CSA listings factured to provide the user with accurate,
• Choice of 0.25, 0.50 or 1.0% accuracy reliable, and stable output data. This is
• Pressure ranges from 5 psi through accomplished through the use of an on
10,000 psi board microprocessor, that is programmed
during a unique digital compensation
• CE mark
process, to provide extremely linear and
• 316L SS wetted materials, 17-4 PH optional precise performance over the entire speci-
• 304 SS case in standard, welded or fied pressure and temperature range.
explosion proof construction
• Optional absolute pressure ranges available LOOK FOR THESE MARKS ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Zero and span access (Basic Enclosure)
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Terminations:

Reference Temperature: 70°F (21°C) Response Time: <2ms See To Order below for Options
Accuracy, Three Classes (% Span): Pressure Ranges: Vacuum, gauge, compound and Circuit Protection:
absolute pressure from 0-5 psi through 0-10,000. Reverse polarity and mis-wire protected
Includes non-linearity ±.25 ±0.5 ±1.0
Equivalent ranges in bar available. See order guide Insulation Resistance (Circuit to Case):
(Terminal Point Method), hyste-
section (below.) 100Mohm @ 30Vdc
resis, non-repeatability, zero
offset and span setting errors) Vibration Effect: PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Best Fit Straight Line* (BFSL): ±.20 ±.40 ±.50 Shock: 100g Peak, 11ms Case: Material 304SS
*Add ±.05% for ranges above 5000 psi Random: 10g RMS, 20-2000Hz Wetted Materials: 316L SS diaphragm and pressure
Stability: Sweep: 50-2000Hz, 5g peak port. Optional 17-4PH SS diaphragm and 316L SS
Sensor Material 316L SS or 17-4PH SS: #±0.25% Position Effect: ±0.02% Typical pressure port (see How to Order Section).
Span/year @ reference conditions Approvals/Certifications: CE, Hazardous Area Environmental Rating:
Durability: Greater than 10 million cycles Certifications - see following section for details Enclosure Code Rating
Overpressure (F.S.)*: Proof Burst Basic (S) IP65, NEMA 4X
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS All Welded (w/o Z/S) (W) IP67, NEMA 6*
0#/vac. to 300 psi 1.5 x F.S. min. 2 x F.S.
Temperature Limits: 500-10,000 psi 1.2 x F.S. 1.5 x F.S.
Storage: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F) HAZARDOUS AREA CERTIFICATIONS
*For higher overpressure ratings use XK8 option. Intrinsically Safe – FM/CSA:
Process: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
See below for additional option. Intrinsic Safety: Class I, II and III Div.1 and 2,
Operating: –40 to +125°C (–40 to 257°F)
Compensated*: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F) ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Groups A, B, C, D, F and G per entity requirements
*Consult factory for other options Output Signal: Supply Voltage: (unregulated) see Ashcroft drawing # 825A022
Temperature Effects: –20 to +85°C (–4 to 185°F) Minimum Maximum Non-Incendive: Class I, II and III Div. 2, Groups A, B,
• 1.0% of Span for .25% Accuracy Class 4-20mA* (2 Wire) 12Vdc 30Vdc* C, D, F and G, no barriers needed
• 2.0% of Span for .50% and 1.0% Accuracy Classes Ratiometric NOTE:
Refer to Ashcroft Model A2 for Heavy Industrial,
Humidity Effects: No performance effects from Power Requirements & Entity Parameters: non-hazardous rated configurations and Ashcroft
0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing, See I&M manual Model A2X for Explosion/Flame Proof applications.
0-100% RH with “W” enclosure. *(varies with pressure range)
TO ORDER THE A4 INTRINSICALLY SAFE & NON-INCENDIVE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
A 4 X
Type Accuracy/Temp. Effects Output Signal Electrical Termination Pressure Range** Measurement Optional
Configuration (A) 0.25%/#0.5% (–20°C to +85°C) (42) 4-20mA Integral Cable (Pigtail) (1.5#) 1.5 psi(5),(6) (750#) 750 psi Type X-Variations
(A4) (B) 0.50%/#1.0% (–20°C to +85°C) (F2) 3´ shielded cable(1) (5#) 5 psi(5),(6) (1000#) 1000 psi (G) Gauge (XCL)
(C) 1.00%/#1.0% (–20°C to +85°C) (P1) (specify length)(1) (10#) 10 psi(5),(6) (1500#) 1500 psi Pressure Non-standard**
Hirschmann Style Form A (15#) 15 psi(5) (2000#) 2000 psi Sensor calibration
DIN 43650-A (30#) 30 psi(5) (3000#) 3000 psi (A) Absolute (XK8)
(DN) w/o mating conn.(1) (50#) 50 psi (5000#) 5000 psi Pressure 17-4pH SS
(D0) with mate, no cable(1) (7500#) 7500 psi Sensor
Enclosure (D2) with mate, 3´ cable(1) (60#) 60 psi Sensor Material
Pressure Connection (75#) 75 psi (10,000#) 10,000 psi (4)
(S) Basic (D1) with mate, (specify length)(1) (X6B)
(W) Welded w/out (M01) 1⁄8 NPT-M (MG4) G 1⁄2 M 4-Pin Bendix Style (100#) 100 psi (0# & vac.) 0 psi/vac.(5),(6)
Cleaned For
Zero & Span (M02) 1⁄4 NPT-M (VM2) VCR inlet fitting (B4) w/o mating conn.(2) (150#) 150 psi (15# & vac.) Vac./15 psi(5),(6) Oxygen Service
Access (F02) ⁄4 NPT-F
1 1
⁄4˝ VCR gland with (H1) with mate, no cable(2) (200#) 200 psi (30# & vac.) Vac./30 psi(5),(6)
(MEK) 7⁄16-20 SAE-M 9
⁄16-18 male nut (L1) with mate, 3´ cable(2) (300#) 300 psi (45# & vac.) Vac./45 psi(6)
(F09) ⁄16-18 ( ⁄4)-F
9 1
(VF2) VCR inlet fitting (P2) with mate, (specify length)(2) (500#) 500 psi (60# & vac.) Vac./60 psi
(Aminco) 1
⁄4˝ VCR gland with 1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit w/Pigtail
(M04) 1⁄2 NPT-M 9
⁄16-18 female nut (C1) 3´ shielded cable(3)
(F04) 1⁄2 NPT-F (P7) (specify length)(3)
1
⁄2 NPT-M Conduit
(C2) 3´ flying leads(3)
Others available upon request (C5) 10´ flying leads(3)
Hirschmann “E” Series (1) Available with enclosure code (S) **Minimum
M12 Threaded (2) Available with enclosure code (S, W) 10 pieces for non-
(EW) w/o mating conn.(1) (3) Available with enclosure code (W) standard pressure
(E0) with male, no cable(1) (4) 17-4PH SS Sensor Required ranges.
(E2) with male, 3´ cable(1) (5) 17-4PH SS Sensor Not Available
Note: All A4 units include a 9 point NIST traceable calibration report (E1) with male, (specify length)(1) (6) Gauge pressure only

190
Type H2 Precision
Pressure Transducer
APPLICATIONS The Ashcroft® H2 precision pressure

Engine / Turbine Test Stands, Remote Moni- transducer is ideal for measuring and con-
toring Systems, On-Vehicle Test Instal- trolling challenging hydraulic and pneumatic
lations. applications. This is accomplished through
FEATURES the use of a unique digital compensation
process. The high-accuracy and perfor-
• Compact Design mance combined with its rugged construc-
• Choice of 0.15% or 0.20% Accuracy tion provides the user with a highly reliable
• All Stainless Steel Wetted Materials and safe sensor platform.
• Standard Nine-Point NIST Traceable
Calibration Report
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCTS

Analog Output (4-20mA / 0-5Vdc / 0-10Vdc): Proof Pressure: 2X Range (2000 psi & below)
Accuracy: ±0.20% Span or ±0.15% Span 1.5X Range (3000 to 5000 psi
(includes zero/span offsets, non-linearity, 1.2X Range (7500 psi & above)
hysteresis and repeatability) Burst Pressure: 8X Range (2000 psi & below)
Temperature Effects: 3X Range (3000 psi to 5000 psi)
1.5X Range (7500 psi & above)
Zero / Span: ±0.01% Span /°C – from 23°C (73.4°F)
reference temperature Insulation Voltage: 50Vdc 100MV min
Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
Stability: < ±0.25% span/year
Durability: Tested to 10 million cycles ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Vibration: 20g (IEC 68-2-6 and IEC 68-2-36) Output Signal: 4-20mA / 0-5Vdc / 0-10Vdc
Shock: 1000g (IEC 68-2-32) Supply Voltage: 9-32Vdc (4-20mA Version); 2 wires
Response Time: 4msec (10-90%) 12-32Vdc (Voltage Versions); 3 wires
Position Effect: None Circuit Protection: Overvoltage and reverse polarity
Output Resolution: ±0.02% Span protection 36V
Insulation Resistance: <100MV @ 30V
Temperature Limits: PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Storage: –40 to +105°C (–40 to 221°F) Enclosure: 304SS
Operating: –20 to +85°C ( –4 to 185°F) Ingress Rating: IP65 (Ranges 300 psi & below)
Compensated*: –10 to +80°C (–14 to 176°F) IP67 (Ranges above 300 psi)
*Consult factory for other options Electrical Termination: Refer to “How to Order” section
Humidity Effects: 0 to 95% relative humidity, Pressure Connection: Refer to “How to Order” section
non-condensing Weight: Approx. 120 grams (3.86 ounces)
(pressure connection) and 17-4 pH SS (sensor
diaphragm)
TO ORDER THE H2 PRECISION PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
H 2 X
Type Accuracy Output Signal Electrical Connection Pressure Ranges Optional
Configuration (2) ±0.15% (42) 4-20mA (B6) 6 Pin Bendix (MIL-C-26482) Gauge Compound X-Variations
(H2) (3) ±0.2% (05) 0-5 Vdc (EW) M12 Type 4 pin) 15#G = 0/15 psig 15#&V = 15 to 15 psig (XRH)
(10) 0-10 Vdc (F2) 3´ Shielded Cable 30#G = 0/30 psig 30#&V = 15 to 30 psig NIST Traceable 9
(DN) Hirschmann 43650-A 50#G = 0/50 psig 75#&V = 15 to 75 psig Point Calibration
100#G = 0/100 psig 150#&V = 15 to 150 psig Report
150#G = 0/150 psig 300#&V = 15 to 300 psig (XNH)
300#G = 0/300 psig Absolute Wired Stainless
Pressure Connection 500#G = 0/500 psig 15#A = 0/15 psia Steel Tagging
(M02) 1⁄4 NPT-male 1000#G = 0/1000 psig 30#A = 0/30 psia
1500#G = 0/1500 psig (X6B)
(M76)* ⁄16-20 UNJF-3A 37° Cone
7
50#A = 0/50 psia
3000#G = 0/3000 psig Oxygen Cleaning
(MEK) 7⁄16-20 UNF-2A (SAE #4) 100#A = 0/100 psia
(MGA) 1⁄4 A (DIN3852-E) 5000#G = 0/5000 psig 150#A = 0/150 psia
7500#G = 0/750 psig
10,000#G = 0/10,000 psig
15,000#G = 0/15,000 psig
20,000#G = 0/20,000 psig
Note: Consult factory for special ranges or for
other units (ie. bar / mPa / kPa)

191
Type KM15 Rugged,
Compact Transducer for
the High Volume OEM
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft® KM15 Pressure Trans-

High Volume Pressure Sensing in: Off ducer is the ideal choice for the high
Road Equipment, Construction Machin- volume OEM who requires an economi-
ery, Compressors, Pump Control cal yet durable pressure transducer. The
BENEFITS & FEATURES KM15 marries a proven polysilicon thin
• RoHS compliant film sensor to a high performance ASIC
• Compact size to provide a highly accurate, stable, and
• All welded sensor rugged pressure sensing instrument.
• –40/120°C operating temp
• Rugged SS construction
• IP 67 ingress rating
• Ranges through 7500 psi
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Overpressure (F.S.): Proof Burst • Flying Lead

750 psi & below 2 x range 10 x range • Sumitomo HW090
Ref. Condition 23°C ±2° (73°F)
1500 psi 2 x range 5 x range Environmental Rating: IP67
Accuracy: Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-
repeatability, zero offset and span setting errors 3000 psi 2 x range 5 x range Weight: Approx. 2 oz. (60g)
– Terminal Point method: 5000 psi 1.5 x range 5 x range
OPTIONS
±0.5% Span, 100 psig Span and above 7500 psi 1.2 x range 5 x range
±1.0% Span, 75 psig Span and below Vibration: Random to 1 KHz, 20 g’s Throttle screws
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year Shock: 50 g’s, 11 msec Custom mating harness
Interchangeability: < .5% Span Drop Test: No effect 1 meter drop on concrete Special cleaning (for O2)
Durability: Tested to 50 million cycles Response Time: Less than 1msec Non-standard pressure ranges
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% F.S. Alternate process connections
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Special calibration/accuracy
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Temperature:
Storage –40/120°C (–40/250°F) Output Signal Options: Dimensions:
Supply Inches (mm )
METRI-PACK 150 Series
MATES TO OPTIONAL METRI-PACK
Operating –40/120°C (–40/250°F) Output Excitation Current CONNECTOR 12065287
Compensated –30/120°C (–25/250°F) 0.5-4.5 Vdc

5 Vdc ± .5 Vdc 10mA typical
Humidity: 0/100%R.H., no effect (ratiometric)
Thermal Coefficients: –30 to 120°C (–25 to +250°F) 1-5 Vdc 8-32 Vdc 10mA typical COMMON
Zero Span Reverse Polarity Protection: Yes
±0.01%/°C (±0.0055%/°F) ±0.01%/°C (±0.0055%/°F) Insulation Breakdown Voltage: (Circuit to case) OUTPUT(+) POWER(+)
150 Vac/1 min.

FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Insulation Resistance: (Circuit to Case)
Ranges: 100M ohm min.@50 Vdc.
vac/0 psi* 0/15 psi 0/750 psi Warm-up Time: <25 msec
vac/15 psi* 0/30 psi 0/1000 psi Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS .98˝ DIA.
vac/30 psi* 0/50 psi 0/1500 psi (25 DIA.)
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(71.6)
2.8˝
vac/50 psi* 0/75 psi 0/2000 psi

vac/75 psi* 0/100 psi 0/3000 psi Pressure Connection Options: see “To Order” below
(7)
Pressure Connection: 304 SS

.57˝ .27˝
vac/100 psi* 0/150 psi 0/5000 psi

(14.5)
vac/150 psi* 0/200 psi 0/7500 psi Housing: 304 SS

vac/200 psi* 0/300 psi Sensor Material: 17-4 PH SS
vac/300 psi* 0/500 psi Electrical Termination: see “To Order” below Shielded cable termination and flying lead
• Metri Pack 150 Series termination is also available.
• Shielded Cable
TO ORDER THE KM10 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER:
K M 1 5 # X
Model Type Accuracy Class Pressure Connection Output Signal Electrical Termination Pressure Range Special Features
(KM15) (5) 0.50% (MO1) 1⁄8 NPT-M (15) 1-5 Vdc For Metri-Pack 150 Series PSI PSI* (XTS) Throttle
(100 psi & above) (MO2) 1⁄4 NPT-M (RM) Ratiometric Integral Connector Vac./0 0/100 (X6B) Oxygen cleaning
(7) 1.0% (M38) 3⁄8-24 UNF-2A 0.5-4.5 Vdc (GN) No mating connector Vac./15 0/150 Additional Options
(75 psi & below) (MEK) 7⁄16-20 UNF-2A (G2) Mating connector Vac./30 0/200 (Consult Factory)
(FRW) 7⁄16-20 UNF-2B w/36˝ cable Vac./50 0/300
(M10) M10 x 1 (G1) Mating connector Vac./75 0/500
(M14) M14 x 1.5 w/custom length Vac./100 0/750
(MR3) R 3⁄8 For Shielded Cable Vac./150 0/1000
(MR2) R 1⁄4 (F2) 36˝PVC sheath Vac./200 0/1500
(MG3) G 3⁄8 (P1) Other length Vac./300 0/2000
(MG2) G 1⁄4 For Flying Leads 0/15 0/3000
(12) 12 inch length 0/30 0/5000
(24) 24 inch length 0/50 0/7500
(36) 36 inch length 0/75 *Sealed Sensor
Consult factory for guidance in product selection and minimum order quantities required
192
Type K1 Thin Film Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter
For Industrial Applications
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft® K1 is a proven and ver-

Hydraulic, refrigeration, machine tool, satile pressure transducer/transmitter
test/measurement, pump control, HVAC, incorporating polysilicon thin film tech-
medical, construction equipment and nology. Modern low-pressure chemical
all general purpose industrial process vapor deposition methods provide simple,
applications
stable molecular bonds between a proven
BENEFITS & FEATURES: metal diaphragm and a polysilicon strain
• 0.5% and 1.0% accuracy gage bridge. There are no epoxies or
• Vac.-20,000 psi pressure range bonding agents to contribute to signal
• FM approved (optional) instability or drift.
LOOK FOR THIS MARK
• Superior long-term stability The integral metal diaphragm and poly- ON OUR PRODUCTS
and repeatability silicon bridge are virtually unaffected by

• Stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure shock, vibration or mounting.
• Current/voltage output These transmitters are offered in many to the NationaI Institute of Standards
• Wide range of electrical standard pressure ranges with either and Technology and specifications are
connections available current or voltage output signals. Trans- conservatively stated. A calibration test
mitter performance is directly traceable certificate is available with each transmitter.
Overpressure Limits (F.S.): Reverse Polarity Protected

PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS 15- 3000- 7500- Supply Current: <3mA for voltage output
Accuracy Class (Span): 2000 5000 20,000 MATERIALS:
See page 270-271 for definitions Proof 200% 150% 120%
Burst 800% 300% 150% Case: 300 series stainless steel
Includes non-linearity ±0.5% ±1.0% Cable: No. 24 AWG, 36˝ PVC, shielded, vented,
(Terminal Point Method), hystere- Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-2000 Hz at UL approved
sis, non-repeatability, zero offset
20 g’s in any axis Diaphragm: 17-4 PH stainless steel
and span setting errors
Shock: Less than ±0.05% Span effect for 100 g's, Standard Process Connections:
Interchangeability ±0.5% ±1.0%
20ms shock in any axis (316 stainless steel)
Durability: 108 cycles with negligible performance 1
/8 NPT male or female
change Response Time: Less than 5 ms
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span
1
Stability: ±0.5% Span/yr 1
/4 SAE-J-514 (male)
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 9
/16-18 UNF 2B AMINCO (female) required for
Temperature Limits: Output Signal (consult factory for options): pressures over 10,000 psi
Storage: –54 to 121°C (–65 to +250°F) 4-20mA (2 wire) Other connections available
Operating: –28 to 82°C (–20 to +180°F) 1-5 Vdc (3 wire) HAZARDOUS LOCATION CERTIFICATIONS
Comp. Range: –28 to 71°C (–20 to +160°F) 1-6 Vdc (3 wire)
1-11 Vdc (3 wire) (minimum excitation 15 Vdc) Factory Mutual FM Approvals*
Thermal Coefficients: (68°F (20°C) ref.) Intrinsically Safe for use in:
% Span/°F Power Requirements: 10-36 Vdc unregulated,
<3mA for voltage output Class I, II, III, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C,D, F, G when
Standard: used with safety barriers in accordance with Ash-
0.5% 1% PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS croft drawing 71B212 Sht (1-3).
ZERO ±0.028% ±0.04% Nonincendive for: Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
SPAN ±0.028% ±0.04% Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X (NEMA 1 only if
<500 psig if electrical termination is Bendix® or Special Protection for: Class II, III, Div. 2, Group F, G
Optional:
ZERO ±0.014% N/A Hirschmann®) *Note: Available with 4-20mA output only
SPAN ±0.014% N/A Weight: 2 oz. (approx. w/o cable)
Multiply thermal zero coefficients by 1.5 on 0/30 psi,
vac/15 range and by 3 on 0/15 and vac/0 ranges TO ORDER THIS TYPE K1 TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Humidity:
No performance effect at 95% relative Select: K 1
humidity-noncondensing 1. Type Configuration (K1)
2. Accuracy/TC
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (3) 0.50%, ±0.014%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.028%/°F
Standard Ranges (psi) gauge, compound: (7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
0/15* 0/300 0/5000* vac./60* 3. Pressure Connection
(M01) 1/8 NPT-M (F01) 1/8 NPT-F (M02) 1/4 NPT-M (F02) 1/4 NPT-F
0/30* 0/500 0/7500* vac./45* (MEK) 7/16 -20-M (FO9) aminco 9/16-18-Female
0/60* 0/750 0/10,000* vac./30* 4. Output Signal
0/100 0/1000 0/15,000* vac./15* (42) 4-20mA (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (11) 1/11 Vdc
0/150 0/2000 0/20,000* vac./0* 5. Electrical Termination
0/200 0/3000 (F2) 36˝ cable, shielded, PVC sheathing (B4) Bendix 4-pin # PT02A-8-4P* (HM) Hirschmann
(B6) Bendix 6-pin # PT02A-10-6P* (B8) WP Bendix 4-pin # PT02E-8-4P* miniature
*1% accuracy ranges only. (B9) WP Bendix 6-pin # PT02E-10-6P* (C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ Cable
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges. 6. Pressure Range
(Vac./0) Vac./0 through (20000) 20,000 psi (see standard ranges). Call for more options.
7. Hazardous Area Approvals
(XFM) FM Approval Option: 4-20mA output only *Mating connector available as necessary

193
Transducer with Conditioned
MilliVolt Output
APPLICATIONS: The K2 is similar to the K1 Series

Hydraulic, machine tool, test and except offering mV/V output options. The
measurement, and all general pur-pose K2 is a proven and versatile pressure
industrial process applications transducer incorporating polysilicon thin
BENEFITS & FEATURES: film technology. Modern low- pressure
chemical vapor deposition methods
• 0.5% and 1.0% accuracy
provide simple, stable molecular bonds
• Vac.-20,000 psi pressure range
between a proven metal diaphragm and a
• Superior long-term stability polysilicon strain gage bridge. There are
and repeatability
no epoxies or bonding agents to contrib-
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X ute to signal instability or drift.
enclosure
The integral metal diaphragm and
• Conditioned millivolt output polysilicon bridge are virtually unaffected
• Wide range of pressure and by shock, vibration or mounting. is directly traceable to the National Insti-
electrical connections available These transducers are offered in many tute of Standards and Technology and
standard pressure ranges with high- specifications are conservatively stated.
quality millivolt output signal ratiometric to A calibration test certificate is available with
supply voltage. Transducer performance each transducer.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Overpressure Limits (F.S.): PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS

15- 3000- 7500-
Accuracy Class (Span): Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X
2000 5000 20,000
See page 258-259 for definitions (NEMA 1 only if <500 psig if electrical termination
Proof 200% 150% 120%
Includes non-linearity ±.5% ±1.0% is Bendix® or Hirschmann®)
Burst 800% 300% 150%
(Terminal Point Method), hystere- Weight: 2 oz. (approx. w/o cable)
sis, non-repeatability errors Vibration: Less than ±0.1% Span effect for MATERIALS:
Interchangeability ±.5% ±1.0% 0-2000 Hz at 20 g’s in any axis
Case: 300 series stainless steel
Durability: 108 with negligible performance change Shock: Less than ±0.05 Span effect for 100 g’s,
Cable: No. 24 AWG, 36˝ PVC, shielded, vented,
Stability: ±0.5% Span/yr 20 ms shock in any axis
UL approved
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Response Time: Less than 5 ms Diaphragm: 17-4 PH stainless steel
Temperature Limits: Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span Standard Process Connections:
Storage: –54 to 121°C (–65 to +250°F) ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (316 stainless steel)
Operating: –28 to 82°C (–20 to +180°F)
1
Output (Sensitivity): 1
Comp. Range: –28 to 71°C (–20 to +160°F) 2mV/V
Thermal Coefficients:
1
/4 SAE-J-514 male
3mV/V
(68°F (20°C) ref.) %Span/°F 10mV/V
1
/4 AMINCO female required for pressures over
Standard: 20mV/V 10,000 psi
0.5% 1% Other connections available
Power Requirements: 5-10 Vdc regulated, <3mA Shunt calibration feature is available as an
ZERO ±0.028% ±0.04% Zero Offset: ±0.5% Span or ±1.0% Span dependent
SPAN ±0.028% ±0.04% option. Calibration report is standard with 0.5%
on accuracy class and optional with 1% accuracy units. Consult
Optional: Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
ZERO ±0.014% N/A factory for pricing, availability and required
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc minimums for nonstandard products.
SPAN ±0.014% N/A
Multiply zero thermal coefficients by 1.5 on 0/30 Bendix® is a registered trademark of Amphenol Corp.
psi range and by 3 and 0/15 and vac/0 ranges
Hirschmann® is a registered trademark of Richard
Humidity: Hirschmann of America Inc.
No performance effect at 95% relative
humidity – noncondensing
TO ORDER THIS TYPE K2 TRANSDUCER:
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
K 2
Standard Ranges (psi) Select:
0/15* 0/300 0/5000* vac./60* 1. Type Configuration (K2)
0/30* 0/500 0/7500* vac./45* 2. Accuracy/TC
0/60* 0/750 0/10,000* vac./30* (3) 0.50%, ±0.014%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.028%/°F
(7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
0/100 0/1000 0/15,000* vac./15*
0/150 0/2000 0/20,000* vac./0* 3. Pressure Connection
(M01) 1/8 NPT-M (F01) 1/8 NPT-F (M02) 1/4 NPT-M (F02) 1/4 NPT-F
0/200 0/3000 (MEK) 7/16-20 SAE-J-514 (FO9) aminco 9/16-18-Female
*1% accuracy ranges only. 4. Sensitivity
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges. (02) 2mV/V (03) 3mV/V (10) 10mV/V (20) 20mV/V
5. Electrical Termination
(F2) 36˝ cable, shielded, PVC sheathing (B4) Bendix 4-pin # PT02A-8-4P*
(B6) Bendix 6-pin # PT02A-10-6P* (C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ cable (HM) Hirschmann miniature
6. Pressure Range
(Vac./0) Vac./0 through (20000) 20,000 psi (see standard ranges). Call for more options.
*Mating connector available as necessary

194
Transducer with Unconditioned
MilliVolt Ouput
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft ® K8 is a proven pressure

Hydraulic, hand tools, machine tool, transducer incorporating polysilicon thin
compressor, HVAC, medical, control film technology. Modern low-pressure
valves, construction equipment and all chemical vapor deposition methods
general purpose industrial process and provide simple, stable molecular bonds
OEM applications
between a proven metal diaphragm and a
BENEFITS & FEATURES: polysilicon strain gage bridge. There are
• 0.5% and 1.0% accuracy no epoxies or bonding agents to contrib-
• 45-20,000 psi pressure ranges ute to signal instability or drift.
• Superior long-term stability The K8 is offered in many standard
and repeatability pressure ranges with high quality millivolt
• Wide range of pressure and output. Signal output is proportional to
electrical connections available supply voltage, and sensitivity varies
• Miniature size and light weight between 6-18 mV/V at full scale. Trans-
• Millivolt output ducer performance is directly traceable
to the National Institute of Standards and
Technology.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Vibration Sweep: Diaphragm: 17-4 PH stainless steel

Accuracy Class (Span): Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-2000 Hz at Standard Process Connections:
See page 270-271 for definitions 20 g’s in any axis (316 stainless steel)
Includes non-linearity ±.5% ±1.0% Shock: Less than ±0.05% Span effect for 100 g’s, 1
(Terminal Point Method), hystere- 20ms shock in any axis 1
sis, non-repeatability Response Time: Less than 5 ms
1
/4 SAE-J-514 (male)
Durability: 108 cycles with negligible performance Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span
1
/4 AMINCO (female) required for pressures over
change 10,000 psi
Stability: ±0.5% Span/yr ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Other connections available
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Output Sensitivity: Output signal varies from DIMENSIONS:
6-18mv/V at full scale, output proportional to FIG. 1 FIG. 2 FIG. 3
Temperature Limits: F2 Electrical
Termination F1 Electrical F1 Electrical
Storage: –54 to 121°C (–65 to +250°F) supply voltage. Termination Termination

0.5
Operating: –28 to 82°C (–20 to +180°F) Excitation: 3-10 Vdc regulated 0.5
Comp. Range: –28 to 82°C (–20 to +180°F) Supply Current: 1.4mA (nominal)
Thermal Coefficients: Zero Offset: ±3mV/Vdc
(68°F (20°C) ref.) %Span/°F Bridge Resistance: 3500 ohms (nominal) 0.34
Standard: 0.5% 1%
ZERO ±0.028% ±0.04% Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance: 1.2
SPAN ±0.028% ±0.04% 100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc

2.2
Optional: PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ZERO ±0.014% N/A Weight: 2 oz (approx. without cable F1 Type)
SPAN ±0.014% N/A
Humidity: MATERIALS:
No performance effect at 95% relative Socket: 300 series stainless steel
humidity – noncondensing Cable: 4˝ polyethylene coated, 30 AWG or UL 5/8
HEX
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS approved 36˝, shielded, vented cable (24 AWG)
Standard Ranges (psi)
0/45* 0/300 0/3000 0/20,000* TO ORDER THIS TYPE K8 TRANSDUCER:
0/60* 0/500 0/5000* K 8 M V
0/100 0/750 0/7500* Select:
0/150 0/1000 0/10,000* 1. Type Configuration (K8)
0/200 0/2000 0/15,000* 2. Accuracy/TC
*1% accuracy ranges only. (3) 0.50%, ±0.014%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.028%/°F
(7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
3. Pressure Connection
Overpressure Limits (F.S.): (M01) 1/8 NPT-M (F01) 1/8 NPT-F (M02) 1/4 NPT-M (F02) 1/4 NPT-F
45- 3000- 7500- (MEK) 7/16-20 SAE-J-514 (FO9) 9/16-18 UNF (T01) 1/4 Comp. Fit (000) None
2000 5000 20,000 4. Sensitivity
Proof 200% 150% 120% (MV) mV/V
Burst 800% 300% 150% 5. Electrical Termination
(F1) 4˝ leads, see Fig. 2/3 for dimensions (F2) 36˝ shielded PVC jacketed cable, see Fig. 1 for dimensions
6. Pressure Range
(45) 45 psi through (20000) 20,000 psi (see standard ranges).

195
Type KX Flush Mount Thin Film
Pressure Transducer/Transmitter
For Pulp and Paper Applications
APPLICATIONS: tribute to signal instability or drift.

Pulp/paper, waste water, spray booths The flush sensing element is provided
and all heavy medium pumping pro- by an integral, silicone filled stainless steel
cesses diaphragm seal. The small sensing area
BENEFITS & FEATURES: and low internal volume ensure accurate
• Available with PMC adapter (shown) measurement under severe conditions.
• Flush-mounted integral The polysilicon strain resistors combine
316 stainless steel diaphragm very low noise levels with very high signal
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure output. There are no semiconductor (p-n)
• Current /voltage output junctions to change with temperature, time
or use. The integral metal diaphragm and
The Ashcroft® KX transmitter combines polysilicon bridge are virtually unaffected
the proven benefits of poly-silicon thin by shock, vibration or mounting position.
film performance with the utility of a flush- These transmitters are offered in many
mounting sensing diaphragm. Modern standard pressure ranges with either cur-
low-pressure chemical vapor deposition rent or voltage output signals. Transmitter
methods provide simple, stable molecular performance is directly traceable to the
bonds between a proven metal diaphragm National Institute of Standards and
and a polysilicon strain gage bridge. There Technology and specifications are
are no epoxies or bonding agents to con- conservatively stated.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIALS

Accuracy Class (Span): Output Signal: Case: 300 series stainless steel
Includes non-linearity, ±1% 4-20mA (2 wire) Connection: 316 stainless steel
(Terminal Point Method), hystere- 1-5 Vdc (3 wire)
sis, non-repeatability, zero offset 1-6 Vdc (3 wire) Cable:
and span setting errors) No. 24 AWG, 36 PVC, shielded, vented, UL
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.75% Power Requirements: approved
10-36 Vdc unregulated
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Diaphragm: 316Ti stainless steel
Supply Current:
Temperature Standard Process Connection:
Less than 3mA for voltage output
Storage –65/+250°F G-1/2 metric pipe thread*
Operating –20/+180°F Output Impedance: 100 ohms O-ring seal (max. 150 psi)
Compensated –20/+160°F Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
1
/2 NPT male pipe thread used in conjunction
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc with XWB, XWC and XWE screw-on adapters
Thermal Coefficients: (68°F ref.) % Span/°F
*Mating connector available upon request
Standard: PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ZERO ±0.04% OPTIONS
SPAN ±0.04% Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X
Flush weldnut (XWB)
Humidity: Weight: Recessed weldnut (XWC)
No performance effect at 95% relative humidity – 10 oz (approx. without cable) Weldnut plug (XWD)
noncondensing Paper mill adapter (shown in photo) (XWE)
Halocarbon fill (XWG)
Warning: Sensitive Diaphragm
0/100 0/500 0/3000
0/150 0/750 0/5000
0/200 0/1000
0/300 0/2000
TO ORDER THIS TYPE KX TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges.
Select: K X 7 #
Overpressure: (F.S.) 0/100- 0/3000
1. Type Configuration (KX)
0/2000 0/5000
Proof 200% 150% 2. Accuracy
(7)1.0%, ±0.04%/°F
Burst 800% 300%
Vibration Sweep: (MG4) G 1/2 (RS1) O-Ring Seal (max. 150 psi) (M04) 1/2 NPT M
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-400 Hz at 4. Output Signal
(15) 1-5 Vdc (16) 1-6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
20 g’s in any axis
Shock: (C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ cable (DN) 43650 connector (RT) 1/2 NPT with RTD Head (4-20mA only)
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 20 g’s 20ms (M1) DIN 43650 with mating connector G4WIF (M2) DIN 43650 with mating connector G4WIF w/36˝ cable
shock in any axis 6. Pressure Range (See standard ranges)
7. Optional X-Variations (See above options)

196
Type KS Thin Film Pressure
Transducer/Transmitter For
Sanitary Applications
APPLICATIONS: Ashcroft® combines the proven polysili-

Dairy, food, pharmaceutical and any 3A con thin film technology with its longtime
sanitary application know-how of diaphragm seals to create
BENEFITS & FEATURES: the KS sanitary pressure transmitter. The
• 316L stainless steel electropolished all-welded stainless steel construction
(11/2˝-2˝) Tri-Clamp® style diaphragm meets the 3A Sanitary Standard 74-02.
• Vac.-1000 psi pressure range The KS Sanitary Pressure Transmitter
• Stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure features the benefits of polysilicon thin
• Superior long-term stability film performance at an affordable price.
and repeatability Modern chemical vapor deposition meth-
• Current/voltage/millivolt output ods provide simple, stable, molecular
• Wide range of electrical bonds between a proven metal diaphragm
connections available and polysilicon strain gage bridge. There
• All-welded construction are no epoxies or bonding agents to con-
tribute to signal instability or drift.
The integral metal diaphragm and poly-
silicon bridge are virtually unaffected by
shock, vibration or mounting position.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Accuracy Class (Span): Transmitter Output Signal: Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X
Includes non-linearity, 1% 4-20mA (2 wire)
(Terminal Point Method), hystere- Weight:
1-5 Vdc (3 wire)
sis, non-repeatability, zero offset 13.5 oz (approx. without cable)
1-6 Vdc (3 wire)
and span setting errors) Supply Current: MATERIALS
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.75% Less than 3mA for voltage output Case: 300 series stainless steel
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Requirements: Cable:
Temperature 10-36 Vdc unregulated No. 24 AWG, 36˝ PVC, shielded, vented, UL
Storage –65/+250°F (–54 to +120°C) Reverse polarity protected approved
Operating –20/+180°F (–28 to +82°C) Transducer Output Signal: Diaphragm: 316L stainless steel
Compensated +30/+130°F (0 to +50°C) 2m V/V ratiometric Standard Process Connections:
Thermal Coefficients: (68°F (20°C) ref.) % Span/°F 3m V/V ratiometric 316L stainless steel electropolished
Standard: 10m V/V ratiometric Tri-Clamp® style 11/2˝, 2˝
20m V/V ratiometric
ZERO ±0.04% Fill: USP grade 99.5% glycerin fill, contact
SPAN ±0.04% Power Requirements: 5-10 Vdc regulated
factory for other fill fluids
Humidity: Circuit to Case Insulation Resistance:
100 M ohms @ 50 Vdc Consult factory for pricing, availability and
No performance effect at 95% relative humidity – required minimums for nonstandard products.
noncondensing WARNING! Sensitive Diaphragm!
0/30*† 0/300† vac./30*†
0/60*† 0/500 vac./60*†
0/100† 0/750 vac./100†
0/150† 0/1000 TO ORDER THIS TYPE KS TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
0/200† Select: K S 7
Consult factory for nonstandard ranges. 1. Type Configuration (KS)
*T/C multiply by 1.5 times. 2. Accuracy/TC
†NEMA 4X only with F2 and C1 electrical connections. (7) 1.0%, ±0.040%/°F
3. Sanitary Seal
Overpressure: (F.S.) (S15) 11/2 inch Sanitary Connection (S20) 2 inch Sanitary Connection
Proof 200% 4. Output Signal
Burst 800% (42) 4-20mA (16) 1/6 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (02) 2mV/V
(03) 3mV/V (10) 10mV/V (20) 20mV/V
Vibration Sweep:
Less than ±0.1% Span effect for 0-2000 Hz at (F2) 36˝ cable, shielded, PVC sheathing (B4) Bendix 4-pin # PT02A-8-4P*
20 g’s in any axis (B6) Bendix 6-pin # PT02A-10-6P* (B8) WP Bendix 4-pin # PT02E-8-4P*
(B9) WP Bendix 6-pin # PT02E-10-6P* (C1) 1/2 NPT-M Conduit w/36˝ cable (HM) Hirschman miniature
Shock:
6. Pressure Range
Less than ±0.05% Span effect for 100 g's, 20ms (Vac./30) vac./30 through (1000) 1000 psi (see standard ranges).
shock in any axis
*Mating connector available as necessary
Position Effect: Less than 0.01% Span

197
Digital Differential Pressure
Sensor
The GC30 utilizes Ashcroft’s proven, • Ultra-compact design 1.2˝ x 1.2˝
typically required in: (30mm x 30mm)
• Filter monitoring • Combined three-in-one digital pressure
• Clean room pressure differential gauge, switch and transducer
• Vacuum/suction pressure sensing and • Simple “Push-Button” configurability
control allows user to adjust switch settings,
• Fan speed control analog scaling
• Numerous standard ranges available
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Analog Output (1-5Vdc): Temperature Limits: Pressure Connection: 4mm barb
Accuracy: ± 1.5% Span Storage: –22 to 140°F (–30 to 60°C) Enclosure: ABS, polycarbonate, aluminum
(accuracy includes effects of linearity, hysteresis Operating: –4 to 140°F (–20 to 60°C) Environmental Rating: IP40
and repeatability) Compensated: 14 to 122°F (–10 to 50°C) Electrical Connection: 6ft (2m) cable pigtail
Output Resolution: 25mV Temperature Effects: Weight: Approx. 75 grams
Analog Scaling: User may configure analog output Zero/Span: (from 73°F/23°C reference temperature) Mounting: Panel mounting bracket included
scaling to any range within full scale of sensor ±0.09%/°F (±0.15%/°C) ±2.5˝ W.C., 0/2.5˝ W.C. Media: Clean, dry air/gases compatible with
range and below Aluminum, ABS, Ceramic, Silicon, and Silicone
Pressure Switch Output: ±0.06%/°F (±0.10%/°C) ±5.0˝ W.C., 0/5.0˝ W.C. RTV
Type: NPN or PNP open collector up to 30Vdc/80ma and above
Setting Accuacy: ±1.5% Span FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Number of Contacts: 2 Proof Pressure: 7.5psid (50kPa)
Time Delay: 5 msec –2.0 sec (by user) Burst Pressure: 25psig (170kPa)
Hysteresis: Variable (by user)
Max Static (Line) Pressure: 7.5psi (50kPa)
Switch Setting: User may adjust switch actuation
and deadband to any points within full scale Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS
sensor range ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Display: Power Supply Requirements:
Type: 31⁄2 digit, 10mm LED Supply Voltage: 11-27Vdc
Accuracy: ± 1.5% Span + last digit Current Consumption: 30mA (max)
Display Setting: User may re-configure display
scaling, set to capture MIN or MAX value, and Switch Contacts: (2) NPN or PNP open collector
adjust display update rate outputs
Inches of Water Column (˝ W.C.) Ranges: NPN Type: 30Vdc / 80mA (max)
Standard Ranges (Gauge): PNP Type: voltage drop 1Vdc (max)/80mA (max)
0 to 0.25˝ W.C., 0.50˝ W.C., 1.0˝ W.C., 2.5˝
W.C., 5.0˝ W.C., 10˝ W.C., 25˝ W.C.
±0.25˝ W.C., ±0.50˝ W.C., ±1.0˝ W.C., ±2.5˝
W.C., ±5.0˝ W.C., ±10˝ W.C., ±25˝ W.C.i
TO ORDER THE GC30 ULTRA-COMPACT DIGITAL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR:
G C 3 0 9 M 5 B F 4 X
Type Accuracy Connection Output Signal Electrical Pressure Ranges Optional
(GC30) (9) ±1.5% (M5B) 4mm ID Barb (1N) 1-5Vdc: Connection Diff. or Gauge: X-Variations
Analog w/2X NPN (F4) 6´ (2m) cable (P25IW) 0.25˝W.C. XRH
Type switches (P5IW) 0.50˝W.C. 9 pt. NIST traceable
(1P) 1-5Vdc: (1IW) 1.0˝W.C. calibration certificate
Analog w/2X PNP (2P5IW) 2.5˝W.C. X6B
Type switches (5IW) 5.0˝W.C. Oxygen cleaned
(10IW) 10˝W.C.
(25IW) 25˝W.C.
Compound:
(P25IWL) ±0.25˝W.C.
(P5IWL) ±0.50˝W.C.
(1IWL) ±1.0˝W.C.
(2IWL) ±2.5˝W.C.
(5IWL) ±5.0˝W.C.
(10IWL) ±10˝W.C.
(25IWL) ±25˝W.C.

198
Model GC52 Rangeable
Wet/Wet Differential
The GC52 utilizes Ashcroft’s proven • Up to 8 times smaller than a conven-
Si-Glas™ silicon variable capacitance tional process transmitter
sensor technology in a wet-wet package • Robust NEMA 4X (IP65) aluminum
ideal for applications where reliable, low die cast housing
differential pressure measurement is • Bright backlit 4 digit LCD display
required with line (static) pressure • 2 Wire 4-20mA
to 300 psi.
• Flow measurement and totalization
Applications include: (square root extraction)
• Pressurized & non-pressurized tank • Internal “Push Button” configurability
levels allows quick range changes
• Flow (liquid/gas) measurement • Scaling function allows display to indi-
cate arbitrary physical units
• Easily rotatable display, 90° increments
• Square root extractions for flow
measurements LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Key lock
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Pressure Range Proof Burst

Reference Condition: 23°C ±2° (73°F) #8˝ W.C., ±4˝ W.C. 30 psid 130 psid
$20˝ W.C., ±8˝ W.C. 100 psid 130 psid
Accuracy: ±0.50% Span (URL)
Vibration: 5g’s 150Hz
(Accuracy includes the effects of linearity,
hysteresis, and repeatability) Shock: 10g’s 16ms
Stability: ±0.25% Span/year
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Response Time: 100msec (user adjustable) Output Signal: 4-20mA (2 Wire)
Supply Voltage: 12-32Vdc
Output Resolution: 0.1% Span (URL)
Rangeablility / Adjustment*:
Standard Ranges (Bi-Directional, Inches W.C.):
Zero –10% to +110% Span
±4, ±8, ±20, ±40, ±80, ±200
Standard Ranges (Uni-Directional, Inches W.C.): Span –10% to +110% Span
0-4, 8, 20, 40, 80, 200, 400 *Note: Accuracy and output resolution based upon
full scale (URL) value
Insulation Resistance: 50Vdc (>100Mohms)
Temperature Limits: Approvals/Certifications: CE
Storage: –15 to 65°C (5 to 150°F)
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F)
Compensated: –10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F) Pressure Connection: 1⁄4˝ Female NPT
Temperature Effects (–10 to 60°C): Enclosure: Aluminum
±0.03% FS/C° (from reference, 23°C (73°F) Environmental Rating: IP65 / NEMA 4X
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Connection:
External Options:
Static (Line) Pressure:
– 1⁄2˝ Female NPT Conduit
Pressure Range Proof Burst
– Cable Gland (Cable Diameters 0.35˝ to 0.47˝)
All 300 psi 800 psi
Weight: Approx. 1.0 lb
Static (Line) Pressure Effects:
Pressure Range Effect Mounting: Mounting Bracket included
$20˝W.C., ±8˝ W.C. ±0.3% FS/100psi Media: Fluids and gases compatible with 316SS,
8˝W.C., ±4˝ W.C. ±0.7% FS/100psi Viton and Alumina Ceramic
4˝W.C. ±1.5% FS/100psi
Single Side (Differential) Limits:
TO ORDER THE GC52 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER:
G C 5 2 7 X
Type Accuracy Output Signal Pressure Ranges Optional
Configuration (7) ±0.50% Span (42) 4-20mA (Compound/Bidirectional) X-Variations
(GC52) 4IWL = ±4˝ W.C. XRH
Pressure Fitting Electrical Connection 8IWL = ±8˝ W.C. 9 pt. NIST traceable
(F02) 1⁄4˝ FNPT (CG) = Cable Gland 20IWL = ±20˝ W.C. calibration certificate
(CD) = 1⁄2˝ FNPT Conduit 40IWL = ±40˝ W.C.
80IWL = ±80˝ W.C.
200IWL = ±200˝ W.C.
Pressure Range
(Differential Gauge)
4IW = 0-4˝ W.C.
8IW = 0-8˝ W.C.
20IW = 0-20˝ W.C.
40IW = 0-40˝ W.C.
80IW = 0-80˝ W.C.
200IW = 0-200˝ W.C.
400IW = 0-400˝ W.C.

199
CXLdp Differential Pressure
Transmitter
APPLICATIONS • 20 standard pressure ranges all capable

Static or velocity pressure measurement of withstanding 15 psi without damage
for four stations, ducts, building pres- or calibration change 3 Year Warranty
sure, filter efficiency, VAV boxes or room • Digitally compensated. NIST traceable
pressurization 0.4% Span and 0.8% Span accuracy
EXCLUSIVE CXLdp FEATURES: models
• Rugged ABS package capable • RoHS compliant
of DIN rail or standard panel mounting The Ashcroft® CXLdp transmitter uses
• LED power status indicator to assist the patented Ashcroft Si-Glas™ variable
in trouble shooting, correct wiring capacitance sensor. This MEMS sensor
or quickly locating the instrument
on a duct provides extraordinary sensitivity and long
• Detachable Euro style terminal block term stability. New digital compensation is
reduces wiring errors and field wiring accomplished using a highly reliable appli-
time cation specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
LOOK FOR THIS MARK

ON OUR PRODUCTS
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Environmental Rating: NEMA Type 1 Fire-

Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C) retardant ABS (meets UL 94-5VA)
Overpressure Limits:
Accuracy Class (Span): ±0.8% ±0.4% LED visual indicator standard
Proof Pressure 15 psid
Includes non-linearity, hysteresis, non-repeatability, Burst Pressure 25 psid Weight: Approx. 2.5 oz
zero offset and span setting errors. Max. static line pressure 25 psi Media: Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas
Stability – Max. Change Mounting Position Effect: ±1% /g (lowest range) Mounting: Threaded fastener and 35mm DIN rail
(Span/year): ±0.25% Note: Calibration in vertical position is standard mount standard
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.) Approvals/Certifications: CE, RoHS Option: 1⁄2˝ plenum/conduit mounting bracket and
Unidirectional Ranges: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS cover kit (order part #101A213-01)
Differential XRH: (9 point NIST Calibration Certification)
Output Signal: Power:
0/0.1 0/1.0 0/5.0
4-20mA (2 wire) 12-36 Vdc (unregulated)
0/0.25 0/2.0 0/10.0
0-10Vdc (3 Wire)* 24Vdc/24Vac
0/0.5 0/2.5 0/15.0
Output signal is independent of power supply
0/0.75 0/3.0 0/25.0
changes
Bidirectional Ranges:
Reverse Wiring Protected
Compound
±0.1 ±1.0 ±10.0 Zero and Span Adjustment:
±0.25 ±2.0 ±15.0 Externally accessible
±0.5 ±5.0 Zero: ±5% Span
Span: ±5% Span
Response Time: 250 msec
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Pressure Connections:
Temperature Limits: 1
⁄4˝ brass barbed fittings
Storage –40 to 180°F (–40 to 82°C) 1
⁄8 NPT Female brass
Operating +0 to 160°F (–15 to 70°C)
Compensated Range +35 to 130°F (0 to 55°C) Electrical Connection: Euro style pluggable ter-
(10-95% R.H. non-condensing) minal block accepts 12-26 gauge wire
Temperature Coefficients:
Zero & Span ±0.03% Span/°F
HOW TO ORDER THIS CXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
C X
Select:
1. Type Configuration (CXLdp)
2. Accuracy/TC
(8) 0.8%, ±0.03%/°F
(4) 0.4%, ±0.03%/°F
(MB2) 1/4 Barbed Male (MB1) Board only (Consult factory)
(FO1) 1/8 NPT Female
4. Output Signal
(10) 0-10Vdc* (42) 4-20mA
5. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C.
(2IW) 2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C. (15IW) 15.00˝ W.C. (25IW) 25.00˝ W.C.
Compound: (P1IWL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C. (1IWL) ±1.0˝ W.C. (2IWL) ±2.0˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C.
(10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (15IWL) ±15.00˝ W.C.
*User selectable 0-5Vdc output

200
DXLdp Low Pressure
Differential
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft® DXLdp is a variable

High reliability HVAC, bio-pharm, bio- capacitance sensor within a glass-clad
tech, room pressurization and control, silicon chip. The patented Si-Glas™ tech-
velocity pressure nology combines the inherent high sensi-
BENEFITS AND FEATURES: tivity of a variable capacitance transducer
• The exclusive patented Ashcroft® Spool- with the repeatability of a micro-machined,
Cal™ actuator provides in-place system ultra-thin silicon diaphragm.
calibration without disturbing process The Ashcroft Si-Glas sensor enables
tubes
precise measurement and control of very
• Front access test jacks provide on-line
signal reference without removing
low pressure. Although the ultra-thin sili-
wiring con diaphragm deflects only a micron, the
• LED range status indicators for instant sensor is 100 times more sensitive to pres-
troubleshooting information sure than available silicon piezo-resistive
• DIN Rail Mount – dramatically reduces pressure sensors.
installation and calibration costs The Si-Glas sensor is composed of only
• 2:1 range turndown options sputtered metals and glass molecularly
bonded to silicon. There are no epoxies or 3 Year Warranty LOOK FOR THIS MARK
• CE standard with all outputs ON OUR PRODUCTS
• On-board voltage regulation allows other organics in the sensor to contribute to

use of lower cost, unregulated power drift or mechanical degradation over time. stands extreme overpressure as well as
supply The glass-clad silicon diaphragm with- severe shock and vibration.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPTIONS

Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C) Output Signal: Power: • Option XDL: LED for quick process diagnostics:
Accuracy Class (Span): 0.25% 0.5% 1.0% 4-20mA (2 wire) 12-36 Vdc Zero Pressure.........Center Amber LED
Non-linearity 1-5 Vdc 12-36 Vdc In Range ± .............Adjacent Green LED’s
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.15% ±0.3% ±0.6% 1-6 Vdc 12-36 Vdc Out of Range ± ......Adjacent Red LED’s
Hysteresis ±0.02% ±0.02% ±0.05% 0-5 Vdc 12-36 Vdc Includes: front access test jacks for on-line data
Non-repeatability ±0.03% ±0.05% ±0.10% 0-10 Vdc 12-36 Vdc access without disturbing wiring
Output signal is independent of power • Option XNL: Front access jacks without LED’s
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.25% supply changes: • Option XPV: SpoolCal™ process valve actua-
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.) 12-36 Vdc range without effect on output signal tor provides in-place system calibration without
Unidirectional Ranges: Reverse Wiring Protected disturbing process tubes. From Off position the
Differential or Gauge Zero and Span Potentiometers: removable SpoolCal™ actuator tool provides the
0/0.1 0/1.0 0/3.0 0/20.0 Front accessible, non-interactive following functions:
0/0.25 0/1.5 0/5.0 0/25.0 Zero: ±5% Span Span: ±3% Span - A 90 degree clockwise rotation puts the DXLdp in
0/0.5 0/2.0 0/10.0 0/50.0 Supply Current: < 10mA for voltage the CAL mode isolating it from the process and
0/0.75 0/2.5 0/15.0 0/100.0 Warm-up Time: 5 sec. max. to meet stated speci- allowing direct external pressure input
Bidirectional Ranges: fications from initial power-up - A 90 degree counter clockwise rotation puts the DXLdp
Compound in the MONITOR mode to tee the process pressure to
±0.05 ±0.5 ±2.0 ±5.0 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS the DXLdp sensor and out, providing external measure-
±0.1 ±0.75 ±2.5 ±10.0 ±50.0 Pressure Conn.: 1⁄8 NPT Female; 1⁄4 Barbed Male ment or recording capabilities. Includes SpoolCal™
±0.25 ±1.0 ±3.0 ±25.0 ±100.0 Weight: 4.5 oz. actuator tool with 7˝ silicon tubing (as shown in
Custom Ranges: Special range calibration, Environmental Rating: NEMA 1 Case front photo). (Refer to Ashcroft® ATE series cali-
(XCL) – Consult factory MATERIALS: brator for data collection and instrumentation)
Enclosure: Glass-filled polycarbonate (UL94-V-1) • Option X21: 2:1 turn down, 0.25% accuracy is
Standard Response Time: 250m sec
Media: Clean, dry and non-corrosive gas (consult maintained on initialized range
(Consult factory for optional damping times) • Option XCL: Special range calibration
factory for use on other media).
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS • Option XX1: Fast response (10msec)
Temperature Limits: Mounting: DIN rail types EN50022, 35 & 45 • Option XX2: Slow response (1sec)
Storage: –40 to 180°F
Operating: –20 to 160°F HOW TO ORDER THIS DXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
(10-95% R.H. noncondensing) D X F O 1 S T X
Compensated Range: +35 to 135°F Select:
1. Type Configuration (DXLdp)
Thermal Coefficients: 2. Accuracy/TC
ZERO ±0.02% Span/°F (3) 0.25%, ±0.02%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.02%/°F
SPAN ±0.02% Span/°F 3. Pressure Connection
(FO1) 1/8 NPT Female (MB2) 1/4 Barbed Male
4. Output Signal
Overpressure Limits: (05) 0/5 Vdc (10) 0/10 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
Proof 15 psid 5. Output Connection
Burst 25 psid (ST) Screw Terminal
Max. Static Line Pressure: 25 psi 6. Pressure Range
Mounting Position Effect: Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C.
(1P5IW) 1.5˝ W.C. (2IW) 2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C.
0.5˝ W.C. and higher 0.1% Span/g (25IW) 25.00˝ W.C. (50IW) 50.00˝ W.C.
Below 0.5˝ W.C. 0.25% Span/g. Compound: (P05WL) ±0.05˝ W.C. (P1WL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C. (P75IWL) ±0.75˝ W.C.
Note: Mounting Position Effect easily corrected (1IWL) ±1.0˝ W.C. (2IWL) ±2.0˝ W.C. (2P5IWL) ±2.5˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C.
with zero potentiometer. 7. Optional Variation
(XDL) LED (XPV) SpoolCal™ Process Valve Actuator (X21) 2:1 Turn Down (XNL) Test Jacks (XCL) Special Range Calibration
Approvals/Certifications: CE
(XX1) Fast Response (10msec) (XX2) Slow Response (1sec)

201
RXLdp Differential
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft® RXLdp transmitter intro-

HVAC, fume hood control, lab/clean room duces a variable-capacitance sensor
pressurization, laminar flow, leak
detection, medical, fan tracking, glovebox
using a glass-clad silicon chip. The pat-
and velocity measurements ented Si-Glas™ technology combines
FEATURES: the inherent high sensitivity of a variable
• 0.1˝-50˝-H2O pressure ranges capacitance transducer with the repeat-
• CE approval ability of a micro-machined, ultra-thin
• High overpressure protection single crystal silicon diaphragm.
• Stainless steel & Lexan NEMA 1 The Ashcroft Si-Glas sensor enables
construction precise measurement
• Five types of output signals and control of very low pressure. Although
available the ultra-thin silicon diaphragm deflects
• Mounts inside standard 31/2˝ only a micron, the sensor is 100 times
electrical box LOOK FOR THIS MARK
more sensitive to pressure than available ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Board level OEM versions available 3 Year Warranty
silicon piezo-resistive pressure sensors.
• On-board voltage regulation allows
use of lower cost unregulated power The Si-Glas sensor is composed of
supply sputtered metals and glass molecularly There are no epoxies or other organ-
bonded to silicon. ics in the sensor to contribute to drift or
mechanical degradation over time.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Mounting Position Effect: Warm-up Time:

0.5˝ W.C. and higher 0.1% Span/g Five seconds max. to meet stated specifications
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C)
Below 0.5˝ W.C. 0.25% Span/g PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy Class (Span): 1%
Note: Calibrated horizontally standard, unless
Non-linearity Pressure Connections:
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.6% otherwise specified. Mounting Position Effect SS 1/8 NPF, 1/4˝ and 1/8˝ barbed connection
Hysteresis ±0.05% easily corrected with zero potentiometer.
Approvals/Certifications: CE (4-20mA output with Electrical Connections: Terminal strip
Non-repeatability ±0.10%
XCE option) Weight: 4.5 oz.
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.5 %
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.) ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Environmental Rating: NEMA 1 Case
Unidirectional Ranges: Output Signal: Power: MATERIALS:
Differential or Gauge 4-20mA* (2 wire) 12-36 Vdc Case/Cap: SS/Lexan
0/0.1 0/1.0 0/3.0 0/50.0 1-5 Vdc 12-36 Vdc Media: Clean, dry and noncorrosive gas (consult
0/0.25 0/1.5 0/5.0 1-6 Vdc 12-36 Vdc
0/0.5 0/2.0 0/10.0 factory for use on other media)
0-5 Vdc 12-36 Vdc NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS
0/0.75 0/2.5 0/25.0
0-10 Vdc 12-36 Vdc OPTIONS
Bidirectional Ranges: *Optional CE versions available
Compound Output signal is independent of power • (XRK) Back plate adapter
±0.05 ±0.5 ±5.0 ±50.0 supply changes: • (XRH) Calibration report
±0.1 ±1.0 ±10.0 12-36 Vdc range without effect on output signal
±0.25 ±2.5 ±25.0 • (XCL) Custom calibration
Custom Ranges: Special range calibration, Reverse Wiring Protected • (XCE) CE compliant 4-20mA only
(XCL) – Consult factory Zero Span Potentiometers: Externally accessible; NOTES:
Response Time Standard: 250ms (factory set) non-interactive
• Consult factory on other pressure range,
(Consult factory for damping options) ZERO ±5% Span
SPAN ±3% Span temperature compensation, packaging
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS variations or response times available
Supply Current: <6mA for voltage output
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –40 to 180°F TO ORDER THIS TYPE RXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Operating: 0 to 160°F
R X 7 S T
(10-95% R.H. noncondensing) Select:
Compensated Range: 40 to 125°F 1. Type Configuration (RXLdp)
ZERO ±0.025% Span/°F (7) 1.0%, ±0.025%/°F
Vibration Sweep: (MB2) 1/4 Barbed (MB1) No Case OEM Option (MB8) 1/8 Barbed (FO1) 1/8 FNPT
Less than ±0.05% Span temporary effect with 4. Output Signal
5 g’s 0-60Hz (05) 0/5 Vdc (10) 0/10 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
EMC: CE model compliant to EN61326: 1997 5. Output Connection
Annex A. Harmonized heavy industrial transmitter (ST) Screw Terminal
specification 6. Pressure Range
Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C.
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (1P5IW) 1.5˝ W.C. (2IW) 2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C.
Overpressure Limits: (25IW) 25.00˝ W.C. (50IW) 50.00˝ W.C.
Proof 15 psid Compound: (P05IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C. (P1IWL) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.50˝ W.C. (1IWL) ±1.00˝ W.C.
Burst 25 psid (2P5IWL) ±2.50˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C.
Max. Static Line Pressure: 25 psi 7. Optional X-Variation
(XRK) Back Plate Adapter (XRH) 9pt. Calibration Report (XZE) CE Approval Option (4–20mA output)

202
Type XLdp – Ultra-Low
Variable Capacitance Pressure
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft® XLdp is a variable

HVAC, fume hood control, lab/clean/ capacitance sensor within a glass- clad
hospital room pressurization, medical silicon chip. The patented
lung function or breathing equipment, Si-Glas™ technology combines the inher-
fan tracking, filter monitoring, or very low
velocity measurements ent high sensitivity of a variable capaci-
tance transducer with the repeatability
FEATURES:
• Certified 0.25% and 0.5% accuracy
of a micro-machined, ultra-thin silicon
• 0.1˝-50˝-H2O pressure ranges diaphragm.
• CE approved The Ashcroft Si-Glas sensor
• High overpressure protection enables precise measurement and con-
• NEMA 2 stainless steel construction trol of very low pressure. Although the
• Three output signals available ultra-thin silicon dia-phragm deflects only
• Easy installation a micron, the sensor is 100 times more
• On-board voltage regulation allows use sensitive to pressure than available sili- 3 Year Warranty LOOK FOR THIS MARK
ON OUR PRODUCTS
of lower cost, non-precise, unregulated con piezo-resistive pressure sensors.
power supply The Si-Glas sensor is composed of to contribute to drift or mechanical deg-
• 9 point NIST Traceable Calibration only sputtered metals and glass molecu- radation over time. The glass-clad silicon
Certificate
larly bonded to silicon. There are no diaphragm withstands extreme overpres-
epoxies or other organics in the sensor sure as well as severe shock and vibration.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Mounting Position Effect: 1

/8˝ barbed stainless steel (optional)
0.5˝ W.C. and higher ± 0.10% Span/g 1
/4 NPT female stainless steel (optional)
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C) 0.25˝ W.C. ± 0.25% Span/g Electrical Connections: Teminal strip
Accuracy Class (Span): 0.25% 0.50% 0.1˝ W.C. ± 0.50% Span/g Weight: 14 oz.
Non-linearity Note: Calibrated horizontally standard unless Environmental Rating: NEMA 2 Case
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.15% ±0.30% otherwise specified. Mounting Position Effect MATERIALS:
Hysteresis ±0.02% ±0.02% easily corrected with zero potentiometer. Case: 300 series stainless steel
Non-repeatability ±0.03% ±0.05% Approvals/Certifications: CE (4-20mA output wihen Media: Clean, dry, non-corrosive gas (consult
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.25 % XCE is specified) factory for use on other media)
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.) DO NOT USE ON LIQUIDS
Unidirectional Ranges: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NOTES:
Differential or Gauge Output Signal: Power: • Consult factory for use with media other than
0/0.1 0/1.0 0/3.0 0/25.0 4-20mA (2 wire)* 12-36 Vdc air or nonconducting gases
0/0.25 0/1.5 0/5.0 0/50.0 1-5 Vdc (3 wire) 12-36 Vdc • Ca libration curve (0.25%) or data (0.50%)
0/0.5 0/2.0 0/10.0 0/100.0 1-6 Vdc (3 wire) 12-36 Vdc supplied with each transmitter
0/0.75 0/2.5 0/15.0 *Optional CE version • Cons ult factory on other pressure range, tem-
Bidirectional Ranges: Output Signal is Independent at Power Supply perature compensation or packaging variations
Compound Changes: 12-36 Vdc range without effect on
±0.05 ±1.0 ±5.0 ±100.0 output signal OPTIONS
±0.1 ±2.0 ±10.0 Reverse Wiring Protected • (XCL) Cus tom calibration
±0.25 ±2.5 ±25.0 Zero and Span Potentiometers: Externally acces- • (XCE) CE c ompliant 4-20mA only
±0.5 ±3.0 ±50.0 sible, non-interactive, ±10% Span adjustment • (XV9) Ca librated vertically
Custom Ranges: Special range calibrations Supply Current: <6mA for voltage output • (XX1) – F ast response time 5 msec.
(XCL) – consult factory Warm-up Time: 5 seconds max. to meet • (XX2) – Sl ow response time 1 sec.
Standard Response Time: 250msec stated specifications NOTES:
(Consult factory for damping options) PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS • Consult factory for additional options including
pressure ranges, temperature compensation,
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Pressure Connections: 1/4˝ barbed stainless steel packaging variations and signal response time.
Temperature Limits:
Storage: –40 to 180°F TO ORDER THIS TYPE XLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Operating: –20 to 160°F X L S T
(10-95% R.H. non-condensing) Select:
Compensated Range: +35 to 135°F 1. Type Configuration (XLdp)
Thermal Coefficients: 2. Accuracy % Span.
ZERO ±0.015% Span/°F (3) 0.25%, ±0.015%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.015%/°F
Vibration Sweep: Less than 0.05% Span tempo- (FO2) 1/4 NPTF (MB2) 1/4 Barbed (MB8) 1/8 Barbed
rary effect with 5 g’s 0-60 Hz 4. Output Signal
EMC: CE model compliant to EN61326: 1997 (15) 1-5 Vdc (16) 1-6 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
Annex A. Harmonized heavy industrial transmitter 5. Output Connection
specification (ST) Screw Terminal
6. Pressure Range
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝W.C. (P75IW) 0.75˝W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝W.C. (1P5IW) 1.50˝W.C.
Overpressure Limits: (2IW) 2.00˝W.C. (2P5IW) 2.50˝W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝W.C. (15IW) 15.00˝W.C. (25IW) 25.00˝W.C.
(50IW) 50.00˝W.C.
Proof 15 psid
Burst 25 psid Compound: (PO5IWL) ±0.05˝ W.C. (P1IWL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.50˝ W.C. (1IWL) ±1.00˝ W.C.
(2PIWL) ±2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IWL) ±2.50˝ W.C. (3IWL) ±3.00˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C.
Max. static line pressure 25 psi
7. Optional X-Variations (Includes all options in noted in “Options” section above)

203
Industrial IXLdp Ultra-Low
Variable Capacitance
APPLICATIONS: The Ashcroft® Industrial IXLdp was

HVAC, fume hood control, lab/clean room designed for the measurement and
pressurization, laminar flow, furnace/ control of very low pressure and flow
stack draft, leak detection, or pollution in industrial and process plant environ-
monitoring, medical equipment, fan
tracking, filter moni- ments. The Industrial IXLdp transmitter
toring and velocity measurements features a rugged NEMA 4X enclosure,
BENEFITS & FEATURES: built-in electrical terminal box isolated
• Certified 0.25% and 0.5% accuracy from the electronics and threaded pro-
• 0.1˝-200˝-H2O pressure ranges cess connections.
• High overload protection The Ashcroft IXLdp transmitter utilizes
• FM approved for hazardous a state-of-the-art variable capacitance
locations sensor with a glass-clad silicon chip. The FM
• NEMA 4X metal construction Si-GlasTM technology combines the inher- 3 Year Warranty
• Six types of output signals available ent high sensitivity of a variable capaci-
• 5:1 turndown option
• Variable dampening option
tance transducer with the repeatability of molecularly bonded to silicon. There
• On-board voltage regulation allows use a micro-machined, single-crystal silicon are no epoxies or other organics in the
of lower cost, non-precise, unregulated diaphragm. The Si-Glas sensor is com- sensor to contribute to drift or mechanical
power supply posed of sputtered metals and glass degradation over time.
• Hazardous environments
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS 0.1˝ W.C. 0.8% Span/g conduit connections isolated from the electronics.
Note: Calibrated horizontally standard unless Separate access cover for terminal connections
Reference Temperature: 70°F ±2°F (21°C ±1°C) otherwise specified. Mounting Position Effect Media: Clean, dry and noncorrosive gas (consult
Accuracy Class (Span): 0.25% 0.50% easily corrected with zero potentiometer. factory for use on other media)
Non-linearity Approvals/Certifications: FM intrinsically safe and NOT FOR USE ON LIQUIDS
Terminal point ±0.20% ±0.40% non-incedive when XFM is specified, see options.
Best fit straight line (BFSL) ±0.15% ±0.30% OPTIONS
Output Signal:
Hysteresis ±0.02% ±0.02% Current: 4-20mA two wire current loop (XX1) – Fast Response: 8 ms
Non-repeatability ±0.03% ±0.05% Voltage: All voltage outputs are 3 wire (X41) – 5:1 Turndown
Stability – Max. Change (Span/year): ±0.25 % 0-5 Vdc 1-6 Vdc (X1D) – Variable damping (0-30 sec.)
Standard Ranges (Inches W.C.) ±5 Vdc (XNH) – Paper tag
Unidirectional Ranges: 1-5 Vdc ±2.5 Vdc (XCL) – Custom pressure range calibration
Differential or Gauge Output Signal is Independent of Power Supply (XFM) – FM approval
0/0.1 0/2.0 0/10 0/50 Changes: 12-36 Vdc range without effect on
0/0.25 0/2.5 0/15 0/100 • Consult factory on other pressure range,
output signal temperature compensation, packaging
0/0.50 0/3.0 0/20 0/150
Reverse Wiring Protected variations or response times
0/1.0 0/5.0 0/25 0/200
Bidirectional Ranges: Internal Zero and Span: ±10% Span Adjustment Factory Mutual intrinsically safe approvals
Compound Supply Current: 2.6mA typical for voltage output for use in (specify XFM* option noted above):
±0.05 ±0.5 ± 5.0 ± 25.0 Warm-up Time: Intrinsically Safe:
±0.10 ±1.0 ±10.0 ± 50.0 Full specification: Less than one second Class I, II, III: Div. 1 & 2, Groups A - G, when
±0.20 ±2.0 ±15.0 ±100.0 Fast Response, Turndown & Variable Damping wired in accordance with Ashcroft dwgs 71B241
±0.25 ±2.5 ±20.0 Optional (pages 1-3)
Custom Ranges: Special range calibrations Non-incendive:
(XCL) – consult factory PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Class I, Div. 2, Groups A - D
Response Time: Standard: 250ms Enclosure: 300 series stainless steel Class I I, Div. 2, Groups F, G
(Consult factory for damping options) Process Connections: Two 1⁄4 NPT female Class I II
Optional variable damping (0-30 sec) (X1D) Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X Case *FM option (XFM) cannot be combined options
Electrical Connections: Two 1⁄2˝ female electrical X41 or X1D
Temperature Limits: TO ORDER THIS TYPE IXLdp TRANSDUCER/TRANSMITTER:
Storage: –40 to 210°F I X F 0 2 S T X F M
Operating: –20 to 185°F (0-95% relative humidity) Select:
Compensated: 0 to 160°F 1. Type Configuration (XLdp)
0.25% Acc. 0.5% Acc. (3) 0.25%, ±0.01%/°F (5) 0.50%, ±0.02%/°F
ZERO ±0.01% Span/°F ±0.02% Span/°F 3. Pressure Connection
SPAN ±0.01% Span/°F ±0.02% Span/°F (F02) 1/4 NPT-Female
Vibration Sweep: 4. Output Signal
Less than 0.2% Span/g temporary effect 10-130 Hz (05) 0/5 Vdc (15) 1/5 Vdc (16) 1/6 Vdc (25) ±2.5 Vdc (50) ±5.0 Vdc (42) 4-20mA
5. Electrical Terminal
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (ST) Screw Termination
Overpressure Limits: 6. Pressure Range
Proof: 20 psid Diff. or Gauge: (P1IW) 0.10˝ W.C. (P25IW) 0.25˝ W.C. (P5IW) 0.50˝ W.C. (1IW) 1.00˝ W.C. (2IW) 2.00˝ W.C.
Burst differential pressure: 50 psid (2P5IW) 2.50˝ W.C. (3IW) 3.00˝ W.C. (5IW) 5.00˝ W.C. (10IW) 10.00˝ W.C. (15IW) 15.00˝ W.C. (20IW) 20.00˝ W.C.
Maximum static (line) pressure: 100 psi (25IW) 25.00˝ W.C. (50IW) 50.00˝ W.C. (100IW) 100.00˝ W.C. (150IW) 150.00˝ W.C. (200IW) 200.00˝ W.C.
Static pressure effect: less than 0.5% Span Compound: (P05IWL) ±0.05˝ W.C. (P1IWL) ±0.10˝ W.C. (P2IWL) ±0.20˝ W.C. (P25IWL) ±0.25˝ W.C. (P5IWL) ±0.5˝ W.C.
Mounting Position Effect: (1IWL) ±1.00˝ W.C. (2IWL) ±2.00˝ W.C. (2P5IWL) ±2.50˝ W.C. (3IWL) ±3.00˝ W.C. (5IWL) ±5.00˝ W.C. (10IWL) ±10.0˝ W.C.
1˝ W.C. and higher 0.1% Span/g (15IWL) ±15.00˝ W.C. (20IWL) ±20.00˝ W.C. (25IWL) ±25.00˝ W.C. (50IWL) ±50.00˝ W.C. (100IWL) ±100.00˝ W.C.
0.25˝ up to 0.5” W.C. 0.5% Span/g 7. Optional X-Variation (XFM) FM Approval Option (Includes all options in list)

204
Duratran® Transmitter
Type 2279, ASME B 40.1
Duratran® Transmitter/Gauge, takes The Duratran® solution is a reliable

the place of an electronic transmitter and Duragauge® pressure gauge fitted with
a mechanical gauge optical circuitry to provide a 4-20mA
• 4-20mA, 2 wire output output.
• Zero and span adjustments
The 41/2˝ phenolic case is hermetically
• 41/2˝ solid-front phenolic case
sealed, chemical and heat resistant.
• Accuracy: ±0.5% Span including
linearity, hysteresis and repeatability The wide selection of system materials
Duratran®PLUS! Option: and corrosion-proof housing meets a vari-
- Liquid-filled performance in a dry gauge ety of demanding applications . . . even
- Minimizes vibration and pulsation wear those with vibration and pulsation.
without liquid-filled headaches This transmitter/gauge allows you to
- Order as option XLL save money, replacing two instruments
The result is reliable, local, analog pres- with one Duratran.
sure indication with an economical trans-
mitter . . . A niche solution for any facility
TABLE A – BOURDON TUBE SELECTION TABLE B – STANDARD psi RANGES

Bourdon Tube
and Tip Material 0/12 0/600
Ordering (all joints Socket Pressure Range 0/15 0/800
Code TIG welded) Material Type (psi) NPT Connection 0/30 0/1000
Drawn
12/1500
0/60 0/1500
“C” Tube 0/100 0/2000
S 316 stainless steel 316 stainless steel 1
⁄2
Drawn 0/160 0/3000
2000/20,000
Helical Tube
0/200 0/5000
Drawn
12/1500 0/300 0/10,000
“C” Tube
P K Monel Monel 400 1
⁄2 0/400 0/20,000
Drawn
2000/20,000
Helical Tube
SPECIFICATIONS PERFORMANCE PHYSICAL

Functional Service: Liquid, gas or vapor Accuracy: ±0.5% including linearity, Dial Size: 41⁄2˝
Ranges: See Table B hysteresis, and repeatability Case: Solid front, black phenolic
Output: 4-20mA, 2 wire Stability: ±0.25% Span for 6 months hermetically sealed
Power Supply: 12/40 Vdc Temperature Effect: Less than 0.02% of span/°F Ring: Threaded, glass-filled
Zero Adjustment: ±20% of Span Position Effect: Vertical mounting polypropylene
Span Adjustment: ±10% of Span recommended Mounting: Stem, surface, flush (with
Temperature Limit: –40°F to 160°F May be re-zeroed to correct 1278 M ring)
Overpressure Limits: 130% of range without error in other positions Pressure Connection: 1⁄2 NPT
damage to tube Window: Laminated safety glass
Humidity Limits: Up to 90% relative humidity Calibration: Transmitter—Span and zero
noncondensing adjustment on dial
Signal Damping: Fixed electronic damping Gauge—Zero adjustment
time constant of 0.2 with micrometer pointer
seconds Electrical Connection: 30˝ #18 wire AWG, 1⁄2 NPT
Turn On Time: Less than 1 second liquid tight conduit
Environmental Rating: IP65 connection at case
Weight: 3 lb
TO ORDER THIS TYPE 2279 DURATRAN TRANSMITTER:
Select: 41⁄2˝ 2279 (S)SH 04L XPD 0/100 psi

1. Dial Size
2. Case Type Number
3. Bourdon System (ordering code)—Table A
4. Connection: Location & Size—1/2 NPT (04) Lower (L)
5. Variation (if required)
6. Range—Table B

MADE IN U.S.A.
205
Digital Panel Meter
DM61
APPLICATIONS The Ashcroft DM61 digital panel meter

Tank Level Monitoring & Control / Pump is ideal for fulfilling application require-
and Flow Control / Remote Pressure ments where monitoring and/or data-
Indication
logging is necessary. Incorporating user-
FEATURES:
friendly functions, it allows for quick set-up
• Large Two Line 6-Digit Display
• Field Selectable Inputs
and programming. Its dual-line indication
• Dual Scale Display Feature – Single offers a distinct benefit for level measure-
Input ment and the large panel display supplies
• Programmable Display and Function high accuracy and precision due to an
Keys internal 24-bit A/D converter. This model
• User-Defined Peak / Valley (Min. / Max.) also offers Modbus communication and ex-
Indication pansion modules, thereby making it one
• Alarm Status Indicator of the most advanced meters available.
• On-Board Digital Input
• 3 Tier Password Protection
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS Overvoltage Category: Installation Overvoltage PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Note: Except where noted all specifications apply Category II: Local level with smaller transient Front Panel: NEMA 4X, IP65
to operation at +25°C (+77°F). over-voltages than Installation Overvoltage Enclosure: 1⁄8 DIN, high impact plastic, UL
Inputs: Field selectable: 0-20, 4-20 mA, ±10 Vdc Category III. 94V-0, color: black
(0-5, 1-5, 0-10 V), Modbus PV (slave) ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Electrical Connections: Removable screw termi-
Display: 2 lines of 6 Digits; display reads –99999 Operating Temperature Range: –40/65°C nal blocks accept 12 to 22 AWG wire, RJ45 for
to 999999, red LEDs with leading 0 blanking (–40/149°F) external relays, digital I/O, and serial communica-
Character Height: upper line: 0.60” (15 mm) / Storage Temperature Range: –40 to 85°C tion adapters
lower line: 0.46˝ (12 mm) (–40/185°F) Mounting: Panel (mounting brackets included)
Intensity (Adjustable): 8 settings Relative Humidity: 0-90% R.H. non-condensing. Weight: 9.5 oz
Update Rate: 200 msec Temperature Coefficients: 0.005% of calibrated UL File Number: UL & c-UL Listed. E160849;
Function Key Assignment: Programmable upper span/°C max from 0/65°C (32/149°C) ambient, 508 Industrial Control Equipment
& lower displays may be assigned to PV1, PV2, 0.01% of calibrated span/°C max from –40/0°C
PCT (%), max/min, alternate max and min, setpoints, (–40/32°F) ambient
units (lower display only), and Modbus input.
Accuracy: ±0.03% of calibrated span ±1 count, DIMENSIONS [inches]
square root & programmable exponent accuracy
range: 10-100% of calibrated span BOTTOM VIEW
[118.87]
Programming Methods: Panel buttons, digital FRONT VIEW
4.68
input, PC and DPM ProView software, Modbus [14.99]
registers, or cloning with Copy function. .59
Noise filter: Selectable from 2 to 199

(0 disables filter) [62.48]
2.46
Filter Bypass: Selectable from 0.1 to 99.9% of
calibrated span
Max/Min (PV) Display: Stored until reset or
[128.52]
power cycled to the meter [143.51]
5.65 5.06 [106.17]
4.18
[91.69]
Password Protection: 3-level programmable 3.61 [135.64] [120.65]
passwords for allowing / restricting user access. REAR VIEW 5.34 4.75
LEVEL-I. Allows use of function keys and digital

inputs.
LEVEL-II. Provide access to function keys, digital [44.70]
inputs and editing set/reset points. 1.76
LEVEL-III. Prohibits all programming, function

keys and digital inputs.
Non-Volatile Memory: Programmed settings
stored for 10 years (min.) in the event power is lost. NOTES:
1. MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE REPRESENTATIVE ONLY,
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS HOW TOSIZE
ORDER
AND LOCATION MAY VARY BY INSTALLATION.
2. INTERNAL ELECTRONICS AND MOUNTING GASKET NOT SHOWN.
Power Options: 85-265 Vac 50/60 Hz, 90-265 D M3. RECOMMENDED
6 1 1 A
/8 DIN INSTALLATION D C
Vdc 20 W max or jumper selectable 12/24 Vdc CUTOUT SIZE OF 3.622˝ x 1.772˝ (92 mm x 45 mm) (W x H).
±10%, 15W (max.) MODEL OUTPUT(1.0
4. PANEL THICKNESS 0.04˝-0.25˝ OPTIONS
mm-6.4 mm). POWER SUPPLY Accessory
Part# Description
Fuse: Required external fuse: UL Recognized, DM61-Single
6.
Output
5. ALLOW AT LEASTA6˝- BEHIND
RECOMMENDED
None PANEL FOR WIRING.
MINIMUM PANEL THICKNESS TO
AC- 85-265 Vac
MAINTAIN TYPE 4X: 101B224-01 Din Rail Mounting for Two Modules
5 Amp (max.), slow blow; up to 6 meters may Digital Panel Metter B - 4-20mA Output DC- 12-24 Vdc
0.06˝ (1.5 mm) STEEL PANEL (pertains to 101B224-03,-04, -06, -07)
C - 2 Relays
share one 5 Amp fuse 0.16˝ (4.1 mm) PLASTIC PANEL
D - 2 Relays & 20mA Output
101B224-03 4 Relays Expansion Module
Isolated Transmitter Power Supply: Terminals E - 4 Relays
101B224-04 4 Digital Inputs & 4 Digital Outputs
P+ & mp; P-: 24 Vdc ±5% @ 200 mA max (stan- Module
F - 4 Relays & 20mA Output
101B224-05 Meter Copy Cable
dard), (12/24 VDC powered models rated @ 100 101B224-08 DProM to USB Adapter
mA max); 5 or 10 Vdc @ 50 mA max, selectable (connects meter to PC & software)
with internal jumper J4. 101B224-06 RS-232 Serial Adapter
Normal Mode Rejection: Greater than 60 dB at 101B224-09 USB to RS-232 Non-Isolated
50/60 Hz Converter
Isolation: 4 kV input/output-to-power line. 500 V 101B224-07 RS-422/485 Serial Adapter
101B224-02 Suppressor (Snubber)
input-to-output or output-to-P+ supply

206
Pneumatic Transmitter,
Type 4080, ASME B 40.1 Grade 1A (±1.0% of span)
Type 4480, ASME B 40.1 Grade 2A (±0.5% of span)
Providing plus-values which will coor- The Ashcroft transmitter is a self-

dinate key functional areas in your plant, nulling motion- balance instrument,
this Ashcroft® pneumatic transmitter using a pneumatic relay operating on the
serves pressure applications throughout nonbleed force balance principle for con-
all industries. verting input pressures into proportional
A positive report of process fluid low air pressure signals for transmittal to
and media performance is provided at remote indicators or controllers.
designated operational check points
by a signal accurately transmitted with
maximum efficiency, assuring operating
economies and safety.
SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD RANGES

Types 4080 4480 Process
Pressure Vacuum Compound
Ranges see Standard Ranges Connection
Output ranges, psi 3-15 & 3-27 (see note below 0/200 psi 0/3000 psi 10/0 in.Hg* 30 in.Hg/15 psi
for vacuum application) ⁄2 Male
1 0/8 psi* 0/300 psi 0/5000 psi 15/0 in.Hg* 30 in.Hg/30 psi
NPT 0/10 psi* 0/400 psi 0/10,000 psi* 20/0 in.Hg* 30 in.Hg/60 psi
Supply air requirements 18-20 psi for 3-15 psi range; Lower 0/15 psi 0/600 psi 0/20,000 psi 30/0 in.Hg 30 in.Hg/100 psi
30-35 psi for 3-27 psi range 0/30 psi 0/800 psi 30 in.Hg/150 psi
0/60 psi 0/1000 psi 30 in.Hg/200 psi
Air consumption SCFM 0.1 0/100 psi 0/1500 psi 30 in.Hg/300 psi
Speed of response time constant of 4 seconds per 0/160 psi 0/2000 psi*
500 ft of tubing * Applies to 4480 only.
Air connection 1
⁄4 NPT Female
TUBE MATERIALS
Calibration adjustments 5 2
Type Number Range Limits Ordering Code Bourdon Tube Material
Accessories see optional features and accessories
4080
Transmission distance 1000 ft (indicating) Vacuum to
S 316 stainless steel
Mounting weight approximate weight 9 lb 20,000 psi
4480
Accuracy ±% of span 1.0 0.5 (nonindicating)
Sensitivity ±% of span 0.1 0.001

Repeatability % of span 0.15
Actuation Bourdon tube
Input sensing element material 316 SS
Ambient temperature effect 1
⁄2% per 50°F
Process connection 1
⁄2 NPT (ordering code 04L)
Note: Vacuum application: The transmitted air pressure increases

as the measured vacuum approaches zero.
TO ORDER THESE TYPE 4080, 4480 PNEUMATIC TRANSMITTERS:
Pressure transmitters (specify the following):

1. Type number: 4080 indicating, 4480 nonindicating
2. Bourdon Tube material. Specify material ordering code letter
3. Range or span (process pressure)
4. Output range. The standard 3-15 psi range will be supplied unless specified otherwise
5. Accessories (see page 261-266) or optional features (see page 267-268)
Example: 4480S-04L, 3-15# Range 0/100 psi

207
BIMETAL
THERMOMETERS
BIMETAL THERMOMETERS
Product Selection Information .................... 209

Bimetal Thermometers EI Series .............. 210
Bimetal Thermometers CI Series .............. 211
Bimetal Thermometers EL Series ............. 212
Bimetal Thermometers Case Dimensions 213
Options and Thermowells ................... 228-229

208

209
Bimetal Thermometers
Inner Dial Gasket Ring

Case Dial Ring
Bearing
Stem Bushing
Shaft
Coil
Process Pinion
External Gear
Connection
Adjustment Screws Window
Pointer
Warning: When selecting all bimetal possibility of icing or fogging inside the specially drawn stainless steel with a very
thermometers, consider the media and the case. The EL series provides the same smooth finish. All joints are welded, and the
ambient operating conditions. Improper features as the El plus the added benefit of weld between the stem and the outlet is
application can be detrimental to the ther- liquid filling which prolongs instrument life. located at the bottom of the threads to elimi-
mometer and can cause failure and possibly Potential wear problems caused by exces- nate the possibility of crevice corrosion.
personal injury or property damage. Inaccu- sive vibration are minimized through damp- Silicone dampening is included for
racies resulting from improper setting of the ening, and the liquid medium improves improved vibration resistance. The Ashcroft
external adjustment by the user may cause readability. The instruments are leak-tested Maxivision® dial eliminates parallax error
personal injury or property damage. Consult to ensure the integrity of the joints. Case by placing the pointer in the same plane as
ASME B40.200 (B40.3) for guidance in and stem material is 304 stainless steel. the graduations. The dial can be rotated 360
selection and use of bimetal thermometers. Coils: The bimetallic coils are carefully degrees and can be angled 180 degrees
Temperature Ranges: Standard Fahr- wound and inspected. Each is heat treated with the Everyangle™ connection.
enheit and Celsius ranges have been for optimum stability and overtemperature Everyangle – Case Connection: The
established to encompass all normal capability. Each coil is silicone dampened Ashcroft Everyangle™ industrial bimetal
temperature measurement requirements. for improved vibration resistance. Available thermometer dial face with Maxivision dial
A bimetal thermometer can be used at an as optional silicone free. can be rotated 360 degrees and angled 180
operating temperature anywhere through- Bearings: The bearings are made of Teflon degrees. It is available in the EI and EL (5˝
out its dial range. Provision should be made or other low-friction material. only in EL) series with either a threaded or
for extreme temperature conditions. No compression type union connection.
bimetal thermometer should be exposed Shafts: Shafts are made of specially drawn
continuously to process temperatures over stainless steel wire with a very smooth finish. This design provides maximum utility.
800°F (425°C). Dials: The dials are based on computer- Since the entire case can be rotated and
calculated temperature deflection data and angled, the instrument can be installed
Operating Conditions: The maximum almost anywhere and adjusted so that the
ambient temperature of the case should be have the Maxivision® format to minimize
dial face can be easily read.
no more than 200°F (95°C); liquid-filled parallax error.
series 150°F (65°C). Temperatures beyond Windows: The standard window on EI and
this value may cause discoloration of the CI series are heavy-duty glass. Plastic and
dial or result in increased pressure inside shatterproof glass are optional. The stan-
the casing which would ultimately lead to dard window on EL series is polycarbonate.
failure of the window. The lowest ambient No other options are available.
temperature should not exceed –40°F (–40°C). The complete line of Ashcroft® industrial
Thermowells: Thermowells must be used bimetal thermometers and accessories
on any application where the stem of the provides quality choices for your tempera-
bimetal thermometer may be exposed to ture applications. There is a long history of
pressure, corrosive fluids or high velocity. superior quality in engineering, manufactur-
Additionally, the use of a thermowell per- ing and customer service of these products.
mits instrument interchange or calibration Each Ashcroft industrial bimetal thermome-
check without disturbing or closing down ter is backed by a limited five year warranty.
the process. Each instrument is manufactured to a
Pointers: The pointers are balanced to standard accuracy of 1% of span (ASME
close tolerances, and the paint finishes B40.3, Grade A) traceable to the National
are controlled to assure long-term stability Institute of Standards and Technology
under adverse ultraviolet conditions. (NIST). The bimetal coils are heat treated
Cases: There are three case styles. The Cl for stability and overtemperature capability.
series has no adjustment but is hermetically A single helix is used to reduce lag time.
sealed. The hermetic seal prevents entry The bearings are made of a low-friction
of moisture into the casing, minimizing the long-life material. The shafts are made of

210
Series EI, ASME B40.200 (B40.3)
Grade A (±1% of span)
• Hermetically sealed This series has a hermetic seal

and an external adjustment in the
• External adjustment
rear of the case. As with other
• Maxivision® dial Ashcroft® industrial bimetal thermom-
eters, it has a Maxivision® dial which
• ±1% full-span accuracy
eliminates parallax by placing the
(ASME B40.3 Grade A)
pointer on the same plane as
• All-welded stainless steel the graduations. The connection
construction locations are rear, lower, and
Everyangle.™
• Silicone on the coil provides
vibration dampening and superior
The hermetic seal prevents entry
time response of moisture into the casing, thus mini-
mizing the possibility of icing or fog-
• Heavy-duty glass standard; plastic ging inside the case. The window
or shatterproof glass optional stays clear, and with the Maxivision
• Limited five-year warranty dial, precise readings are certain.
SELECTION TABLE
Stem Lengths
Case Size Stem TemperatureRange
Available
“S”
Style °F* °/Div. Fig. °C Fig.
Dial Code Connection Code Location Code Length Code °/Div.
Code Fahrenheit Inter. Celsius Inter.
(inches)
Plain 40 Rear R –80/120 –50/50 1 10
2 20
2˝ 20 Pointed Plain 50 Rear R 21⁄2 025 –20/120†† –20/120 2 20
1
⁄4 NPT 60 Rear R 4 040 30/130†† 1 10 0/50†† 1 5
1
⁄2 NPT Union 42 6 060 0/200 20 0/100 1 10
Everyangle E
3˝ 30 EI 1
⁄2 NPT 60 9 090 0/250 2 10/150
2 20
Rear R 12 120 50/300 0/200
1
⁄2 NPT 60
Lower L 15 150 50/400 50 0/300 † †
1
⁄2 NPT Union 42 18 180 50/550 5 50/450**† 5 50
Everyangle E
5˝ 50 1
⁄2 NPT 60 24 240 200/700† 100/500**†
Rear R 100/800†
1
⁄2 NPT 60 10 100
Lower L 200/1000**†
**Dual scale ranges available for all standard °F ranges (3˝ and 5˝ Thermowells must be used on all pressure or velocity
case only) applications, to protect the stem of thermometer from Overtemperature Limits
**Satisfactory for continuous service up to 800°F or 425°C. Can corrosion and physical damage, and to facilitate removal Maximum
be used for intermittent service from 800 to 1000°F, or 425 to of the thermometer without disturbing the process. Top of Range °F
500°C. Maximum ambient temperature is 200°F (95°C).
Overtemperature
Use Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometers for ranges above and up to 250 100% of span
below those listed above.
††Minimum stem length for these ranges is 4˝. 300/550 50% of span
††Minimum stem length for lower connection and Everyangle is 4˝.
600/1000 800°F **
TO ORDER THIS EI SERIES BIMETAL THERMOMETER:
Select: 30 EI 60 R 040 0/250°F XNH

1. Case Size: 3˝ Code 30
2. Style: Code EI
3. Stem Conn: 1⁄2 NPT Code 60
4. Stem Location: Rear Code R
5. Stem Length: 4˝ Code 040
6. Range: Code 0/250°F
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag (see Page 228)

211
Series CI, ASME B40.200 (B40.3)
• Hermetically sealed This series is tamper proof, her-

metically sealed and has the Maxivi-
• Tamper resistant
sion® dial. The connection locations
• Maxivision® dial are rear and lower. The CI series of
Ashcroft® industrial bimetal thermom-
eters was designed for applications
(ASME B40.3 Grade A)
where external adjustment or pointer
• All-welded stainless steel reset are not desired.
construction The hermetic seal prevents entry of
moisture into the casing, thus mini-
• Silicone on the coil provides
vibration dampening and superior
mizing the possibility of fogging inside
time response the case. The Maxivision dial provides
accurate temperature readings.
• Heavy-duty glass standard; plastic
or shatterproof glass optional
• Limited five-year warranty
SELECTION TABLE
Stem Lengths
Available
“S”
(inches)
Plain 40 Rear R –80/120 –50/50 1 10
2 20
2˝ 20 Pointed Plain 50 Rear R 21⁄2 025 –20/120†† –20/120 2 20
1
⁄4 NPT 60 Rear R 4 040 30/130†† 1 10 0/50†† 1 5
Rear R 6 060 0/200 20 0/100 1 10
3˝ 30 CI 1
⁄2 NPT 60
Lower L 9 090 0/250 2 10/150
2 20
12 120 50/300 0/200
Rear R 15 150 50/400 50 0/300 † †
18 180 50/550 5 50/450**† 5 50
5˝ 50 1
⁄2 NPT 60
24 240 200/700† 100/500**†
Lower L 100/800†
10 100
200/1000**†
**Dual scale ranges available for all standard °F ranges (3˝ and 5˝ Thermowells must be used on all pressure or velocity
case only) applications, to protect the stem of thermometer from Overtemperature Limits
**Satisfactory for continuous service up to 800°F or 425°C. Can corrosion and physical damage, and to facilitate removal of Maximum
be used for intermittent service from 800 to 1000°F, or 425 to the thermometer without disturbing the process. Top of Range °F Overtemperature
500°C. Maximum ambient temperature is 200°F (95°C).
Use Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometers for ranges above and up to 250 100% of span
below those listed above.
††Minimum stem length for these ranges is 4˝. 300/550 50% of span
††Minimum stem length for lower connection is 4˝.
600/1000 800°F **
TO ORDER THIS CI SERIES BIMETAL THERMOMETER:

Select: 30 CI 60 R 040 0/250°F XNH
2. Style: Code CI

212
Bimetal Thermometer
Series EL, ASME B40.200 (B40.3)
• Silicone liquid filled This series – liquid filled – is

available in 3˝ rear, 5˝ rear and 5˝
• External adjustment
Everyangle™ connections. The exter-
• Durable polycarbonate window nal adjustment is standard.
The Ashcroft® liquid-filled thermo-
• Maxivision® dial
meter provides the same features as
• ±1% full-span accuracy the EI style with the added benefit of
(ASME B40.3 Grade A) liquid filling.
The potential wear problem
• All-welded stainless steel
caused by excessive vibration is
construction
minimized through dampening and
• Limited five-year warranty the instrument life is prolonged.
The liquid medium also improves
readability.
SELECTION TABLE
Stem Lengths
Available
“S”
(inches)
3˝ 30 1
⁄2 NPT 60 Rear R 21⁄2 025 –40/160 2 20 –20/120 2 20
4 040 –20/120† 2 20 –10/110 2 10
6 060 30/130† 1 10
EL ⁄2 NPT
1
42 9 090 0/200 2 20 0/50† 1 5
Union
12 120 0/250 2 50 0/100 1 10
Everyangle E
5˝ 50 60 15 150 50/300 2 50 10/150 2 20
1
⁄2 NPT
18 180 50/550 5 50 0/300 † 5 50
60 Rear R 24 240
1
⁄2 NPT
*Dual scale ranges available for all standard °F ranges. • Thermowells must be used on all pressure or velocity
†Minimum stem length for Everyangle connection is 4˝. applications, to protect the stem of thermometer from Overtemperature Limits
• Use Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometers for ranges above and corrosion and physical damage, and to facilitate removal Maximum
below those listed above. of the thermometer without disturbing the process. Top of Range °F Overtemperature
Maximum ambient temperature is 150°F (65°C).
up to 160 100% of span
180/300 300°F
350/550 550°F
TO ORDER THIS EL SERIES BIMETAL THERMOMETER:
Select: 30 EL 60 R 040 0/250°F XNH

2. Style: Code EL

MADE IN U.S.A.
213
Case Dimensions
S S B
S
S
A A
A
20EI40R 20CI40R
A A
D
30EI60R 30CI60R
50CI60R B B
30EL60R C 30EI60L
C
C 50EI60R C 50EI60L
B 50EL60R S
B
S S
E
A A
G 20EI50R 20CI50R
G
B C C
B
B B
B
A H A
A H S S
A A D
20EI60R 20CI60R
1.00" 30CI60L
30EI42E C C 50CI60L
S B S
50EI42E S B
50EL42E 30EI60E
50EI60E
E
50EL60E
Weight in ounces3
S – 21⁄2˝
Case Series
Case Dial Connection
A B C D E G H S NPT Hex CI EI EL
Series Size Location
Rear 23⁄32 3⁄8 5⁄16

11
CI, EI 2˝ – – – – –2 – ⁄16 41⁄2 41⁄2 –
(Plain) (53) (10) (8)
Rear (Plain, 23⁄32 3⁄8 5⁄16
11
CI, EI 2˝ – – – – –2 – ⁄16 41⁄2 41⁄2 –
pointed stem) (53) (10) (8)
Rear 23⁄32 3⁄8 5⁄16
1 11
CI, EI 2˝ – – – – –2 ⁄4 ⁄16 41⁄2 41⁄2 –
(Threaded) (53) (10) (8)
35⁄32 19⁄32 5⁄16
1 7
CI, EI, EL 3˝ Rear – – – – –2 ⁄2 ⁄8 7 7 8
(80) (15) (8)
35⁄32 127⁄32 25⁄8 1⁄4
1 7
CI, EI 3˝ Lower – – – –2 ⁄2 ⁄8 11 11 –
(80) (47) (67) (6)
35⁄32 19⁄32 121⁄32 37⁄16 1 7
EI 3˝ Everyangle – – – –2 ⁄2 ⁄8 – 10 –
(80) (15) (42) (87)
51⁄32 23⁄32 5⁄16
1 7
CI, EI, EL 5˝ Rear – – – – –2 ⁄2 ⁄8 15 16 18
(128) (18) (8)
51⁄32 115⁄16 35⁄8 1⁄4
1 7
CI, EI 5˝ Lower – – – –2 ⁄2 ⁄8 24 26 –
(128) (49) (92) (6)
51⁄16 23⁄32 17⁄8 39⁄16 1 7
EI, EL 5˝ Everyangle – – – –2 ⁄2 ⁄8 – 25 28
(128) (18) (48) (91)
NOTES
1 Figures in parenthesis ( ) are in millimeters. All other dimensions are in inches.
2 Standard “S” dimensions are 21⁄2, 4, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18 and 24 inches.
Standard stem diameter is 1⁄4 inch.
3 Add 1 oz. for every 2 inches of stem length.

214

215
DURATEMP
®
THERMOMETERS
REMOTE READING
THERMOMETERS
Product Selection Information .................... 217
Duratemp Thermometer, Remote Mount,
600A-01 Series ......................................... 218
600A-02 Series ....................................... 219
600A-03 Series ........................................ 220
600A-04 Series ........................................ 221
600H-45 Series........................................ 222
DIRECT READING
THERMOMETERS
Duratemp Thermometer, Direct Mount,
600B Series ............................................. 223
Duratemp Thermometer, Case,
Bulb and Armor Dimensions.................... 224
Case Dimensions ............................. 225-226
Thermowells .............................................. 227
Bimetal and Duratemp®
Thermometer Options.............................. 228
Accessories ................................................ 229

216

217
Duratemp® Remote-Mount
Thermometers
Plastic Mounting
Frame
Indicator
Dial
Ring
Gasket
Snap
Ring
Phenolic Case
Pointer
Armor Screws
Window
Bulb
The superiority of a Duratemp® thermometer Vibration and Shock Resistance: Extreme Operating Conditions: The maximum
is revealed by comparison to conventional resistance similar to that required by MIL- case temperature should not exceed 160°F
thermometry. Conventional gas thermome- T-19646. (71°C). The line should be laid so that it will
ters operate on the principle that the abso- Actuation: Gas/activated carbon. Pointer not be exposed to extreme temperatures
lute pressure is proportional to the absolute driven directly by lightweight helical Bour- such as nearby steam pipes, ovens or other
temperature. To obtain a usable temperature don tube which is silicone damped. heated surfaces.
span, elevated working pressures must be Field Zero Adjustment: Adjustable pointer. Thermowells: Thermowells must be used
used which frequently produce high stresses on any application where the bulb of the
Over-range: Minimum 25% of span beyond
in the Bourdon tube. These high stresses thermometer may be exposed to pressure,
top of range. If greater over-range is antici-
reduce instrument life and may be hazardous. corrosive fluids or high velocity. Additionally,
pated, consult Customer Service.
The Duratemp thermometer on the other the use of a thermowell permits instrument
Head Error: None. No correction required interchangeability or recalibration without
hand utilizes a combination of inert gas and for any mounting configuration.
activated carbon called a molecular sieve. shutting down the process.
This combination produces much lower Capillary Material: 300 SS Dials: Aluminum dials have highly legible
internal pressures than conventional ther- Line Length: 5-80 ft in standard increments. black markings on a white background. The
mometers for the same temperature span. Armor: AISI 302 Spring Armor as standard. Maxivision dial is a linear anti-parallax dial
These lower pressures are transmitted to a Dial Sizes: Maxivision® anti-parallax two for excellent readability in the 41⁄2˝ and 6˝
compact helical Bourdon tube. The Bourdon piece dial design 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes – Celcius sizes. The divisions and the pointer are in
tube connects directly to the pointer shaft or Fahrenheit. Single plane design for all the same plane which allows readability
thus eliminating the traditional movement dual scales and 81⁄2˝ size. from any angle without parallax error.
assembly. Windows: The standard window for the
Ranges: Standard Fahrenheit ranges avail-
With this advantage the Duratemp ther- able from –320°F to 1200°F. Celsius and Duratemp thermometer is glass. Shatter-
mometer is able to provide long life and dual scale also available. proof glass and plastic disc windows are
sustained accuracy under the most adverse optional.
shock and vibration conditions. Cases: 5 basic cases with lower or back
connections, surface or flush mounted in MERCURY FREE
Accuracy: ±1% of range span. stainless steel, phenolic or aluminum. All Gas Filled: NIOSH and OSHA compliance
Bulb Size: 3˝ long by 3⁄8˝ O.D. bulb. remote mount cases are field interchange- for mercury contamination hazards. Protects
Bulb Material: 316SS able, within the same range. Direct mount personnel and processes from accidental
units available 41⁄2˝ stainless steel case only. contamination.
Ambient Error: Ambient error is a function
of line length, ambient temperature and (Everyangle) No Head or Elevation Error: Gear and
other system parameters. The error at mid- Direct Mount Stem Lengths: Eight stan- pinion movements are eliminated, resulting
scale will be ±1⁄2% of range span for a ±25°F dard increments of semi-rigid stainless steel in increased instrument life and reduced
change in ambient temperature, for a typical from 6 inches to 36 inches. replacement costs.
thermometer. Consult factory for details. Direct Mount Union: 1⁄2 NPT union connec- Silicone damped Bourdon tube eliminates
tion fixed at the top of the stem. damage from shock and vibration.

218
Duratemp® Thermometer
Series 600A-01
Accuracy (±1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design A high impact-resistant polished

resists shock and vibration – no stainless steel case. Bayonet ring
gears to wear or misalign resulting facilitates easy removal for glass
in increased instrument life replacement and pointer adjustment.
• Gas-operated molecular sieve A versatile case that enables sur-
face or flush mounting. Available in
• No elevation error
41⁄2˝ dial size.
• Mercury free
• One bulb size for all ranges
SELECTION TABLE
600A 01 C01 B01 A1 L07 AK
Table 1 Table 2 Table 3 Table 4 Table 5(1) Table 6
CASE STYLE CASE SIZE MOUNTING BULB STYLES* ARMOR STYLE LINE LENGTH RANGES
MOUNTING CONNECTION CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION CODE LINE LENGTH CODE SINGLE RANGES
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE SIZE SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR AB –320/200°F
01 ST. ST. C01 41/2 12˝ Bendable
  B01 extension AE –100/100°F
BAYONET
RING C11 41/2   with 1⁄2 NPT union L01 5´ AG –40/180°F
connection A1 Stainless
AK 20/240°F
Steel
AL 50/300°F
Plain bulb Spring
B03 AN 50/550°F
with rigid
extension, AR 50/750°F
no union L03 10´
AT 400/1200°F
AY –200/100°C
Plain bulb with
B08 rigid extension, BL –80/40°C
600A
1
⁄2 NPT union on BN –40/80°C
armor L07 20´
BS 0/120°C
BT 10/150°C
18˝ Bendable
B17 extension BU 0/300°C
with 1⁄2 NPT union BW 0/400°C
connection L09 30´
BJ 200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
B18 24˝ Bendable 20/240°F
extension CE
with 1⁄2 NPT union 0/120°C
connection L13 50´
50/550°F
CF
0/300°C
*Minimum recommended
insertion length 50/300°F
DR
(“u” dimension) in liquids 10/150°C
L19 80´
is 4 inches and in gases –40/180°F
is 6 inches for standard DT
–40/80°C
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
(1) Capillary length is measured from bottom of case to top of bulb extension.
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600A-01 THERMOMETER:

Select: 600A 01 C01 B01 A1 L07 AK XNH
1. Case Style: Stainless Steel/Bayonet Ring Table 1
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Surface, Lower Table 2
3. Bulb Style: 12˝ Bendable Extension
with Union Connection Table 3
4. Armor Style: Stainless Steel Spring Table 4
5. Line Length: 20 feet Table 5
6. Temperature Range: 20/240°F Table 6
7. Options: Stainless Steel Tag (See Page 228)

MADE IN U.S.A.
219
Series 600A-02
• Exclusive movementless design An aluminum case with a durable

resists shock and vibration – no epoxy finish. Designed specifically for
gears to wear or misalign resulting panel mounting. A hinged ring per-
in increased instrument life mits glass replacement and pointer
• Gas-operated molecular sieve adjustment. Available in 41⁄2˝, 6˝ and
81⁄2˝ sizes.
• Mercury free
SELECTION TABLE
600A 02 C12 B01 A1 L07 AK
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE SIZE
SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR AB –320/200°F
02 C12 41/2 12˝ Bendable
ALUMINUM   B01 extension AE –100/100°F
HINGED L01 5´
RING C27 61/2   with 1⁄2 NPT union AG –40/180°F
C35 81/2 connection A1 Stainless
  AK 20/240°F
Steel
AL 50/300°F
Plain bulb Spring
B03 AN 50/550°F
with rigid
no union L03 10´
AT 400/1200°F
AY –200/100°C
Plain bulb with
600A
1
armor L07 20´
BS 0/120°C
BT 10/150°C
18˝ Bendable
connection L09 30´
BJ 200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
extension CE
connection L13 50´
50/550°F
CF
0/300°C
DR
L19 80´
–40/80°C
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb

1. Case Style: Aluminum/Hinged Ring Table 1
2. Case Size & Mounting: 41⁄2˝ Flush, Rear Table 2

220
Series 600A-03
• Exclusive movementless design A black-coated aluminum case

resists shock and vibration – no with excellent impact resistance.
gears to wear or misalign resulting Threaded ring permits adjustment.
in increased instrument life Available in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ sizes.
• Gas-operated molecular sieve
• Mercury free
SELECTION TABLE
600A 03 C02 B01 A1 L07 AK
03 ALUMINUM C02 41/2 12˝ Bendable
  B01 extension AE –100/100°F
THREADED C15 61/2 with 1⁄2 NPT union L01 5´
  AG –40/180°F
RING connection A1 Stainless
AK 20/240°F
Steel
AL 50/300°F
Plain bulb Spring
B03 AN 50/550°F
with rigid
no union L03 10´
AT 400/1200°F
AY –200/100°C
Plain bulb with
600A
1
armor L07 20´
BS 0/120°C
BT 10/150°C
18˝ Bendable
connection L09 30´
BJ 200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
extension CE
connection L13 50´
50/550°F
CF
0/300°C
DR
L19 80´
–40/80°C
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb

1. Case Style: Aluminum/Threaded Ring Table 1

MADE IN U.S.A.
221
Series 600A-04
• Exclusive movementless design The phenolic case construction is

resists shock and vibration – no ideal for most ambient conditions.
gears to wear or misalign resulting Flush or surface mounting. Snap ring
in increased instrument life permits pointer adjustment. Available
• Gas-operated molecular sieve in 41⁄2˝ and 6˝sizes.
• Mercury free
SELECTION TABLE
600A 04 C03 B01 A1 L07 AK
04 C03 41/2 12˝ Bendable
PHENOLIC   B01 extension AE –100/100°F
SNAP L01 5´
RING C08 41/2   with 1⁄2 NPT union AG –40/180°F
C38 41/2 connection A1 Stainless
  AK 20/240°F
C16 61/2 Steel
  AL 50/300°F
Plain bulb Spring
B03 AN 50/550°F
with rigid
no union L03 10´
AT 400/1200°F
AY –200/100°C
Plain bulb with
600A
1
armor L07 20´
BS 0/120°C
BT 10/150°C
18˝ Bendable
connection L09 30´
BJ 200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
extension CE
connection L13 50´
50/550°F
CF
0/300°C
DR
L19 80´
–40/80°C
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb

1. Case Style: Phenolic Snap Ring Table 1

222
Series 600H-45
• Exclusive movementless design This hermetically sealed case

resists shock and vibration – no is designed for applications where
gears to wear or misalign resulting extreme moisture or dust is present.
in increased instrument life Available in a 41⁄2˝ solid front phenolic
• Gas-operated molecular sieve turret case, lower connection.
• Mercury free
• IP 65
SELECTION TABLE
600H 45 C60 B01 A1 L07 AK
CODE DESCRIPTION CODE SIZE SURFACE FLUSH LOWER REAR AB –320/200°F
45 PHENOLIC 12˝ Bendable
B01 extension AE –100/100°F
HERMETICALLY C60 41/2  
SEALED with 1⁄2 NPT union L01 5´ AG –40/180°F
connection A1 Stainless AK 20/240°F
Steel AL 50/300°F
Plain bulb Spring AN 50/550°F
B03 with rigid
no union L03 10´
AT 400/1200°F
AY –200/100°C
Plain bulb with BL –80/40°C
B08 rigid extension,
600H
1
armor L07 20´
BS 0/120°C
BT 10/150°C
18˝ Bendable
connection L09 30´
BJ 200/650°C
DUAL RANGES
extension CE
connection L13 50´
50/550°F
CF
0/300°C
50/300°F
insertion length DR
L19 80´´
–40/80°C
3
/8 x 3˝ bulb
TO ORDER THIS DURATEMP 600H-45 THERMOMETER:

Select: 600H 45 C60 B01 A1 L07 AK XNH
1. Case Style: Phenolic Hermetically Sealed Table 1

MADE IN U.S.A.
223
Direct-Mounted Series 600B
Accuracy (1% F.S.)
• Exclusive movementless design The direct-reading thermometer

resists shock and vibration – no (stainless steel case only) offers the
gears to wear out – or misalign same unique features of the Ashcroft®
resulting in increased instrument Duratemp® remote-reading thermome-
life ter for those critical applications where
• Gas-operated molecular sieve only a direct-connected instrument can
• Mercury free
be used. Available in 41⁄2˝ dial size.
• 1% full-span accuracy
The Everyangle™
• Everyangle Duratemp® thermome- Duratemp® thermometer
ter can be rotated 360° and can be may be rotated 360° for
angled 180°, ensuring readability readability and the stem
in any installation turned 180° for the most
challenging installations.
SELECTION TABLE
600B — 01 — AB
Type Table 1 Table 2
600B CODE STEM LENGTH CODE SINGLE RANGES CODE DUAL RANGES
01 Semirigid AB –320/200°F 20/240°F
D Stainless Steel 6˝ CE
AE –100/100°F 0/120°C
I 02 Semirigid AG –40/180°F
R Stainless Steel 9˝ 50/550°F
AK 20/240°F CF
E Semirigid 0/300°C
03 AL 50/300°F
C Stainless Steel 12˝ 50/300°F
T AN 50/550°F DR
04 Semirigid 10/150°C
- Stainless Steel 15˝ AR 50/750°F*
M AT 400/1200°F* –40/180°F
05 Semirigid DT
O Stainless Steel 18˝ AY –200/100°C –40/80°C
U BL –80/40°C
06 Semirigid
N
Stainless Steel 24˝ BN –40/80°C
T
Semirigid BS 0/120°C *For these ranges a minimum
E 07 “S” dimension (stem length) of 9
Stainless Steel 30˝ BT 10/150°C
D inches is required. This removes
08 Semirigid BU 0/300°C case from exposure to high
Stainless Steel 36˝
BW 0/400°C* temperature which may damage
BJ 200/650°C* the instrument.
NOTE: Thermowells must be used whenever an Ashcroft Duratemp® thermometer is installed

on a pressurized application or where fluid velocity or corrosive media is present.
TO ORDER THIS 600B DURATEMP THERMOMETER:
SELECT 600B 01 AB XNH
1. Stem Length: Length: 6˝ Table 1

2. Temperature Range: –320/200°F Table 2

224
Bulb and Armor Dimensions
Style B01, B17 and B18 Style B03 Style B08

Bendable Extension, Plain Long Extension, Locking Fitting
Union Connection
13/16 Hex (21)
7/16 Hex (11) Adjustable
Adjustable Union Connector Union
5/8 Wrench Flats (16) Connection 7/8 Hex (22)
1/2 NPT on Armor
15/16 (24) Clearance Hole
1/2˝ NPT
1-1/16˝ (27)
Dia.
13-1/4˝ Clearance
(336) Hole
3/16 (4,7) Dia.

S
S A Bendable Extension Min. 7-1/4˝
(184)
Max. Line
Length
3/8 (10) Dia.

7-1/4˝
B Sensitive Portion (184)
Bulb Bulb 3˝
Code Size “B” “A” “S” Max. “S” Min. (76)
3˝ Sensitive
3 12 15 4 (66) Portion
B01 Sensitive 3/8˝ Dia.
(76) (305) (381) (102) Portion (10)
3 18 21 4
B17
(76) (457) (533) (102)
3 24 27 4 3/8˝ Dia.
B18 (10)
(76) (610) (686) (102)
600B Everyangle
D FOR TEMPERATURES BELOW 750°F FOR TEMPERATURES 750°F AND ABOVE

USE WELL WITH 3˝ LAG
U-Dimension
B S
(Insertion Length) U-Dimension
S Well Lag
(Insertion Length)
6 41⁄2
(152) (114) 9 41⁄2
3
(229) (114)
9 71⁄2 12 71⁄2
3
E (229) (191) (305) (191)
12 101⁄2 15 101⁄2
3
A
C C (305) (268) (381) (268)
G
7/8˝ Hex
(22)
Dial
Size A B C D E F G H
1 /2 NPT Inches
S 423⁄32 21⁄16 51⁄32 311⁄64 413⁄16 3 1 3⁄8

41⁄2
(120) (52) (128) (81) (122) (76) (25) (10)
H
NOTE: Dimensions in inches, ( ) are miliimeters.

225
Case Dimensions
600A-01 Stainless Steel Case

FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING
SURFACE MOUNTING S FF
HH EE CC
C B
A A
DD M
Dia. hole
AA F in panel
V
J
2-E Dia. HH D
Holes C U
JJ
Dial
Size A B C D E F J M S U AA CC DD FF EE HH JJ
Inches
423⁄32 23⁄16 51⁄8 11⁄16 7⁄32 15⁄8 1⁄16 425⁄32 7⁄16 17⁄16 25⁄8 1 21⁄4 15⁄8 3 31⁄2
41⁄2 #10-32
(120) (56) (130) (27) (6) (141) (2) (121) (11) (37) (67) (25) (57) (41) (76) (89)
600A-02 Hinged Ring Case

FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING B
Nuts & washers
FLUSH PANEL MOUNTING S not supplied by
B C Ashcroft
B
S Nuts & washers
C U not supplied by
Ashcroft
A M
Dia. hole
A
in panel M
F F Hole in
panel
3 Mounting studs CC threaded K

equally spaced on E dia. B.C. LL
P 3 Mounting studs CC threaded K

D equally spaced on E dia. B.C. LL
41⁄2˝ and 6˝ Back Connection 81⁄2˝ Back Connection
Case
Size A B C E F K M S U CC LL
Inches
4.75 23⁄16 6.03 53⁄8 15⁄8 11⁄16 47⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄8 1⁄2
41⁄2 10-24
(120.7) (56) (153) (137) (41) (27) (124) (16) (19) (3) (13)
4.87 21⁄4
7.50 7 21⁄8 11⁄16 61⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄8 1⁄2
6 1⁄4-20
(123.7) (57) (190.5) (178) (54) (27) (165) (16) (19) (3) (13)
4.75 21⁄4 9.96 95⁄8 21⁄8 11⁄16 9 5⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄8 1⁄2
81⁄2 1⁄4-20
(120.7) (57) (253) (244) (54) (27) (229) (16) (19) (3) (13)

226
Case Dimensions
600A-03 Aluminum-Threaded Ring Case
A B
J
F
V
3-L dia. holes

on E dia. B.C.
D
APPROXIMATE WEIGHT (LBS.)
Case FOR ALL REMOTE READING
Size A B C D E J L V DURATEMP THERMOMETERS
Inches
Line Case Size
513⁄16 23⁄8 51⁄32 17⁄32 53⁄8 5⁄8 7⁄32 23⁄8 Length 41⁄2˝ 6˝ 81⁄2˝
41⁄2
(148) (57) (126) (24) (137) (10) (5,5) (60) 5´ 1.75 2.55 3.40
75⁄8 21⁄4 61⁄2 15⁄16 7 7⁄16 9⁄32 31⁄8 10´ 2.05 2.85 3.70
6
(194) (57) (165) (24) (178) (11) (7) (79) 20´ 2.65 3.45 4.30
30´ 3.25 4.05 4.90
50´ 4.45 5.25 6.10
80´ 6.25 7.05 7.90
600A-04, 600H-45 Phenolic Case
SURFACE MOUNTING FLUSH MOUNTING
A B Mounting hardware
J supplied by Ashcroft
CC
M
Hole in
panel
C F AA
V
3-L dia. holes

on E dia. B.C. S
D LL
Case
Model Size A B C D E F J L S V AA M LL PP
Inches
513⁄16 25⁄16 51⁄16 1 53⁄8 15⁄8 9⁄16 7⁄32 3⁄16 25⁄8 6 537⁄64 1⁄16 -1⁄2
41⁄2 #10-24 x 7⁄8
(148) (59) (129) (25) (137) (41) (14) (5,5) (5) (67) (154) (148) (2)-(13)
600A-04
75⁄8 23⁄8 65⁄8 11⁄16 7 21⁄8 5⁄8 9⁄32 3⁄16 31⁄2 73⁄4 717⁄64 1⁄16 -1⁄2
6 #1⁄4-20 x 7⁄8
(194) (60) (168) (27) (178) (54) (16) (7) (5) (89) (197) (185) (2)-(13)
513⁄16 33⁄8 51⁄16 15⁄8 53⁄8 1 7⁄32 3⁄16 25⁄8 6 537⁄64 1⁄16 -1⁄2
600H-45 41⁄2 — #10-24 x 7⁄8
(148) (86) (129) (41) (137) (25) (5,5) (5) (67) (154) (148) (2)-(13)

227
Thermowells
TYPICAL ORDER CODE EXAMPLE (THREADED)

75 W 0750 H T 260 C
Size U-Dimesion Thread Lagging Shank Type Bore Material Cap & Chain Facing Rating Special
Lagging Length
Code Inches Code Inches Code Inches Code Type Code Type Code Rating #
50 1
⁄2 0162 15⁄8 – Without T NPT Thd. AA Brass 150 150
75 3
⁄4 0250 21⁄2 L With W Weld-in B Carbon Steel 300 300
10 1 0450 41⁄2 F Flanged C AISI 304 600 600
12 11⁄4 0750 71⁄2 V Van Stone S AISI 316 1500 1500
15 11⁄2 1050 101⁄2 S Socket 2500 2500
20 2 1350 131⁄2 Weld
30 3 1650 161⁄2 M Limited
40 4 1950 191⁄2 Space
2250 221⁄2 Threaded Code Material
G Ground 1 Brass
Joint 2 Stainless
C Sanitary Steel
Code Internal Thread Code Shank Code Diameter Code Facing

– 1
⁄2 NPSM H Tapered 260 .260˝ F Flat Face
S Straight 385 .385˝ R Raised Face
R Stepped J Ring Joint
B Built-up L Lap Joint
Type: Straight (Uniform) Shank, Threaded

Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1⁄2, 3⁄4, 1 NPT
Materials: Brass, Carbon Steel
304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel Standard Configuration Lagging Configuration
Type: Stepped Shank, Threaded

Bore Size: .260
Type: Tapered Shank, Threaded
Bore Size: .260, .385
Type: Socket Weld

Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 3⁄4˝, 1˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel,
Carbon Steel Standard Configuration Lagging Configuration
Type: Van Stone

Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 1,˝ 11⁄2˝ Pipe Size
Materials: 304 Stainless Steel, 316 Stainless Steel
Standard Configuration
Type: Weld-in
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: 11⁄2˝ Dia.
Type: Flanged
Bore Size: 260, .385
Process Conn.: 1,˝ 11⁄2˝, 2˝ Pipe Size
Type: Sanitary
Bore Size: .260, .385
Process Conn.: Tri-Clamp connection® 1,˝ 11⁄2˝, 2˝
Standard Configuration Lagging Configuration

228
Bimetal Thermometer and
Options
DURATEMP AND BIMETAL OPTIONS

Code Description Bimetal Duratemp
XCS1 Dual scale  
XDM Dial marking  
XED2 High and low electric contacts 
XEE2 Double high-electric contacts 
XEF2 Double low-electric contacts 
XEG 2
Electric contacts off at low or high and on in-between 
XEO Externally adjustable red set hand 
XEP Externally adjustable maximum pointer 
XEQ Externally adjustable minimum pointer 
XNG Nonglare 
XNN Paper tag  
XNH Stainless steel tag  
XPD3 Plastic window  
XSG3 Shatterproof glass  
XSH Stationary red set hand 
XTK Tank car thermometer 
X3B4 ⁄8˝ stem diameter with 1⁄2 NPT
3

X025 ⁄4 NPT when 1⁄2 NPT is standard
1

1. 3˝ and 5˝ case only.
2. 41/2˝ and 6˝ – 600A02, 600A03 and 600A04 styles only.
3. Not available on EL liquid filled thermometers. Polycarbonate is the standard window on EL series.
4. Not available on 2˝ case.
5. Only available on rear connect.

229
Accessories
B03
B08
A1
BULB AND ARMOR STYLED – REMOTE MOUNTED TANK CAR THERMOMETER

Styles B01, B17 and B18 are bendable extensions with union connections. B01 (12˝ bend- Code XTK
able extension) is the standard Duratemp® bulb style and is suitable for a variety of insertion Ashcroft’s Duratemp® movementless
lengths and lagging requirements. B17 is a 18˝ bendable extension, B18 is a 24˝ bendable design is well suited for severe vibration and
extension. The union connection on all three styles is pressure tight and can be freely moved shock applications as seen in railroad tank
the entire length of the bendable portion. After installation, the bendable extension may be cars or other rolling stock apllications, such
formed to suit the application. as milk, chemical and produce transportation.
Style B03 The option XTK is available in a 81⁄2˝ case
13˝ plain bulb for applications used in open tanks where pressures and velocities are with a large adjustable pointer and a maxi-
negligible. mum indicating pointer. The range available
Style B08 is 20/240°F and the dial is marked “Tank
The compression fitting fastens anywhere along the armored line. This bulb style is well Car Thermometer.” The maximum indicating
suited for insertion requirements in excess of 131⁄2˝. The B08 style is not a pressure tight con- pointer illustrates the highest temperature
nection. A thermowell is recommended for this style and for all bulb styles. sensed by the thermometer. Case size and
pointer size makes the Duratemp easily read
ARMOR STYLE from a distance.
Style A1
AISI 302 stainless steel spring armor is supplied as standard. Originally designed for U.S.
Navy Hi Shock thermometers.

230

231
PRESSURE AND
TEMPERATURE
SWITCHES
Switch Selection Information ............ 233-234
Additional Application Information ... 235-236
PRESSURE, DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE &

(Watertight construction for industrial

applications. Explosion-proof construction
for hazardous locations)
A-Series, Miniature Pressure, Watertight ... 237
A-Series, Miniature Pressure,
Stainless Body, Explosion Proof .............. 238
B400 B-Series, Pressure
& Differential Pressure, Watertight .......... 239
B400 B-Series, Temperature, Watertight.... 240
B700 B-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Explosion-Proof ....................... 241
B700 B-Series, Temperature, Explosion-
Proof Enclosure ....................................... 242
F-Series, Pressure,
Compact Explosion-Proof ........................ 243
G-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Watertight Stainless Steel ....... 244
G-Series, Temperature,
Watertight Stainless Steel ....................... 245
H-Series, Pressure, Watertight ................... 246
L-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Watertight ................................ 247
L-Series, Temperature, Watertight ............. 248
N-Series, Pressure, Electronic ................... 249
N-Series, Pressure, Electronic
with Indication ......................................... 250
P-Series, Pressure & Differential
Pressure, Explosion-Proof or Watertight . 251
P-Series, Temperature,
Explosion-Proof or Watertight ................. 252
Deadbands and Ranges, B-Series ............ 253
Deadbands and Ranges, P-Series ............. 254
Deadbands and Ranges, L- and G-Series ..... 255
Options A, B, L, P, G, F, N, H Series ....... 256-257
DDS Series Differential Pressure Switch
Diaphragm Sensing Element................... 258

Phone (203) 378-8281 or visit our web site at
www.ashcroft.com
232

www.ashcroft.com
233
PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE AND Optional stainless steel pressure connections are 2. Enclosure
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH available (option XTA). The enclosure protects the switch element and
SELECTION mechanism from the environment and has provi-
For High Differential Pressure Actuator Ranges,
sions for mounting and wiring. All Ashcroft
3-15 to 60-600 psid, a Dual Diaphragm-Sealed
Before making your selection, consider the switch enclosures are epoxy-coated aluminum or
Piston Actuator is used. This actuator is designed
following: stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance.
to for high static-pressure applications. The stan-
Choose between watertight NEMA 4, 4X for most
1. Actuator dard pressure connections are nickel-plated
industrial applications and explosion-proof NEMA
The actuator responds to changes in pressure, brass. Diaphragms are available in Viton, Buna N
7/9 for most process applications.
temperature or differential pressure and operates and Teflon. Always review process temperature
the switch element in response to these changes. limits before making seal selections. Optional Ashcroft enclosures include watertight cover gas-
stainless steel pressure connections are available kets, external mounting holes and one or two 3/4
The actuator is normally exposed to process fluid (option XUD). NPT electrical conduit holes for ease of installa-
and must therefore be chemically compatible tion. Pressure switches may also be mounted
with it. The following may be used to help select For all temperature ranges the standard
directly to the process by means of the standard
actuator type: Ashcroft® temperature actuator operates on the 1
/4 NPTF or optional 1/2 NPT pressure connection.
vapor pressure principle: the vapor pressure in a
For nominal pressure ranges 0-15 psi through sealed thermal system is applied to a sensing Note: When installing Ashcroft switches, refer to
0-3000 psi, the standard actuator is a diaphragm- element, which in turn actuates a switch. This is instruction sheets included with each switch, the
sealed piston. In this actuator, process pressure known as a SAMA Class II system. Various filling National Electrical Code, and any other local
acting on the piston area causes it to overcome materials are used, including Propane, Butane, codes or requirements to assure safety.
the adjustment spring force and actuate a snap- Methyl Alcohol, N Propyl Alcohol and Xylene.
action switch. A diaphragm and O-ring seal the 3. The Switching Function
High overtemperature capability is possible with
process media from this mechanism. These are Next, consider the switching function. Most appli-
this type of system. The interface between liquid
available in various materials, i.e.: Buna N, Teflon cations for alarm and shutdown are satisfied by
and vapor is the point at which sensing occurs.
and Viton. The standard process connection is single setpoint, fixed deadband models. For high/
This is the “sensitive” portion of the bulb. Bulb
stainless steel. Optional monel pressure connec- low or alarm and shutdown, the dual setpoint
extensions and capillary are normally filled with
tion is available. models may be selected. For pump, compressor,
vapor, and have little effect on the setpoint,
level and other control applications, an adjustable
For ˝ H2O Pressure and Differential Pressure regardless of ambient temperature variations;
deadband model is often the best choice.
Ranges, a diaphragm actuator is used. In this therefore, no ambient compensation is required.
design, the standard pressure connections are For best results, the bulb should be mounted 4. The Switch Element
carbon steel. Diaphragms are available in Viton, within 60 degrees of vertical to assure the liquid Finally, the electrical switching element must be
Buna N and Teflon. Always review process tem- remains in the bulb. compatible with the electrical load being
perature limits before making seal selections. switched. For ease of selection, all electrical

www.ashcroft.com
234
switching elements are snap acting, SPDT (single Explosion Proof – A term commonly used in Overpressure Rating(s) – A nonspecific term
pole-double throw), or 2 (SPDT). Select a switch industry referring to enclosures capable of with- that could refer to either burst or proof pressure,
element with electrical rating that exceeds the standing an internal explosion of a specified gas or both.
electrical rating of the device being controlled by without igniting surrounding gases. Strict instal-
Proof Pressure – The maximum pressure which
the switch. For better reliability and safety, lation practices in accordance with the national
may be applied without causing damage. This is
optional Hermetically Sealed switching elements electrical code are also required for safety.
determined under strict laboratory conditions
may be specified. Fixed Deadband – The difference between the including controlled rate of change and tem-
ADDITIONAL SWITCH TERMINOLOGY setpoint and the reset point of a pressure or temperature: This value is for reference only. Consult
perature switch. It further signifies that this dead- factory for applications where switch must oper-
Accuracy – (See repeatability) Accuracy normally band is a fixed function of the pressure switch ate at pressures above nominal range or refer-
refers to conformity of an indicated value to an and not adjustable. ence temperature (70°F).
accepted standard value. There is no indication in
switch products; thus, instead, the term repeat- Hermetically Sealed Switch – A switch element Repeatability (Accuracy) – The closeness of
ability is used as the key performance measure. whose contacts are completely sealed from the agreement among a number of consecutive mea-
Ashcroft switch accuracy is 1% of nominal environment to provide additional safety and reli- surements of the output setpoint for the same
range. ability. Contact arc cannot cause an explosion value of the input under the same operating con-
and atmospheric corrosive elements cannot ditions, approaching from the same direction, for
Automatic Reset Switch – Switch which returns affect the contacts. full-range traverses. Ashcroft switch repeatabil-
to normal state when actuating variable (Pres-
Manual Reset Switch – Pressure or Tempera- ity is 1% of nominal range.
sure or Temperature) is reduced.
ture switch in which contacts remain actuated Note: It is usually measured as nonrepeatabil-ity
Adjustable or Operating Range – That part of even after the actuating variable returns to and expressed as repeatability in percent of span
the nominal range over which the switch setpoint normal. On Ashcroft manual reset switches, a or nominal range. It does not include hysteresis
may be adjusted. Normally about 15% to 100% button must be pushed to reset the contacts. or deadband.
of the nominal range for pressure and differential
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
pressure switches and the full span for tempera- Reset Point – The reset point is the Pressure,
(NEMA) – This group has defined several catego-
ture switches. Temperature or Differential Pressure Value where
ries of enclosures, usually referred to as “types.”
the electrical switch contacts will return to their
Burst Pressure – The maximum pressure that Further, they designate certain features and capa-
original or normal position after the switch has
may be applied to a pressure switch without bilities each type must include. For example,
activated.
causing leakage or rupture. This is normally at among other features, a NEMA 4 enclosure must
least 400% of nominal range for Ashcroft include a threaded conduit connector, external Setpoint – The setpoint is the Pressure, Tem-
switches. Switches subjected to pressures above mounting provision and cover gaskets. When perature or Differential Pressure value at which
the nominal range can be permanently damaged. selecting a NEMA 4 enclosure from any manu- the electrical circuit of a switch will change state
facturer, a buyer is assured of receiving these or actuate. It should be specified either on
Deadband – The difference between the setpoint features. increase or decrease of that variable. (See also
and the reset point, normally expressed in units
NEMA 4 – Watertight and dusttight enclosures reset point.)
of the actuating variable. Sometimes referred to
as differential. intended for use indoors or outdoors to pro- Single-Pole Double Throw (SPDT) Switching
tect the equipment against splashing, falling Element – A SPDT switching element has one
Division 1 – A National Electrical Code Classifica- or hose-directed water, external condensation normally open, one normally closed, and one
tion of hazardous locations. In Division 1 loca- and water seepage. They are also sleet-resistant. common terminal. The switch can be wired with
tions, hazardous concentrations of flammable
NEMA 4X – Watertight, dusttight and corrosion- the circuit either normally open (N/O) or normally
gases or vapors exist continuously, intermittently
resistant enclosures with same qualifications as closed (N/C). SPDT is standard with most
or periodically under normal conditions; fre-
NEMA 4, but with added corrosion resistance. Ashcroft pressure and temperature switches.
quently because of repair or maintenance
operation/leakage or due to breakdown or faulty NEMA 7 – Enclosures for indoor Class I, Division Snap Action – In switch terminology, snap action
operation of equipment or processes which 1 hazardous locations with gas or vapor generally refers to the action of contacts in the
might also cause simultaneous failure of electri- atmospheres. switch element. These contacts open and close
cal equipment. Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9 enclo- quickly and snap closed with sufficient pressure
NEMA 9 – Enclosures for indoor Class II, Division
sures are required in Division 1 locations. to firmly establish an electrical circuit. The term
1 hazardous locations with combustible dust
distinguishes products from mercury bottle
Division 2 – A National Electrical Code Classifica- atmospheres.
types that were subject to vibration problems.
tion of Hazardous locations. In Division 2 hazard- Normal Switch Position – Contact position
ous locations, flammable or volatile liquid or before actuating pressure (or variable) is applied. Static Pressure – For differential pressure
flammable gases are handled, processed or Normally closed contacts open when the switch switches, static pressure refers to the lower of
used, but will normally be confined within closed is actuated. Normally open contacts close when the two pressures applied to the actuator.
containers or closed systems from which they the switch is actuated.
can escape only in case of accidental rupture or
breakdown or in case of abnormal operation of Normally Closed – Refers to switch contacts
equipment. Either Nema 7/9 explosion-proof that are closed in the normal switch state or posi-
enclosures or any enclosure with hermetically tion (unactuated). A pressure change opens the
sealed switch contacts may be used in Division contacts.
2 locations. Normally Open Switch – Refers to the contacts
that are open in the normal switch state or posi-
tion (unactuated). A pressure change closes the
contacts.

www.ashcroft.com
235
Additional Pressure and

Temperature Switch
Application Information
DIFFICULT PROCESS MEDIA In some boiler applications, a special U.L. list- because the switch can react to pressure
ing, “MBPR,” which requires unique features pulses less than one second duration, it might
When specifying pressure or temperature
is needed. Ashcroft offers these features with be desirable to include a dampening device.
switches, the material in contact with media
option XG8. Several Ashcroft accessories, such as snub-
must be compatible with it. Otherwise, fail-
bers address this situation. Consult Customer
ure could occur, resulting in leakage, injury,
NACE Service for more information.
loss of life, property or production. The user
should review prior experience with materials NACE is the acronym for the National Associa- MOUNTING
of construction in the process for guidance tions of Corrosion Engineers. Their standard
in material selection. If this is not appropri- MRO175-93 titled “Sulfide Stress Cracking All Ashcroft pressure, temperature and
ate, contact Customer Service for assistance. Resistant Metallic Materials for Oilfield Equip- differential pressure switches with snap acting
Relevant information such as process media, ment,” is cited when ordering instruments for contacts may be mounted in any position.
concentration of each constituent, tempera- oilfield applications involving sour oil or gas This includes the sensing bulbs of temperature
ture, pressure, the presence of contaminants, with traces of hydrogen sulfide. It is a legal switches. This is an important advantage of
particulate, vibration or pulsation is necessary requirement in many states. NACE instruments snap acting switch designs.
to make the best recommendation. are also suitable for use in sewage treatment
plants and other applications with traces of SWITCH ELEMENT SELECTION
Some applications are best handled by adding hydrogen sulfide in the process. B-Series switches are available with a wide
an Ashcroft diaphragm seal to isolate the fluid
variety of snap acting switch elements to meet
media from the pressure or differential pres- For high concentrations of hydrogen sulfide most electrical requirements. The standard
sure switch. in a diaphragm seal should be used; a Tanta- contact arrangement is single pole, double
lum diaphragm and Hastelloy C (C276) lower throw (SPDT). This includes both normally
Diaphragm seals are recommended where: housing are recommended. For over 3% or open and normally closed contacts. Standard
• The process media being sensed could 30,000ppm, a seal is essential. contact material is fine silver which generally is
clog the pressure element. suitable for switching 8 volts or more, up to the
HIGH TEMPERATURE PROCESS rating in the Switch Element Selection Table.
• The process media temperature is above
Refer to the actuator seal table for process When switching less than 8 volts, optional
or below the ratings of the actuator seal
temperature limits for pressure switch actua- Gold Alloy contacts are recommended.
materials.
tors. Pressure switches mounted directly to
• The application calls a for sanitary process the process can withstand up to 300°F when Optional Dual, or 2 SPDT contacts may be sup-
connection. equipped with optional viton, stainless steel plied in B-Series enclosures for applications
or monel wetted parts. If process temperature requiring two switch functions at the same
Note: The addition of a diaphragm seal may exceeds 300°F, four feet of 1/2˝ tubing between setpoint. These contacts are technically not
increase the deadband and response time the process and the switch will generally pro- double pole, double throw (DPDT). They are
of the pressure switch to process pressure tect the switch from damage. synchronized at the factory to actuate within
changes. Please consult Customer Service 1% of nominal range of each other. For simul-
for details. Alternatively, an Ashcroft diaphragm seal, taneous actuation of 2 SPDT contacts, option
can be used to isolate the switch from the XG3 should be ordered.
OXIDIZING MEDIA hot process.
When specifying a pressure switch for use
VIBRATION
in oxidizing media, such as chlorine, oxygen
and several other chemical compounds, the Generally, vibration will not harm Ashcroft
wetted materials must be compatible with the pressure switches. However, premature trip-
media, and the switch should be cleaned for ping may occur under severe conditions. This
oxygen service. This is necessary to remove tends to be annoying, but repeatable for a
any residue that might react violently with the given situation and might be in the order of 5%
oxidizing media. Specify option X6B (clean for to 10% of switch range from the setpoint, i.e.
oxygen service). a 100 psi switch set at 50 psi on increasing
pressure might trip somewhere between 40
STEAM SERVICE and 45 psi on increasing pressure. This would not
reduce the life of the pressure switch.
In order to prevent live steam from coming
The best approach in this type of application is
into contact with the switch actuator, a siphon
to mount the switch remotely, connecting the
filled with water should be installed between
switch to the process or equipment with flex-
the switch and the process line. We recom-
ible tubing. If this is not possible, consider the
mend the optional stainless steel welded pro-
use of the Belleville actuator, option XG3.
cess connection and diaphragm even though
viton is rated for use with steam. Experience
PULSATION
has shown that in many steam applications,
the 300°F high temperature limit of viton is Pressure pulsation below the range of the
exceeded by steam under pressure. pressure switch will not harm it. However,

www.ashcroft.com
236
Additional Pressure and
Temperature Switch
Application Information
INFORMATION & GUIDELINES HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS Ashcroft is the leader in providing pressure
FOR SETTING ASHCROFT PRESSURE, a. Division I. and temperature switches for alarm, shutdown
TEMPERATURE AND DIFFERENTIAL Ashcroft 700 series or other explosion and control in hazardous locations.
PRESSURE SWITCHES proof enclosures are required to meet Models are available with single or dual set-
All Ashcroft pressure, temperature and dif- the requirements of Division I Hazard- points, fixed or adjustable deadbands.
ferential pressure switches can be set at any ous Locations as defined by the National
Electrical Code. Choose from standard, miniature or compact
point between about 15% and 100% of the
enclosures, construction of epoxy coated alu-
range as designated on the label or the nomi- b. Division II. minum or stainless steel.
nal range table. These enclosures also meet the less strin-
gent requirements for Division II Hazard-
Ashcroft pressure and temperature switches ous Locations. Alternatively, Ashcroft 400
can be either set in the field or ordered from series or other watertight enclosures, with
the factory preset to your requirements. When hermetically sealed switch elements are
set at the factory, the specification is ±1% of approved for use in Division II hazardous
the nominal range. locations.
Factory setting, or XFS, is a very popular c. Intrinsic Safety.
option, and as a result, we often get orders Any Ashcroft pressure or temperature
that do not have enough information or have switch may be used with an approved
incorrect information. barrier in most intrinsically safe systems.
These switches do not create or store
HOW TO ORDER energy and are therefore designated
“simple devices’’ in these systems.
When “XFS” is desired: Exception: Ashcroft N series electronic
1. Setpoint must be indicated. pressure switches require power and may
not be suitable for use in all intrinsically
2. Increasing or decreasing pressure must be safe systems.
indicated.
c. ATEX.
Ex: B424B XFS 100# ATEX is a European designation that
Set: 60# decreasing deals with standards for equipment and
3. For differential pressure switches, static protective systems intended for use in
operating pressure must be given also. potentially explosive atmospheres. This
approval is required for switches intended
for use in hazardous locations, especially
important to OEMs who export to Europe
and contractors specifying or purchasing
products for European applications.

www.ashcroft.com
237
Miniature Pressure Switches,
Watertight Stainless Steel Body,
A-Series
• Wide variety of electrical connec- The Ashcroft® A-Series pressure

tions including wire leads, spade switches are designed for tough indus- LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
and DIN connectors trial and OEM applications requiring a MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• 316L stainless steel body sealed durable, high-quality miniature switch.

for environmental protection Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
• Precision snap-acting switch or control on heavy vehicles, machine
element tools, electronic equipment, engines,
• Choice of field-adjustable or compressors, and wherever size is a
factory set only consideration or equipment is being
• UL and CSA listed CRN, RoHS downsized.
• SIL 3 capable
1 - FUNCTION 6 - PRESSURE CONNECTION CODE
APS - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband, Code Description
factory set, not field adjustable
01 1
⁄8 NPT Male
APA - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband, 9 - SETPOINT DIRECTION
field adjustable 02 1
⁄4 NPT Male
03 1
⁄8 NPT Female* Code Description
2 - BODY (ENCLOSURE) 25 1
⁄4 NPT Female* R Rising Pressure (Increasing Pressure)
N4 - Watertight 316 stainless steel body 05 7
⁄16-20 SAE Male D Decreasing Pressure
3 - MICRO SWITCH, FIRST CHARACTER 06 VCR Fixed* 10 - OPTIONS
07 VCO Fixed*
Code Code Description
12 G1⁄4A (Type E Stud End)
1 Single Switch – SPDT XC4 Individual certified calibration chart
13 G1⁄4B
2 Dual Switch – DPDT (not available with “S” 75 0.75˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes XFP Fungus proofing
actuator) with <100 psi range 3A Approval)† XMQ Positive material identification
15 1.5˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes (75, 15 & 20 process conn. only)
3 - MICRO SWITCH, SECOND CHARACTER
3A Approval)† XNC 2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
Code 20 2.0˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes for normally closed operation
G Gold Contact – 0.1A @ 125 Vac, 3A Approval)† XNO 2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
0.1A @ 30 Vdc for normally open operation
H Higher Current – 5A @ 125/250 Vac, 7 - PRESSURE RANGE XNH Stainless Steel tag
5A @ 28 Vdc resistive, XNN Paper tag
3A @ 28 Vdc inductive Actuator psi Bar kPa Kg/cm 2
X6B Cleaned for oxygen service
L Higher Current S –15/15# –1/1BR –100/100KP –1/1KSC XGO Ground Wire Omitted
Gold Contacts – 1A @ 125 Vac, S 30# 2BR 200KP 2KSC
1A @ 28 Vdc resistive, S 60# 4BR 400KP 4KSC
0.5A @ 28 Vdc inductive Pressure Connection Notes:
B,S,V 100# 7BR 700KP 7KSC
P General Purpose – 3A @ 125/250 Vac, *Available with “S” activator only.
B,S,V 200# 14BR 1400KP 14KSC †Ranges ≤500 psi.
2A @ 30 Vdc
B,V 500# 35BR 3500KP 35KSC Setpoint Notes:
4 - ELECTRIC CONNECTION B,V 1000# 70BR 7000KP 70KSC If no setpoint is required on an APA switch use either
Code “NSR” or “NSD”. If direction is not known use “NSR”
B,V 2000# 140BR 14000KP 140KSC as the default.
012C‡ 1
/2 NPT male conduit connction with B,V 5000# 350BR 35000KP 350KSC Option Notes:
3-18 AWG wires 12˝ length B,V 7500# 500BR 50000KP 500KSC The X character will only appear before the first option,
000H Micro DIN Connector – Watertight DIN 43650 additional options will just be the two characters.
FORM C cable socket with mating connector,
8 - SETPOINT
Example: XC4NC6B
not available with DPDT switching 5 characters maximum representing setpoint of the If the switch is mounted to a diaphragm seal other than
00MH Micro DIN Connector – Watertight DIN 43650 switch in the same units as the range of the switch. For (75, 15, 20 connection) the seal fill fluid is also listed
FORM C cable socket with mating connector, setpoints in Vacuum specify as “–” pressure. as an X option.
not available with DPDT switching
012L‡ Wire leads, 3-18 AWG PVC insulated wires
TO ORDER THIS A-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
12˝ length
000N Nonstandard, customer specified see Select: APS N4 1H 012C S 02 30# - 15 R - X6B
# variation
1. Function:
000T Spade terminals, 4 – 0.187˝ male spade, not
available with DPDT switching 2. Enclosure:
5 - ACTUATOR SEAL 3. Micro Switch:
Code 4. Electrical Connection:
B 316 SS piston & Buna O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi 5. Actuator Seal:
V 316 SS piston & Viton O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi
6. Pressure Connection:
S 316 SS welded diaphragm, ranges ≤200 psi
7. Pressure Range:
‡ First three digits represent the length of the wire leads
in inches. 012, 024, 048 & 072 are standard available 8. Setpoint:
lengths. Consult factory for custom length availability. 9. Setpoint Direction:
10. Options:

www.ashcroft.com
238
Miniature Pressure Switches,
Explosion-Proof Stainless Steel
Body, A-Series
• 316L stainless steel body sealed The Ashcroft® A-Series pressure

for environmental protection switches are designed for tough indus-
• Precision snap-acting switch trial and OEM applications requiring a
element durable, high-quality miniature switch.
• Choice of field-adjustable or Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
factory-adjusted to setpoint or control on heavy vehicles, machine
requirements tools, electronic equipment, engines,
compressors, and wherever size is a
• UL, FM and CSA listed
consideration or equipment is being
• ATEX & IECEX downsized.
Explosion proof, flame proof LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Dual seal rated; CRN, CE, RoHS
• SIL 3 capable 6 - PRESSURE CONNECTION CODE
9 - SETPOINT DIRECTION
Code Description
Code Description
01 1
⁄8 NPT Male
02 1
⁄4 NPT Male R Rising Pressure (Increasing Pressure)
03 1
⁄8 NPT Female* D Decreasing Pressure
1 - FUNCTION
25 1
⁄4 NPT Female* 10 - OPTIONS
APS - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband, 05 7
⁄16-20 SAE Male
factory set, not field adjustable Code Description
06 VCR Fixed*
APA - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband, XC4 Individual certified calibration chart
field adjustable 07 VCO Fixed*
12 G1⁄4A (Type E Stud End) XFP Fungus proofing
2 - BODY (ENCLOSURE) 13 G1⁄4B XMQ Positive material identification
N7 - Explosion proof 316 stainless steel body 75 0.75˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes (75, 15 & 20 process conn. only)
3A Approval)† XNC 2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
3 - MICRO SWITCH, FIRST CHARACTER for normally closed operation
15 1.5˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes
Code 3A Approval)† XNO 2 wire leads plus ground wire – wired
1 Single Switch – SPDT 20 2.0˝ Tri-Clamp® connection (includes for normally open operation
2 Dual Switch – DPDT (not available with “S” 3A Approval)† XNH Stainless Steel tag
actuator or P&G micro switch) XNN Paper tag
7 - PRESSURE RANGE X6B Cleaned for oxygen service
3 - MICRO SWITCH, SECOND CHARACTER XGO Ground Wire Omitted
Actuator psi Bar kPa Kg/cm2
Code
S –15/15# –1/1BR –100/100KP –1/1KSC Pressure Connection Notes:
G Gold Contact – 0.1A @ 125 Vac, *Available with “S” activator only.
S 30# 2BR 200KP 2KSC
0.1A @ 30 Vdc †Ranges ≤500 psi.
S 60# 4BR 400KP 4KSC
H Higher Current – 5A @ 125/250 Vac, Setpoint Notes:
5A @ 28 Vdc resistive, B,S,V 100# 7BR 700KP 7KSC
If no setpoint is required on an APA switch use either
3A @ 28 Vdc inductive B,S,V 200# 14BR 1400KP 14KSC “NSR” or “NSD”. If direction is not known use “NSR”
L Higher Current B,V 500# 35BR 3500KP 35KSC as the default.
Gold Contacts – 1A @ 125 Vac, B,V 1000# 70BR 7000KP 70KSC Option Notes:
1A @ 28 Vdc resistive, The X character will only appear before the first option,
B,V 2000# 140BR 14000KP 140KSC
0.5A @ 28 Vdc inductive additional options will just be the two characters.
B,V 5000# 350BR 35000KP 350KSC
P General Purpose – 3A @ 125/250 Vac, Example: XC4NC6B
2A @ 30 Vdc B,V 7500# 500BR 50000KP 500KSC
If the switch is mounted to a diaphragm seal the seal fill
8 - SETPOINT fluid is glycerin standard.
4 - ELECTRIC CONNECTION
5 characters maximum representing setpoint of the
Code switch in the same units as the range of the switch. For
012C‡ 1
/2 NPT male conduit connction with setpoints in Vacuum specify as “–” pressure.
3-18 AWG wires 12˝ length
5 - ACTUATOR SEAL TO ORDER THIS A-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
Code
Select: APS N7 1H 012C S 02 30# - 15 R - X6B
B 316 SS piston & Buna O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi
V 316 SS piston & Viton O-ring, ranges ≥100 psi 1. Function:
S 316 SS welded diaphragm, ranges ≤200 psi 2. Enclosure:
‡ First three digits represent the length of the wire leads 3. Micro Switch:
in inches. 012, 024, 048 & 072 are standard available 4. Electrical Connection:
lengths. Consult factory for custom length availability.
5. Actuator Seal:
7. Pressure Range:
8. Setpoint:
9. Setpoint Direction:
10. Options:

www.ashcroft.com
239
Pressure and Differential
Pressure Switches, Watertight
Enclosure, Type 400, B-Series
This general purpose Ashcroft® • Choice of actuators, including

switch series is ideal for use in designs for fire-safe and NACE
virtually all Industrial and OEM applications(8)
applications. • Readily available
• Watertight NEMA 4X enclosure, • Standard pressure connection
IP66 materials:
• Choice of switch elements for all Pressure psi ranges
applications, including hermeti- - 316L stainless steel
cally sealed
Differential psid ranges
• Wide choice of wetted materials, - Nickel-plated brass(9)
including all-welded Monel or
stainless steel Pressure and differential inches
of water ranges
• Fixed or limited adjustable - Epoxy coated carbon steel LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
deadband MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
• Approved for UL, CSA and FM(8)

ratings
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
1 - ENCLOSURE 3 - ACTUATOR SEAL(7) HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH

We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
B4 - Pressure switch, type 400, watertight Code Process Range for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
enclosure meets NEMA 3, 4, 4X and 13, & Temp.(6) Vac 0-600 1000 2000- provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
IP66 requirements Material Limits in.H2O psi psi 3000 or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft 400 Series is
°F psi also approved for installation in Division II hazardous
D4 - Differential pressure switch, type 400, areas when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
watertight enclosure meets NEMA 3, 4, 4X B-Buna N 0 to 150    
Features:
and 13, IP66 requirements V-Viton 20 to 300    • UL-recognized component,
T-Teflon 0 to 150     guide WSQ2, File E85076
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS S-SS(5)(10) 0 to 300  
• All-stainless steel welded
construction
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings P-Monel(5)(10) 0 to 300  
Code UL/CSA Listed SPDT
20(4) Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac 4 - OPTIONS
21(9) Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac
(See pages 256-257)
Hermetically sealed
22(3) switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 5 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
deadband
23 Heavy duty ac 20A,125/250 Vac
(See page 253)
15A,125/250/480 acV NOTES:
24(1) General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1. Standard switch.
1/4A, 250 Vdc
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
25 Heavy duty dc 10A,125/ Vac or dc
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
independently adjustable.
3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
26(4) Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof 4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Available on pressure only.
27 High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
6. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
28 Manual reset trip 15A, 125/250 Vac
on ncreasing
i
all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
is normal. Switch calibrated at 70°F reference.
29 Manual reset trip 15A, 125/250 Vac
on creasing
de 7. Items are wetted by process fluid.
8. Refer to Option Table.
31 Low level (gold) 1A,125/250 Vac
contacts 9. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
Hermetically sealed
10. On differential switches, stainless steel is
32 switch, general 11A, 125/250 Vac available in 15, 30, 60 and 90 psid ranges only.
purpose 5A, 30 Vdc Includes Teflon O-ring and 316 SS connection.
50 Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2)
61(4) Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Select: B4 20 B XPK 600#
62(4) Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac 1. Enclosure:
ment proof 2. Switch Element:
63 Dual high temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
3. Actuator Seal:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
64 Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 4. Options (See pages 256-257):
1/4A, 250 Vdc
5. Pressure Range (See page 253):
65 Dual ammonia service 5A, 125/250/480

www.ashcroft.com
240
Watertight Enclosure,
Type 400, B-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%

is easy to use and readily retrofits to of range
virtually all process, industrial and
OEM applications. • Wetted material is all-welded
stainless steel
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66
enclosure • Fixed or limited adjustable
deadband
• Choice of switch elements
for all applications, including • Readily available
hermetically sealed (NEMA 4 meets
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, & D
with hermetically sealed switch)
• UL, CSA listings standard
LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY

1 - ENCLOSURE 3 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION(5)
T4 - Temperature switch, type 400, watertight DIRECT MOUNT
enclosure meets NEMA 3, 4, 4X and 13, Order Code System Material Style
IP66 requirements TS 316 stainless steel Rigid
REMOTE MOUNT
Order Code System Material Line Length Style
T05 316 stainless steel 5´ Capillary
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS NOTES:
T10 316 stainless steel 10´ with
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings T15 316 stainless steel 15´ 302 SS 1. Standard switch.
Code UL/CSA Listed SPDT 2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
T20 316 stainless steel 20´ Spring
20(4) Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
T25 316 stainless steel 25´ Armor independently adjustable.
21(7) Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac 3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
4 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(6)
Hermetically sealed 4. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
22(3) switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac DIRECT MOUNT 5. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
deadband Minimum 6. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
23 Heavy duty ac 20A,125/250 Vac Order Code “S” Dimension Thermowell
“U” Dimension 7. Not UL listed
15A,125/250/480 acV
24(1) General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 027 23⁄4˝ — Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
1/4A, 250 Vdc 040 4˝ 21⁄2˝
25 Heavy duty dc 10A,125/ Vac or dc 060 6˝ 41⁄2˝ HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
090 9˝ 71⁄2˝
26(4) Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
proof 120 12˝ 101⁄2˝ provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
27 High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac REMOTE MOUNT or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft 400 Series is
also approved for installation in Division II hazardous
28 Manual reset trip 15A, 125/250 Vac 030 3˝ 21⁄2˝ areas when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
on ncreasing
i
Features:
29 Manual reset trip 15A, 125/250 Vac 5 - OPTIONS • UL-recognized component,
on creasing
de See pages 256-257 guide WSQ2, File E85076
31 Low level (gold) 1A,125/250 Vac • All-stainless steel welded
contacts 6 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES construction
Hermetically sealed See page 253
32 switch, general 11A, 125/250 Vac
purpose 5A, 30 Vdc
50 Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2) Select: T4 20 T05 030 XNH 150° to 260°F
1. Enclosure:
62(4) Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac
ment proof 2. Switch Element:
63 Dual high temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac 3. Thermal System:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac 4. Bulb Length:
64 Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc 5. Options (see pages 256-257):
65 (7) Dual ammonia service 5A, 125/250/480 6. Temperature Range (see page 253):

www.ashcroft.com
241
Pressure Switches, Explosion-Proof
Enclosure, Type 700, B-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series • Readily available

is ideal for use in virtually all pro- • Standard pressure connection
cess and industrial applications. materials:
• Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66 Pressure psi ranges
enclosure (explosion-proof enclo- - 316L SS
sure Class I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups Differential psid ranges
B, C, & D and Class II, Div. 1 & 2, - Nickel plated brass(9)
Groups E, F & G) Pressure and differential inches
• Choice of switch elements for all of water ranges
applications, including hermeti- - Epoxy coated carbon steel
cally sealed • ATEX models available(8)
• Wide choice of wetted materials, • IECEx models available(10)
including all-welded Monel or • CSA models available(8)
stainless steel
• FM models available(8)
• Fixed or limited adjustable LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
deadband • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100% MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
of range ATEX model shown

• UL listed
• Dual Seal Rating models available(8)
• Various actuators available
• Belleville actuator(8)
1 - ENCLOSURE 3 - ACTUATOR SEAL(7) ATEX APPROVAL FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
ATEX is a European designation that deals with standards for
B7 - Pressure switch, type 700, explosion-proof Code Process Range
equipment and protective systems intended for use in poten-
enclosure meets Div.1 & 2, NEMA 7/9, IP66 & Temp.(6) Vac 0-600 1000 2000- tially explosive atmospheres. This approval is required for
requirements Material Limits in.H2O psi psi 3000 switches intended for use in hazardous locations, especially
°F psi important to OEMs who export to Europe and contractors
D7 - Differential pressure switch, type 700, specifying or purchasing products for European applications.
B-Buna N 0 to 150     XCN option adds special features to Ashcroft 700-Series
explosion-proof enclosure meets Div. 1 & 2,
V-Viton 20 to 300 switch enclosures that meet the requirements for the highest
NEMA 7/9, IP66 requirements   
levels of security and danger, such as:
T-Teflon 0 to 150     • Special locking device requiring an Allen wrench to remove
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS S-SS(5)(10) 0 to 300   cover
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings • Special vents that blow out should the diaphragm rupture,
P-Monel(5) 0 to 300  
Code UL/CSA Listed SPDT thus preventing pressure build-up in the enclosure
• Special conduit plug requiring an Allen wrench for removal
20(4) Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac 4 - OPTIONS • Available on pressure, temperature and differential
21(9) Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac pressure models
(See pages 256-257) • Meets Explosion Class EEx d IIC T6
Hermetically sealed
22(3) switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 5 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
deadband
(See page 253)
15A,125/250/480 acV NOTES:
24(1) General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 1. Standard switch.
1/4A, 250 Vdc LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
25 Heavy duty dc 10A,125/ Vac or dc
independently adjustable.
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc
26(4) Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof
4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
27 High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
6. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
31 Low level (gold) 1A,125/250 Vac
contacts
is normal. Switch calibrated at 70°F reference.
Hermetically sealed
32 switch, general 11A, 125/250 Vac
7. Items are wetted by process fluid.
purpose 5A, 30 Vdc 8. Refer to Option Table.
50 Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac 9. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2)
available in 15, 30, 60 and 90 psid ranges only.
Includes Teflon O-ring and 316 SS connection.
ment proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
1/4A, 250 Vdc Select: B7 20 B X06 600#
65 Dual ammonia service 5A,125/250/480 Vac 1. Enclosure:
Hermetically sealed
67(3) switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 2. Switch Element:
deadband 3. Actuator Seal:
Dual he rmetically 4. Options (see pages 256-257):
68 sealed switch, 11A,125/250 Vac
general purpose 5A, 30 Vdc 5. Pressure Range (see page 253):

www.ashcroft.com
242
Explosion-Proof Enclosure,
Type 700, B-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series • Fixed or limited adjustable

ideal for use in virtually all process, deadband
industrial and OEM applications. • Readily available
• Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66 • UL listings standard
enclosures • CSA listings available(7)
• Choice of switch elements • ATEX models available(7)
for all applications, including • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
hermetically sealed of range
• IECEx models available(7)
1 - ENCLOSURE 3 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION(5)
T7 - Temperature switch, type 700, explosion DIRECT MOUNT
proof enclosure meets Div. 1 & 2, NEMA Order Code System Material Style
7/9, IP66 requirements TS 316 stainless steel Rigid
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS REMOTE MOUNT MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
Order Code System Material Line Length Style

Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
Code UL/CSA Listed SPDT T05 316 stainless steel 5´ Capillary
20(4) Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac T10 316 stainless steel 10´ with
21 Ammonia service 5A, 125/250 Vac T15 316 stainless steel 15´ 302 SS
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
Hermetically sealed T20 316 stainless steel 20´ Spring We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
22 (3)
switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac T25 316 stainless steel 25´ Armor for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
deadband provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
4 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(6) or corrosive environments.
DIRECT MOUNT Features:
15A,125/250/480 acV • UL-recognized component,
24(1) General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc Minimum
guide WSQ2, File E85076
1/4A, 250 Vdc Order Code “S” Dimension Thermowell • All-stainless steel welded
25 Heavy duty dc 10A,125/ Vac or dc “U” Dimension construction
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc 027 23⁄4˝ —
26(4) Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac 040 4˝ 21⁄2˝
proof 060 6˝ 41⁄2˝
27 High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac 090 9˝ 71⁄2˝
31 Low level (gold) 1A,125/250 Vac 120 12˝ 101⁄2˝
contacts
Hermetically sealed REMOTE MOUNT
32 switch, general 11A, 125/250 Vac 030 3˝ 21⁄2˝
purpose 5A, 30 Vdc
5 - OPTIONS
50 Variable deadband 15A,125/250 Vac
UL/CSA Listed Dual SPDT(2) See pages 256-257
61(4) Dual narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac 6 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
62(4) Dual narrow environ- 15A, 125/250 Vac See page 253
ment proof
63 Dual high temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac NOTES:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac 1. Standard switch.
64 Dual general purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches
1/4A, 250 Vdc not independently adjustable.
65 Dual ammonia service 5A, 125/250/480 3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
Hermetically sealed 4. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL
67(3) switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac listed).
deadband 5. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
Dual he rmetically
11A,125/250 Vac
6. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
68 sealed switch, 7. Refer to Options Table.
5A, 30 Vdc
general purpose Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
TO ORDER THIS B-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:

Select: T7 20 T05 030 XNH 150° to 260°F
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Thermal System:
4. Bulb Length:
5. Options (see pages 256-257):
6. Temperature Range (see page 253):

www.ashcroft.com
243
Compact Pressure Switch
Explosion-Proof Body
F-Series
Special features: Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,

• Diaphragm-sealed piston actuator control on:
for long, reliable service
• Engines and compressors
• Choice of wetted materials and
pressure connections for all • Process applications
applications
• Watertight anodized aluminum • Offshore applications
body for environmental protection • Panels
• Hermetically sealed snap-acting
switch element • Pipelines
• Field adjustable
• Standard 1/2 NPT Male electrical • Hazardous locations
conduit connection • Corrosive environments
• Factory sealed leads
• Directly interchangeable with many • Machine tools LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
similar models for convenience
• UL and CSA listed standard • Replacement and retrofit
• Setpoints adjustble from 15-100% • Where size is a consideration or
of range. Exception: stainless steel equipment is being downsized
welded (codes) adjustable from
20-100%
1 - FUNCTION 7A - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – BUNA (CODE B)
FPS - Pressure switch, single setpoint, fixed deadband, Nominal Range Proof Pressure Deadband (by Switch Element)
field adjustable psi bar psi Code J Code P,L
30 in.Hg Vac.† –1 1000 1.8-8.0 0.4-5.00
30 2 1000 0.2-1.5 0.1-1.30
2 - ENCLOSURE (BODY) 60 4 1000 0.2-2.5 0.3-1.50
100 7 1000 0.5-4.0 0.5-2.50
N7 - NEMA 3, 4, 7 & 9, IP66 200 14 1000 1.5-8.0 0.5-5.00
Anodized aluminum for hazardous locations 400 28 1600 1.0-15.00 1.5-9.00
600 40 2400 4.0-28.00 2.0-15.000
10000 70 4000 6.0-50.00 3.0-30.000
3 - SWITCH ELEMENT CODE
7B - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – HIGH PRESSURE (CODE H)
SPDT Switch Elements
Code 1000 70 12,000 50-100 N/A
UL/CSA Listed
2000 140 12,000 100-200 N/A
P Hermetically Sealed, 5A, 125/250 Vac 3000 210 12,000 150-300 N/A
Narrow Deadband 4000 280 16,000 150-350 N/A
J Hermetically Sealed, 11A, 125/250 Vac
General Purpose 5A, 30 Vdc 7C - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – WELDED SS (CODE S)
Hermetically Sealed, 1A, 125 Vac 30 2 1000 1.0-4.50 0.5-3.50
L 60 4 1000 1.0-5.00 0.5-4.00
Gold Contacts
100 7 1000 1.5-10.0 1.0-6.00
200 14 1000 2.0-18.0 1.0-12.0
400 28 1600 5.0-32.0 2.0-20.0
4 - ACTUATOR SEAL 600 40 2400 9.0-50.0 4.0-30.0
Proc. Temp. 10000 70 4000 15.0-80.00 7.0-50.0
Code Material Limits (°F)
B Buna N 0-150 7D - NOMINAL RANGE & PERFORMANCE TABLE – BUNA (CODE V, T, R)
V Viton 20-200 30 in.Hg Vac.† –1 1000 1.5-10.0 0.5-7.00
30 2 1000 0.5-3.50 0.2-2.500
T Teflon 0-150 60 4 1000 0.5-4.00 0.5-3.00
R SS Diaphragm/Viton O-Ring 0-150 100 7 1000 1.0-7.00 1.0-4.50
S 316 SS Welded 0-200 200 14 1000 12.5-12.00 1.0-8.50
H SS Piston/Viton O-Ring 20-200 400 28 1600 5.0-30.0 2.0-17.00
600 40 2400 8.0-48.0 4.0-34.0
10000 70 4000 10.0-80.00 5.0-55.0
Note: Switches calibrated at 70°F reference.
5 - PRESSURE CONNECTION
Code Description TO ORDER THIS F-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
25 1
⁄4 NPT Female
07 1
⁄2 NPT Female (Standard) Select: FPS N7 P B 07 XFS 30#
1. Function:
2. Body:
6 - F-SERIES OPTIONS
Code Description
3. Switch Element (Table 3):
XFP Fungus proofing 4. Actuator Seal (Table 4):
XFS Factory adjusted setpoint 5. Pressure Port: Standard 1/2 NPTF
XK3 Terminal blocks
XNH Tagging stainless steel
6. Options (see table 6):
X6B Cleaned for oxygen service 7. Nominal Range (see Tables 7A, 7B, 7C, 7D):

www.ashcroft.com
244
316 SS Enclosure, G-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series designs for fire-safe and NACE
is easy to use and readily retrofits to applications(7)
virtually all process, industrial and • Standard pressure connection
OEM applications. materials:
• Single or dual independently Pressure psi ranges
adjustable setpoints meet all - 316L stainless steel
setpoint requirements Differential psid ranges
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP65 enclosure - 316 stainless steel standard
• 316 SS construction Pressure and differential inches
• Choice of switch elements for all of water ranges
applications, including hermetically - 316 stainless steel standard
sealed • Readily available
• Fixed or fully adjustable deadband • 3A sanitary connection available(7)
• Approved for UL and CSA ratings • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100% LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
• Wide choice of actuators, including of range
1 - FUNCTION 4 - ACTUATOR SEAL(1)
GPA - Pressure control, single setpoint, Code Process Range HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
adjustable deadband & Temp.(2) Vac. 0-600 1000 2000- We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements for
improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch pro-
GPD - Pressure control, two independently Material Limits in.H2O psi psi 3000
vides uncompromising contact protection in harsh or
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband °F psi corrosive environments. The Ashcroft G Series is also
GPS - Pressure control, single setpoint, B-Buna N 0 to 150     approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
fixed deadband V-Viton 20 to 300   
Features:
GDA - Differential pressure control, single T-Teflon 0 to 150     • UL-recognized component,
setpoint, adjustable deadband guide WSQ2, File E85076
S-SS(6) 0 to 300   • All-stainless steel welded
GDD - Differential pressure control, two inde-
P-Monel(6) 0 to 300 construction
pendently adjustable setpoints, fixed  
deadband 5 - PRESSURE PORT(1)
GDS - Differential pressure control, single Order Code
setpoint, fixed deadband 25 1
⁄4 NPT Female
1
⁄4 NPT Female and
2 - ENCLOSURE 06 1
⁄2 NPT Male Combination
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP65 07 1
⁄2 NPT Female
(watertight and corrosion resistant)
6 - OPTIONS
See pages 256-257
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR GPA & GDA
CONTROLS 7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
Code
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings See page 255
UL/CSA Listed
NOTES:
10A,125/250 Vac
H General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 1. These items are wetted by process fluid.
1/4A, 250 Vdc 2. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
Hermetically sealed all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
11A, 125/250 Vac
J switch, general temperature change is normal. Switches calibrated at
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose 70°F reference.
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR GPD, GPS, 3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
GDD & GDS CONTROLS 4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
Code
Switch Elements 6. Available on pressure only.
Single Dual
UL/CSA ListedS 7. Refer to Option Table.
(GS) (GD)
K(4) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
TO ORDER THIS G-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
F(4) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac Select: GPD N4 GG B 25 X07 30#
proof
1. Function:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
G(5) GG General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 2. Enclosure:
1/4A, 250 Vdc 3. Switch Element:
Hermetically sealed
P(3) PP switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac
4. Actuator Seal:
deadband 5. Pressure Port:
Hermetically sealed 6. Options (see pages 256-257):
11A,125/250 Vac
J JJ switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc 7. Pressure Range (see page 255):
purpose

www.ashcroft.com
245
Temperature Switches,
Watertight 316 Stainless Steel
Enclosure, G-Series
This Ashcroft® specialty switch • Fixed or fully adjustable deadband

series is ideally suited for harsh and
corrosive environments often found • Readily available
in many process, industrial and • UL, CSA listings standard
OEM applications.
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP65 of range
enclosure
HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
• 316 SS construction We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements for
improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch pro-
• Choice of switch elements for all vides uncompromising contact protection in harsh or
applications, including hermetically corrosive environments. The Ashcroft G Series is also
approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
sealed (NEMA 4 meets Class I, when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, & D with Features:
hermetically sealed switch • UL-recognized component,
• Single or dual independently • All-stainless steel welded LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
construction MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements
1 - FUNCTION 4 - LINE LENGTH SELECTION(4) 6 - BULB LENGTH SELECTION(5)

GTA - Temperature control, single setpoint, DIRECT MOUNT DIRECT MOUNT
adjustable deadband Line Minimum
Order Code Style Order Code “S” Dimension Thermowell
GTD - Temperature control, two independently Length ft
“U” Dimension
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband 00 Not Applicable Rigid
027 23⁄4˝ —
GTS - Temperature control, single setpoint, REMOTE MOUNT 040 4˝ 21⁄2˝
fixed deadband
05 5 Capillary 060 6˝ 41⁄2˝
10 10 with 090 9˝ 71⁄2˝
2 - ENCLOSURE 15 15 Armor 120 12˝ 101⁄2˝
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP65 20 20 (Std.) REMOTE MOUNT
(watertight and corrosion resistant) 25 25 030 3˝ 21⁄2˝
5 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR 7 - OPTIONS
LINE MATERIAL
PTA CONTROLS DIRECT MOUNT See pages 256-257
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings Order Code Description
8 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
Code UL/CSA Listed No entry required for Direct Mount
See page 255
10A,125/250 Vac REMOTE MOUNT
H General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc A7 Stainless Steel Armor (Std.) NOTES:
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed 1. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
11A, 125/250 Vac 2. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
J switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose 3. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR 4. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
GTD & GTS CONTROLS 5. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
Code
Switch Elements
Single Dual
UL/CSA ListedS
(GS) (GD) TO ORDER THIS G-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
K(2) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac Select: GTA N4 H 05 A7 030 XNH 150° to 260°F
F(2) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac 1. Function:
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac 2. Enclosure:
G(3) GG General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 3. Switch Element:
1/4A, 250 Vdc
4. Line Length:
Hermetically sealed
P(1) PP switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 5. Thermal System:
deadband 6. Bulb Length:
Hermetically sealed
11A,125/250 Vac 7. Options (see pages 256-257):
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose 8. Temperature Range (see page 255):

www.ashcroft.com
246
Hydraulic Pressure Switches,
Watertight Enclosure,
H-Series
This Ashcroft® specialty switch is • Fixed or limited adjustable

designed for applications such as deadband
trash compactors, balers and similar
types of hydraulic control systems. • Readily available
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66 • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%

enclosure of range
• High overpressure protection

• Vibration resistant O-ring sealed
piston actuator
• Choice of switch elements for
all applications, including hermeti-
cally sealed
1 - FUNCTION 3 - ACTUATOR SEAL NOTES:

H4 - Hydraulic switch, type 400, watertight Order Code 1. Standard switch.
enclosure meets NEMA 4, 4X and 13, IP66 V-Viton Viton O-ring, 304 SS press. conn. 2. Dual switches are 2 SPDT snap-action switches not
requirements Connection style 1/4 NPT Female independently adjustable.
2 - SWITCH ELEMENTS 4 - OPTIONS 3. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed)..
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings (see pages 256-257)
Code SPDT
5 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
20(3) Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Range Adjustable Proof
psi Setpoint Pressure
15A,125/250/480 acV Limits psi psi
24(1) General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc 1000 150-1000 12,000
25 Heavy duty dc 10A,125/ Vac or dc 2000 300-2000 12,000
1/8HP 125/ Vac or dc 3000 450-3000 12,000
26(3) Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac 5000 750-5000 10,000
proof 7500 1125-7500 10,000
27 High temp. 300°F 15A, 125/250 Vac
28 High limit, manual 15A, 125/250 Vac
reset
Hermetically sealed, 11A, 125/250 Vac
32 general purpose 5A, 30 Vdc
50 Variable deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac
Dual SPDT(2)
ment proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/4A, 250 Vdc
TO ORDER THIS H-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:

Select: H4 24 V XFS 3000#
1. Enclosure:
2. Switch Element:
3. Actuator Seal:
5. Pressure Range (from table 5):

www.ashcroft.com
247
Pressure Switches,
Watertight Enclosure, L-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series Pressure psi ranges

is easy to use and readily retrofits - 316L SS
to virtually all process, industrial Differential psid ranges
and OEM applications. - Nickel-plated brass(7)
• Single or dual independently Pressure and differential inches
adjustable setpoints meet all of water ranges
setpoint requirements - Epoxy coated carbon steel
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66 enclosure • Approved for UL, CSA and FM (7)
• Choice of switch elements for all ratings
applications, including hermetically • Wide choice of actuators, including
sealed designs for fire-safe and NACE
• Fixed or adjustable deadband applications(7)
• Standard pressure connection • Readily available
materials: • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
of range
1 - FUNCTION 4 - ACTUATOR SEAL(1)
LPA - Pressure control, single setpoint, Code Process Range
NOTES:
adjustable deadband & Temp.(2) Vac. 0-600 1000 2000-
LPD - Pressure control, two independently Material Limits in.H2O psi psi 3000 1. These items are wetted by process fluid.
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband °F psi 2. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
LPS - Pressure control, single setpoint, B-Buna N 0 to 150    
temperature change is normal. Switches calibrated at
fixed deadband V-Viton 20 to 300    70°F reference.
LDA - Differential pressure control, single T-Teflon 0 to 150     3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
setpoint, adjustable deadband 4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
S-SS(6),(8) 0 to 300  
LDD - Differential pressure control, two inde- 5. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
pendently adjustable setpoints, fixed P-Monel(6) 0 to 300   6. Available on pressure only.
deadband 5 - PRESSURE PORT(1) 7. Refer to Option Table.
LDS - Differential pressure control, single Order Code 8. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
setpoint, fixed deadband 25 1
⁄4 NPT Female HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
1
⁄4 NPT Female and We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
2 - ENCLOSURE 06 for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
1
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP66 provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
07 1
⁄2 NPT Female or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft L Series is also
(watertight and corrosion resistant) approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
6 - OPTIONS
when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR LPA & LDA See pages 256-257 Features:
CONTROLS • UL-recognized component,
7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES guide WSQ2, File E85076
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings • All-stainless steel welded
Code See page 255
UL/CSA Listed construction
10A,125/250 Vac
H General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
11A, 125/250 Vac
J switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR LPD, LPS,
LDD & LDS CONTROLS
Code
Switch Elements
Single Dual
UL/CSA ListedS
(PS) (PD)
TO ORDER THIS L-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
F(4) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac Select: LPD N4 GG B 25 XK3 30#
proof
1. Function:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1/4A, 250 Vdc 3. Switch Element:
Hermetically sealed
P(3) PP switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac
4. Actuator Seal:
Hermetically sealed
purpose
5A, 30 Vdc 7. Pressure Range (see page 255):

www.ashcroft.com
248
Watertight Enclosure, L-Series
This broad Ashcroft® switch series HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH

is easy to use and readily retrofits to We recommend hermetically sealed switch elements
for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
virtually all process, industrial and provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
OEM applications. or corrosive environments. The Ashcroft L Series is also
approved for installation in Division II hazardous areas
• Single or dual independently when supplied with hermetically sealed contacts.
adjustable setpoint(s) meet all Features:
• UL-recognized component,
setpoint requirements guide WSQ2, File E85076
• All-stainless steel welded
• Watertight NEMA 4X, IP66 construction
enclosure
• Choice of switch elements for all
applications, including hermetically
sealed (NEMA 4 meets Class I, Div.
2, Groups A, B, C, & D with hermeti-
cally sealed switch LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
• Fixed or fully adjustable deadband

• Readily available
• UL, CSA listings standard
of range
LTA - Temperature control, single setpoint, DIRECT MOUNT DIRECT MOUNT
LTD - Temperature control, two independently Length ft
“U” Dimension
027 23⁄4˝ —
LTS - Temperature control, single setpoint, REMOTE MOUNT 040 4˝ 21⁄2˝
fixed deadband
05 5 Capillary 060 6˝ 41⁄2˝
10 10 with 090 9˝ 71⁄2˝
2 - ENCLOSURE 15 15 Armor 120 12˝ 101⁄2˝
N4 - NEMA 4/4X, IP66 20 20 (Std.) REMOTE MOUNT
(watertight and corrosion resistant) 25 25 030 3˝ 21⁄2˝
5 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR LINE MATERIAL 7 - OPTIONS
LTA CONTROLS DIRECT MOUNT See pages 256-257
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings Order Code Description 8 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
Code UL/CSA Listed No entry required for Direct Mount
See page 255
10A,125/250 Vac REMOTE MOUNT
H General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc A7 Stainless Steel Armor (Std.) NOTES:
1/4A, 250 Vdc
Hermetically sealed
J switch, general
5A, 30 Vdc 3. Not UL listed at 480 Vac.
purpose
4. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR 5. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
LTD & LTS CONTROLS
Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
Code
Switch Elements
Single Dual
UL/CSA ListedS TO ORDER THIS L-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
(LS) (LD)
K(2) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac Select: LTA N4 H 05 A7 030 XNH 150° to 260°F
F(2) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac 1. Function:
proof
2. Enclosure:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
G(3) GG General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc 3. Switch Element:
1/4A, 250 Vdc 4. Line Length:
Hermetically sealed
P(1) PP switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 5. Thermal System:
deadband 6. Bulb Length:
Hermetically sealed 7. Options (see pages 256-257):
11A,125/250 Vac
5A, 30 Vdc 8. Temperature Range (see page 255):
purpose

www.ashcroft.com
249
Electronic Pressure Switches,
Watertight or Explosion-Proof
Enclosure, N-Series
Special features: • Status lights indicate switch state

• Ashcroft® K Series polysilicon thin • Continuous power assures opera-
film pressure sensor (transducer) tion first time and every time even
for long, stable life (minimum 10 after years of inactivity
million cycles at rated load)
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown,
• Setpoint repeatability of 0.5% of control on:
range
• Choice of watertight, NEMA 4 or • Machine tools
explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP66 • Injection molding machines
enclosures for safety and reliability • Presses
• Pressure setpoints to 20,000 psi • Pumps
• Deadbands adjustable between
0.1% and 95% of nominal range • Hydraulic systems
• Multi-turn potentiometers make • Turbines and compressors NEMA 7 (N7) Model Shown
setpoint and deadband adjust- • Most process applications
ments easy
1 - FUNCTION 7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES Hysteresis ±0.2%
Nonrepeatability ±0.07%
NPA - Single setpoint with adjustable deadband Range Setpoint(1) Proof Burst
Interchangeability ±1.0%
2 - ENCLOSURE psi Limits psi psi psi
*Includes hysteresis
60 3-60 120 480
N4 NEMA 4, IP66, watertight Stability: ±0.5% F.S./year
100 5-100 200 800
N7 NEMA 7/9, IP66, explosion proof Durability: 108 cycles 20/80% F.S. with negligible
200 10-200 400 1600 performance change
3 - OUTPUT 300 15-300 600 2400 Response Time: Less than 5msec
D SPDT Relay 10A, 250 Vac 500 25-500 1000 4000
10A, 30 Vdc ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
750 35-750 1500 6000 Temperature Limits:
I SPDT Relay and 10A, 250 Vac
1000 50-1000 2000 8000 Storage –65/+250°F
current output 10A, 30 Vdc
and 4-20mA 2000 100-2000 4000 16,000 Operating –20/+180°F
3000 150-3000 4500 15,000 Compensated –20/+160°F
4 - POWER REQUIREMENTS
5000 250-5000 7500 25,000 Thermal Coefficients (70°F ref.):
Code Power Supply
7500 375-7500 9000 22,500 Accuracy Zero and Span
L 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz 1% ±0.040% F.S./°F
C 24 Vdc 10,000(2) 500-10,000 12,000 30,000 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
V 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz 15,000(2) 750-15,000 18,000 45,000 Output Signal: Supply Voltage:
5 - PRESSURE CONNECTIONS 20,000(2) 1000-20,000 24,000 60,000 4-20mA (2 wire)12-36 Vdc unregulated
Code Description (1) Switch setpoint is adjustable throughout these limits. MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
S01 1
⁄8 NPT male (2) Pressure connection S07 only on these ranges. Standard Construction Materials:
Wetted Parts:
S02 1
⁄4 NPT male NOTES: Diaphragm – 17-4PH SS
S03 1
⁄8 NPT female Temperature Specifications (70°F ref.) Pressure Connection – 316SS
S04 1
⁄4 NPT female –20°F to 160°F ambient and process Reverse wiring protected.
S05 7
⁄16 -20 SAE-male Setpoint shift of up to 2% of range per 50°F change can Zero Offset: ±1.0%F.S.
S06 1
⁄2 NPT male be expected
S07 1
⁄4 AMINCO-female
OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Load Limitations 4-20mA Output
S08 7
⁄16 -20 SAE-J514-female Loop Resistance (Ω) Output
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS Load Limitations
Loop Resistance Ω
4-20mA
6 - OPTIONS Accuracy Class (F.S.): 1% 1250
Code Description Nonlinearity 1091

Terminal Point* ±0.7% 1000
XEA External adjustment (N4 only)
B.F.S.L. ±0.4%
750
545
TO ORDER THIS N-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH: 500
Select: NPA N4 D L S02 XEA 100# 250

OPERATING
REGION
1. Function: 0
2. Body: 0 10 12 20 24 30 36 40
3. Electrical Output: Vmin = 12V+ [.022A*(RL)]

4. Power Requirements: *Includes a 10% safety factor
RL = RS + RW
5. Pressure Port: RL = Loop Resistance (ohms)
RS = Sense Resistance (ohms)
6. Options (see table 6): RW = Wire Resistance (ohms)
7. Pressure Range (see table 7):

www.ashcroft.com
250
Electronic Pressure Switches,
Watertight Enclosure with
Pressure Indication, N-Series
Ideal for pressure alarm, shutdown, • Setpoint repeatability of 0.5% of

control on: range
• Machine tools • Watertight, NEMA 4X, IP66 enclo-
• Injection molding machines sures for safety and reliability
• Presses • Pressure setpoints to 20,000 psi
• Pumps • Deadbands adjustable between
• Hydraulic systems 0.5% and 95% of nominal range
• Turbines and compressors • Multi-turn potentiometers
• Most process applications make setpoint and deadband
adjustments easy
Special features:
• Status lights indicate switch state
• Ashcroft® K Series polysilicon thin
film pressure sensor (transducer) • Continuous power assures opera-
for long, stable life (minimum 10 tion first time and every time even
million cycles at rated load) after years of inactivity
1 - FUNCTION 7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES Hysteresis ±0.2%

Nonrepeatability ±0.07%
NPI - Single setpoint with adjustable deadband Range Setpoint(1) Proof Burst
psi Limits psi psi psi Interchangeability ±1.0%
and indication
*Includes hysteresis
2 - ENCLOSURE 60 3-60 120 480
Stability: ±0.5% F.S./year
100 5-100 200 800
N4 NEMA 4, IP66, watertight Durability: 108 cycles 20/80% F.S. with negligible
200 10-200 400 1600
3 - OUTPUT performance change
300 15-300 600 2400
D SPDT Relay 10A, 250 Vac Response Time: Less than 5msec
500 25-500 1000 4000
10A, 30 Vdc 750 35-750 1500 6000 ENVIRONMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS
I SPDT Relay and 10A, 250 Vac Temperature Limits:
1000 50-1000 2000 8000
current output 10A, 30 Vdc Storage –65/+250°F
2000 100-2000 4000 16,000
and 4-20mA Operating –20/+180°F
3000 150-3000 4500 15,000
4 - POWER REQUIREMENTS Compensated –20/+160°F
5000 250-5000 7500 25,000
Code Power Supply Thermal Coefficients (70°F ref.):
7500 375-7500 9000 22,500
L 110 Vac, 50/60 Hz 10,000(2) 500-10,000 12,000 30,000 Accuracy Zero and Span
C 24 Vdc 1% ±0.040% F.S./°F
15,000(2) 750-15,000 18,000 45,000 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
V 250 Vac, 50/60 Hz
20,000(2) 1000-20,000 24,000 60,000 Output Signal: Supply Voltage:
5 - PRESSURE CONNECTIONS (1) Switch setpoint is adjustable throughout these limits. 4-20mA (2 wire)12-36 Vdc unregulated
Code Description (2) Pressure connection S07 only on these ranges.
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
S01 1
⁄8 NPT male Standard Construction Materials:
NOTES:
S02 1
⁄4 NPT male Wetted Parts:
S03 1
⁄8 NPT female Temperature Specifications (70°F ref.) Diaphragm – 17-4PH SS
S04 1
⁄4 NPT female –20°F to 160°F ambient and process Pressure Connection – 316SS
S05 7
⁄16 -20 SAE-male Setpoint shift of up to 2% of range per 50°F change can Reverse wiring protected.
S06 1
⁄2 NPT male be expected Zero Offset: ±1.0%F.S.
S07 1
⁄4 AMINCO-female
OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER SPECIFICATIONS Load Limitations 4-20mA Output
S08 7
⁄16 -20 SAE-J514-female Loop Resistance (Ω)
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
6 - OPTIONS Load Limitations 4-20mA Output
Loop Resistance Ω
Accuracy Class (F.S.): 1%
Code 1250
Nonlinearity
XEA External adjustment (N4 only) Terminal Point* ±0.7% 1091
1000
B.F.S.L. ±0.4%
750
TO ORDER THIS N-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH: 545

500
Select: NPI N4 D L S02 XEA 100# OPERATING

250 REGION
1. Function: 0
2. Body: 0 10 12 20 24 30 36 40
3. Electrical Output: Vmin = 12V+ [.022A*(RL)]

4. Power Requirements: *Includes a 10% safety factor
RL = RS + RW
5. Pressure Port: RL = Loop Resistance (ohms)
RS = Sense Resistance (ohms)
6. Options (see table 6): RW = Wire Resistance (ohms)
7. Pressure Range (see table 7):

www.ashcroft.com
251
and Explosion-Proof Enclosure,
P-Series
This top-of-the-line Ashcroft® pro- • UL, CSA(7) listed

cess switch series includes many • Fixed or adjustable deadband
state-of-the-art features for safety
and reliability in virtually all process • Readily available
applications. • Standard pressure connection
• Die cast aluminum enclosure is materials:
standard with NEMA 4X (weather- Pressure psi ranges
proof, corrosion resistant) NEMA 7 - 316L stainless steel
(explosion-proof enclosure Class Differential pressure ranges
I, Div. 1 & 2, Groups B, C & D and - Nickel plated brass(8)
Class II, Div. 1 & 2, Groups E, F & G).
Pressure and differential inches
Dual chamber design allows set-
of water ranges
point changes to be made safely
- Epoxy coated carbon steel
even with power connected.
• Setpoints adjustable from 15-100% LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
• Single or dual independently MARK ON OUR PRODUCTS
of range
adjustable setpoints meet all
setpoint requirements • Dual Seal Rating models available
1 - FUNCTION 4 - ACTUATOR SEAL(1) NOTES:

PPA - Pressure control, single setpoint, Code Process Range 1. These items are wetted by process fluid.
adjustable deadband & Temp.(2) Vac. 0-600 1000 2000- 2. Ambient operating temperature limits –20 to 150°F,
Material Limits in.H2O psi psi 3000
PPD - Pressure control, two independently all styles. Setpoint shift of ±1% of range per 50°F
°F psi
adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband temperature change is normal. Switches calibrated at
B-Buna N 0 to 150     70°F reference.
PPS - Pressure control, single setpoint,
fixed deadband V-Viton 20 to 300    3. Estimated dc rating, 2.5A, 28 Vdc (not UL listed).
T-Teflon 0 to 150     4. Estimated dc rating, .4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
PDA - Differential pressure control, single
setpoint, adjustable deadband S-SS(6)(9) 0 to 300  
PDD - Differential pressure control, two indepen- P-Monel(6) 0 to 300   7. Refer to Option Table.
dently adjustable setpoints, fixed deadband 8. Order Option XUD, stainless steel process connection.
5 - PRESSURE PORT (1)
PDS - Differential pressure control, single Order Code

setpoint, fixed deadband available in 15, 30, 60 and 90 psid ranges only.
25 1
⁄4 NPT Female Includes Teflon O-ring and 316 SS connection.
2 - ENCLOSURE 1
⁄4 NPT Female and
06
N7 - NEMA 7/9, IP65, watertight, corrosion 1
resistant and explosion proof Div. 1 & 2 07 1
⁄2 NPT Female
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR PPA & PDA
CONTROLS 6 - OPTIONS HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings
See pages 256-257 for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
Code provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
UL/CSA Listed 7 - STANDARD PRESSURE RANGES
or corrosive environments.
10A,125/250 Vac See page 254 Features:
H General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
• UL-recognized component,
1/4A, 250 Vdc guide WSQ2, File E85076
Hermetically sealed • All-stainless steel welded
11A, 125/250 Vac
J switch, general construction
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR PPD, PPS,
PDD & PDS CONTROLS
Code
Switch Elements
Single Dual
UL/CSA ListedS
(PS) (PD)
K(4) KK Narrow deadband 15A, 125/250 Vac TO ORDER THIS P-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH:
F(4) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac Select: PPD N7 GG B 25 XK3 30#
proof
15A, 125/250/480 Vac
1. Function:
1/4A, 250 Vdc
3. Switch Element:
Hermetically sealed
P(3) PP switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 4. Actuator Seal:
Hermetically sealed
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose 7. Pressure Range (see page 254):

www.ashcroft.com
252
Watertight and Explosion-Proof
Enclosure, P-Series
This top-of-the-line Ashcroft® pro- • Fixed or fully adjustable deadband

cess switch series includes many
state-of-the-art features for safety • Setpoints adjustable from 15-100%
and reliability in virtually all process of range
applications.
• Explosion-proof NEMA 7/9, IP55 HERMETICALLY SEALED SWITCH
enclosures for improved reliability. The hermetically sealed switch
provides uncompromising contact protection in harsh
• Single or dual independently or corrosive environments.
adjustable setpoints meet all Features:
setpoint requirements • UL-recognized component,
• UL listings standard • All-stainless steel welded
construction LOOK FOR THIS AGENCY
• Available on 400 and
• CSA listings available(6) 700 models
• Dual-chamber design for improved

safety. Choice of switch elements
for all applications, including
hermetically sealed

PTA - Temperature control, single setpoint, DIRECT MOUNT DIRECT MOUNT
PTD - Temperature control, two independently Length ft
“U” Dimension
027 23⁄4˝ —
PTS - Temperature control, single setpoint, REMOTE MOUNT 040 4˝ 21⁄2˝
fixed deadband
05 5 Capillary 060 6˝ 41⁄2˝
10 10 with 090 9˝ 71⁄2˝
2 - ENCLOSURE
15 15 Armor 120 12˝ 101⁄2˝
N7 - NEMA 7/9, IP65 20 20 (Std.) REMOTE MOUNT
(explosion proof Div. 1 & 2)
25 25 030 3˝ 21⁄2˝
3 - SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR 5 - THERMAL SYSTEM SELECTION 7 - OPTIONS
PTA CONTROLS LINE MATERIAL See pages 256-257
Order Description/Maximum Electrical Ratings DIRECT MOUNT
Code UL/CSA Listed Order Code Description
8 - STANDARD TEMPERTATURE RANGES
10A,125/250 Vac No entry required for Direct Mount See page 254
H General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc REMOTE MOUNT
1/4A, 250 Vdc NOTES:
A7 Stainless Steel Armor (Std.)
Hermetically sealed
J switch, general 2. Estimated dc rating, 0.4A, 120 Vdc (not UL listed).
5A, 30 Vdc
purpose
SWITCH ELEMENTS FOR 4. Additional line lengths available, call factory.
PTD & PTS CONTROLS 5. Additional bulb lengths available, call factory.
Code 6. Refer to Option Table.
Switch Elements Switches calibrated at 70°F ambient reference.
Single Dual
UL/CSA ListedS
(PS) (PD)
F(2) FF Sealed environment 15A, 125/250 Vac
proof TO ORDER THIS P-SERIES TEMPERATURE SWITCH:
15A, 125/250/480 Vac Select: PTA N7 H 05 A7 030 XNH 150° to 260°F
G(3) GG General purpose 1/2A, 125 Vdc
1/4A, 250 Vdc 1. Function:
Hermetically sealed 2. Enclosure:
P(1) PP switch, narrow 5A, 125/250 Vac 3. Switch Element:
deadband
Hermetically sealed 4. Line Length:
11A,125/250 Vac
5A, 30 Vdc 5. Thermal System:
purpose
6. Bulb Length:
8. Temperature Range (see page 254):

www.ashcroft.com
253
Nominal Ranges and Deadbands
Pressure and Temperature
Switches, B-Series
PRESSURE/VACUUM SWITCHES
Overpressure Ratings Approximate Deadband(2) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
Nominal Range (1) Proof psi Burst psi 20, 26, 27 21, 24, 31 50 22 32, 42
Vacuum
–30 in.Hg –760 mmHg –100 kPa 250 400 0.3-0.7 1.5-4.0 0.5-2.2 0.4-1.5 2.1-4.2
Compound
–15 in.H2O/ –375 mmH2O/ –3.7 kPa 20 35 0.15-0.75/ 1.5-2.5/ .45-2.0/ 0.5-1.2/ 2.1-3.5/
15 in.H2O 375 mmH2O 3.7 kPa 0.15-0.75 1.5-2.5 0.45-2.0 0.5-1.2 .2.1-3.5
–30 in.H2O/ –760 mmH2O/ –7.5 kPa 20 35 0.30-0.60/ 1.5-2.5/ 0.45-2.0/ 0.5-1.5/ 2.1-3.5/
30 in.H2O 760 mmH2O 7.5 kPa 0.30-0.60 1.5-2.5 0.45-2.0 0.5-1.5 2.1-3.5
–30 in.Hg/ –760 mmHg/ –100 kPa 250 400 0.5-1.0/ 2.0-3.5/ 0.75-2.5/ 0.7-1.8/ 2.8-4.2/
15 psi 1.0 kg/cm2 100 kPa 0.3-0.7 0.5-2.0 0.5-1.0 0.5-1.4 0.7-2.1
–30 in.Hg/ –760 mmHg/ –100 kPa 250 400 1.0-1.5/ 3.0-6.0/ 1.2-4.5/ 1.4-2.4/ 4.2-8.4/
30 psi 2.0 kg/cm2 200 kPa 0.3-0.8 1.0-2.0 0.7-1.5 0.4-1.3 1.4-2.8
–30 in.Hg/ –760m mmHg/ –100 kPa 250 400 2.0-3.0 5.0-9.0 2.5-7.0 2.8-4.5/ 7.0-12.0
60 psi 4.0 kg/cm2 400 kPa 0.7-1.5 3.0-5.0 1.1-4.0 1.0-2.3 4.2-7.0
Pressure
10 in.H2O 250 mmH2O 2.5 kPa 20 35 0.2-0.5 1.0-2.0 0.35-1.5 0.4-1.0 1.4-2.8
30 in.H2O 750 mmH2O 7.5 kPa 20 35 0.3-0.6 1.5-2.5 4.5-2.0 0.5-2.0 2.1-3.5
60 in.H2O 1500m mmH2O 15 kPa 20 35 0.5-1.3 1.5-3.5 0.9-2.5 0.7-3.0 2.1-5.0
100 in.H2O 2500 mmH2O 25 kPa 20 35 0.6-1.6 2.5-5.5 1.1-4.0 1.0-4.0 3.5-7.7
150 in.H2O 3750 mmH2O 37 kPa 20 35 1.0-2.5 4.5-8.5 1.7-6.5 2.0-6.0 6.0-12.0
15 psi 1.0 kg/cm2 100 kPa 500 1500 0.1-.35 0.5-1.5 0.2-1.0 0.4-1.0 0.7-2.1
30 psi 2.5 kg/cm2 200 kPa 500 1500 0.1-.50 0.5-1.5 0.3-1.0 0.4-1.0 0.7-2.1
60 psi 4.0 kg/cm2 400 kPa 500 1500 0.3-1.0 1.0-3.5 0.7-2.5 0.6-2.0 1.4-5.0
100 psi 7.0 kg/cm2 700 kPa 1000 3000 0.5-1.7 1.5-5.0 1.1-3.5 1.0-4.5 2.1-7.0
200 psi 14 kg/cm2 1400 kPa 1000 3000 1-3 5-13 2-9 3.0-7.5 7.0-18.2
400 psi 28 kg/cm2 2800 kPa 2400 3000 4-7.5 5-24 5.5-15 4.0-11.0 7.0-33.6
600 psi 42 kg/cm2 4200 kPa 2400 3000 4-11 9-30 7-20 5.0-23.0 12.6-42
1000 psi (8) 70 kg/cm2 7000 kPa 12000 18000 7-30 30-110 18-70 15.0-60 42-154
3000 psi 210 kg/cm2 21000 kPa 12000 18000 15-60 80-235 37-160 30.0-130.0 112-329
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES

Overpressure Ratings Approximate Deadband(2,4) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
Nominal Range (1) Static psi Proof psi 20, 26, 27 21, 24, 31 50 22 32, 42
30 in.H2Od 750 mmH2O 7.5 kPa 5.4 21.6 0.3-0.6 1.5-2.5 0.45-2.0 0.5-2.0 2.1-3.5
60 in.H2Od 1500 mmH2O 15 kPa 5.4 21.6 0.5-1.3 1.5-3.5 0.9-2.5 0.7-3.0 2.1-5.0
100 in.H2Od 2500 mmH2O 25 kPa 5.4 21.6 0.6-1.6 2.5-5.5 1.1-4.0 1.0-4.0 3.5-7.7
150 in.H2Od 3750 mmH2O 37 kPa 5.4 21.6 1.0-2.5 4.5-8.5 1.8-6.5 2.0-6.0 6.3-12.0
15 psid 1 kg/cm2 100 kPa 500 2000 0.5-1.0 2.0-5.0 0.7-3.5 0.7-1.4 2.8-7.0
30 psid 2.5 kg/cm2 200 kPa 500 2000 1.0-2.0 2.0-5.0 1.5-3.5 1.4-2.8 2.8-7.0
60 psid 4 kg/cm2 400 kPa 500 2000 2.0-4.0 3.0-6.0 3.0-4.5 2.8-5.6 4.2-8.5
100 psid 7 kg/cm2 700 kPa 1000 4000 4.0-10.0 11.0-20.0 7.0-15.0 6.0-14.0 16.0-28.0
200 psid 14 kg/cm2 1400 kPa 1000 4000 5.0-15.0 12.0-40.0 10.0-86.0 7.0-21.0 17.0-56.0
400 psid 28 kg/cm2 2800 kPa 1000 8000 10.0-20.0 20.0-60.0 15.0-40.0 14.0-28.0 28.0-84.0
600 psid 42 kg/cm2 4200 kPa 1000 8000 20.0-40.0 80.0-150.0 30.0-115.0 30.0-56.0 112.0-210.0
TEMPERATURE RANGE SELECTION

Adjustable Range Max. Temp. Approximate Deadband(6) Switch Element
°F °C °F 20, 26, 27 21, 24, 31 50 22 32, 42
–40 to 60 –40 to16 400 1.0-2.0 3.0-8.0 1.5-5.5 1.4-6.0 8.0-16.0
0 to 100 –20 to 40 400 1.5-3.0 5.0-12.0 2.2-8.5 1.5-7.5 9.0-20.0
75 to 205 20 to 95 400 1.5-3.5 8.0-16.0 2.5-12.0 2.0-9.0 10.0-24.0
150 to 260 65 to125 400 1.5-3.0 5.0-12.0 2.2-8.5 2.0-9.0 10.0-24.0
235 to 375 110 to 190 500 1.5-3.5 5.0-12.0 2.2-8.5 2.0-9.0 10.0-24.0
350 to 525(7) 175 to 275 700 2.0-4.5 8.0-16.0 3.2-12.0 2.5-10.0 15.0-34.0
500 to 750(3) 260 to 400 900 4.0-8.0 16.0-30.0 7.0-24.0 5.0-23.0 30.0-50.0
NOTES:
1. Switches may generally be set between 15% and 100% Approximate deadbands for optional diaphragms: 4. Deadbands given are for zero static working pressure.
of nominal range on increasing pressure. Consult fac- Viton: Multiply Buna N value by 1.4 5. For approximate deadbands for dual switch elements,
tory for applications where setpoints must be lower. Teflon: Multiply Buna N value by 1.2 multiply the single switch element by 1.6.
2. All deadbands are given in English units as shown in Stainless Steel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7 6. All deadbands given in °F.
the nominal range column. Deadbands shown are for Monel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7 7. Not available with 23/4˝ stem.
switches with Buna N diaphragm. 3. Available with remote mount thermal system only. 8. Proof pressure is 4000 psi with stainless steel and monel
welded diaphragms.

www.ashcroft.com
254
Switches, P-Series
Overpressure Approximate Deadband(2) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
Ratings PPA (3)
PPS(4) PPD(4)
Proof Burst Switch Element
Nominal Range (1) psi psi J, H G J, H K, F P GG JJ, HH KK,FF PP
Vacuum
–30 in.Hg –760 mmHg –100 kPa 250 400 7-26 3-5 3-6.5 1-2 1-2.5 3-5 3-6.5 1-2 1.0-3.5
Compound
–30 in.Hg/ –760 mmHg/ –100 kPa 250 400 10-25 3-5 2.5-3.5 1-2 1-2.5 3-5 2.5-4.5 1-2 1.0-3.5/
15 psi 1.0 kg/cm2 100 kPa 4-13 1-2 1-3 0.5-2 0.5-2 2-4 1-3 0.5-1 1.0-2.8
Pressure
30 in.H2O 750 mmH2O 7.5 kPa 20 35 4.-27 1.5-3.5 2-5 0.5-1 0.5-2 1.5-3.5 2-5 0.5-1 1.0-2.8
60 in.H2O 1500 mmH2O 15 kPa 20 35 5-54 1.5-3.5 2.5-5 0.5-2.0 1-2 1.5-3.5 2.5-5.0 .0.5-2.0 1.0-2.8
100 in.H2O 2500 mmH2O 25 kPa 20 35 8.5-90 4-6 4-8.5 1-2 1-3 4-7 4-8.5 1-2 2.0-4.2
150 in.H2O 3750 mmH2O 37 kPa 20 35 18-135 5-11 10-18 1.5-3 2-6 8-14 10-18 1.5-3 3.0-8.4
15 psi 1 kg/cm2 100 kPa 500 1500 2.5-13 1-2 1-0.5 0.5-1 0.5-2 1-2 1-3.0 0.5-1 1.0-2.8
30 psi 2.5 kg/cm2 200 kPa 500 1500 3.5-26 1-2.5 2-4.5 0.5-1.5 0.5-1.5 1-2.5 2-4.5 0.5-1.5 1.0-3.0
60 psi 4 kg/cm2 400 kPa 500 1500 6.5-54 2-4 4-7 1-2 1-2.5 2-4 4-7 1-2 2.0-3.5
100 psi 7 kg/cm2 700 kPa 1000 3000 10-90 5-7 5-10 1-2.5 2-4 5-7 5-10 1-2.5 2.0-5.6
200 psi 14 kg/cm2 1400 kPa 1000 3000 20-180 10-15 10-18 1-4 5-15 10-20 15-25 3-6 4.0-12.0
400 psi 28 kg/cm2 2800 kPa 2400 3000 45-360 16-30 16-45 4-8 5.0-15 16-30 16-45 4-8 5.0-21.0
600 psi 42 kg/cm2 4200 kPa 2400 3000 75-540 16-50 20-75 5-8 6-25 16-50 20-75 5-15 8.0-35.0
1000 psi (9)
70 kg/cm2 7000 kPa 12000 14000 160-900 75-130 50-160 7-30 10-85 75-130 50-160 7-30 20.0-119.0
2000 psi 140 kg/cm2 14000 kPa 12000 14000 350-1800 150-200 150-350 20-50 25-110 150-200 150-350 20-50 35.0-154.0
3000 psi 210 kg/cm2 21000 kPa 12000 14000 400-2600 180-250 180-400 30-70 30-190 180-250 180-400 30-70 40.0-266.0

Overpressure Approximate Deadband(2,6) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
Ratings PDA (3)
PDS(4) PDD(4)
Static Working Proof Switch Element
Nominal Range (1) Pressure psi psi J, H G J, H K, F P GG JJ, HH KK,FF PP
30 in.H2Od 750 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 5.5-27 3-5 4-6.5 0.5-1 .5-2 3-5 4-6.5 0.5-1 1.0-2.8
60 in.H2Od 1500 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 5.5-54 3-5 4.5-6.5 0.5-2 1-2 3-5 4.-6.5 0.5-2 1.0-2.8
100 in.H2Od 2500 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 8.5-90 4-6 4.0-8.5 1-2 1-3 4-7 4.-8.5 1-2 2.0-4.2
150 in.H2Od 3750 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 18-135 5-11 10-18 1.5-3 2-6 8-14 10-18 1.5-3. 3.0-8.4
15 psid 2 kg/cm2 500 2000 2.5-13 1-2 1-3 0.5-1 0.5-2 1-2 1-3 0.5-1 1.0-2.8
30 psid 2 kg/cm2 500 2000 3.5-27 1-2.5 2-4.5 0.5-1 1-2 1-2.5 2-4.5 0.5-1.5 1.0-2.8
60 psid 4 kg/cm2 500 2000 6.5-54 2-4 4-7 1-1.5 1-2.5 1-2.4 4-7 1-2 1.0-3.5
100 psid 7 kg/cm2 500 2000 10-90 5-7 5-10 1-2.5 2-4 5-7 5-10 1-2.5 2.0-5.6
200 psid 14 kg/cm2 1000 4000 20-180 10-1 5 10-18 1-4 5-8 10-20 10-18 3-6 3.0-11.2
400 psid 28 kg/cm2 1000 8000 45-360 16-30 16-45 4-8 5-15 16-30 16-45 4-8 40.-21.0

Approximate Deadband (Buna N Diaphragm)(2)
NominalRange Max. PTA(3) PTS(4) PTD(4)
Temp. Switch Element
°F
°F °C J, H G J, H K, F P GG JJ, HH KK, FF PP
–40 to 60 –40 to16 400 18-90 2-10 9-18 1-2 1-5 2-10 9-18 1-2 2.0-7.0
0 to 100 –20 to 40 400 30-90 2-15 10-30 1-3 1.5-7 2-15 10-30 1.5-3 3.0-10.0
75 to 205 20 to 95 400 34-120 2-17 10-34 1.5-3.5 1.5-8 2-17 10-34 1.5-3.5 3.0-12.0
150 to 260 65 to125 400 25-100 2.5-12 9-25 1-2.5 1-7 2.5-12 9-25 1-2.5 3.0-10.0
235 to 375 110 to 190 500 35-130 2-18 10-35 1-3.5 1.5-8 2-18 10-35 1-3.5 3.0-12.0
350 to 525(8) 175 to 275 700 40-165 3-25 15-40 2-4.5 2.5-11 3-25 15-40 2-4.5 4.0-15.5
500 to 750(5) 200 to 400 900 50-200 20-36 36-60 5-10 6-21 20-36 36-60 5-10 7.0-30.0
NOTES: Approximate deadbands for optional diaphragms: 4. Deadbands for PPS, PPD, PDS, PDD, PTD, and PDS
1. Switches may generally be set between 15% and 100% Viton: Multiply Buna N value by 1.4 models are fixed within the range of values shown.
of nominal range on increasing pressure. Consult fac- Teflon: Multiply Buna N value by 1.2 5. Available with remote mount thermal system only.
tory for applications where setpoints must be lower. Stainless Steel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7 6. Deadbands given are for zero static working pressure.
2. All deadbands are given in English units as shown in Monel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7 7. All deadbands given in °F.
the nominal range column. Deadbands shown are for 3. Deadbands for PTA, PPA and PDA are 8. Not available with 23/4˝ stem.
switches with Buna N diaphragm. adjustable between the values shown. 9. Proof pressure is 4000 psi with stainless steel and
monel welded diaphragms.

www.ashcroft.com
255
Switches, L- and G-Series
Overpressure Approximate Deadband(2) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
Ratings LPA-GPA(3) LPS-GPS(4) LPD-GPD(4)
Minimum Switch Element

Proof psi
Nominal Range (1) Burst psi J, H G J, H K, F P GG JJ, HH KK,FF PP
Vacuum
–30 in.Hg –760 mmHg 250 400 6-24 2.5-4 4-6 1-2 1-2.5 3-5.5 4-6.5 1-2 1-2.5
Compound
–30 in.Hg/ –760 mmHg/ 250 400 6-24 2.5-4 4-6 1-2 1-2.5 3-5.5 4-6.5 1-2 1-2.5
15 psi0 1.0 kg/cm2 3-12 1-2.5 1-3.5 0.5-1.5 0.5-2 1.5-3.5 1.5-4 1-2 1-2
Pressure
30 in.H2O 750 mmH2O 20 35 4.0-27 1.5-3.5 2.0-4.0 0.5-1.0 0.7-2.0 2.1-4.9 2.8-5.6 0.7-1.4 0.7-2.8
60 in.H2O 1500 mmH2O 20 35 5.0-54 1.5-4. 2.5-5.0 0.5-1.4 1.0-2.5 3-5.6 3.5-7.0 0.7-2.0 2-3.5
100 in.H2O 2500 mmH2O 20 35 8.5-90 2.0-5.5 4.0-8.5 1.0-2.0 1.4-3.0 4-7.7 5.6-11.7 1.4-2.8 2-4.2
150 in.H2O 3750 mmH2O 20 35 18-135 5.0-11 10-18 1.5-3.0 2.0-6.0 7.0-16 14-25.1 2.1-4.2 5-9.2
15 psi 1 kg/cm2 500 1500 2.5-13 1.0-1.5 1.0-2.5 0.5-1.0 0.75-1.5 1.4-2.1 1.4-3.5 .7-1.4 1-1.4
30 psi 2 kg/cm2 500 1500 3.0-27 1.0-2.8 1.0-3.2 .75-1.5 1-1.8 1.4-5 3-6 1-2.1 1.4-2.5
60 psi 4 kg/cm2 500 1500 5.0-54 2.0-4.0 2.0-4.5 1.0-2.0 1.0-2.5 3-7 4-8 1.4-2.8 1.4-3.5
100 psi 7 kg/cm2 1000 3000 10-90 3-6 5.0-10 1.0-2.5 1.4-3.2 7-12 7.0-14 1.4-3.5 3-7
200 psi 14 kg/cm2 1000 3000 18-180 7-14 10-18 1.0-4.0 5.0-8.0 10-23 14-25 1.4-5.6 7.0-11.2
400 psi 28 kg/cm2 2400 3000 45-360 16-30 16-45 4.0-8.0 5.0-15 22-42 22-63 5.6-11.2 7.0-21
600 psi 42 kg/cm2 2400 3000 75-540 16-50 20-75 5.0-15 6.0-25 22-70 28-105 7.0-21 8.0-35
1000 psi(10) 70 kg/cm2 12000 14000 160-900 75-130 50-160 7.0-30 10-85 70-180 70-223 10-42 14-119
2000 psi 140 kg/cm2 12000 14000 350-1800 150-200 150-350 20-50 25-110 209-279 209-488 28-70 35-154
3000 psi 210 kg/cm2 12000 14000 400-2600 180-250 180-400 30-70 30-190 251-349 251-558 42-98 42-226
Overpressure Approximate Deadband(2,7) Switch Element (Buna-N Diaphragm)
Ratings LDA-GDA (3)
LDS-GDS(4) LDD-GDD(4)
Minimum Switch Element

Static psi
Nominal Range (1) Proof psi J, H G J, H K, F P GG JJ, HH KK,FF PP
Pressure
30 in.H2Od 750 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 4.0-27 1.5-3.5 2.0-4.0 0.5-1.0 0.7-2.0 2.1-4.9 2.8-5.6 0.7-1.4 0.7-2.8
60 in.H2Od 1500 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 5.0-54 1.5-4.0 2.5-5.0 0.5-1.4 1.0-2.5 2.5-6 3.5-7.0 0.7-2.0 2-3.5
100 in.H2Od 2500 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 8.5-90 4.0-5.5 4.0-8.5 1.0-2.0 1.4-3.0 5.6-7.7 5.6-11.9 1.4-2.8 2-4.2
150 in.H2Od 3750 mmH2O 5.4 21.6 18-135 5.0-11 10-18 1.5-3.0 2.0-6.0 7.0-15.4 14-25.2 2.1-4.2 2.8-8.4
30 psid 2 kg/cm2 500 2000 3.0-27 1.0-2.5 1.0-3.0 1.0-1.5 1.0-1.8 2-5 3-6 1-2.1 1.4-2.4
60 psid 4 kg/cm2 500 2000 5-54 2-4 2-4.5 1-2 1-2.5 3-7 4-8 1.4-2.8 1.4-3.5
200 psid 14 kg/cm2 1000 4000 18-180 10-15 10-18 1.0-4.0 5.0-8.0 14-23 14-30 1.4-5.6 7.0-11.2
400 psid 28 kg/cm2 1000 8000 45-360 16-30 16-45 4.0-8.0 5.0-15 22.4-42 22.4-36 5.6-11.2 7.0-21.0

ApproximateD eadband(8) Switch Element
AdjustableRa nge Max. LTA-GTA(3) LTS-GTS(4) LTD-GTD(4)
Temp. Switch Element
°F
°F °C J, H G J, H K, F P GG JJ, HH KK,FF PP
–40 to 60 –40 to16 400 18-90 4.0-10 9.0-18 1.5-3 2-5 4-10 9.0-18 1.5-3 2-5
0 to 100 –20 to 40 400 30-90 5.0-15 10-30 1.5-5.5 3-7 5-15 10-30 1.5-4.5 3-7
75 to 205 20 to 95 400 34-120 6.0-18 10-34 3-5.5 3-8 6-18 10-34 3-5.5 3-8
150 to 260 65 to125 400 25-100 3-13 9.0-25 1.5-4 3-7 3-13 9.0-25 1.5-4 3-7
235 to 375 110 to 190 500 35-130 6-19 10-35 2-5.5 3-8 6-17 10-35 2-5.5 3-8
350 to 525(9) 175 to 275 700 40-165 5-27 15-40 3-7 3.5-11 5-27 15-40 3-7 3.5-11
500 to 750(6) 260 to 400 900 50-200 20-36 5-10 6-21 20-36 20-36 36-60 5-10 6-21
NOTES: Viton: Multiply Buna N value by 1.4 5. Switches can be set at increase or decrease through-
1. Switches may generally be set between 15% and 100% Teflon: Multiply Buna N value by 1.2 out the nominal range.
of nominal range on increasing pressure. Consult fac- Stainless Steel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7 6. Available with remote mount thermal system only.
tory for applications where setpoints must be lower. Monel: Multiply Buna N value by 1.7 7. Deadbands given are for zero static working pressure.
2. All deadbands are given in English units as shown in 3. Deadbands for LTA, LPA and LDA are adjustable 8. All deadbands given in °F.
the nominal range column. Deadbands shown are for between the values shown for all diaphragm materials. 9. Not available with 23/4˝ stem.
switches with Buna N diaphragm. 4. Deadbands for LPS, LPD, LDS, LDD, LTD, and LDS 10. Proof pressure is 4000 psi with stainless steel and
Approximate deadbands for optional diaphragms: models are fixed within the range of values shown. monel welded diaphragms.

www.ashcroft.com
256
Pressure, Differential Pressure and
Temperature Switch Options for
A, B, L, P, G, F, N, H Series
PRESSURE SWITCH OPTIONS (ALL SERIES)

OPTION SWITCH SERIES
CODE DESCRIPTION A B L P G F N H NOTES
XBP WaII mounting bracket (˝H2O)  STD STD STD
XBX 69C bushing (SS) Assembled to capillary. Remote Temperature only.
XCH Chained cover      
XCN ATEX approval on 700 Series 
XC8 CSA approval STD  STD  STD STD Standard on NEMA 4 enclosures. F series and A series.
XD2 Dual seal rating  
XFM FM approval – Single element   N/A on temperature switches.

XFM FM approval – Dual element  
XFP Fungus proofing        
XFS Factory adjusted setpoint        Setpoint must be given as well as increase or decrease.
XG3 Belleville actuator  Setpoint limits reduced to 30% to 100% of range.
Buna N & Viton diaphragm only. B400 & LDS single

XG5 Gas/oil UL limit differential pressure
setpoint only. N/A w/code 22, 32, P or J switch
control to 150˝ H2O  
elements.
XG6 Gas/oil UL limit pressure control to 600 psi   Buna N and Viton diaphragm only.
XG7 Special actuator with redundant seal

design (SS primary diaphragm)  B700 switch only. UL listed.
XG8 Steam limit pressure control to 300 psi   Stainless steel or Viton diaphragm only.
XG9 Fire safe actuator     Stainless steel diaphragm only.
Available with Buna N and Viton diaphragms only.

XHS High static differential   
15 psid and 30 psid only.
XHX 40 psi static pressure/dp only

160 psi proof pressure/dp only
   
100 psi proof pressure/press only
Inches of water ranges
XJK Left side conduit connection     Standard on 700 series. N/A with DPDT
element on eries.
400 s
XJL 3
⁄4˝ to 1⁄2˝ conduit reducing bushing      
XK3 Terminal block      Terminal blocks standard with dual switches

on B700 series. N/A on B400 series.
XLE 6 foot leads on the micro switch      
XMD Metric range on label      Specify units to be printed on labels.
XNH Stainless steel tagging         Specify tag information.
XNN Paper tag        Specify tag information.
XPJ 24 Vdc pilot light(s) – Single    N/A on B700 series.

XPJ 24 Vdc pilot light(s) – Dual  
XPK Pilot light(s), top mounted    N/A on B700 series.
XPM 3
⁄4˝ sealed conduit connection with
    STD 
16˝ lead wires
XRN Range scale  Standard on L, G, P & F series.
XTA 316 SS pressure port(s) for

   STD
in H2O ranges

www.ashcroft.com
257
Pressure, Differential Pressure and
Temperature Switch Options for
A, B, L, P, G, F, N, H Series
PRESSURE SWITCH OPTIONS (ALL SERIES)

OPTION SWITCH SERIES
CODE DESCRIPTION A B L P G F N H NOTES
XTM 2˝ pipe mounting bracket     
XUD 316 stainless steel diff. press. conn.    STD
XUX IECEx approval (700 series) 
XO6 Pressure connection: ⁄2 NPT male,

1
Standard with 1000, 2000 and 3000 psi ranges.
    N/A 
1
⁄4 NPT female combination Bottom connection only on D/P ˝H2O ranges.
XO7 Pressure connection: 1⁄2 NPT female     STD
X2C DPDT with single setpoint adjustment   Available with LPS, LDS, LTS, GPS, GTS
and GDS models.
X3AY5 1.5˝ Sanitary seal approved by 3A council   
X3AY6 2˝ Sanitary seal approved by 3A council   
X6B Cleaned for oxygen service        N/A with Buna N diaphragm.
Diaphragm seals       
XNC Normally Closed operation – with

 
ground wire (NO wire omitted)
XNO Normally Open operation – with

 
ground wire (NC wire omitted)
XGO Ground wire omitted  

www.ashcroft.com
258
DDS-Series Differential Pressure
Switch Diaphragm Sensing Element
The DDS-Series differential pres- The design is symmetric such that 250 psi DDS-Series Differential
sure switch is designed to sense low both the high or low pressure sides of Pressure Switch
differential pressures between high the element can withstand the maxi-
pressure sources. The high pressure mum pressure with the opposite side
seals are opposed stainless steel at atmospheric pressure. The rugged
bellows assemblies, while the differen- cast aluminum housing incorporates
tial pressure is sensed by a diaphragm a “frictionless” switching mechanism,
clamped between these bellows and can be specified as watertight or
assemblies. explosion proof. The housing is large
The diaphragm has a large area to enough to accommodate up to one 15000 psi DDS-Series Differential
accurately sense low differential pres- full size SPDT or one DPDT electric Pressure Switch
sure, and during an over-pressure the switches.
diaphragm is fully supported.
1 & 2 FUNCTION/ENCLOSURE 9 STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT 11 & 12 SETPOINT/DIRECTION

Code Description Code Description Code Description
DDSN4 - Single setpoint / fixed deadband – – – – – - Setpoint Static Pressure (5 characters – – – – – R - Factory-set Rising (Increasing)
Watertight NEMA 4X housing maximum) setpoint (5 characters maximum)
DDSN7 - Single setpoint / fixed deadband NSR - No static sepoint required – – – – – D - Factory-Set Decreasing setpoint
Explosion Proof, Class 1, Groups 10 RANGE (5 characters maximum)
C & D, Class 2 Groups E, F & G Inches of Water mBar mmH2O kPa NSR - Not factory set
3 MICRO SWITCH Differential Differential Differential Differential
6IWD 15MBD 150MWD 1.5KPD 13 OPTIONS
Code Description
15IWD 35MBD 350MWD 3.5KPD Code Description
1G - General Purpose, SPDT – 15A @
125/250/480 VAC
30IWD 75MBD 750MWD 7.5KPD XNH - Stainless Steel tag wired to case
2G - General Purpose, DPDT – 15A @
60IWD 150MBD 1500MWD 15KPD XJK - Dual ¾ NPT Female conduit connections
100IWD 250MBD 2500MWD 25KPD XC4 - Certified Calibration Report
125/250/480 VAC 150IWD 350MBD 3500MWD 35KPD
1K - Narrow Deadband, SPDT - 15A @
125/250/480 VAC MAXIMUM DEADBAND I IWD PER MICRO SWITCH TYPE FOR 250 PSI STATIC RANGE
2K - Narrow Deadband, DPDT – 15A @ Range (IWD) 1K 1G 1M 1J 2K 2G 2M 2J
125/250/480 VAC 0-6 0.3 0.5 0.5 3.0 0.6 1.0 1.0 6.0
1M - Gold Contact, SPDT –1 A @ 125 VAC 0-15 0.4 0.7 0.7 4.2 0.8 1.4 1.4 8.4
2M - Gold Contact, DPDT – 1 A @ 125 VAC 0-30 0.6 1.2 1.2 7.2 1.2 2.4 2.4 14.4
1J - Hermetically Sealed, SPDT - 1A @125 VAC, 0-60 0.7 1.4 1.4 8.4 1.4 2.8 2.8 16.8
1A @ 28 VDC resistive, 0.5A @ 28 VDC 0-100 0.8 1.6 1.6 9.6 1.6 3.2 .2 19.2
Inductive 0-150 1.2 2.5 2.5 15.0 2.4 5.0 5.0 30.0
2J - Hermetically Sealed, DPDT - 1A @125 VAC,
1A @ 28 VDC resistive, 0.5A @ 28 VDC MAXIMUM DEADBAND I IWD PER MICRO SWITCH TYPE FOR 250 PSI STATIC RANGE
Inductive Range (IWD) 1K 1G 1M 1J 2K 2G 2M 2J
0-6 1.1 2.2 2.2 6.6 2.2 4.4 4.4 13.2
4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 0-15 1.2 2.3 2.3 6.9 2.4 4.6 4.6 13.8
All models have 1¾ NPT Female conduit connection
0-30 1.2 2.3 2.3 6.9 2.4 4.6 4.6 13.8
Code Description 0-60 1.3 2.5 2.5 7.5 2.6 5.0 5.0 15.0
S - Screw Terminals on Micro Switch 0-100 1.5 2.9 2.9 8.7 3.0 5.8 5.8 17.4
5 ACTUATOR SEAL 0-150 1.7 3.4 3.4 10.2 3.4 6.8 6.8 20.4
Code Description TO ORDER THIS DDS-SERIES PRESSURE SWITCH DIAPHRAGM SENSING ELEMENT:
B - Buna N
V - Viton (not available with 1500 psi static
Part No.: DDS N4 1G S B A 25 L 100# - 60IWD 15 R - XC4
range H) 1. Function:
T - Teflon 2. Enclosure:
6 LOWER HOUSING MATERIAL 3. Micro Switch:
Code Description 4. Electrical Connection:
A - Aluminum housing and process connections
S - 316 SS housing and process connections 5. Actuator Seal:
6. Lower Housing Material:
7 PRESSURE CONNECTION
Code Description
25 - ¼˝ NPT Female 8. Static Pressure Range:
9. Static Pressure Setpoint:
8 STATIC PRESSURE RANGE 10. Pressure Range:
Code Description
L - 250 psi maximum static pressure 11. Setpoint:
H - 1500 psi maximum static pressure 12. Setpoint Direction:
13. Options:

www.ashcroft.com
259
PROCESS GAUGES
ACCESSORIES
& OPTIONS
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
STAINLESS STEEL CASE

ACCESSORIES GAUGES
AND OPTIONS
Throttle Screws ........................................... 261
Pulsation Dampener.................................... 261
SANITARY GAUGES
Pressure Snubber........................................ 261
Steel Needle Valve....................................... 262
Siphons ....................................................... 262
TEST INSTRUMENTS
Chemiquip Valve Snubber ........................... 263
Chemiquip Limiting Valve ........................... 263
Diaphragm Seals ......................................... 263
DIAPHRAGM SEALS/INSTRUMENT
Electric Warning ISOLATORS
Contacts ........................... 264
Conversion Kit ............................................. 264
41/2˝ Ring Wrench, Type A-1285 ................... 265
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
6˝ Ring Wrench, Type A-1286 ...................... 265
21/2˝ & 31/2˝ Type 1009 Duralife Tools .......... 265
Cone Tool, Type A-1287 ............................... 266
SPECIALToolAPPLICATION COMMERCIAL GAUGES
Kit, Type 1105T..................................... 266
Hand Jack Set, Type 3220 ........................... 266
Cocks, 1092 Tea Handle .............................. 266
PRESSURE
Cocks,TRANSDUCERS/TRANSMITTERS
1094 Lever Handle Union ................ 266
Cocks, 1095 Lever Handle........................... 266
Test Gauge Carrying Case 2005 .................. 266
TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
Options .................................................267-268
REMOTE-READING VAPOR THERMOMETERS
DIGITAL THERMOMETERS
THERMOWELLS
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
PRESSURE SWITCHES
www.ashcroft.com
APPLICATION DATA
260

www.ashcroft.com
261
Ashcroft® Accessories
Throttling Devices should be protected from severe pressure pulsation by the

A throttling device should be used when a pressure gauge is inclusion of a dampener such as a throttle plug/screw or porous
subjected to rapid pressure fluctuations, which make the gauge metal snubber. If the pulsation is extreme, a liquid-filled gauge,
difficult to read because of rapid pointer movement. Such a with dampener, should be used. A liquid-filled gauge will also last
device reduces pressure impact, slows the speed and range of significantly longer than a comparable dry gauge when vibration
pointer movement, and prolongs gauge life. is present. If the vibration levels are extreme, the only solution
Throttling effect is obtained by installing a restricting orifice may be to remotely mount the gauge away from the source of
between the gauge socket connection and the Bourdon tube. vibration. In that case capillary tubing may be used to connect
Severe service applications are characterized by the presence of the gauge to the pressure source.
significant levels of pressure pulsation and/or vibration. Gauges
THROTTLE SCREWS
The simplest means of providing a pressure and reduced pointer ampli-
restriction in the socket, a throttle screw tude. To accommodate these variables,
or throttle plug, should be ordered with throttle screws are available in these
the gauge. Threaded or pressed into sizes: 0.0135, 0.020, 0.031, 0.040, and Throttle screw
an instrument socket, the throttle screw 0.070 inches, in brass and stainless
orifice selected is based on the viscosity steel. When orifice size or service condi-
of the pressure fluid, rapidity of pressure tion is not specified, a 0.020-inch orifice
fluctuations, and the amount of damp- will be supplied on Duragauge® pressure
ening effect desired. gauges and a 0.0135, on 25-35 1009
A smaller orifice should be used for and 63 and 100mm 1008S.
low viscosities, high frequencies, high
PULSATION DAMPENER
Threads onto a gauge socket and pro- Type NPT Weight
vides restriction by means of a moving Material
Number Conn. (oz.)
pin, which may be placed in either of
five different sized holes, and thus 25-1106B 1
⁄4 Brass 4
allows the user to vary the amount of 50-1106B 1
⁄2 Brass 8
dampening to suit requirements. The 25-1106D 1
⁄4 Steel* 4
pulsating pressure moves the pin up 50-1106D 1
⁄2 Steel* 8
and down, providing a self-cleaning 25-1106S 1
⁄4 Stainless steel 4
action. Dampeners are shipped with
a pin in the “middle” hole, and may be 50-1106S 1
⁄2 Stainless steel 8
used in either a vertical or horizontal po- * Internal parts are stainless steel.
sition. Maximum pressure is 5000 psi.
PRESSURE SNUBBER
Material
Used for dampening and filter-
Type NPT Max psi
ing, the snubber has a metal
Number Conn. Housing Filter Disc Rating
disc available in four standard
25-1112B 1
⁄4 316
50-1112B 1
⁄2
Brass stainless steel 10,000 grades of porosity. The one
25-1112S 1
⁄4 303 316
best suited for the application
stainless steel stainless steel 15,000 can be selected from the chart,
50-1112S 1
⁄2
25-1112M 1
⁄4 using the same guidelines as for
R Monel Monel 15,000
50-1112M 1
⁄2 throttle screws. Due to the large
filter area, the snubber has less
Max Pore Cap. CFH at 1 psi tendency to clog than orifice-
Porosity For use with
Opening (Inches) Diff. Press.
type devices. All-metal construc-
Oil
D 0.005 6.5 (50 to 500 S.S.U.)
tion permits the snubber to be
washed in a variety of common
E 0.0025 3.0 Water & Light Oils
(Under 50 S.S.U.) solvents.
G 0.0008 1.1 Air, Steam
and Gases
HX 0.0006 0.4 Mercury
Manomometers

www.ashcroft.com
262
STEEL NEEDLE VALVE

The steel needle valve is an economical, adjustable throttling device for any
severe gauge application. It provides the most practical means for varying the
orifice to determine the exact orifice for any specific service condition. The
valve has an internal seat and is of bar stock construction.
Dimension – Inches
A
NPT Conn. B C D – min. E F Weight oz.
1
⁄4 2 ⁄8
1
⁄8
7
2 ⁄2
1
3 3 ⁄8
1
8
1
⁄2 2 1⁄4 11⁄4 21⁄2 31⁄16 33⁄16 21
Type Numbers Pressure Ratings

D
NPT Material Noncorrosive Service (psi)
Conn. Lock Bonnet
Type Valves 100°F 550°F 850°F 1000°F
Carbon steel E-CLOSED
1
⁄4 25-7001L with F-OPEN
12-14% chrome
10,000 7735 — —
1
⁄2 50-7001L Stainless steel
C-Max
stem
A Pipe
1
⁄4 25-7004L 316 stainless B-Max Conn.
7000 4500 3895 3535
1
⁄2 50-7004L steel
SIPHONS
In order to prevent live steam condensing hot vapors (not just
from entering a pressure gauge steam) are present.
Bourdon tube, a siphon filled with
water should be installed between
• Pig Tail Siphon–Number 1100
the gauge and the process line. If
Series, 1⁄4˝ sizes: to 500 psi and
freezing of the condensate in the
400°F.
loop of a siphon is a possibility, a
diaphragm seal should be used to • Coil Pipe Siphon–Number 1098
isolate the gauge from the process Series, 1⁄4,̋ 1⁄2˝ sizes: to 9550 psi and
steam. Also use siphons whenever 400°F.
Type NPT Type 1100
Number Conn. Material Capacity
25-1098 I 1
⁄4 Iron 500 psi @ 400°F
25-1098 B 1
⁄4 Brass 250 psi @ 400°F
ASTM A-106 seamless steel, 338 psi @ 1000° to 3360 psi
25-1098 S 1
⁄4
Grade A from –20° to 400°F
ASTM A-106 seamless steel, 333 psi @ 1000°F to 3000 psi
50-1098 S 1
⁄2
50-1098 SD 1
⁄2
50-1098 CD 1
⁄2
Grade T 22 from –20° to 400°F
Seamless stainless 294 psi @ 1500°F to
50-1098 NS 1
⁄2
steel, Type 316 3981 psi from –20 to 100°F
Seamless stainless 336 psi @ 1500°F
50-1098 ND 1
⁄2
steel, Type 316 5840 psi from –20° to 100°F
25-1100 A 1
⁄4 Stainless steel
Type 1098
25-1100 I 1
⁄4 Iron – 63⁄8˝ Long
500 psi @ 400°F
25-1100 IL 1
⁄4 Iron – 8˝ Long
25-1100 IN 1
⁄4 Iron – Angle
25-1100 B 1
⁄4 Brass – 53⁄8˝ Long
250 psi @ 400°F
25-1100 BL 1
⁄4 Brass – 8˝ Long

www.ashcroft.com
263
CHEMIQUIP PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE SNUBBER Assures positive, repeatable

Type Number Conn. Material Available Ranges
performance of the instrument
10-150 psi(2)
by protecting against surges
25-255B(1) 1
⁄4 NPTF Brass
150-500 psi and pulsations. Automatically
25-255S(1) 1
⁄4 NPTF 303 SS shuts off when overpressure
500-1000 psi
50-2550D (3) 1
⁄2 NPTF 316 SS 1000-3000 psi occurs and is restored when
(2) Specify porosity designation. pressure falls below preset
(3) Use code XFS for factory setting. values.
(4) Meets NACE MR01-75 requirements.
CHEMIQUIP PRESSURE LIMITING VALVE (4) Protects pressure instruments

Type Number Conn. Material Available Ranges (1) Style against surges and pulsations.
100-800 psi L Provides automatic posi-
25-5460 ⁄4 NPTF
1
303 SS
800-2500 psi M tive protection and accurate,
2500-10,000 psi N repeatable performance.
50-5500 ⁄2 NPTF
1
303 SS
10,000-18,000 psi O Automatic pressure shut-off.
(1) Use code XFS for factory setting. Built-in snubber enhances
instrument, protecting
performance.
Porosity
Type of Service Designations
High viscous fluids (over 500 S.S.U.) C
Oil (225-500 S.S.U.) D
Water and light oils (30-225 S.S.U.) E
Vapor and low viscosity fluids (Below 30 S.S.U.) F
Air or other gases G
Extreme gas pulsations HX
DIAPHRAGM SEALS
Designed for use with pressure gauges or switches or transmitters on
process applications where:
• Process element materials capable of withstanding corrosive effects
of certain fluids are not available.
• The process fluid being measured would normally clog the pressure
measuring element.
• The process fluid in the measuring element might freeze due to
changes in ambient temperatures.
A diaphragm assembly fabricated of materials that will withstand
various corrosive media encountered, separates the measuring element
from the process fluid. Since the space between the diaphragm and the
measuring element is solidly filled with liquid, any movement of the dia-
phragm caused by a change in the process pressure will be indicated by
the instrument.
Ashcroft diaphragm seals are normally mounted directly to the socket
of an instrument. A flexible stainless steel armored line assembly, is avail-
able for mounting the gauge at some point away from the seal location
to provide easy reading or to limit the temperature at the gauge to 150°F
maximum.
Diaphragm seals (isolators) with filled, capillary line assemblies are
another good solution to the problem of hot liquid and gas lines. Due to
the small diameter of the flexible line (capillary) a five foot line length will
usually assure that the temperature of the gauge connection does not
exceed 150°F. This solution is also superior to a siphon on steam service
where the water filled siphon might freeze.

www.ashcroft.com
264
ELECTRIC WARNING CONTACTS
The Ashcroft® 2265 electric contact is Availability

an ideal accessory to turn on a signal Use with Code
Mounting
light, sound an alarm, or operate a pump Ashcroft Description 45 60
or valve. The contacts can easily be set Model No. 41⁄2˝ 6˝
Stem Flush
so that a circuit can be closed or opened Dial Dial
at a desired pressure or temperature. 1279 Duragauge X — X X(1)
Settings can be easily made in the 1377 pressure X X — X
field without removing the instrument 1379 gauge X X X X(1)
from service. Contact adjustment is made 1125 D/P ugega X X X X
externally with a removable key to make Surface Fl ush
the instrument virtually tamper proof. 600A-02 Duratemp X X — X
The contact is designed for easy 600A-03 remote X X X X
600A-04 thermometer X X X X
installation on Types 1279, 1377 and
1379 Duragauge pressure gauges (1)
Flush mounting requires type 1278 flush mounting ring.
(either stem or flush mounted), Type All specifications are subject to change without notice.
1125 differential pressure gauges, or
Type 600A Duratemp dial thermometers. Model Code Contact arrangements
Contacts are equipped with adjustable XED High and low contact Indicating accuracy of Ashcroft Duragauge,
magnets to eliminate chatter caused by above 300 psi with contact: Pointer not
XEE Double high contact
vibration. A plug-in connector with five 2265 carrying contact – 1.0%.
feet of electrical cable is standard. XEF Double low contact Pointer carrying contact – 1.5%. For ranges
XEG “OFF” at low and high, below 30 psi, add an additional 1⁄2% to
and “ON” in between indicating accuracies.
CONVERSION KIT
For field converting 41⁄2˝ 1279(*)S and
41⁄2˝ and 6˝ 1379(*)S Duragauge®
gauges to a sealed case design
suitable for either hermetic sealing or
liquid filling. Kit includes (Typical A1280
kit shown):
• O-ring for front case seal.
• Acrylic window.
• Elastomeric diaphragm (Buna-N) for
rear case seal.
• Glass filled polypropylene threaded
ring for rear of case. Threaded
• 302 stainless steel rear cover Acrylic Ring Elastomeric
and mounting screws. Window Diaphragm Rear
With Integral Cover
“O” Ring
• 303 stainless steel and Monel “O” Ring
throttle screws.
HOW TO ORDER THIS CONVERSION KIT ELECTRICAL CONTACT SWITCHING CAPACITY

FOR: 250V Maximum Voltage
41⁄2˝ 1279, lower connected – 30 WDC Maximum Switching Power
order part no. 101A202-01. 50 VA AC Maximum Switching Power
41⁄2˝ 1279, back connected – 1A Maximum Current
order part no. 101A2023-01.
41⁄2˝ 1379, lower connected –
order type A1280 Kit.
41⁄2˝ 1379, back connected –
6˝ 1379, lower & back connected –

www.ashcroft.com
265
TYPE A-1285
Ring Wrench – 41⁄2˝

(For installing front threaded rings in
41⁄2˝ Duragauge gauge)
TYPE A-1286
TYPE A-1286 Ring Wrench – 6˝
(For installing front threaded rings in
TYPE A-1285 6˝ Duragauge gauge)
21/2˝ & 31/2˝ TYPE 1009 DURALIFE TOOLS
Pointer puller body

P/N 292A133-01
21/2˝ Ring wrench

old design
PN 266B135-01
Pointer staker
P/N 188A101-01
31/2˝ Nest current design
Pointer puller screw/pin PN 101B220-01
P/N 112A381-01
31/2˝ Ring removal

current design
PN 101B221-01
21/2˝ Ring removal

current design
PN 101B221-02
21/2˝ Nest current design
PN 101B220-02
31/2˝ Ring wrench

old design
PN 266B134-01
Span wrench 21/2˝ & 31/2˝ Nest old design

old design PN 266B136-01
P/N 266A137-01

www.ashcroft.com
266
TYPE A-1287
Cone Tool
For installing diaphragm and garter
spring on back connected liquid-filled
or hermetic sealed Duragauge® gauges.
TYPE A-1287
TOOLS TYPE NO. 1105T

Hand Jack Set – gauge pointer
remover and a pointer set to secure
pointer to the shaft. Type No. 3220.
Gauge Tool Kit – A complete kit for TYPE NO. 3220
gauge maintenance. Includes hand
jack set, screw driver, five reamers,
pin vise holder, wiggler and tweezer all
packed in a neat carrying case. Ideal
for a gauge maintenance shop. Type
No. 1105T.
COCKS
• 1
⁄4˝ brass Tee Handle Cock
No. 1092 – Wgt. 3 oz.
• 1
⁄4˝ brass Lever Handle Union Cock
No. 1094 – Wgt. 10 oz.
• 1
⁄4˝ brass Lever Handle Cock
No. 1095 – Wgt. 4 oz. TYPE NO. 1092
TYPE NO. 1095
• All rated 100 psi air.
TYPE NO. 1094
TEST GAUGE CARRYING CASE

This rugged blow-molded high-density
polyethylene carrying case accom-
modates the standard 41⁄2,̋ 6 & 81⁄2˝
Ashcroft Type 1082 analog test gauge.
It accepts both lower and back connect
gauges. A foam insert protects the
gauge when not in use. Type No. 2505.

www.ashcroft.com
267
Options for Process, Stainless
Steel, Test and Industrial
Pressure Gauges
CODE DESCRIPTION PRESSURE GAUGE TYPE
DURAGAUGE GAUGES
1490/1495 SERIES
1010, 1017, 1220
1009 (21/2˝, 31/2˝)
1009 (41/2˝, 6˝)
TEST GAUGES
1008S
1259
XLL PLUS! Performance    (1)
XBF WaII mounting bracket 
XFW Back flange 
XFF Front flange   
XUC U-clamp     
XLJ Dry liquid-fillable gauge     
XOS Overload stop   STD  (3)
STD 
XVS Underload stop   STD  (3)
STD 
XTS Throttle screw        
XTU Throttle plug   
XS4 Slotted link movement (decrease)   
XRJ Slotted link (increase)   
XAP Adjustable pointer  
XMP Micrometer pointer STD STD   
XSH Red set hand stationary    
XEO Red set hand adjustable    
XEP Maximum pointer    
XEQ Minimum pointer    
XPD Plastic window   STD  STD(2)   STD
XSG Safety glass      
XRG Regular glass STD STD STD STD STD
XDA Dial marking        
XNN Paper tag        
XNH Stainless steel tag        
XAB Absolute pressure  
XAJ 1
⁄2% optional accuracy STD STD  
XAN 1% optional accuracy STD STD 
XBD Black dial       
X6B Oxygen-cleaned gauges (gaseous)       
XTB Tip bleed   
XED High and low electric contacts 
XEE Double high-electric contacts 
XEF Double low-electric contacts 
XEG Electric contacts off at low or 
high and in-between
XGV Silicone-filled gauge    
XGX Halocarbon-filled gauge    
XCH Carrying handle 
XC4 Calibration Chart        
NOTES:
The options listed above are only a partial listing. For other options on these or other pressure instruments please call the factory for availability.
(1) Available on 63mm and 100mm.
(2) Available on 40mm and 50mm. Standard window material is glass for 40/50mm 1008S.
(3) Standard 63 & 100mm.

www.ashcroft.com
268
Ashcroft® Options
STATIONARY RED SET HAND OVERLOAD STOP SPECIAL DIAL
Stationary Red Set Hand Overload Stop Special Dial

to indicate a specific pressure. Ring must to protect gauge system against extreme ranges different from standards, or custom
be removed to move the hand. overpressure. artwork, available on application.
MAXIMUM POINTER VACUUM STOP OPTIONAL WINDOWS
Maximum Pointer Vacuum Stop Plastic Disc – optional for glass window
available for gauges 41⁄2˝ size and to protect low range gauges against Laminated Safety Glass – optional for
larger. Indicates maximum pressure vacuum. glass window
attained. Can be reset by a knob on Nonglare Glass – optional for glass window
outside of window.
TIP BLEEDER CAPILLARY BLEEDER TYPE 1278M FLUSH MOUNTING RING
TIP BLEED
CAPILLARY
BLEED
Gauge Ring A “B”-Three Screws

These bleeders allow trapped air to be of the Bourdon tube. It may be used as a Size O.D. Dia.
(inches) (inches) (inches) Size
removed from the Bourdon tube. They can pressure testing tap for gauge inspection
also be used for back-flushing or clean- without removing the gauge from service. 41⁄2 6.000 5.625 #10-24 x 15⁄8˝
ing the system. The tip bleed is available Capillary bleeders are available in bottom 6 7.765 7.25 1
⁄4-20 x 11⁄2˝
with 316 stainless steel systems. It is connected gauges only. The capillary
accessible by removing the pressure relief bleeder is available in 300 Series stainless Used to flush-mount gauge types 1188,
back. Tip bleeders are available to 23,000 steel and limited to 41/2˝ 1379(S)S case 1220, 1279 and 1379. Standard finish is
psi. The capillary bleeder provides an with 316 stainless steel system. Capillary black; polished stainless steel finish is
external case connection to the internals bleeders are available to 1000 psi. available at an extra charge, 41⁄2˝ and 6.̋

www.ashcroft.com
269
PROCESS GAUGES
APPLICATION
DATA
INDUSTRIAL GAUGES
STAINLESS STEEL
Pressure CASE
Element GAUGES
Selection
Media Application ..................................... 271
SANITARY GAUGES
Conversion Factors for
Units of Pressure ...................................... 272
Mechanical Pressure Gauge
TEST INSTRUMENTS
Accuracy Definitions................................. 273
Bimetal Thermometer
DIAPHRAGM SEALS/INSTRUMENT
Accuracy ISOLATORS
Definitions................................. 274
NEMA Chart ................................................. 275
COMMERCIAL GAUGES
Pressure Transducers/Transmitters
Accuracy Definitions ......................... 276-277
SPECIAL APPLICATION COMMERCIAL GAUGES
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS/TRANSMITTERS
TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS
REMOTE-READING VAPOR THERMOMETERS
DIGITAL THERMOMETERS
THERMOWELLS
PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE SWITCHES
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Phone (203) 378-8281, Fax (203) 385-0499 or
visit our web site at www.ashcroft.com
APPLICATION DATA
270

Phone (203) 378-8281, Fax (203) 385-0499 or
visit our web site at www.ashcroft.com
271
Pressure Element Selection
Media Application
The media being measured must be 200°F except for media with a ‘‘*’’ which tions, catalysts that may be added, or other
compatible with the wetted parts of the must be below 100°F. PLUS!™ option, conditions beyond our control. Consult
pressure instrument. To use the chart below, throttling devices and/or a liquid-filled instru- Stratford, CT customer service for specific
locate the media whose pressure is to be ment are recommended in applications applications and any media not listed. More
measured and select a suitable material from with pulsation or vibration. These recom- complete corrosion data is available on our
those available. This is a simplified chart and mendations are only a guide, as service life web site, www.ashcroft.com in Technical
assumes the media temperature is below is dependent on temperature, concentra- Information.
Pressure Instrument Pressure Instrument Pressure Instrument

Material Diaphragm seals** Material Material
Diaphragm seals**
Diaphragm seals**
Brass or bronze
Brass or bronze
Brass or bronze
316 SS
316 SS
316 SS
Monel
Monel
Monel
MEDIA MEDIA MEDIA
Steel
Steel
Steel
APPLICATION APPLICATION APPLICATION
Acetic Acid <40% • Ethylene Oxide >99%* • • • Silver Nitrate <70% •

Acetic Anhydride • Ferric Chloride <40% • Sodium Bicarbonate <20% • •
Acetone* • • • Ferric Sulfate <10% • Sodium Bisulfate <30% •
Acetylene (Dry) • • Ferrous Chloride <30% • Sodium Carbonate <40% • •
Acrolein 100% • Ferrous Sulfate <50% • Sodium Chloride (table salt) •
Air • • • • Fluorine Gas (Dry) No Air • Sodium Chromate <60% • • • •
Alcohol, Ethyl • • • Formaldehyde <90% • • Sodium Cyanide* • •
Alum. Chloride* • Formic Acid* • Sodium Hydroxide <40% • •
Alum. Sulfate* <50% • Furfural <10% • Sodium Hypochlorite <25% •
Ammonia Gas (Dry) • • Gasoline (Flowing) • • Sodium Phosphate,Tri <60% • • •
Ammonium Chloride <40% • Glycerin >99% • • • • Sodium Silicate <50% • • •
Ammonium Nitrate <50% • Hydrobromic Acid • Sodium Sulfide <50% •
Ammonium Sulfate <60% • Hydrochloric Acid • Stannous Chloride <10% •
Aniline >99% • Hydrofluoric Acid • Steam (Use siphon) • • • •
Beer • Hydrofluosilic Acid • Stearic Acid •
Benzene <50% • • Hydrogen(2) • • Sulfur Dioxide (Dry) >99% •
Benzidine >99% • Hydrogen Pe roxide* <30% • • Sulfur Trioxide (Dry) >99% •
Benzoic Acid <70% • Kerosene • • • • Sulfuric Acid •
Boric Acid <25% • Lactic Acid <70%*(2) • Tannic Acid <80% • • •
Bromine (Dry) >99% • Magnesium Chloride <40% • Tartaric Acid <50% • •
Butane • • • • Mercury >99% • Toluene >99% • • • •
Butyric Acid <10% • Milk • Turpentine >98% • • • •
Calcium Chloride <80% • Naphtha 99%> • • • •
Calcium Hydroxide <50% • Naphthalene >99% • •
Carbon Dioxide* (Wet) • • Nickel Chloride >99% •
Carbon Monoxide (Dry) >99% • • • Nitric Acid <95%* •
Chlorine (Dry) • Oleic Acid •
Chlorine (Moist) • Oxalic Acid* •
Chloroform (Dry) • • Oxygen (Gas)(1) • • •
Chromic Ac id • Palmitic Acid >99%* •
Citric Acid 10-50% • Phosphoric Acid <60%* •
Crude Oil (Sour) • Picric Acid <10% •
Crude Oil (Sweet) • • Propane (Dry) DOT Quality • • • •
Ethyl Acetate • • • Sea Water (Flowing) •
(1) Monel and 316 stainless steel are acceptable for oxygen service, provided the instrument has been *Media temperature must be below 100°F.
cleaned for service and is free from oil. Order variation X6B. **Any standard Bourdon tube or bellows material may be used in conjunction with a diaphragm seal
(with bellows use a Viton or Kalrez diaphragm ), but the gauge selection should take into considera-
(2) Over 1000 psi–entire system must be 316 stainless steel. tion the corrosive environment in which it is to operate.
272
Conversion Factors for
Units of Pressure
CONVERT mm Hg
FROM TO
psi atms. ˝ H2O mm H2O cm H2O oz/in2 Kg/cm2 ˝ Hg cm Hg mbar bar Pa (N/m2) kPa MPa
(Torr)
psi 1 0.0681 27.71 703.8 70.38 16 0.0704 2.036 51.715 5.17 68.95 0.0689 6,895 6.895 0.0069
atms. 14.7 1 407.2 10,343 1,034.3 235.1 1.033 29.92 760 76 1013 1.013 101,325 101.3 0.1013
˝ H2O 0.0361 0.00246 1 25.4 2.54 0.5775 0.00254 0.0735 1.866 0.187 2.488 0.00249 248.8 0.249 0.00025
mm H2O 0.001421 0.000097 0.0394 1 0.1 0.0227 0.0001 0.00289 0.0735 0.00735 0.098 0.000098 9.8 0.0098 0.00001
cm H2O 0.01421 0.000967 0.3937 10 1 0.227 0.001 0.0289 0.735 0.0735 0.98 0.00098 98 0.098 0.0001
oz/in 2
0.0625 0.00425 1.732 43.986 4.40 1 0.0044 0.1273 3.232 0.3232 4.31 0.00431 431 0.431 0.00043
Kg/cm 2
14.22 0.968 394.1 100,010 1,001 227.6 1 28.96 735.6 73.56 980.7 0.981 98,067 98.07 0.0981
˝ Hg 0.4912 0.03342 13.61 345.7 34.57 7.858 0.0345 1 25.4 2.54 33.86 0.0339 3,386 3.386 0.00339
mm Hg
(Torr) 0.01934 0.001316 0.536 13.61 1.361 0.310 0.00136 0.0394 1 0.1 1.333 0.001333 133.3 0.1333 0.000133
cm Hg 0.1934 0.01316 5.358 136.1 13.61 3.10 0.0136 0.394 10 1 13.33 0.01333 1,333 1.333 0.00133
mbar 0.0145 0.000987 0.4012 10.21 1.021 0.2321 0.00102 0.0295 0.75 0.075 1 0.001 100 0.1 0.0001
bar 14.504 0.987 401.9 10,210 1021 232.1 1.02 29.53 750 75 1,000 1 100,000 100 0.1
Pa (N/m ) 0.000145
2 0.00001 0.00402 0.102 0.0102 0.00232 0.00001 0.000295 0.0075 0.00075 0.01 0.00001 1 0.001 0.000001
kPa 0.14504 0.00987 4.019 102.07 10.207 2.321 0.0102 0.295 7.5 0.75 10 0.01 1,000 1 0.001
MPa 145.04 9.869 4019 102,074 10,207 2321 10.2 295.3 7500 750 10,000 10 1,000,000 1,000 1
273
Mechanical Pressure
Accuracy Definitions
ACCURACY:
Accuracy – the conformity of indica- the entire range of the gauge. The of the scale and ±2% of span over
tion to an accepted standard or true gauges are called laboratory precision the first and last quarters of the scale.
value. Accuracy is the difference (error) test gauges and are generally 81⁄2˝, These gauges are often referred to as
between the true value and the indi- 12˝ or 16˝ dials. These high-accuracy industrial gauges and are usually sup-
cation expressed as a percent of the gauges may be temperature compen- plied in 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝ case sizes.
span. It includes the combined effects sated. They must be handled carefully
GRADE B:
of method, observer, apparatus and in order to retain accuracy.
gauges are calibrated to an accuracy
environment. Accuracy error includes GRADE 3A: of ±2% of span over the middle half
hysteresis and repeatability errors but gauges are calibrated to an accuracy of the scale and ±3% of span over
not friction error. It is determined under of ±0.25% of span over the entire the first and last quarters of the scale.
specific conditions. (Normal position, range of the gauge. The gauges are This accuracy of gauge represents the
73.4°F (23°C), and 29.92 in Hg called test gauges and are generally majority of those manufactured and
barometric pressure.) 41⁄2˝, 6˝ or 81⁄2˝ dials. The gauges used for pressure measurement on
The following tables define the are generally not temperature compen- water pumps, swimming pool filters,
ASME B40.1* accuracy grades used sated (except Ashcroft Type 1082). air compressors, filter regulations, etc.
by Ashcroft products.
GRADE 2A: These gauges are often referred to as
± 1%
APPX 135°
± 2%
APPX 135° gauges are calibrated to an accuracy commercial or utility gauges and are
of ±0.5% of span over the entire range supplied in 11⁄2˝, 2˝, 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝
of the gauge. These gauges are gen- case sizes.
± 2%
APPX 68°
± 2%
APPX 68°
± 3%
APPX 68°
± 3%
APPX 68° erally used by the petrochemical indus- GRADE C:
try for process pressure measurement. gauges are calibrated to an accuracy
GRADE A GRADE B
They are often referred to as process of ±3% of span over the middle half
Accuracy of a pressure gauge may be gauges and are usually supplied as of the scale and ±4% of span over
expressed as percent of span or per- 41⁄2˝ and 6˝ cases and are not tempera- the first and last quarters of the scale.
cent of indicated reading. Percent of ture compensated. These are used in similar applications
span is the most common method. GRADE 1A: as Grade B gauges except that they
Percent of indicated reading is usually gauges are calibrated to an accuracy are less accurate.
limited to precision test gauges and of ±1% over the entire range of the GRADE D:
unless specifically spelled out, it may gauge. These gauges are high-quality gauges are calibrated to an accuracy
be assumed that an accuracy of ±1⁄2% industrial gauges and are supplied in of ±5% of span over the entire
means ±1⁄2% of span. 21⁄2˝, 31⁄2˝ and 41⁄2˝ sizes. scale. These 5% gauges are used
GRADE 4A: GRADE A: as indicators when minimal accuracy
gauges offer the highest accuracy and gauges are calibrated to an accuracy is required for application on water
are calibrated to ±0.1% of span over of ±1% of span over the middle half pumps and pool filters.
ACCURACY EXAMPLES
Permissible Error % of Span
ACCURACY EXAMPLES Type of Lower Middle Upper Max. Friction
Accuracy Permissible Error Gauge Grade 25% 50% 25% (% of Span)
Range Dial Units
Span Grade % of Span Precision 4A
0.1 0.1 0.1 See Note
0/100 psi 100 psi 1A 1.0 1 psi Test (A4A)
0/400 kPa 400 kPa 2A 0.5 2 kPa Test 3A
0/1000 bar 1000 bar B 3 (0/250 & 750/1000 bar) 30 bar 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
(1082)
2 (250/750 bar) 20 bar Process 2A
–100/400 400 kPa 2A 0.5 2 kPa 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
(1279)
30 in.Hg/ 44.7 psi 4A 0.1 .045 psi
Industrial/
30 psi .022 in.Hg Hydraulic 1A 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
The last item (30 in. Hg/30 psi)deserves some explanation. The span is (1009)
defined as the algebraic difference between the limits of the scale. 30 in. Hg Industrial/
= –14.7 psi Span = 30 psi -(–14.7) = 44.7 psi. 0.1% of 44.7 psi = .045 psi or Hydraulic A 2.0 1.0 2.0 1.0
.022 Hg. (1010, 1188, 1490)
*ASME B40.1 may be ordered from:
Commercial/
American Society of Mechanical Engineers Utility B 3.0 2.0 3.0 2.0
Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016 (1005, 3005, 1008A)
Note: Grade 4A gauges must remain within 0.1% before and after being lightly
tapped.
274
Bimetal Thermometer
Accuracy Definitions
ASME B40.3* STANDARD ACCURACIES: ACCURACY:

Thermometer accuracy is graded as shown in the table below.
Example #1: Range 0/250°F Grade A Adjustment of the case of a thermometer, with an adjustable
Span = 250-0 = 250°F angle connection, may affect its accuracy. This effect should
Accuracy at 20% of span (50°F) = ±1% = ±2.5°F not exceed 0.5% of span .
Accuracy at 50% of span (125°F) = ±1% = ±2.5°F
Accuracy at 100% of span (250°F) = ±1% = ±2.5°F *ASME B40.3 may be ordered from:
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Example #2: –40/160°F Grade E Three Park Avenue
Span = 160-(–40) = 200°F New York, NY 10016
Accuracy at 20% of span (0°F) = ±3.4% = ±6.8°F
Accuracy at 100% of span (160°F) = ±5% - ±10.0°F
Example #3: Range 50/300°F Grade AA

Span = 300-(–50) = 250°F
LOW MID HIGH

POINT POINT POINT
+5
+4
GRADE D
+3
GRADE C
PERMISSIBLE ERROR – PERCENT OF SPAN
+2
GRADE B
GRADE A
+1
GRADE AA
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 PERCENT OF SPAN
GRADE AA
-1
GRADE A
GRADE B
-2
GRADE C
-3
GRADE D
-4
-5
275
NEMA Chart
– TABLE 1 –
Primary enclosure characteristics of NEMA standard
250-1979 and equivalents in DIN standard 40050
STANDARDS PROTECTION LEVEL
IP2O NEMA 1 Fingers

IP22 NEMA 2 Falling dirt and water
IP53 NEMA 3 Windblown dust, rain, sleet
NEMA 3R Falling rain and sleet
NEMA 3S Windblown dust, rain, sleet, mechanisims
operate when iced over
IP65 NEMA 4 Hosedown
NEMA 4X Hosedown and corrosion
NEMA 5 Dust and falling dirt
IP67 NEMA 6 Temporary submersion
IP68 NEMA 6P Occasional prolonged submersion and corrosion
NEMA 7 Indoor hazardous Class I, Groups A, B, C or D
NEMA 8 Indoor hazardous Class II, Groups A, B, C or D
NEMA 9 Indoor hazardous Class II, Groups E, F, G
NEMA 10 Mine safety
NEMA 11 Oil seepage and corrosion
NEMA 12 Oil seepage
NEMA 12K Oil seepage, has knockouts
NEMA 10 Oil sprays
*Types of greatest interest are italicized.
276
Pressure Transducers/
Transmitters Accuracy
Definitions
ACCURACY: LINEARITY – TERMINAL POINT (T.P.) REPEATABILITY

Accuracy is defined as the degree of The linearity defined as the maximum The closeness of agreement among
conformity of a measure to an accept- deviation of the calibration curve (aver- a number of consecutive measure-
ed standard or true value. It is a mea- age of upscale and downscale read- ments of the output for the same value
sure of the actual output deviation from ings) from a straight line positioned of the input under the same operating
the standard or true value reported to pass through the upper and lower conditions, approaching from the same
as a percentage (±) of output span. range values. It is specified as ±% direction, for full range traverses. It is
Accuracy does account for the effects of span. specified as ±% of span.
of linearity, hysteresis and repeatabil-
OUTPUT
ity. In addition, the maximum errors of OUTPUT
these effects for Ashcroft Transducers ACTUAL CALIBRATION CURVE UPPER
are reported separately. (AVERAGE OF UPSCALE AND RANGE
DOWNSCALE READINGS) VALUE
LINEARITY – MAXIMUM
REPEATABILITY
BEST FIT STRAIGHT LINE (B.F.S.L.)
The linearity defined as the maximum DOWNSCALE
CALIBRATION REPEATABILITY
deviation of the calibration curve (aver- CURVES
age of upscale and downscale read- MAXIMUM
ings) from a straight line so positioned DEVIATION
as to minimize the maximum deviation. TERMINAL BASED
It is specified as ±% of span. STRAIGHT LINE UPSCALE
CALIBRATION
LOWER RANGE CURVES
OUTPUT
VALUE
ACTUAL CALIBRATION CURVE BEST FIT

(AVERAGE OF UPSCALE AND STRAIGHT INPUT
INPUT
DOWNSCALE READINGS) LINE SPAN
0 100% FULL RANGE TRAVERSE
0 100%
HYSTERESIS TEMPERATURE ERROR

The maximum difference in output (“a” The maximum change in output at any
below) within the range when the value input value within the range when the
is approached with increasing pressure product is changed from room (refer-
and then with decreasing pressure for ence) temperature to specified tem-
full range traverses. It is specified as perature extremes. Temperature errors
±% of span. are specified in two ways defined as
follows:
MAXIMUM ± DEVIATIONS
ARE MINIMIZED AND EQUAL OUTPUT
INPUT
SPAN
0 100%
“a”
INPUT
FULL RANGE
TRAVEL
0 100%
277
Pressure Transducers/
Transmitters Accuracy
Definitions
THERMAL COEFFICIENT DATA

Thermal Coefficient of Zero – the zero shift due to changes in temperature from
room (reference) temperature to the specified limits of the operating range.
Specified as ±% of span/°F. (over a temperature range).
Thermal Coefficient of Span – the span shift due to changes in temperature from
room (reference) temperature to the specified limits of the operating range.
Specified as ±% of span/°F. (over a temperature range).
+ Error
} Span
Error
Zero
Error
{ °F
– Error } Span
Error
–20°F 68°F 180°F

Reference Temp.
THERMAL ERROR DATA

Thermal Error of Zero – the zero shift due to changes in temperature from room
(reference) temperature to the specified limits of the operating range. Specified as
±% of span (over a temperature range).
Thermal Error of Span – the span shift due to changes in temperature from room
(reference) temperature to the specified limits of the operating range. Specified as
±% of reading (over a temperature range).
+ Error
}
Span
Error
Band
Zero
Error
Band {
}
Span
Error
Band
– Error
–20°F 68°F 180°F
Reference Temp.
Note: Definitions are in accordance with:
ANSI/ISA S51.1 - 1993 “Process Instrumentation Terminology”
ANSI/ISA S37.1 - 1982 “Electrical Transducer Terminology”
278
CONTENTS PRODUCT TYPE
PRODUCT TYPE Product Type / Model Type/Numbers PAGES 1
Introduction PAGES 3-8
QUICK GUIDES Digital Gauges PAGES 11

Test Instruments PAGES 13-15
Process Gauge PAGES 17-18
Stainless Steel Case & Industrial Gauges PAGES 18-26
Sanitary Gauges PAGES 27
Commercial Gauges PAGES 29-32
Diaphragm Seals & Instrument Isolators PAGES 33-37
Pressure Transducers PAGES 39-44
Temperature Instruments PAGES 45
Pressure and Temperature Switches PAGES 47-50
PRESSURE GAUGES Digital Gauges PAGES 51-56 2030, 2089, 2086, 2084, 2074, 2174, 2274, DG25
Test Instruments PAGES 57-72 A4A, 1082, 1084, ATE-2, ST-2A, 1305D, 1327D, 1327CM, PT, AVC-1000
Process Gauges PAGES 73-84 1259, 1279, 1377, 1379, 2462
Stainless Steel & Industrial Gauges PAGES 85-118 T5500,T6500, 1008S, 1009 , 1109, 1010, 1017, 1220, 1020S, 1038, 1339, 1125, 1125A, 1127, 1128, 1130, 1131, 1132, 1133, 1134, 5503, 5509, 1150H, 1122, 1187, 1188, 1189, 1490, 1495
Sanitary Gauges PAGES 119-124 Series, 1032, 1036, 1037, 2030
Options for Process, Stainless Steel, Test & Industrial Gauges PAGES 125
Commercial Gauges PAGES 127-140 1005/1005P/1005S, 1001T, 1001TXOR, 1008A/AL, 1005MXRG, 1005PXUL, 1007PXOR,
1000/2071A, 23DDG, 12/15DDG, MFX
DIAPHRAGM SEALS Introduction & Selection Information PAGES 141-143
Specification Matrix PAGES 144-151
Diaphragm Seals PAGES 152-163
Iso-Ring, Iso-Spool PAGES 164-165 100-108, 105/205, 200-207, 300-304, 310, 311/312, 315, 320, 321, 330, 500/501, 510/511, 740/747,702/703
Line Assemblies, Engineered Assemblies PAGES 166-167 1115A, 1115P
Seal Options, All Types PAGES 168-169 80, 81, 85, 86
Table A – Min./Max. Operating PAGES 170-171
Seal Style Chart PAGES 172 -177
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55 PAGE 181-184 GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55
T2 Series - High Performance PAGES 185 T2
G2 Series - Tough OEM PAGES 186 G2
A2, A2X, A4 Series - Heavy Industrial, Hazardous Location PAGES 187-189 A2, A2X, A4
KM 15 Series - Compact OEM PAGES 191 KM15
K1, K2, K8 - High Pressure PAGES 192-194 K1, K2, K8
KX for Pulp & Paper Applications PAGES 195 KX
KS for Sanitary Applications PAGES 196 H2
H2 PAGES 190 KS
GC30, GC52 PAGE 197-198 GC30, GC52
XLdp Series - Low Pressure PAGES 199-203 XLdp, IXLdp, RXLdp, DXLdp, CXLdp
Duratran® Pressure Transmitter PAGES 204 2279
Panel Meter PAGES 205 DM61 (Digital Panel Meter)
Pneumatic Transmitters PAGES 206 4080, 4480
THERMOMETERS Bimetal Thermometers PAGES 209-213 EI, CI, EL, Case Dimensions
Duratemp Thermometers PAGES 217-223 600A-01, 600A-02, 600A-03, 600A-04, 600H-45, 600B
Case Dimensions, Thermowells, Options PAGES 224-228
Accessories PAGES 229
PRESSURE AND Selection Information PAGES 233-236

TEMPERATURE SWITCHES A Series – Pressure PAGES 237-238 A-Series Miniature Watertight Brass Body, Stainless Steel Miniature Watertight or Explosion Proof
B Series – Pressure, DP Pressure, Temperature, Exp. Proof PAGES 239-242 B-Series Type 400 Watertight Enclosure, Type 700 Explosion Proof
F Series – Pressure PAGES 243 F-Series Anodized Aluminum, Compact, Explosion Proof
G Series – Pressure, Temperature PAGES 244-245 G-Series Watertight, 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure
H Series – Pressure Hydraulic PAGES 246 H-Series Hydraulic, Watertight Enclosure
L Series – Pressure, DP Pressure, Temperature PAGES 247-248 L-Series Watertight Enclosure
N Series – Electronic Pressure Switch PAGES 249-250 N-Series Type 700 Explosion Proof, Watertight or Explosion Proof Type 400 Watertight with Pressure Indications
P Series – Pressure, Temperature PAGES 251-252 P-Series Watertight Enclosure or Explosion Proof Enclosure, Dual Chamber
Deadband Ranges & Options PAGES 253-257
DDS Series – Differential Pressure PAGES 258 DDS-Seris Differential Pressure
ACCESSORIES Accessories & Options PAGES 261-268
APPLICATION DATA Application Data PAGES 271-277

PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE
ASHCROFT OH-1
INSTRUMENT ORDERING
HANDBOOK
Global Headquarters
Ashcroft Inc.
®
250 East Main St.
Stratford, CT 06614-5145
Phone: 203-378-8281
For access to our global web sites,

additional products/specifications
and a complete list of our operations,
sales offices, distributors & reps visit:
www.ashcroftinc.com

Catálogo Manómetros ASHCROFT PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catálogo Manómetros ASHCROFT PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catálogo Manómetros ASHCROFT PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE

For access to our global web sites,

QUICK GUIDES Digital Gauges PAGES 11

PRESSURE AND Selection Information PAGES 233-236

ACCESSORIES Accessories & Options PAGES 261-268

APPLICATION DATA Application Data PAGES 271-277

How To Use Your Ashcroft Ordering Handbook

2030, 2089, 2086, 2084, 2074, 2174, 2274, DG25

1005/1005P/1005S, 1001T, 1001TXOR, 1008A/AL, 1005MXRG, 1005PXUL, 1007PXOR,

GC31, GC35, GC51, GC55

EI, CI, EL, Case Dimensions

DDS-Seris Differential Pressure

PowerFlex True Zero FlutterGuard

Unlike ordinary gauge movements,

PLUS!™ Performance Option

The Problem… How’d They Do That?… Benefits vs. Dry Gauges…

Benefits vs Liquid-filled… Improved Plant Safety…

PLUS!™ Performance Option

A. Are PLUS!™ Performance gauges “new” gauges?

ASHCROFT® PRODUCT QUICK GUIDES

COMMERCIAL TRANSDUCERS &

DIGITAL GAUGES STAINLESS STEEL

TEST INSTRUMENTS, 40 & 50mm ................................................ 19

EQUIPMENT Connect Gauges .........................................19

*Protective Boot Optional Remote Mount

ACCURACY ACCURACY: ACCURACY ACCURACY

TYPES 2089, 2086, 2084

LOOK FOR THESE AGENCY

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY

PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY ACCURACY OPERATING PRESSURE PRESSURE MEASUREMENT ACCURACY

PRESSURE RANGES OPERATING PRESSURE OPERATING MEDIA PRESSURE RANGES

TYPE AVC-1000 & 3000 TYPE A4A PRECISION

Refer to page no. 71 Refer to page no. 59

1279 DURAGAUGE® 1377 DURAGAUGE® 1379 DURAGAUGE® 2462 DURAGAUGE®

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

1259 PROCESS 1279, 1379, 1377, 2462

Refer to page no. 80 Refer to page no. 81

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

Refer to page no. 93 Refer to page no. 92

1220 GAUGE SHOWN 1010 GAUGE SHOWN

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE DIAL SIZE

CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL CASE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL

TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL TUBE MATERIAL SENSING ELEMENT

SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT SENSING ELEMENT CONNECTION

/2 NPT lower or back

CONNECTION CONNECTION CONNECTION(1)

RANGES RANGES RANGES

1038 GAUGES SHOWN

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

Refer to page no. 103 Refer to page no. 104

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

5509 100mm &160mm 1150H 41⁄2˝ 1187, 1188, 1189 LOW

1188 GAUGE SHOWN

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY

*Protective Boot Optional

ACCURACY ACCURACY ACCURACY: ACCURACY